ee 
io bebe ud 
A 


























eRe nh” He 
TR) Se. Te a ee ae ht eer 
Par Oe el ableton oe te 4 : is 
os oS 














= 
ya 
5 ‘ve.* 





Digitized by the Internet Archive 
in 2007 with funding from 
Microsoft Corporation 


https://archive.org/details/apologyofsocrateOOplatrich 





COLLEGE SERIES OF GREEK AUTHORS 


JOHN WILLIAMS WHITE Aanp THOMAS DAY SEYMOUR, EpitTors 
CHARLES BURTON GULICK, AssocraTE EDITOR 


APOLOGY OF SOCRATES anp CRITO 


WITH EXTRACTS FROM THE PHAEDO AND SYMPOSIUM 
AND FROM XENOPHON’S MEMORABILIA 


EDITED BY 


LOUIS DYER 


REVISED BY 


THOMAS DAY SEYMOUR 


WITH A VOCABULARY 


GINN AND COMPANY 


BOSTON - NEW YORK + CHICAGO + LONDON 
ATLANTA - DALLAS +» COLUMBUS + SAN FRANCISCO 











‘oe 





39 


: 








e 


n eu 4 . ss * 


be ath 





ITE 


WHITE AND THOMAS: 


CopyRIGHt, 1885, 











ENTERED AT STA 


& 
JOHN WILLIAMS 
JOHN WILuiAMs WH 





LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 


USED IN THE 


COLLEGE SERIES OF GREEK AUTHORS. 





abs. = absolute, absolutely. 

acc. = accusative. 

acc. to = according to. 

act. = active, actively. 

adj. = adjective, adjectively. 

adv.= adverb, adverbial, adverbially. 

Aeol. = Aeolic. 

antec. = antecedent. 

aor. = aorist. 

apod. = apodosis. 

App. = Appendix. 

appos. = apposition, appositive. 

art. = article. 

Att. = Attic. 

attrib. = attributive. 

aug. = augment. 

c., cc. = chaptev, chapters (when nu- 
merals f low). 

cf. = comprare. 

chap. = chapter. 

comp. == comparative. 

cond, = condition, conditional. 

conj. = conjunction. 

const. = construe, construction. 

contr. = contraction, contracted. 

co-ord. = co-ordinate. 

dat. = dative. 

decl. = declension. 

def. = definite. 

dem. = demonstrative. 

dep. = deponent. 

dim. = diminutive. 


dir. = direct. 

disc. = discourse. 

Dor. = Doric. 

edit. = edition, editor. 

editt. = editions, editors. 

e.g. = for example. 

encl. = enclitic. 

Eng. = English. 

Ep. = Epic. 

epith. = epithet. 

equiv. = equivalent. 

esp. = especial, especially. 

etc. = and so forth. 

excl. = exclamation. 

f., ff. = following (after numerical 
statements). 

fem. = feminine. 

fin. = sub fine. 

freq. = frequently. 

fut. = future. 

G. = Goodwin’s Greek Grammar. 

gen. = genitive. 

GMT.= Goodwin's Moods and Tenses. 
H. = Hadley’s Greek Grammar, re- 
.vised by F. D. Allen (1884). 

hist. pres. = historical present. 
ibid. = in the same place. 

id. = the same. 

i.e. = that is. 

impers. = impersonal, impersonally. 
impf. = imperfect. 

imv. = imperative. 


in. = ad initium. 

indef. = indefinite. 

indic. = indicative. 

indir. = indirect. 

inf. = infinitive. 

interr. = interrogative, interroga- 
tively. 

intr. = intransitive, intransitively. 

Introd. = Introduction. 

Ion. = Ionic. 

Kr, Spr. = Kriiger’s Sprachlehre, 
Erster Theil, fifth edition. 

Kr. Dial. = Kriiger’s Sprachlehre, 
Zweiter Theil, fifth edition. 

KTé. = kal Ta é&fjs. 

KTA. = kal Ta Nourd. 
Kiihn. = Kiihner’s Ausfiihrliche 
Grammatik, second edition. 
Kiihner-Blass = third edition of the 
first part of the Grammatik, re- 
vised by F. Blass. 

Kiihner-Gerth = third edition of the 
second part of the Grammatik, 
revised by B. Gerth. 

Lat. = Latin. 

L.&S. = Liddell and Scott’s Lexicon, 
seventh and eighth editions. 

l.c. = loco citato. 

lit. = literal, literally. 

masc. = masculine. 

mid. = middle. 

M.= Monro’s Grammar of the Ho- 
meric Dialect. 

Ms., Mss. = manuscript, manuscripts. 

N. = note. 

neg. = negative. 

neut. = neuter. 

nom. = nominative. 

obj. = object. 

obs. = observe, observation. 

opp. to = opposed to. 

opt. = optative. 

p-, Pp. = page, pages. 2G 

part. gen. = partitive genitive. 

partic. = participle. 

pass. = passive, passively. 

pers. =person, personal, personally. 

pf. = perfect, 


pl. = plural. 

plpf. = pluperfect. 

pred. = predicate. 

prep. = preposition. 

pres. = present. 

priv. = privative. 

prob. = probable, probably. 

pron. = pronoun. 

prop. = proper, properly. 

prot. = protasis. 

quot. = quoted, quotation. 

q.V. = which see. 

refl. = reflexive, reflexively. 

rel. = relative, relatively. 

Rem. = remark. 

S. = Schmidt’s Rhythmic and Metric. 

sc. = scilicet. 

SCG. = Gildersleeve’s Syntax of 
Classical Greek, First Part. 

Schol. = scholiast. 

sent. = sentence. 

sing. = singular. 

subj. = subject. 

subjv. = subjunctive. 

subord..= subordinate. 

subst. = substantive, substantively. 

sup. = superlative. 

8.V. = sub voce. 

trans. = transitive, transitively. 

viz. = namely. 

v.l. = varia lectio. 

voc. = vocative. 


§, §§ = section, sections. 
Plurals are formea generally by add- 
ing 8. 


Generally small Romaiy numerals 
(lower-case letters) are used in 
referring to the books of an 
author; but A, B, I’, etc. in re- 
ferring to the books of the li? ,.,, 
and a, 8, y, etc. in referring to 
the books of the Odyssey. 


In abbreviating the names of Greek 
authors and of their works, Lid- 
dell and Scott’s practice is gener- 
ally followed. 


PREFACE 


This book was first published in 1885 and contained Plato’s 
Apology and Crito. Its editor, Professor Louis Dyer, subsequently 
removed his residence to England. When the editors of the Col- 
lege Series of Greek Authors determined last year to issue a new 
edition, Professor Dyer felt that he was not sufficiently acquainted 
with the changes in conditions of collegiate instruction in-Greek 
that have occurred in America during the past twenty years to 
undertake the task, and committed it to Professor Seymour. 

The new edition contains, in addition to the Apology and Crito, 
extracts from Plato’s Phaedo and Symposiwm and from Xenophon’s 
Memorabilia. Professor Seymour rewrote the introduction and the 
commentary on the first two dialogues, and added a commentary on 
the extracts and a vocabulary. The book was practically finished 
and nearly all in type before his death. 

The editors of the College Series had hoped that Professor Dyer, 
who had long known Professor Seymour intimately, would write 
the preface to the new edition. His illness and sudden death pre- 
vented this, and the sad duty has fallen to me, the friend of both 
these scholars for many years, to make this simple record of the 


part borne by each of them in the authorship of this book. 
JOHN WILLIAMS WHITE 


iii 


ie ae 


ae, Ris 





INTRODUCTION 


1. Socrates stands at the very head and source of the history of 
philosophy in the modern sense. Not that all the ideas and the 
results of the researches of the earlier sages have come to naught, 
but for the most part they affect the later world only mediately, 
through Socrates and Plato. Socrates was the first to introduce 
scientific inductive argumentation, to form universal conceptions, 
to require precise definitions, and to study the principles of ethics. 
Formal logic began with him. Not that men before Socrates did not 
observe and reason, and define or describe, and take thought for 
virtue, but they had not studied carefully the laws of thought or 
the rational foundations of virtuous actions. Socrates was far from 
simply preaching the morality of his age and city. He insisted on 
an intellectual basis for moral principles. He would not separate 
knowledge from right action. The man who knows what is right, 
according to Socrates, will always do what is right. He who does 





a 


any moment of going wrong, and Socrates compares him to a blind 
man going along the right path. So Socrates contrasted knowledge 
(émuorypn) with right opinion (dAnOys d0ga). Before Socrates, thinkers 
confused many matters which ought to be separated, and vainly hoped 
to gain one general solution for all problems. 


1 See Zeller’s Geschichte der griechischen Philosophie. The English translation 
is convenient: Zeller’s Pre-Socratic Philosophy, London, 1881, 2 vols. ; Socrates 
and the Socratic Schools, 1885; Plato and the Older Academy, 1876. See also 
Burnet’s Early Greek Philosophy and Bakewell’s Source Book in Ancient Phi- 
losophy, 1907. The most complete collection of the remains of the works of the 
pre-Socratic philosophers is Diels’s Fragmente der Vorsokratiker, Berlin, 1908, 
of which a second edition is appearing. Convenient is Fairbanks’s The First 
Philosophers of Greece, an edition and translation of the remaining fragments of 
the pre-Socratic philosophers, N.Y., 1898. See also Pater’s Plato and Platonism, 
1893. 2 Aristotle, Met. 1078 b. 


~*~ 


Qe Eas “SS a PRODUCTION 


2. Only by a severe effort can we put ourselves approximately in 
the place of the pre-Socratic philosophers, so as in a measure to have 
their point of view and understand their problems. Most of them 
had no schools and made no propaganda for their beliefs, and left no 
writings, and we have little definite knowledge of their systems. 
Many of their sayings which have been preserved seem to us darkly 
enigmatical, and, as they are stated, most of their investigations and 
théories appear to us futile, although in some matters they have 
curiously anticipated the very latest scientific thought. In general, 
the results of their speculations seem strange to modern minds. 
Fortunately we do not need to know and understand the views of 
the pre-Socratic philosophers in order to understand Plato’s report of 
Socrates’s defense before his judges. Plato seldom refers distinctly 
to his predecessors, — not to speak of quoting from them, — and Soce- 
rates introduced no philosophical questions in his speech to the court. 
To determine the indebtedness of Socrates and Plato to their prede- 
cessors is an interesting problem, but it does not concern us here. 
At present we need to remember only that the germs of all later sys- 
tems of philosophy appear in the thoughts of the Platonic Socrates. 

3. The Seven Sages! or Wise Men of Greece were not philoso- 
phers at all, in the modern sense. They were men of affairs, not 
of speculation. The traditions which we have in regard to them do 
not agree in every point, but are harmonious in representing them 
as rulers filled with practical wisdom. The wise Solon himself was 
neither a metaphysician nor a psychologist. He was a law-giver, and 
his thoughts were directed primarily toward means for securing a 
law-abiding and united spirit in the minds of the. people of Athens. 
All the others of the Seven, according to Cicero, were rulers of their 
states, with the single exception of Thales, and he also, as Herodotus 
tells us, gave attention to political measures. The Seven Sages were 
said to have dedicated to Apollo at Delphi wise sayings, as an offer- 
ing of their thoughts; —as Know thyself (yv@. cavrov), Moderation 


1 Totrwv Rv kal Oars 6 Midjows cal Turraxds 6 Murivnvaios cat Bias 6 Ipenveds 
ral Ddrdwv 6 huérepos kal Ke6Bovdos 6 Alvdtos kal Miowy 6 Xnvevs, kal EBdouos év 
rovras ééyero Aaxedaiudrios Xitwv, Plato, Prot. 343a. Cf. Hi omnes praeter 
Milesium Thalem civitatibus suis praefuerunt, Cicero, de Orat. iii. 34. 


INTRODUCTION 3 


in all things, Nothing to excess (undtv &yav), Ruin is near to surety- 
ship (éyy%a, mépa 8 dra). Of these the last is as severely practical 
as “ He that is surety for a stranger shall smart for it, and he that 
hateth suretyship is sure” (Proverbs xi. 15). The first two seem 
particularly Athenian, and were attributed to Solon. yd cavrév 
appears to have been the favorite maxim of Socrates: every man 
should learn what are his true powers and capacities, in order that 
he may undertake the work which is best fitted to his nature, — 
turning aside both from inferior occupations and from undertakings 
which are beyond his strength. Few faults seemed to Socrates worse 
than that of thinking one’s self to know what he does not know 
(Ap. 21 ¢, 29b). When aman has learned what he can do, and what 
he cannot do, he is already well on the way to become most useful 
and most happy. These precepts clearly were not philosophical 
maxims in the modern sense, but wholly practical. 

4. The term philosopher, lover of wisdom (iAScodos) was not of 
early use in Greece. It does not appear in extant Greek literature 
until the fourth century B.c., in the works of Plato and Xenophon, 
—though the verb derived from it is found earlier in two notable 
passages, but not in a technical sense.’ Plato uses his influence to 
keep ¢iAdcodos from becoming a technical term, by employing syno- 
nyms. In his writings, ¢duAdcodos seldom should be translated by 
philosopher. More frequently it means a seeker after truth. Wis- 
dom, truth; and reality are equivalents to Plato. Homer doe’ not 
use the later adjective for wise (coor), and has wisdom (codia, O 412) 
but once, and then of the art of a ship-builder. In the poems of 
Pindar, early in the fifth century s.c., the term wise is applied 
particularly to the poets, and wisdom is poetic skill or poesy. This 
use is continued even in the time of Plato and Xenophon.’ 

1The Lydian king Croesus has heard much of the wisdom of Solon, and 
of his extensive travels ¢:Aoco¢éwv, Herodotus i. 80. In his Funeral Oration 
(Thucydides ii. 40), Pericles says ¢iAocogpotpuer dvev wadraxtas, Which Jowett trans- 
lates We cultivate the mind without loss of manliness. 

2 Pindar, Pyth. iv. 295, @v re copots, among the singers ; Pyth. i. 12, dul re Aarolda 
sopia, because of the song of the son of Leto; Plato, Rep. 865, ws Snrodol wor of 


gopol, as the poets show to me; Xen. An. i. 2. 8, évrada Néyerar “Awdd\dwy Exder- 
pat Mapovay vxioas épliovrd of repi coplas, when he vied with him in musical skill. 


4 INTRODUCTION 


5. The most noted group of pre-Socratic philosophers is known as 
the Ionian School, although no one of them had a school or was a 
teacher in the technical sense. Asia Minor was the home and birth- 
place of many ideas, as well as of the Homeric poems. Sappho and 
Alcaeus sung on Lesbos, and Anacreon was born on Teos. Heca- 
taeus, the predecessor of Herodotus and the most important of the 
logographers or chroniclers, lived at Miletus. Men’s minds were 
active in-that whole region, and we are not surprised to find this the 
home of the earliest Greek philosophy. Thales.of Miletus has been 
recognized as the earliest philosopher. His time is fixed as early 
in the sixth century, if we accept both the statement of Herodotus 
(i. 74) that he predicted the eclipse of the sun which occurred at the 
time of a battle between the Lydians and the Medes, and also 
the computations of astronomers and chronologists that this was 
on May 28, 585. 3.c.. He is reported to have been a man of political 
and practical sagacity, though an old anecdote is told of a maid- 
servant’s laughing at him for falling into a well while he was occu- 
pied with observing the heavens. His chief interest seems to have 
been in astronomy and the origin of the world. He believed water 
to be the first principle of the universe. — Only afew sayings are pre- 
served of Anaximander of Miletus, who was born about 610 B.c. In 
his system, no ‘material thing, but the infinite and eternal, was the first 
principle of the universe. “The earth is a heavenly body, controlled 
by no other power, and keeping its position because it is at the same 
distance from all things.” “ Animals came into being through vapors 
raised by the sun.” “Man came into being from another animal, 
the fish.” To Anaximander was ascribed by some the invention of 
the sun-dial and of. maps. — Anaximenes of Miletus, a follower of 
Anaximander, in the latter part of the sixth century B.c., believed 
air to be the first principle of the universe. — Heraclitus of Ephesus, 
at the opening of the fifth century B.c., was called “the obscure,” 
and he seems to deserve the name. His sayings are full of apparent 
contradictions. “All things are in motion” (adavyra pe), and yet 
“ All things are one.” A man cannot to-day cross the river which 
he crossed yesterday; the man has changed, and the river. has 
changed, — it is another man who crosses another stream. — The last 


INTRODUCTION 5 


great philosopher of the Ionian School was Anaxagoras (Ap. 26d) 
of Clazomenae, near Smyrna, who lived in Athens after the Persian 
Wars, and was on intimate terms with Pericles and Euripides, but 
was accused of atheism, probably by the opponents -of Pericles. 
After about thirty years of residence there, he left Athens and went 
to Lampsacus, on the Hellespont, where he died about 428 z.c. He 
believed in a primal matter, which formed a sort of chaos, first prin- 
ciples infinite in number, until mind (vods) came and brought order 
into the universe. The Apolog; y refers to his views of the sun and 
the moon (26 d). 

6. Of all pre-Socratic philosophers, no other had so many personal 
followers, who formed a distinct sect, with peculiar practices as well 
as peculiar doctrines, as Pythagoras of Samos, who lived in Crotona 
during the latter half of the sixth century n.c. Of his life and teach- 
ings little is known with precision. Not only did he leave no writ- 
ings of his own, but Philolaus, a contemporary of Socrates (cf. Phaedo 
61 d), was said to be the first Pythagorean to publish a philosophi- 
eal work. Plato refers frequently to doctrines which are known to 
be Pythagorean, but he names Pythagoras but once (Rep. 600 a), 
and Aristotle names him only about ten times. His travels were 
extensive, and his most important activity was in the Greek colonies 
(Magna Graecia) of Italy. Around no other Greek have more numer- 
ous and more curious fables gathered. In later times he was supposed 
to have had supernatural powers. His followers formed an associa- 
tion for a common life, with many ascetic practices, among which 
was abstinence from flesh food and from beans. Pythagoras taught 
the doctrine of metempsychosis, or the passing of the soul from one 
body to another. Thus, tradition said that Pythagoras claimed to — 
have taken part in the Trojan War, in the body of the Trojan 
Euphorbus. Most notable scientifically, and most difficult for a lay- 
man to comprehend, were Pythagoras’s studies in numbers as affect- 
ing the universe. “Number was the first principle.” “The first 
principles _of number are. the first_principles of all things.” 2 

7. The Eleatic School was named from its home, Velia (‘EXéa) in 
Lucania, in western Italy. Its founder was Xenophanes of Colophon, 
a somewhat younger contemporary of Pythagoras. Of the didactic 





6 INTRODUCTION 


poems of Xenophanes considerable fragments are extant, — very 
largely, however, of a theological character. He did not believe in 
anthropomorphic gods, and said that if cattle and horses had hands 
and could paint, they would represent the gods as in the form of 
cattle or horses. He objected also strenuously to the poems of 
Homer and Hesiod, as ascribing to the gods deeds which are counted 
lawless for men. He uttered a noted tirade also against the glory 
which was given to athletes. To him, earth and water seem to have 
been first principles, and the source of all things. All things, in his 
view, are really one. Thus_ Xenophanes was the original Monist. — 
But the unity of all Being was apprehended still more definitely by 
Parmenides, his successor. “The all is alone, unmoved.” “The first 
principle is one, unmoved.” More than one hundred and fifty verses 
are extant of Parmenides’s poem on Nature (epi Bicews), but these, 
too, are not easy of comprehension. He visited Athens in his old 
age, when Socrates was a youth, and the two talked together then. — 
Parmenides’s follower Zeno (not the Stoic of that name) was called 
the inventor of Dialectic. Only four brief quotations from his works 
are extant, but tradition has preserved the memory of his ingénious 
arguments to disprove the possibility of motion and to demonstrate 
that the swift-footed Achilles could never overtake a tortoise. Plato 
(Phaedrus 261d) makes Socrates refer to Zeno as the Palamedes 
who can make his hearers believe the same things to be both like 
and unlike, both one and many, and both at rest and in motion. 

8. \Empedocles of Agrigentum in Sicily, born early in the fifth 
century B.c., was the first to assume four primary elements, the 
“elements” of ordinary modern speech, —learth, water, air, fire. , 
About four hundred and fifty verses remain of his poem on Nature, 
in quotations made by other authors. In certain matters he was 
philosophy, of whose works only two brief sentences remain, and 
whose views are best known through his follower, the “laughing 
philosopher,” Democritus of Abdera in Thrace, the birthplace of 
Protagoras. anaet sy 

9. The gist of pre-Socratic thought on life and the world can- 
not be condensed satisfactorily into a few paragraphs. But clearly 


INTRODUCTION ee 


the early thinkers of Greece were striving to solve great problems 
before the preliminary problems had been solved, before adequate 
observations had been made or suitable instruments had been pre- 
pared. Their studies had slight connection with ordinary life, though 
Xenophanes and Democritus pronounce admirable maxims. The 
great achievement of Socrates, as Cicero declared (Zusc.. v. 4.10), 
was in bringing Philosophy down from the skies to dwell among 
men: Socrates autem primus: Philosophiam devocavit e 
caelo, et in urbibus conlocavit, et in domus etiam intro- 
duxit et coégit de vita et moribus rebusque bonis et 
malis quaerere. In his youth Socrates seems to have been inter- 
ested in the problems of natural science (Phaedo 96 a), but he was 
dissatisfied with the failure to attain any definite result. Xenophon 
(see Mem. i. 1.14 f.) says that Socrates called attention to the wide 
difference of opinion between the Monists and the Atomists, between 
Heraclitus, who asserted that all things were in motion, and Zeno 
who argued that nothing could move, and to the lack of practical 
results attained by the physicists ; and he gives a list of the themes 
which most interested Socrates, — what is pious, what is impious, 
what is bravery, what is a city, etc. The answers to these last ques- 
tions would affect immediately the life of men. The Xenophontic 
Socrates was intensely pragmatic, to use a modern term. Though 
his discussions were theoretical, each had a practical bearing. On 
the other hand, no more than a modern scientist would Plato have 
accepted as valid the criticism of lack of tangible results. The study 
of astronomy is not useless because our knowledge does not enable 
us to regulate the movements of the heavenly bodies, nor can we 
condemn a science as hopeless because its doctors disagree. 

10. The inquiries of the philosophers with regard to the universe 
were considered by some to have atheistic tendencies, since in early 
times the Greeks were prone to assign every natural phenomenon to 
divine agency. The question at the opening of the J/iad is charac- 
teristic: “Who brought the two together in strife?” So in the 
Clouds, when the Aristophanic Socrates is made to deny the exist- 
ence of Zeus, old Strepsiades promptly replies, “Why, who sends 
rain, then?” —implying the necessity of a personal agent. The 


8 INTRODUCTION 


scientists left to the gods much less to do than the divinities had 
done, according to the old beliefs, and thus in a measure they seemed 
to doaway with the gods. Socrates appears to speak as if the theory 
were absurd that the sun is a stone, and the moon is earth (Ap. 26 d), 
but he is speaking playfully in this passage. How far he agreed 
with Anaxagoras, no one can say, but he was probably not behind 
the best physicists of his time. 

11. Just as ¢irédco¢os was chosen at first, doubtless, as a more 
modest epithet than codds, so Sophist seems to have meant originally 
a seeker after wisdom, as a Hellenist is one who-walks in the ways 
of the Hellenes, or speaks their language. In the early part of the 
fifth century B.c., the word had no unpleasant associations, as it 
appears in literature; certainly it did not have the special meaning 
of “ captious or fallacious reasoner.” The Titan Prometheus is called 
a sophist (contriver, Aesch. Prom. 62). The term was applied to all 
poets and musicians (Athenaeus 632c). The Seven Sages were 
called sophists by the orator Isocrates (xv. 235). The historian 
Herodotus calls Solon and Pythagoras sophists. Not only the 
comic poet Aristophanes but also the orator Aeschines (i. 173) calls 
Socrates a sophist, and doubtless public opinion justified this epithet. 
In a notable chapter of his History of Greece, Grote showed that the 
sophists had been maligned, — that they formed a profession rather 
than a sect, with varied aims and tastes and methods. They were 
the only professional teachers in Greece above the grade of the ele- 
mentary schools, and the dignity of their position is shown by their 
association with the best men of the state. The enormous develop- 
ment of the democratic states of Greece in culture, wealth, and 
power gave new importance to the arts which fitted men for leader- 
ship. The difference between the rhetoricians and the sophists does 
not seem to have been great or clear, though some of the rhetori- 
cians are represented as despising the sophists. In a playful passage 
of the Gorgias, Socrates says that the art of the sophist is related 
to that of the legislator as the art of the rhetorician is to that of the 
judge (Gorg. 465c). Some of the rhetoricians were inclined to in- 
clude all learning in their art. If they were to teach their pupils to 
speak they must give them some knowledge of the matters on which 


INTRODUCTION 9 


they were to speak; and if a man was to be ready, like Gorgias, at 
a moment’s notice to speak on any subject, he must. know something 
about everything. In other words, according to its votaries, rhetoric 
included all other arts and should be the queen of all. This was 
essentially the claim which was made by the sophists for their art. 
Both rhetoricians and sophists took pay for their instruction, and 
both sought to fit their pupils for public life in Greece. So far as 
this is concerned, scholars of to-day cannot criticise them. But the 
sophists, like the rhetoricians, gave more attention to manner than 
to matter. The chief end of both was to persuade, to please, and to 


teach how to please. In general they worked for immediate results, |) 
and cared less for objective truth than for the subjective appearance ‘) 
of truth, —less to be right than to seem right. To win the suit in ° 


the court and to gain the majority of votes in the public Assembly 
were the ends at which rhetoric aimed, and the sophists were satis- 
fied with teaching the code of morality which existed in Greece. 
They sought for it no higher or firmer basis than its approval by 
the people. “Man was the measure of all things” according to 
Protagoras, and, as in the old Homeric days, custom made right. To 
them justice was what seemed just to the masses who had never 
seen justice itself. Their discussions tended to give skill in dialec- 
tics rather than to rouse men to search for truth. But we must 
remember that we have no picture of the work of the Sophists from 
one of their own number. The student of Plato needs to bear in 
mind that Gorgias and Protagoras would have appeared to posterity 
in a better light if they themselves had composed the dialogues in 
which they are presented. 

12. Protagoras of Abdera in Thrace, Prodicus of Ceos, and Hippias 
of Elis are the best known of the sophists in the narrower sense. 
Gorgias of Leontini in Sicily and Thrasymachus of Chalcedon, 
opposite Byzantium, were rhetoricians of high importance in the 
development of the art of oratory, but were often classed with the 
sophists. Whether Euenus of Paros (Ap. 20 b) was more of a poet 
or a sophist, we cannot say. These all were contemporaries of 
Socrates, — Protagoras and Gorgias being about ten years older 
than he. Though from different lands, all found Athens their most 


See 


10 INTRODUCTION 


pleasant and profitable place of sojourn. Nowhere else was so much 
interest shown in their displays of technical skill. Protagoras, as 
we learn from the Platonic dialogue called by his name (317 e), 
frankly called himself a sophist, and according to Aristotle (Rhet. 
1402 a 25) did not shrink from saying that he “made the worse 
appear the better reason.” He might be called the earliest Greek 
grammarian, for he was the first, so far as we know, to observe crit- 
ically the genders of nouns and the tenses of verbs. The first dis- 
tinction of Greek verbal moods of which we learn is his eriticism on 
the first verse of Homer’s Iliad, — phvw dede, Oecd, — where he said 
the optative should have been used, to express a wish, a prayer, not 
a command, which might not be addressed to a divinity. Prodicus, 
on the other hand, was something of a lexicographer, being particu- 
larly nice in his choice of words, and studying to distinguish appar- 
ent synonyms. Hippias claimed encyclopedic knowledge, and, like 
Gorgias, allowed his hearers to choose the theme on which he should 
speak. He was an astronomer, also, and a diplomat. And once he 
appeared at Olympia in array which was all the work of his own 
hands: he had made his ring, and engraved the seal; he had made 
his strigil and oil-flask, and his shoes, and had woven his clothing, 
— including a belt which was woven in an intricate Persian pattern. 
Gorgias came to Athens first as an ambassador from Leontini, in 
427 s.c., and his eloquence aroused enthusiastic admiration. That 
Gorgias not only composed such florid rhetorical exercises as are 
extant in his Helene and Palamedes, but also discussed ethical 
themes, is shown by the question of Meno, the Thessalian, addressed 
to Socrates on the remark that he had never met any one who knew 
what virtue is, —“ Did you not meet Gorgias when he was here, and 
did he not seem to you to know what virtue is?” (Meno 71c). In 
the Protagoras (312 a), the youthful Hippocrates, who is greatly 
interested in Protagoras, and earnestly wishes to learn from him, 
is represented as blushing at the thought of himself becoming a pro- 
fessional sophist. His admiration for the master shows that he © 
shrinks from becoming a technical sophist chiefly because of the 
Athenian prejudice against any occupation of wage-earners. The 
Athenians did not distinguish very clearly and broadly, for instance, 


INTRODUCTION 11 


between the social position and pay of a sculptor and those of 
an ordinary -stone-cutter. British society of a century ago could 
show analogous prejudices against trade and the profession of a 
physician. 

13. No name of classical antiquity is better known to modern 
readers than that of Socrates, and his face and form were very 
familiar to the populace at Athens. He was constantly to be seen 
in public places, where he would meet as many young men as pos- 
sible,’ and he attracted attention apart from his words and his dress. 
He was not possessed of ideal Greek beauty. He was rather short, 
and had a bald head, a pot-belly, a broad flat nose, prominent eyes, 
and large lips. Alcibiades (see Symp. 215 b) compares him to such 
a figure of Silenus as was often sold as a shrine at the statuary 
shops, —a satyr in form, but when opened disclosing a beautiful 
figure of a divinity. His baldness was concealed by no hat, and he 
wore but a single garment, and went barefoot in both summer and 
winter, — though on occasion he would go to a feast in the garb of 
a gentleman. He did not object to good food or to good clothes, but 
he was satisfied with what was convenient. He was neither a medi- 
_ aeval saint nor a Hebrew prophet. One evening, according to an anec- 
dote, he was observed to be strolling on the street, and was asked 
what he was doing; he replied that he was collecting sauce for sup- 
per, i.e. he was getting an appetite which should serve as sauce. His 
physical powers were unusual, as is shown clearly by the account of 
his behavior on the campaign in Thrace (see Symp. 219 e), where 
his comrades watched him stand a whole night through, in medita- 
tion on some problem which had come before his mind, and where 
his bare feet seemed to be less disturbed by snow and ice than were 
the feet of his comrades, though these were well encased in cloths 
and skins. According to Alcibiades, he could drink more wine than 
any one else without being affected by it. Socrates was fortunate in 
his powers of physical endurance, and he adapted himself easily to 
all circumstances and all persons. Probably Diogenes the cynic re- 
garded himself as a true follower of Socrates in his disregard of the 
courtesies and decencies of life, and Epicurus found in the sayings 

1 Ap. 17 c, Xen. Mem. i. 1. 10. 


12 INTRODUCTION 


of Socrates what agreed with his ideas of pleasure, while Plato, keep- 
ing the golden mean, was sure that he was maintaining the spirit of 
his master in his beautiful mansion. 

14. Of the family of Socrates we hear very little. He once speaks 
of himself as of the family of Daedalus, but jestingly, simply as a 
stone-cutter or sculptor, in which occupation he followed his father 
Sophroniscus, who was a friend of Lysimachus, son of Aristides the 
Just, and so of good connections. His mother, Phaenarete, was a 
midwife, and he compares with her employment his own work in 
assisting at the birth of ideas. How long he practiced his profession 
or trade of sculptor, no one knows, for Plato and Xenophon never 
make him refer to his early life. In it he gained no special repute, 
and we do not know even whether we should call him a stone-cutter 
or a sculptor. He nowhere claims or shows special artistic tastes or 
powers, nor even special fondness for illustrations drawn from the 
occupation of sculptor. So he mentions none of his own works of 
this kind. At the entrance to the Athenian Acropolis, Pausanias, in 
the time of Hadrian, saw a group of draped Graces, said to be the work 
of Socrates, son of Sophroniscus. Such a group has been found at 
Athens, but of an earlier period, so that the conjecture is offered 
that either the group was wrongly ascribed to Socrates, or perhaps 
he made a copy of the work which has been preserved.t We should 
be greatly interested to know what part, if any, he had in the seulp- 
tures of the Parthenon or in the exquisite carving of the Erechtheum. | 
The Parthenon was completed when he was thirty-one years old, and 
most of the young stone-cutters of Athens in his time must have 
had part in this work. 

15. At the time of his trial, in the spring of 399 B.c., Socrata 
was seventy years of age (Ap. 17d). So he was born in 469 B.C.) — 
ten years after the battle of Plataea, three years after Aeschylus 
presented his play of the Persians, and eleven years before Aeschy- 
lus presented his Agamemnon. He was in the strength of his young 
manhood at the time when Pericles was at the height of his influ- 
ence and Athens enjoyed her greatest glory of power. We learn 
that he was at the siege of Potidaea (about 432 B.c.), where he 


1 See Frazer, Pausanias ii, p. 268. 


INTRODUCTION 13 


saved the life of Alcibiades ; in the battle of Amphipolis, ten years 
later; and in the battle at Delium, 424 B.c. (Symp. 221 a). Alci- 
eden said that the prize for bravery which was awarded to him- 
self was deserved by Socrates, and that Socrates’s manner on the 
retreat from Delium was just that which was his wont on the streets 
of Athens. Doubtless Socrates had part in many another military 
affair of the early ten years of the Peloponnesian War, but the 
records of this military service are lost. 

16. The name of Socrates’s wife, Xanthippe, is familiar to all. 
They had three sons (Ap. 34 d, Phaedo 116 b), — Lamprocles, Soph- 
roniscus (named for the grandfather), and Menexenus, of whom the 
two latter were still children at the death of their father. Of these 
sons nothing is known, except that (according to Xenophon, Mem. 
ii. 2), Lamprocles could not endure his mother’s temper, and was 
rebuked for this by Socrates, with a reminder of all that Xanthippe 
had done and borne for him in the past, as well as of her undoubted 
present love for her child. Nothing is known of Xanthippe’s family, 
either. She was much younger than her husband, as is made certain 
by the age of her children at his death, and clearly she was not in 
sympathy with his vocation. Probably they were not married in 
423 B.c., or Aristophanes would have delighted in introducing her 
in his comedy of the Clouds. Not understanding his search for 
truth, and seeing clearly that he had abandoned his work as a statu- 
ary and that he delighted in spending his time with idlers in the 
market-place, she, like many others, thought him to be a lazy loafer, 
and was impatient that he did not work as a craftsman and make 
better provision for his family. In the Symposium of Xenophon 
(ii. 10) she is said to have the worst temper of all the women in the 
world. That she was the second wife of Socrates, is very probable. 
Unsupported tradition spoke of Socrates as marrying Myrto, daugh- 
ter or granddaughter of Aristides the Just, for his second wife. Pos- 
sibly Myrto may have been his first wife, and on her death he may 
have married Xanthippe, but of this no exact record remains. What 
became of Xanthippe and the children on his death is not known. 
Doubtless Crito, Plato, and his other friends cared for them (cf. 
Crito 54 a). 


14 INTRODUCTION 


17. Of the time when Socrates abandoned his craft, no indication 
is found. That he was interested in philosophical speculations in 
his youth, we should be ready to believe even without the express 
statements that he talked with Parmenides on the latter’s visit to 
Athens, and that he early had a great desire to learn the cause of 
natural phenomena. We read of no young men as specially asso- 
ciated with him before Critias and Alcibiades. Critias took no 
prominent part in Athenian politics until the latter half of the Pel- 
oponnesian War, but then became the leader of the Thirty Tyrants, 
so that we may suppose him to have been no older than Alcibiades, 
who was born about the middle of the fifth century B.c. So these 
two hardly came into connection with him before about 4385 B.c. 
See § 23. But for the last thirty years of his life, at least, Socrates 
seems to have had no visible means of support. In a conversa- 
tion reported by Xenophon, he estimates his property as worth 
about five minas,—in round terms $100 of silver, but with the pur- 
chasing power of about $500 in our time. He earnestly repudiates 
the charge of taking money in return for his instruction, but he 
must have received gifts from his friends. His only other source of 
income during the later years of his life, so far as we can see, was 
the insignificant fees for service as juryman, since fees for attend- 
ance on meetings of the popular Assembly seem to have been given 
first after the Peloponnesian War. For a tenth of one year, he was 
one of the prytanes, and received a drachma a day, but in purchas- 
ing power this amounted to little more than a modern dollar. A 
possible interpretation of the opening of his speech would de- 
clare ‘that he had not served as juryman at all, — but we see no 
reason why he should have avoided this service, although his state- 
ment is more impressive if we suppose that he was a complete 
stranger to the manner of speaking in court. 

18. That Socrates was a brave and faithful citizen-soldier in time 
of war, we have seen. The only office of state that he ever held was 
that of senator, for one year (Ap. 32). In this office he had occa- 
sion to show his firm fidelity. He happened to be the presiding 
officer of the people on the day when (led by demagogues) popular 
indignation was roused against the naval commanders at Arginusae. 


INTRODUCTION 15 


These had gained a notable victory over the Spartan enemy, yet 
(prevented by a storm, as they said) had not taken up the dead bodies 
for burial, and the masses desired to sentence these commanders to 
death, —a trebly irregular procedure. In spite of the noisy threats 
of the people, Socrates refused to put the question to a vote. In the 
Apology, Socrates distinctly declares that a man at Athens who works 
for the good of the people must labor in private rather than in pub- 
lic, —thus he excuses himself for taking no part in the public deliber- 
ations of the Assembly. In the Republic and the Gorgias he argues 
at length to the same end. 

19. The fact that Socrates remained in Athens during the eight 
months’ rule of the Thirty Tyrants (405-404 B.c.), doubtless was used 
against him at his trial to prove that he was not a true friend of the 
democracy, the established government at Athens, and was brought 
into connection with his frank criticisms of the constitution of the 
State, in particular the use of the lot for the selection of public 
officers, and with the fact that Critias the leader of the Thirty 
Tyrants had been a follower of his. But Socrates at. the time of 
the Thirty was sixty-five years old, and cannot have been of much 
importance as a hoplite. To say, as some have said, that Socrates 
criticised the principles of the democracy, but the leaders of the 
oligarchy, is epigrammatic, but not based on a firm foundation. 

20. The religion of Athens was a state religion, and ritualistic 
rather than ethical. It was in charge of officials who were selected 
for no special holiness of character or spiritual ambitions, but simply 
for excellence as administrators. The religious function was to them 
much like any other public function, particularly since the Athenians 
were a very pious people and were inclined to consecrate secular 
affairs. That the dramatic representations and the athletic games 
were parts of religious festivals is well known. No body of dog- 
matic theology existed. The question of orthodoxy or heterodoxy 
was not raised. Sacrifices were to be paid to the gods after the man- 
ner of the fathers, and with this the requirements of religion were 
satisfied. In this matter, according to both Xenophon and Plato, 
Socrates was punctilious. Xenophon says that Socrates often was 
seen sacrificing on the public altars of the city, and often sacrificed 


16 INTRODUCTION 


at home. So in the charge that Socrates does not believe in the gods 
in which the city believes, but in other new divinities (Ap. 24 b), 
the stress must have been laid on the former rather than on the lat- 
ter clause. The introduction of a new divinity might be unpopular, 
—the worship of Mithras never gained such a footing in Athens as 
in Rome, — but it does not seem to have been illegal, if it did not 
interfere with any established worship. 

21. Socrates at times seems to speak as a monotheist, of God. 
More often he uses the language of his contemporaries, and speaks 
of the gods. Sometimes the change from the singular to the plural 
is made in a single sentence. God, deity, and the gods are equivalent 
terms to him. He did not accept the current myths with regard to 
Zeus, Cronus, and the rest of the Olympian company, in the sense 
in which the people generally believed them. For instance, he re- 
fused to believe that the gods ever warred against each other, and 
that Zeus dethroned his father Cronus. Such stories he considered 
both blasphemous against the gods and injurious to the persons who 
believed them. The gods, he said, were good and truthful, and never 
could be the cause of evil, nor would they deceive men. In behalf of 
the gods, he was ready to surrender part of their power, and not to 
claim omnipotence for them, rather than to allow that evil could 
proceed from them. His disparaging words of the current stories of 
the gods, however, may have been understood by the masses as 
spoken disparagingly of the gods themselves. But. his simple confi- 
dence in the gods was complete and unfailing. He believed that a 
good man is ever under the special care of the gods, and that no 
ill can befall him either in life or in death. The question of life or 
death was not a very serious matter for him then, since he was not to 
be separated from the loving presence of the gods. This confidence 
may account for the tone of the Apology, which is lighter than we 
should expect in the speech of a man on trial for his life. 

22. On the dauonov of Socrates many treatises have been written. | 
The reader should remember (what is often forgotten) that this 
word is strictly an adjective and not equivalent to demon or 8ai- 
pwv, —a personality. From his boyhood Socrates was conscious of a 
divine influence within him, frequently checking him, even in minor 


INTRODUCTION 17 


matters, when he was about to act wrongly or unwisely, but never 
urging him forward. He calls it a voice (¢wvy 31d, cf. 40 b) from 
the gods. His accuser seems to have made his language concerning 
it the ground for the charge of introducing new divinities.! Zeller 
ealls it “a profound sense of a not uncommon phenomenon.” 

23. The earliest definite date that can be set for Socrates’s stim- 
ulating intercourse with young men is shortly before the death of 
Pericles (429 B.c.), if the story told by Xenophon is authentic 
(Mem. i. 2. 40). The youthful Alcibiades, then a ward of Pericles, 
engaged his guardian in a discussion on law, in which he entangled 
him in inconsistencies, until Pericles laughed and said that he too 
- was skilled in that sort of discussion when he was young, and en- 
joyed it then. Alcibiades, we are told, finding himself superior in 
dialectics to the greatest statesman of Athens, no longer thought it 
necessary to follow Socrates. Plato, however, represents Alcibiades 
as a warm admirer of Socrates more than a dozen years later, just 
before the Sicilian Expedition (Symp. 215a). Of the relations 
between Socrates and Critias much less is said, and these clearly 
were not friends at the time of the rule of the Thirty. 

24. Socrates distinctly disavowed being any man’s teacher (Ap. 
33 a), and never spoke of his pupils, but of his associates (ot 
avvovres). He undertook to give no instruction, and disclaimed the 
possession of any worthy knowledge. In this lay his irony, —he 
claiming to possess less than he really had. His method was not to 
impart information so much as to rouse his interlocutor to seek this 
information for himself; by no means to answer the question and 
solve the difficulty for his friend, but to show him the importance of 
the question, and to indicate the method by which the problem might 
be solved. Thus he stimulated and guided thought, but did not teach 
in the technical sense; he never declared dogmatically what he had 
learned. He formulated no system of ethics or metaphysics. In 


1 kawa Sauda may be only new things about the divinities, but it was likely 
to be understood in the other way. The fact that this voice operated only to 
check from action separates it widely from such visions as those of Joan of Are, 
with which it has been compared. The little which Plato says of it is in marked 
contrast with the space given to it in later discussions. 


18 INTRODUCTION 


stimulating men to attain knowledge he must convince them not 
only that it was worth having, but also that they lacked it. How 
should a man strive to gain what he believes himself to possess ? 
So Socrates went about the city, — wherever he would meet men, in 
a city where men spent their time in hearing and telling new things, 
—and by asking simple questions, which seemed easily answered, 
on familiar subjects, engaged men in conversations which ended in 
proving that they did not know what they had the reputation of 
knowing and what they ought to know. Doubtless many Athenians 
considered Socrates not only a lazy, trifling loafer, but also an ill- 
bred, exceedingly disagreeable man. They thought his conversations 
only a logomachy, a game of draughts with words for counters. He 
led the conversation to matters in which they were obliged to con- 
tradict themselves or to make admissions against their self-esteem. 
But he never wearied men by lectures of his own. In the Platonic 
dialogues, Socrates is always-represented as treating the conclusions 
reached as attained in the conversation by his friend, with whom he 
is talking, rather than by himself. The two are seeking for truth 
together, as comrades. In the Republic they are compared to hunters 
in a thicket, with the hare hidden under a bush. Elsewhere Socrates’s 
office, as we have seen, is chiefly to assist at the birth of ideas, aid- 
ing in the expression of what is in his friend’s mind, and treating 
the new idea properly, when once it is expressed. So, in the Meno, 
by skillful questions he draws from a slave who knows nothing of 
mathematics the proof of the proposition that the square described _ 
on the diagonal of a square is equal to the sum of the squares © 

described on’two sides. The Platonic Socrates shows unfailing 
courtesy and tact in his discussions, avoiding all personalities. He 
may attract attention by an enigmatic statement or a paradox, but | 
he never puzzles for long at a time. His humor is marked; in the 
Phaedo we are told that on the last day of his life his friends were 
“now weeping and now laughing.” He is watchful of opportunities 
to introduce important discussions. The opening of the Phaedo, 
which forms a background or setting for the dialogue, shows that 
the associates of Socrates did not gather on the last day of his life 
to discuss the doctrine of the immortality of the soul, but simply as 


INTRODUCTION 19 


sympathetic friends. Step by step, however, by natural transitions, 
we are led to the philosophical discussion. Similarly at the opening of 
the Republic the company comes to the home of Polemarchus for din- 
ner, but gradually the conversation is led to the theme of justice, and 
then to the ideal State. But the tact of the Platonic Socrates restrains 
him from introducing abstruse themes at the banquet of Agatho. 

20. Socrates was interested in all matters of human thought, but 
we have no reason to doubt Xenophon’s statement that his chief 
interest was in questions which directly pertained to man. What- 
ever might be the starting-point of a discussion, the conclusion was 
apt to be a practical application to the life of the interlocutor, 
whether or not he was doing his full duty (Laches 187 e). Thus the 
Gorgias begins with a talk on rhetoric, but it closes with a discus- 
sion of the question which is the best life to lead, —a life of truth 
and justice, even with suffering, or a life of false pretense and 
injustice, even with power. 

26. The most noted of Socrates’s followers were Alcibiades and 
Critias, and emphasis was laid upon this in support of the charge 
that he corrupted the youth. Of these, Critias, as Xenophon says, 
was the most bloodthirsty and avaricious of the leaders of the oli- 
garchy, while Alcibiades was the most arbitrary, willful, and violent 
of the leaders of the democracy, —a veritable young lion, whom 
Athens had reared but could not tame. The two other followers of 
Socrates whom we know best, and through whom we learn most 
directly of their master, were Plato and Xenophon — both appar- 
ently of like age, but not sympathetic by nature. The practical 
Xenophon found little for which he cared in Plato’s poetic trans- 
cendentalism, and Plato probably thought Xenophon hopelessly com- 
monplace. Plato does not mention Xenophon in his dialogues, and 
Xenophon names Plato but once, and that incidentally. We may 
count ourselves happy in having accounts of Socrates from two 
points of view. Scholars have compared these two pictures with the 
different representations of the Saviour in the gospels of St. Mark 
and St. John. 


1 Cf. iets, & dvdpes “APnvaior, Dwxpdrny pev Tov copiorhy dwexrelvare dre Kpirlav 
épdvn wemadevkds, éva TOv Tpidxovra T&v Tov Shuov katrahvodvrwy, Aeschines i. 1738. 





20 INTRODUCTION 


* 


27. That the Apology was composed soon after the death of 
Socrates, is a natural supposition, since then it would receive partic- 
ular attention from others and the subject filled Plato’s own mind. 
An indication of the speedy publication of the Apology is found 
also in the fact that Socrates is made to predict to those who voted 
for his condemnation, that after his death many would follow him, 
and rebuke them for paying more attention to wealth and power and 
reputation than to virtue and their own souls, —a prediction which 
was not fulfilled, and certainly would not have been invented later. 
Scholars have never agreed as to the part which Plato had in this 
work, — whether in writing it he aimed to be merely an accurate 
reporter of Socrates’s words, or rather to present such a speech as 
Socrates might have made, or to give a free report of the speech. 
Distinctly in favor of the first view is the fact that Plato tells his 
reader that he was present at the trial (Ap. 34 a, 38 b), while he 
says that he was not with Socrates on the last day of his life, in the 
prison (Phaedo 59b). This mention of himself here is the more 
noticeable since only in these passages does he name himself at all. 
If Plato was simply imitating the style of his master’s conversa- 
tions, he certainly succeeded in introducing the dialogue-manner 
throughout, with colloquial freedom in the change of grammatical 
constructions and in failure to complete sentences, Another indica- 
tion that the Apology is an accurate report of the speech which was 
actually delivered, is the fact that in the Apology Socrates ascribes 
the popular prejudice against himself largely to his followers’ hold- 
ing dialogues with men, after his own manner, trying to show them 
that they did not know what they thought they knew, —with no 
word of intimation that he had endeavored to stop this practice 
(Ap. 23 c),— while both Xenophon in the Memorabilia (i. 2. 17) 
and the Platonic Socrates in the Republic (539 b) admit explicitly 
that young men should not be encouraged in such disputations, and 
their principles should be well fixed before such edge-tools were fur- 
nished them as Socrates put into their hands. If the Apology had 
been written as late as the Republic, and out of his own head, Plato 
would not have thought it necessary to say anything here of the 
disputations of the pupils of Socrates. 


* 


INTRODUCTION 21 











‘Plato was of a wealthy and aristocratic family, claiming 
through his father from Codrus, the last of the line of kings 
jens. His father was Aristo. This was. the short form of 
ocles, the name of Aristo’s father, and the name which was 
u to our philosopher in his infancy; the name Plato is said to 
been given him later from the breadth (rdarvs) either of his 
t, of his forehead, or of his style. His mother was Perictione, 
r of Charmides and cousin of Critias. Of his parents, nothing 
ft ther is known. Aristo seems to have been dead at the time of 
‘ So erates’s trial, for in the Apology (34 a) Adimantus is referred to as 
om the older representative, who might be expected to look after the 
best interests of his brother Plato. 

29. Most of the stories about Plato’s youth seem but fables. His 
birth was probably in 427 B.c., though some authorities would set it 

_ two years earlier. He may have been born on the seventh day of 
the month Thargelion (about May 26), — that was Apollo’s day. 
As an Athenian of military age, at the time when Athens most 
needed men, we may assume that he served in her armies. But we 
do not know which side he took in the conflict between the Thirty 
Tyrants and the party of the democracy. Since his mother’s brother 
Charmides and her cousin Critias were leaders of the Thirty, Plato’s 
remaining in Athens would have been natural. That he was not 
ashamed of his connection with these kinsmen, is clear from the 
parts which he assigns to them in his dialogues, naming a dialogue 
after each. The fate of these men may have had something to 
do with Plato’s disgust for political life at Athens. The youth- 
ful Plato is said to have distinguished himself in gymnasties, 
and even to have entered the Isthmian games in competition for 
a prize. Entirely probable is another story, — that he had ambi- 
tions as a poet, and desired particularly to distinguish himself 
in tragedy. ; 

30. The occasion and circumstances of Plato’s meeting with 
Socrates are unknown. We suppose Plato to have been twenty- 
eight years old at the time of his master’s death. Very probably 
he joined the company of Socrates’s followers when he was twenty 
years of age; but in the next eight years of intercourse with Socrates, 


23 INTRODUCTION ) 


many and serious interruptions to the philosophical discussiond n must F 
have been caused by the wars and disorders of the land. aS 
31. The influence of the master upon the pupil is best shown by 
the reverence which Plato continued to show to the memory of Sc 
rates during the more than half a century of his life which remaine 
after Socrates’s death. That the pupil should continue for fifty ye 
to give his teacher credit for all his best thoughts, shows that Pla 
ever looked upon his scheme of philosophy as only a developmen “gf 
what he had learned from Socrates. Only in one of his very latest ‘a 
works, the Laws, and in two of his minor works, the Sophistes and 
the Politicus, does he fail to make Socrates the leading speaker in © 
his dialogues,! while he keeps himself entirely in the background, 
never speaking in his own person. | 
32. On the death of Socrates, in the spring of 399 B.c., Plato left 
Athens, and, after a sojourn of uncertain length in Megara, went to 
Egypt. That he derived knowledge of mathematics, astronomy, and 
philosophy from the ancient learning of the Egyptians, has often 
been supposed, but without either external or internal evidence. 
From Egypt, Plato seems to have returned to Athens, and to have 
begun his work as a teacher, first in a gymnasium (of Academus), 
and then in his own neighboring garden, — the “ grove of Academe.” 
Plato thrice visited Sicily, and was intimately associated with both the 
elder and the younger Dionysius, tyrants of Syracuse. But he seems 
to have offended the one and to have wearied the other, and from 
each visit he returned to his work at Athens, where he died in 347 B.c. 
33. Of Plato’s life and work as a teacher we have no authentic 
detailed picture. He lived apart from the active life of the city. 
His master had frequented the “full market-place,” as well as the 
palaestra, but Plato was not seen by the banks and in the saddlers’ 
shops. He was soon surrounded by a group of earnest students. 
That his instruction was chiefly in the form of Socratic dialogues 
may be inferred from the disparaging remarks made in his written ~ 
works about harangues. 
















1In the Parmenides, which in form is the report of a conversation held in 
the time of Socrates’s young-manhood, Socrates appears asf as introducing the 
discussion. 


INTRODUCTION 23 


34. Before the law, Plato’s “School,” the “ Academy,” was a 
religious corporation,’ formed for the worship of the Muses and 
Apollo. Corporation law was fully developed at Athens, but this 
seems to have been the earliest philosophical school to be so incor- 
porated. The members of the School, as of other religious associa- 
tions, had many common meals, but how frequently is unknown. 
The expenses of the association were probably borne in common, 
but nothing indicates that Plato received any salary or fees. He 
probably had much of Socrates’s dislike of receiving pay for giving 
advice as to virtue, and much of the old Athenian gentleman’s preju- 
dice against taking pay for any service. He would not become a 
hireling (uc Owrds). We know Plato as a writer, and think of him as 
such. But, although his artistic powers naturally sought expression 
in the publication of finished works of literature, he was primarily 
a teacher. In his day few books were written to be read. The writ- 
ten copies of the tragedies of Aeschylus and Sophocles served at 
first chiefly to assist and correct the memory. The Sophists lectured, 
rather than wrote for publication. Socrates himself never wrote any- 
thing in the way of literature, and cared much more for the living 
word of personal intercourse than for the more formal and exact 
written statement which could answer no questions. Plato himself, 
though the unrivaled master of one branch of literature, calls the 
writing of treatises a kind of play (adic). 

35. The story of Socrates’s life and work does not prepare us for 
the manner of his death. Prosecuted in his old age, on a most seri- 
ous charge, he was, after a legal trial, sentenced to death. And this 
was done, not during any oligarchical or democratic reign of terror, 
but at the very time when everybody was admiring the moderate 
spirit of the newly-restored Athenian democracy, after the depo- 
sition of the Thirty Tyrants by Thrasybulus. | 

36. In the spring of 399 B.c., when Socrates had reached the age 
of threescore years and ten (Ap. 17 d), Meletus, seconded by Any- 
_ tus and Lyco, came forward with his accusation. In Plato’s Huthy- 

phro Meletus is described as an insignificant youth, and in the 


1 Wilamowitz-Moellendorff, Antigonos von Karystos, Excurs 2, 1881; Zie- 
barth, Das griechische Vereinswesen, 1896, p. 71. 


(24) INTRODUCTION 


y 


Apology he is treated with a measure of contempt. He was the son 

of an unimportant tragic poet, and is said to have been irritated by | 
Socrates’s criticisms of the poets (Ap. 22a, 23e). He led the prose- — 
cution, the other two being technically his cvvjyopo.. The substantial — 
man of the three, however, was Auytus (Ap. 29 ¢, 31a), who had’ — 
property anc had repeatedly served as general of the Athenian armies. __ 
At this time he was popular because of his recent activity in expell- 
ing the Thirty Tyrants. His bitterness was uncompromising toward 
all sophists, and according to an anonymous ancient writer he was 
particularly irritated by Socrates’s criticism of his putting his son 

into his works as a tanner, when thé youth was capable of better e 
things ([Xen.] Ap. 29). Of Lyco, little is known. He was charged 
by Eupolis, the comic poet, with being of foreign extraction, and his 
wife was ridiculed by the same poet. His poverty and effeminacy* 
were referred to by the comic poet Cratinus, but he is named by — 
Aristophanes (Wasps 1301) with Antiphon, Phrynichus, and other 
noted aristocrats. ae 

37. The formal terms of the indictment submitted by Meletus to 4 
the dpxywv Bactrets, whose jurisdiction covered all cases involving 
religion, were: “Socrates is guilty of not believing in the gods bee ~ 
lieved in by the state, and of introducing other new divinities. More- 

over, he is guilty of corrupting the youth. The penalty proposed is 
death.” This was an indictment for an offense against the state; so 
it was technically a ypady (public suit), and, as further qualified by 
the specific charges, it was a ypapy ageBeias (a public suit on the 
ground of impiety). 

38. As to the negative clause of the first count (o¥s péy % woXus 
vouile. Geos ob vouifwv), it certainly is difficult to see any fact to 
justify such an accusation, inasmuch as Socrates expressly recog- 
nized the law of the land (vomes wéAews) as the final arbiter in all 
that concerned the worship of the gods, and himself scrupulously 
observed all its requirements. The terms of the second and affirma- 
tive clause (érepa d& Kawa Sapona cionyovpevos) refer to the much- 
mooted dapmowov, — the mysterious communication from God to 
Socrates. The first count probably was introduced as a foil to the © 
second, and was primarily intended as a means for giving a legal 






INTRODUCTION Qh 


foothold to the suit. For among all known provisions of Athenian 

law there is none under which Socrates could have been prosecuted 

on the second count (ddice? 8& Kai rods véous dudpbe(pwv). This view 

is corfirmed by the difficulty which even the Thirty Tyrants had in 
.. interfering officially with Socrates’s dealings with young men. They 
_ had to pass a special law for the purpose, and that law was doubt- 
__. less abolished when the democracy was. restored. At all events, in 
_ the accuser’s mind the second count was the most important. We 
ey remember the prejudices of Anytus, and recall the fact that he was 
_ still smarting under Socrates’s sharp criticism of the way in which 
ah he educated His son. The accuser urged tia eae and Critias ias, | 
. notorious scourges of the body politic, were for some time the com- 

 panions of Socrates. And, though Xenophon has abundantly shown 
. 2 ne injustice of remembering this against Socrates, the judges could 
~~ not forget it. The memory of these men’s crimes was still fresh, 
and every one was inclined to mistrust the man to whose teaching 
_ many attributed the misdeeds which had so lately made life un- 
~~ bearable. ‘This teaching they were therefore determined to stop. 
~ Xenophon himself at this time may have served as an example of 
2 Soerates’s evil influence. Having joined the expedition of Cyrus 
the Younger, a friend of Sparta, against King Artaxerxes, who was 
_-an ally of Athens, he was already virtually an exile from Athens. 

__ 39. Socrates met the charge, and appeared before the court, with 

a calm and unruffled spirit. His inward monitor had checked him 
’ from preparing a formal speech in his own defense,’ and he held 
that he had made the best preparation to meet the charges by doing 
| i “shunning ‘evil during all his life. According to Cicero 
and ‘Diogenes Laértius, the orator Lysias composed a speech for him 
to deliver at this time, but Socrates declined to use it, —it was a 
good speech, he said, but it did not fit him. Socrates made no 
“apology ” in the English sense. He set forth the reasons for his 
reputation as a" wise man, and for the “prejudice ‘against him, of 
which he was well aware. ‘Then hé showed that Meletus had no 


















1 Cf, “* But when they deliver you up, take no thought how or what ye shall 
speak: for it shall be given you in that same hour what ye shall speak,” 
St. Matthew x. 19. 


26 INTRODUCTION 


technical right to bring the charge against him, and that the charge 
was unreasonable in itself and untrue. He refused to follow the 
custom of the time, to which even Pericles had yielded, and implore 
the favor of the judges. He spoke to them not as a prisoner ¢« the 
bar to the men who have his life in their hands, but as a master to 
men whom he has a right to criticise and rebuke. He told them that 
he made his defense not on his own account, as some might suppose, 
but on their account, —in order that they might not put to death 
the chief benefactor of the city, whom God had given to them, and 
whose like they would not easily find again.. He asked for no favor. 

40. And so it came to pass that the judges brought in the verdict 
of “guilty,” but by no large majority (Ap. 36a). In cases of this 
nature the law did not fix the penalty beforehand, and Socrates had 
still the right of rating his guilt at his own price, dvririynaobas, his 
accuser having proposed, rimacOa, the penalty of death. Just as in 
his plea Socrates had disdained the ordinary means of working upon 
the feelings of the court by tears and supplications, so now he scorned 
the obvious way of safety still open to any man whose guilt had been 
affirmed by verdict. He absolutely refused to suggest any real counter- 
penalty, and hence an increased majority 1 sentenced him to death. 

41. The same courage which had animated him while speaking 
his defense, the same rooted conviction that they who love God need 
fear no evil, supported him now, and prevented him from counte- 
nancing any plan for disobeying the laws of the state. Exceptional 
circumstances (Phaedo 58 a) delayed the execution of his sentence 
for thirty days after it was rendered, and his friends offered him 
means of escape from prison (Crito 44b). But he was firm in re- 
fusing these, just as while on trial he had been firm in rejecting 
every opportunity to secure either a favorable verdict or a lighter 
penalty. The tale that shortly after his death the Athenians re- 
pented, and actually called the accusers to account, rests on such 
slender authority that it must not be taken as history. 

The works before us in this volume are closely connected with 
the trial and death of Socrates. 


1 It is said that the adverse majority was increased by eighty votes which 
had previously been cast for a verdict of ‘* not guilty.”’ 


’ INTRODUCTION 27 


THE APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 


42. Socrates’s address to his judges is in three sections. The first 
of these is the defense in the strict sense (Chapters I-XXIV); the 
second is his proposition to set the penalty not at death, but at a 
fine of thirty minae (Chapters XXV-—XXVIII); the third is an 
informal address to his judges, after the trial is concluded, while 
the magistrates were busy with making out the warrant for his com- 
mitment to prison and his death, — telling those who had voted for 
his condemnation that he might have been acquitted if he had been 
willing to flatter and fawn upon them, and saying to those who had 
voted for his acquittal that death could be no evil for him, or for 
any other good man. 

43. The first of these three divisions, the defense proper, is com- 
plete in itself. All the laws of oratorical art are here carefully 
observed, though the usual practices of oratory are sharply criti- 
cised. The five natural heads of the argument are unmistakable. 


ANALYSIS OF THE First PART, OR THE DEFENSE PROPER, 


CC. I-XXIV 
(a) ¢. i. Introduction (zpootpwov, exordium) 
_ § principium. 
a3 ain (€hodos). 
(0) c. ii. Statement (zpd0ecis, propositio) of the case and of the 


, plan in ‘the plea. 

(c) ce. iii-xy. — Refutation (Avous, confutatio) 

of former accusers, cc. iii-x. 

of Meletus, cc. xi-xv. 
(d) ce. xvi-xxii. Digression (zapéxBaors, digressio) on Socrates’s life. 
(e) cc. ae xxiv. Peroration (é#iAoyos, peroratio). This is a criticism of the 

usual forth of peroration, and ends with a confession 
i of trust in God. 


An introduction (a) is always intended to prepare the hearers for 
listening to the speaker’s plea. This is especially hard in the face 
of prejudice against the speaker’s person or against his case. The 


23 INTRODUCTION 


rules of speech-writing here prescribe recourse to insinuation, épodos, 
a subtle process by which the speaker wins over the sympathies of 
his audience. He may do this (1) by attacking his opponent, (2) by 
conciliating his audience, (3) by strongly stating his personal hard- 
ship in the case, or (4) by putting concisely the difficulties involved | 
in dealing with the facts. After the introduction follows (b) the 
statement, mpo@eo1rs. This is commonly a plain unvarnished tale 
covering the matters of fact involved. If such an account be ur 
necessary, the statement sets forth simply the plan of the plea 
This plan is not unfrequently accompanied by a subdivision (par- 
titio), which is sometimes simply a summary of heads (enumeratio),* 
and sometimes a detailed account of topics (expositio).? Here, again, 
Socrates’s defense follows the rules of oratory. Next comes the 
most important part, the proof (ricris, probatio), represented by (c) 
the refutation, which naturally falls, as indicated above, under two 
heads. In the manner of refutation here given, the genuine Socrates 
is in his element. After proof or refutation, as the case may be, 
comes, in the programme of oratorical orthodoxy, (d) a digression. 
This was the orator’s opportunity to try his wings. The theme 
chosen in a digression needed no more than an indirect bearing 
upon the argument of the case, and the ornamental part which the 
digression often played has led to the use of another term for it, i.e. 
exornatio or embellishment.’ This, too, ‘can be found in Socrates’s 
speech, and here the laws of school oratory are more than satisfied. 
Yet, embellishment though it be called, this part of the speech has 
nothing that is far-fetched or beside the point; in the Apology it is 
the complement of the preceding negative refutation, its positive 
and required reénforcement (confirmatio). The transition to (e) the 
peroration is plainly marked. At this point the orator, and more 


1 Rhet. ad Herenn. i. 10. 17: Enumeratione utemur, cum dicemus numero, 
quot de rebus dicturi simus. 

2Tbid. Expositio est, cum res, quibus de rebus dicturi sumus, exponimus 
breviter et absolute. 

3 L.c. ii. 29. 46: Exornatio constat ex similibus et exemplis et rebus iudicatis 
et amplificationibus et ceteris rebus quae pertinent ad exaugendam et collocu- 
pletandam argumentationem. . 


INTRODUCTION 29 


than ever if he were on trial for his life, was wont to make a 
desperate appeal to the feelings of his hearers. No means of moving 
the judges were left untried. Recourse to such methods Socrates 
condemned as equally dishonest and dishonorable. Not unmanly 
subserviency to men, but manly submission to God’s will, is heard 
. in the closing words of this defense. 

Such was the temper of the Apology written for Socrates by Plato, 
and as such, whether intentionally or unintentionally, it must have 
been in striking contrast with the drift of the plea which Lysias is 
said to have elaborated for the same case. The tradition that Plato 
undertook to plead in the capacity of Socrates’s advocate (avviyopos), 
but was not allowed to do so, rests on very slight authority. 

44. The second and third parts, which come respectively after 
the first and the second votes of the judges, can hardly be expected 
to answer all the requirements of a set speech. And yet these are 
symmetrically arranged, and their topics are skillfully set before us. - 
The second part naturally opens with an allusion to the verdict of 
“ ouilty ” just rendered ; any regular peroration would have been out 
of place before the third, which is the suitable conclusion both for 
the first part and for the second. And where, indeed, is there a more 
eloquent and nobly impressive ending than this ? That part of it 
addressed to the judges who voted for Socrates’s acquittal is made 
prominent, and appropriately so. For these judges, they who alone 
are worthy of that title, are his friends; to them he confides the 
hopes of happiness after death that are stirring within him, and 
invites them to be of good cheer and not to fear death. 

45. Closely connected with the Apology is the dialogue called the 


CRITO 


This dialogue is a conversation pure and simple, with two speakers 
only, Socrates and Crito. Their close friendship has been mentioned 
in the Apology (p. 33d). This intimacy was unbroken, and though 
Crito was in no sense a philosopher, yet in all the fortunes of 
Socrates’s life Critioo had been his firm friend. And now that a sen- 
tence which he could not but regard as unjust had been pronounced 


30 INTRODUCTION 


upon his friend, Crito rebelled against its execution. To prevent 
this he was willing to risk his fortune and even his civil rights. 
Apparently, nothing prevented Socrates’s escape from prison but 
Socrates. At this juncture he stands before us as the loyal citizen. 
Though opposed to many of the principles of the democracy at — 
Athens, he submits without reservation to its laws and exhorts all 
others to do the like. This, he declares, is the most imperative duty 
of every citizen. The dramatic picture given of this situation admits 
of the application of various terms used to designate the develop- 
ment of the plot in a Greek tragedy. 


ANALYSIS OF THE CRITO 


(a) ce. i, ii. Prologue (zpdAoyos). The characters and their mental situ- 
ation (706s Te Kai aos). 
_ (0) ce. iii-x. Entanglement (d¢ovs or tA0Ky) of the logical situation. 
ce. iii. The threats of the multitude. 
c. iv. The prayers of friends. 
.c. Vv. The jeers of enemies. 
. cc. vi, vil. The threats are many but duty is one. 
+, Gs, WERR. Nothing should warp our idea of duty. 
. cc. ix, x. It is wrong to run away from prison, and 
wrong should not be done, even in retaliation. 
(c) cc. xi-xv. Clearing up (Avous). The laws of Athens require the sub- 
mission of Socrates, and his death. 
1. cc. xi, xii. Socrates owes them life, liberty, and 
happiness. 
2. cc. xiii, xiv. They require, and he has promised, 
obedience. 
Oe KV: He will gain nothing by disobedience. 
(d) cc. xvi, xvii. Epilogue (éz/Aoyos). There are laws in Hades which can 
reach him who disobeys law upon earth. 


wonrwhd 


46. Like the Apology, this work bears memorable witness to the 
nobility of Plato’s mind, and it reveals especially his lofty patriot- 
ism. As for Socrates, we see in both these works that not words 
only but deeds prove him a law-abiding citizen. The laws of the 
land, as well as the example of Socrates submitting to his unjust 


INTRODUCTION 31 


sentence of death, declare in no uncertain tones to every Athenian 
what true patriotism is and how it is preserved. 

47. The Crito is by no means simply the chronicle of a conversa- 
tion actually held; though it is based upon facts, it must still be 
_ recognized as Plato’s work. This is proved by the finished skill 
both of plan and execution displayed in this dialogue, short and 
simple though it is. Plato here has made a step forward in his 
notion of duty. For here is the earliest statement of Plato’s “silver 
tule”: “Injustice always is wrong; it is wrong to retaliate for 
injustice by injustice.” In the Gorgias this rule is applied more 
universally and put upon its rational basis. Indeed, from a philo- 
sophical point of view we may regard the Crito and the Apology 
as a suitable preface to the Gorgias, if we do not forget that both 
are primarily pictures of the one great master whom Plato in all 
his works most delighted to honor. 


THE ATHENIAN COURT 


48. Six thousand Athenian citizens were intrusted with the 
judicial power.' Choice was made by lot, every year, of six hun- 
dred men from each of the ten tribes (@vAa/), and any citizen 
more than thirty years of age was eligible. Every one thus chosen 
was liable, after taking a prescribed oath, to be called to act as 
a duaorys. dixacral, judges or jurymen, was the official name by 
which they were addressed, but they really formed a committee of 
the Assembly, and often were addressed as “Men of Athens.” Divi- 
sions into courts were made. Like the English word court, d:caory- 
pov IMay mean a judicial body as well as the place where such a 
body sits in judgment. Generally a court was composed of five hun- 
dred jurymen, but sometimes of less, as of two or four hundred ; 
sometimes two or more courts of five hundred sat as one, but seldom 
if ever did the whole six thousand sit as one court. The even num- 
bers, 200, 500, 1000, etc., were habitually increased by one, in order 
to avoid a tie vote. 

1 The chief authority on Attic courts is Meier und Schémann, Der attische 


Process (Berlin, 1883-1887), since Lipsius’s Das attische Recht und Rechtsver- 
fahren I, Leipzig, 1905, is still incomplete. 


32 INTRODUCTION 


49. On days appointed for holding court, each division was as- 
signed by lot to one of the places used as court-rooms, and there 
tried the suit appointed for that time and place. Ingenious devices 
were used that no suitor might know beforehand which court was to ~ 
try his case, and so be able privately to influence the judges. Each 
juryman received as the badge of his office a staff (@axrypia) corre- 
sponding in color to a sign over the door of his court. He also re- 
ceived a ticket (avuBorov), by showing which he secured his fee 
after his day’s service. A fee of one obol (about three cents) for 
every day’s session was introduced by Pericles, and afterwards 
trebled by Cleon. 

50. The most general term to designate an action at law is d&«y, 
though the same word also has the narrower meaning of a private 
suit. According as the complaint preferred involved the rights of 
individuals or of the whole state, dca in the wider sense were 
subdivided into (1) déca: in the narrower sense, private suits, and 
(2) ypadai, public suits. 

51. In the ordinary course of procedure, every plaintiff was re- 
quired to present his charge (ypady) in writing to the particular 
magistrate whose department included the matters involved. The 
first archon, called 6 dpywy par excellence, dealt especially with 
charges involving family rights and inheritance ; the second archon, 
called dpywv Bacred’s, dealt with charges involving the regulations 
and requirements of religion and public worship; the third archon, 
called zoA€puapyxos, dealt with most cases involving foreign-residents 
(uérovxor) and foreigners; the remaining six archons, called the 
Thesmothetae, dealt with most cases not specially assigned to the 
first three. . 

52. The accusation was made in the presence of the accused, who 
had previously been served with notice to appear. Legal notice 
required the presence of two witnesses to the summons (kA nTH pes). 
If the magistrate allowed proceedings in the case, the terms of accu- 
sation were copied and posted in some public place, and at the time 
of this publication a day was fixed, on which both parties were bound 
to appear before the magistrate for the preliminary investigation 
(avdxpiois). There the plaintiff’s charges and the defendant’s answer, 


INTRODUCTION 33 


both of them presented in writing, were reaffirmed under oath, and 
both parties submitted to the magistrate such evidence as they in- 
tended to use. The reaffirmation or confirmation under oath was 
called d:wpocia, sometimes avtwyooia. The evidence submitted con- 
sisted in citations from the laws, documentary evidence of various 
kinds, the depositions of witnesses, and particularly any testimony 
given under torture (Bdécavos) by slaves, which had been taken and ~ 
written down in the presence of witnesses. The magistrate fixed his 
official seal upon all the documents thus submitted, and took charge 
of them against the day when the case was to be tried. The person 
charged with an offense was not arrested and put in prison unless he 
was taken in the very act of crime. Strong efforts were made to 
settle mere disputes by arbitration. 

53. On the day (7 xvpéa) when a court was to sit upon any case, 
the magistrate who had presided over the preliminary investigation 
proceeded to the appointed court-room, where he met the d&K«acrai 
assigned by lot (érixexAnpwpévor) to the case. Both parties to the 
suit, having been previously notified, were required to put in an 
appearance; if either were absent, the case went by default (d/Kcy 
épyuyn) against him. Proceedings in court were opened by some 
religious ceremony; then the clerk (ypapparevs) read aloud the 
written accusation and the reply, and finally the parties to the suit 
were successively called to state their case. This was the opening 
of the case (cicaywy) ris dixns) by the magistrate (cicaywyeds). Only 
one day was allowed for the trial of even a capital case (Ap. 87 a) ; 
whether two or three unimportant cases, in which the litigants were 
allowed less time for their speeches, were ever tried by the same 
court on the same day, is uncertain. 

54. The law required that every man should conduct his own 
case in person, and hence those who were not themselves skillful 
pleaders often induced others to write for them speeches which they 
should pronounce. Still, the law permitted a man to appear in court 
accompanied by advocates (ovryopo), who came as his friends, and 
therefore were not supposed to be paid for their trouble. Sometiines, 
after a short speech from the principal, the most important part of 
his plea was made by one of his advocates; e.g. Demosthenes’s 


34 INTRODUCTION 


speech On the Crown was made by him as Ctesiphon’s advocate. The 
water-clock (xréyvdpa, sometimes called simply 76 vdwp) was used to 
measure the time allotted to each for pleading before the court. 
When called for, the written documents offered in evidence were 
read by the clerk, and meanwhile the flow of water was stopped. 
By way of precaution, the witnesses whose depositions were read 
were required to be present in court and acknowledge their testi- 
mony; but no opportunity was given for cross-examination. While 
making his plea a man was protected by law from interruption by 
his opponent, and the law required his opponent to answer his ques- 
tions. Such an examination occupied part of the time allotted for the 
speech. The opponent was not put under oath for this examination, 
and was not liable to punishment for false statements. The jurymen 
might interrupt the speaker if in their opinion he was off the point, 
or if they required fuller explanation on any point, but the extant 
orations do not show that the judges often did so interrupt the 
speaker. The presiding magistrate acted simply as a chairman ; he 
did not interpret the law, or even call attention to any misstatements 
of it. Indeed, Socrates does not appeal to the presiding officer of the 
court to maintain order, but asks the jurymen not to make a dis- 
turbance: In an Athenian court, equity was much more important 
than justice; harmony with the letter of the law was insufficient to 
win a case. Of course, frequent attempts were made to prejudice the 
jurymen instead of enlightening them, and nothing was commoner 
than to make appeal to their sympathies. A defendant often appeared 
in court with his wife and children, or with infirm and helpless 
parents, and sometimes with friends of great popularity or of high 
character; he depended upon these to act as his intercessors with - 
the court. Such practices, though manifestly tending to disarm the 
severity of the law and to defeat the ends of justice for which the 
court was organized, seem not to have been prohibited in any court 
except that of Areopagus. 

No witnesses seem to be introduced in the Apology. Possibly the 
testimony of Chaerephon’s brother was read after Chapter V, 21a; 
but if this was done, then the opening of the following paragraph 


INTRODUCTION | 35 


has been adapted to the form of Socrates’s preceding words and 
not to the testimony. 

55. When the pleas had been made, the jurymen proceeded to 
decision by a secret vote. In public suits, in general, only one speech 
was allowed to the plaintiff, and one to the defendant. In private 
suits, two were allowed to each. The jurors generally voted with 
bronze disks with axles either solid (to denote acquittal) or perforated 
(to denote condemnation). These were called Wid. If the vote was 
a tie, the case went in favor of the defendant; and, in a public suit, 
if less than one-fifth of the votes were for the plaintiff, he was fined 
(1000 drachmas, about $170) and also debarred from ever again act- 
ing as plaintiff in a similar suit. In such a case also the plaintiff 
incurred both these penalties if, without good and sufficient excuse, 
he failed to appear in court, and thus by his own acts allowed that - 
his case was bad. If the defendant failed to appear, the case went 
against him by default (see on épyuny xaryyopoivres, Ap. 18 c), and 
he was pronounced guilty in contumaciam. In most private suits, 
the plaintiff, under similar circumstances, forfeited one sixth of the 
sum which he claimed; this forfeiture was called érwBedia, one obol 
for every drachma. 

56. Actions were divided into (1) dydves tipyrof, in which, if it 
decided against the defendant, the court had still to determine the 
degree of punishment to be inflicted (riwna), because no penalty 
was fixed by law; and (2) dydves driuyrot, in which, after deciding 
against the defendant, the court had no further decision to make, 
because the penalty was fixed by law. In cases of the former kind, 
if they were public suits, — like the ypady doeBeias brought against 
Socrates, —the accuser proposéd the penalty which he consid- 
ered adequate, and the accused, if convicted, might make a counter- 
proposition. Probably the judges were not confined to a choice 
between these two propositions, but could, if they saw fit, impose a 
third penalty, between the two. 

57. The ordinary penalties imposed on citizens for crimes against 
the state were death, exile, loss of rights of citizenship (dripia), con- 
fiscation of property, and fines. All these are summed up in the 


ah: 
aa 
36 INTRODUCTION 


formula ri xp» rabdiv } droreioa, what must he suffer or pay for his 
offense. Imprisonment was comparatively little used by way of pun- 
ishment. In case the convicted defendant was not an Athenian by 
birth, he might be sold into slavery. 

The commission which had general oversight of all prisons and 
floggings, and executions generally, was called the Eleven (oi "Evdexa). 
Ten men on this board were chosen by lot every'year, one from each 
of the ten tribes; the eleventh was a scribe, ypappareds. 


co 


5 


TAATONOZ® ATIOAOTTA 


YOKPATOTS ee 


Cie ap) 


* 


aT 


a: "O. Tt pev peels, @ avodpes “APnvaior, renévBare v6 a 


TOV ELOV karpyspey, ouK ol8a.: “ye oe oby Kat aQUTos on ate 


—Q¥ey 


Onde eum 


TOL 
a" a 


adyndes y> OS €7T OS ELTELY. ovoer elpyKacw. 


pddora 


3 Ww 
6 avTaV EV hd mcd TOV TOAKMOV_OV Sevoarto, TOUTO €v 


\eyov WS Xp?) Upas evhaBeto bau py UT Ewov eSamary- 


I-II. Introductory, on the manner 
and arrangement of the defense. 

I. My accusers have spoken very per- 
suasively, but have told very little truth 
(their most shameless falsehcod was that 
I am eloquent and thus may deceive 
you); you shall hear the whole truth, 
however, from me. I beg only that I 
may tell my story in my own way, for 
Iam not familiar with the manner of 
courts. 

1. "O tu pév tpets, €yd & : not dpels 
pév, éye 8, because the clauses as 


wholes, not wets and éyw, are con-. 


trasted. — & avpes "AOnvator: insteai 

of the more technical  dvdpes dixacral, 
which Socrates reserves for his closing 
words (40 a, to the end), addressed to 
those who voted for his acquittal. Cf. 
26 d, Xen. Mem. init. — No hiatus was 
felt here, for by crasis & dvipes was 
pronounced as wvdpes. — wemdvOare: 
though active in form is passive in 
meaning, ud therefore takes wt71é 


with the genitive. Cf. Symp. 215d. 
H. 820. 

2. & odv: introduces an asserted 
fact which is contrasted with the pre- 
ceding statement of uncertainty, but at 
any rate, Lat. certe. Cf. e uév dixaa 
Towjow ovk otda, alpjoouat O° ody buds KTr. 


Xen. An. i. 3. 5, whether I shall be 


doing what is right I do not know, but 


at any rate I will choose you. —«at 
aitrés: even myself, which implies 
‘¢ How then may not you have been 
affected !”’ 

? AAlyow: cf. 22 ab. — euavrod: 

v. who I was, my own nature. 

4. as ros elreiv: limits a state- 
ment which may seem too strong. Cf. 
22 bd. 

5. atrév: limiting genitive with 
Tr&v moray (Yevddwr). — Tav woddGv: 
the sum of which éy is part. — otro: 
explains é, and is in apposition with it. 

6. é&v &: refers to the passage 
where the statement was made. 


By ak. 06 f “ 
TWYV O Lyou epaur ay tog PS 92 Ned wl | aks OUTW mBavas édeyov: Kal- 


38 HAATONO® AITOAOPIA SOKPATOYS 


rs 
O€ ef we ats 


21 17b 
Gare, ws SEvod oO OvTOs | Reve T 
“avtika ur €wou Sever tarne, Pye» €TELOQY pe 6Tao-~ 
TLOUV pawvegeint dewvos sys TOUTO pou edokev avTaY avat- 


10 EXvrr or ar oy eivat, €l al dpa. dewvov Kaovaw ovToL u Meyer 


TO yap BY iloyuvOaunc le ort b 


~ 


Top TahneD AS YORE A: El LEV Yap TOUTO Aeyovow, SyoNoyoimy 3 


v KATO Tovrous \eivat pyT@p. OUTOL peo our, wo- 


dy eyory. 
mep eyo éyw, n TL 7,  ovdey adnbes eipycarue nets dé 
pov axovoeobe Tacay THY, adj evar. ov PeVTOL pa Aia, 


15 @ avdpes ‘AOnvaion, ‘Reka erempevous ve oyous, | aoTEp 


ait 


ol TovTar, pipagi TE. Kal. wpropar ovde KeKoo og pnpévous, gta 


adh’ aKxovaea De elk he OEE TOUS emruxovow, ovopacw: 
d5 
TuOTEvW yap Baan Elva a ar dg Kal pndets ioe T™poo- 


oe aos : vse yap av Sirov mpéro, @ avSpes, 
Ag a * 


ee AE ” 


7. bru KTX.: Object of alcyuvOjvac. éfopuav érl ratra, €mrecbar duty Bovdouat, 


8. eeXeyyx Ofoovrar: sc. of Kar zyyopo., 
— convicted of-lying in their assertion 
that Socrates is decvds Névecv. 

9. airav: of them, i.e. of their 
statements; this word of theirs. Cf. 
Xen. Mem. i. 6. 1. 

11. et pév «rr: 
restated. 

12. od kara rotbrous: and not after 
their pattern, not in their class. This 
is explained by the following words. 

13. 4% Te 4 ovdev: Little or nothing. 
Cf. dvaBéBnxe 7 Tis 7 ovdels KW Tap huéas 
atrav Hat. iii. 140, hardly a single one 
of them has ever been here. —typets S€ 
pou dkovoere: instead of éuod 5 dxov- 
ceobe. The position of duets suggests a 
contrast with otro puév. The sense 
calls for éuod 3 dxotcerbe, in contrast 
with otros. This collocation brings out 
waicav Tiv add\jOeav With great promi- 
nence. For a similar shifting of em- 
phasis, cf. kay dé, ef wev duets e0édeTE 


the supposition is 


el 0 wets rarreré pe HyyetoOat, ovdéev mpo- 
paclfoua Thy nriklay Xen. An. iii. 1. 25, 
now I for one, if you are minded to 
bestir yourselves to accomplish this, am  —— 
ready to follow your lead ; if you, how- ie 
ever, appoint me to lead you, I make no tee” 
excuse on the score of my age. 

16. kexoopnpévovs: arranged in 
careful order, contrasted with eikj, as — 
the following émirvxotouw erhjation, is i 
apposed: to Kkexad\rernuévous phuace K 

18. d Aéyw: refers to the sp 5 
which follows, my plea. —Socrateshad __ 
been preparing for his defense pret - i? 
all his life, and had been prevented bee 
his inward monitor from preparing a ‘* ; 
formal speech. The Euthyphro repre- 
















mind free and ready to enter into any 
sort of philosophical discussion. = 

19. mpocSoxnrdrw: for the aorist A 
imperative of ‘‘ total prohiby jon,” se 
GMT. 260; SCG. 417. /)  ~ 


VW 
PLATO'S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 39 


Vs 
20 THe TH HAtKia WoTEp pepakiw ‘mAdrTovT. Adyous eis 
Upas elovevar. Kal méevToL Kal Tdvu,,@ avdpes ’APnvator, 
TovTo vuev Sopa Kal wapiceuar: ea dia THY abTav éyor 
anounyre ov mak cyoundydy éu ovirep etwla déyewr Jreat a7 
ayopa emt TOY TpaTelOV, iva VuoV TOANOL aKNKOaGL, Kal 

25 5 dddobL, pure Gaypalen pyre PopuBeiv nanred ieee éveu d 
ae. OUTwot* vuv eyo TpaTov emt Sucaorn prov dvaBeBnka, 


TN) yeyovas EBdopaKovra.: aTEXVOS. ovv &évas Exe THS 


evOdde AcEews. 


WOTEP OUV av, el T@ OvTe E€vos ervyXavov 


OV, CTUVEYLYV OO KETE Ontrov av fot el €v EKEW ™ pov” TE 


20. r7qSe TH HAtKia: equivalent to 
éuol Tn\tk@de, for me at my age, as is 
shown by mddrrovri. —pepaxiw: at- 
tracted into the dative by the con- 
struction of the main clause. 

21. eis tyds: before you, sc. rods 
diucacrds, equivalent to els 7d duxacFrpiov. 
—Kal pévror: a rhetorical yes. 

22. trav atrdév Adywv: this has 
respect primarily to the conversation 
with Meletus, 27 b, which is prefaced 
by the request wu} PopuBeiv dav ev r@ 
elw0bri Tpdrw Tos Adyous TOL@pat. 

24. tpamefav : themoney-changers’ 
and bankers’ tables, as well as the 
shops near the market-place, were 
favorite lounging-places at Athens, 
and Socrates spent most of his time 
where many men were to be met. Cf. 
Kauor pev Ta mpoepnuéva SeldexTo ert TH 
@irlov rparéfy Lys. ix. 5, now the 
Facts just recited I gathered from a con- 
versation at Philius’s bank. Cf. also 
Lys. xxiv. 19-20, where, to meet the 
cha ge that his shop is the resort of 
il-minded persons without visible 





follow trades), ov5é r&v ws éue elovdvrwy 
(my customers) waddov 7 TOV ws Tods 
&\Xous Snusoupyovs (tradesmen). &xacros 
yap tudy tora mpoo pour ay (frequent, 
lounge in) 6 mév mpds jupomwdetov (per- 
Sumer’s), 6 5é rpds Koupeiov (barber-shop), 
6 5é rpds oxuToropetov (cobbler’s), 6 6 d:rou 
av roy y, Kal wretor or wev ws Tovs eyyuTaTw 
Ths dyopas KkatacKxevacuévous (keeping 
shop), éddxurTou. 5€ ws rods meloTor 
dmwéxovras avrjs. On the last point, 
cf. Xen. Mem. iv. 2. 1, where Socrates 
alcbaybuevos avroy (sc. Tov Evevdnuor) 
dia vedrnra (because he was so young) 
ourw.els Thy ayopav eloidvta, el 5é Tt 
Bovrorro Starpdtacbar, kablfovra els Nvi0- 
moveioy Te (a harness-maker’s) trav éyyvs 
Ths dyopas, els ToOTo Kal avros He KTH. 

26. éri Sixaorhpiov: ‘the preposi- 
tion has the notion of presenting one’s 
self to the court; dvaBé8nxa refers to 
the Bjua’’ or tribune. 

27. drexvds: construe with tévws 
éxw, whichis equiv. to éévos eful (cf. 22a). 

28. évOdde: i.e. év Tots duxacryplos. 
—éfews: genitive with the adverb, 
tépws. G. 1147; H. 756. 

29. av: for its repetition, see G. 
1312; H. 864. 


40 


TIAATONOS AIOAOTIA SOKPATOYS 


"s 


30 INE 9! , >. > ® Me A , \ S Si a 18 
KQL TQM TPOoT@ € eyov €V OloOTrEp ETE PEPEYNV, KQL OY) KAL VUV 


35 


. TOUS DeTERaUS: 


| up, belongs to the supposed case. 


a“ ¢ ~ 4 / 9 , ~ \ \ / 
TOUVTO VLWYV dé€opau OlKaLov, @S YE jAoe d0Ka, TOV LEV Tpomrov 


THs AéEews Eav, — 


x \ \ / ¥ \ rd x 
lows pev yap xeipwr, tows d€ Bedtioy av 


¥ \ \ “A : \ \ an 
Elin, — avTd O€ TOUTO OKOTELY Kal TOUT@ TOV VOdY TpOTExELY, 


ei Sixaa héyw 7} wy* SukacTov pev yap avTyn apeTH, pHTopos 


d€ TAN a neve: 


II. mpa@rov pev ovv Sixards eit dtrodoyyoacbat, @ avo pes 


‘APqvator, | mpos TO. st so pee pevd7 Karn yopmpaKd Kal 


TOUS appr S wary yopays, ETELT A Oe Tpos Ta vorepa Kat 


€“ov yap modXot kariryopot yeyovact Tpos b 


Das Kal eres mone, On ET), Kal ovdev ahyfes héyovres, 


had been brought 
See 
on Os éue\Nev, 20 a. Foreigners were 
allowed to appear in court only in 
exceptional cases. Ordinarily their 
Eévos, guest-friend, or their mpdéevos, 
resident consul, represented them in 
court and was surety for them. — 
kal $y KTA.: ovTw 5} Kal vdv would be 
more regular. — viv: not now in con- 
trast to then, but as it is contrasted 
with as it would have been. ‘‘ Now 
that I am not a stranger in Athens, 
but only a stranger in courts.’’ Lat. 
nunc is used in the same way. 

31. rotro: cognate accusative. 
refers to what follows. 


30. éreOpdappny : 


It 


32. trws: the reason urged is a 
general one. 
34. airy: in place of rofro, by 


' assimilation to the gender of the predi- 


cate dpery. It refers to the preceding 
clause atrd.. . un. — The emphasis of 
this sentence implies that this doctrine 
was needed at Athens. 

II. I have had two sets of accusers, 
—not only Anytus, Meletus, and Lycon, 


at present before the court, with formal 
charges, but also a much more numer- 
ous company of accusers who years 
ago spread abroad the report that I was 
pursuing studies not suitable for men, 
and was making the worse appear the 
better reason. The earlier accusers 
must be answered first, particularly be- 
cause the later accusers base their 
hopes of securing a verdict on the preju- 
dice which the old stories have aroused. 

1. Sikads epi: the English idiom 
generally prefers the impersonal con- 
struction, it is just that, etc. 


4. yap: introduces the reason why — 


Socrates replies first rpds Ta mpOta... 


karnyopous. — mpds dpas: construe with - 
KaTHyopo yeyévacr, which is equivalent ss ae 


to KaTrnyophKkact. 
5. «at: the first xal einpieated 


médat. —mddat, wodkAd HSyn ery: two 
parallel statements ; mddac goes back ‘i 





s 


hee. 


+ @.. 


Leg 


10 





Ae , 4ey 
POF bali 


,° 
sped 


18 b Destiaet 


wiht 


PLATO’S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 


‘ee 


4] 


ots. o4e addov poBovwa H Tovs audi ”Avutor, katmep OvTAS 
Kal TovTous Sewovs: GAN €xetvor dewdTEpoL, @ avdpes, OF 
i TOUS modhovs €k Taidav pe surement ererO ov TE 


Kat karnyopovy £108 ovoev adnbeés, as * 


‘ €oTL TUS Lokpdrn Sy 


| aA 
copes avyp, T4 TE peTéewpa hpovtiaT)s Kal TA bTO As 


presented in 423, and Socrates was 
tried in 399 B.c. 

6. rots ddl” Avurov: Anytus was 
the most influential of the accusers, 
though not the technical head of the 
prosecution. 

8. rots moAdots: this contrasts the 
majority of the hearers, who were 
early taught to abhor Socrates, with 
the few, implied in the partitive genitive, 
budv, to whom this may not have hap- 
pened. — rapadkapBavovtes: this word 
is often used of one who takes charge 
of a child, for its education. But this 
sense may be too narrow for the 
present context. —émevBov xr. : con- 
tinually prejudiced you against me by 
their accusations. Karnyopotvres érelov 
is expected, but codrdination takes the 
place of subordination. kxarnydpovuy re- 
peats more definitely the thought of 
éreBov, cf. 18 d. 

9. ris Ywxpdrys: tis with proper 
names conveys an_ indefiniteness 
which is uncomplimentary,—somebody 
named Socrates. 

10. codis avfp: these words are 
practically intended to mean a Sophist. 
“The title cogds dvip would at once 
be understood as a class-appellation, 
ef. 23 a, 27 a; in it the meaning and 
associations of Philosopher are upper- 


i ‘Most, yet not so distinctly as to ex- 
” le those of Sophist.’”? — rd re 


. . . Gvelntnkds: popular 


prejudice coined this phrase, or some- 
thing like it, to stigmatize all scien- 
tific investigation into nature. With 
such investigation the earliest Greek 
philosophy began and ended, and 
even Socrates’s contemporaries, the 
Sophists, — notably Hippias, — were 
much given to it.— The phrase ra 
brd ys (where vréd has the unusual 
sense of beneath and covered by) is part 
of a sweeping assertion that nothing 
is safe from the curiosity of those 
men This popular view is amusingly 
exaggerated by Aristophanes in the 
Clouds, 184-234. Here the word 
amravra adds a final touch of exag- 
geration. — Geology and paleontology 
of course were not studied in the mod- 
ern sense. — dpovtiarys: used here 
with accusative like gpovrifwy. For a 
dative similarly governed, cf. rhv éuhy 
T@ be@ bwnpeciav, 30 a,—‘* This ‘ac- 
cusation,’ sodds . . . movv, both as 
given here, and as repeated with mock 
formality in 19 b, is nothing more than 
a vivid way of representing, for a 
rhetorical purpose, the popular preju- 
dice, in which the court shared. ‘The 
charges it -contains are two-edged, 
being borrowed partly from the vul- 
gar representation of the Philosopher, 
partly from that of the Sophist; the 
peréwpa ppovrisr}s points to the Phil- 
osopher, the rév,.. mov to the So- 
phist.’’ R. 


16 


42 


WAATONOS ATOAOTIA SOKPATOYS 


18b 


_¢ > v1 \ \ y , , mn 99 
ATAVTaA avelntnKkas KGL TOV YTT@ Aoyov KPELTT@ TOLWYD. 


e > » > A ¢ , \ / 
ovTol, @ avdpes “APnvator, ot tavtynv Thy dypynv Kata-e 


, ¢ 4 > te 4 
OKEOATAVTES OL deuvol €lLoOL POU KaTNVOpot. 


€ ‘ > , 
Ol Yap AKOU- 


+ ae an \ val a saN \ , 
OVTES YYOvVVTAL TOUS TAVUTA Cnrovvras ovoe Beovs vopileu. 


¥ 4, > i) ¢€ : , \ \ \ 4 
ETELTA ELOLY OUTOL OL KaTHyOpoL TOAAOL Kat TOoAVY YpovoV 


no , ¥ de SS , “ IN o. dé 
NON KATNYOPYKOTES, ETL OE KAL EV TAUVTYH TH NALKLA AEYOVTES 


\ c la 5] es x / b] , al Tt 
TpOS Vas EV Y av PartoTa €TLOTEVT ATE (matdes OVTES, 


evio. 0 VU@V Kal MELPAKLA), ATEXVAS EpHuNv KaTHyopovrTeEs, 


11. rov Arte Adyov Krr.: any 
teaching of rhetoric, as such, must 
contain hints as to the most effective 
means for making the best of a bad 
case by presenting it skillfully. How 
far this must be condemned, should be 
decided only with reference to circum- 
stances and facts. To-day it is just as 
impossible to assert that in all cases a 
lawyer is bound not to defend a client 
whose cause he knows to be unjust. 
Popular opinion at Athens seems to 
have been convinced that the Sophist’s 
single aim in teaching rhetoric was to 
communicate the art of proving that 
black was white. Cf. the Clouds, 889- 
1104, where Aristophanes introduces 
the Aixavos Adéyos and the” Adixos Adyos 
respectively. The two have an argu- 
ment in which the” Adixos Aéyos wins. 
Cf. Cicero, Brut. 8, where the excellent 
Claudius says of the Sophists: docere 
se profitebantur quemadmo- 
dum causa inferior (ita enim 
loquebantur) dicendo fieri su- 
perior posset. His opposuit 
sese Socrates, qui subtilitate 
quadam disputandi refellere 
eorum instituta solebat verbis. 

13. of Sevol karfyopo.: in the 
predicate,—xar’ é&ox hv devol. 


14. ode Geods xrd.: the investiga- 
tions alluded to above, it was charged, 
not only were a foolish waste of useful 
time, but also led to atheism. The 
gods would have revealed the secrets 
of their realm if they had chosen that 
man should know these, according to 
the Xenophontic Socrates. 

16. é& rq HAtkia: logically con- 
strued with tuas. 

17. év 4 av émoretoare: for the 
potential indicative with dv to express 
in a guarded way what may have hap- — ss 
pened, and perhaps did happen, see 
GMT. 244; SCG. 4380. ae 

18. sao KaTnyopodvres : Sc. Sikny, 


The accusative is cognate with xary- ae 
yopodvres. Cf. also the common law 


phrases di.dKev ypapjy, prosecute anin- 
dictment, pevyav ypaphy, am defendant 
ina suit. The sense of the wholeisre- _ 
peated in untechnical language by the ; 
appended dodoyoupuévou ovdevds. “The 
case which they prosecuted always went 

by default, with none to speak for the 
defendant,’’ i.e. they had a free field _ 
for their accusations. — When either — pe 
party to a lawsuit failed to appear, the i 
court entered a default against him 
éphuny katayvyvooKe Tivds, and the ¢ 
of the two parties to the suit w 






PLATO’S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 43 


18e 

dsrohoyoupévov ovodevds. A d€ TdvTwy adoydétatov, Ort ovde 

Ta Ovomata olov T avTa@y €idévar Kal ciety, TAY El TIS 
\ , » Y \ 

Kapgdoro.os pa aves ov. ogo.dé dOdvm Kai diaBory 

lanl e \ \ 
Xpopevor vpas avereHov, — oi d€ kai avbroi rerevopévor ad- 
hous. meiPovres,— obror TAVTES 


amopwTaTol eiaw: ovdoe yap 
avaPiBacacba. olov T eatin’ avtop evtavboi ovd éhéyEau ! 


ovdeva, ah’ ewvaryien ATEXVOS eomep thie ssi atrohoyov- 
pees TE Kal eheyxew Hn dev0 QTOK pLVOLevou. 
ouv Kat Upees aomep eyo heya, 


a€idoare 
durrovs pov Tovs Karnyd- 
povs Yeyovevai, — €répous pee TOUS apr Karn yopng amas, 
Erépous O€ Tovs mdau ovs eye héya, Kal ee dev mpos 


() 


) 
WV, dd 
Ly A 


appeared épiuny bared or éphuny aipe?, 
sc. dixnv. In such a case a plaintiff, if 
present, épjunv Karnyopet (dixnv) and 
the absent defendant épjunv dprAiwKkdver 
dixnv. 

19. 6 8 mdvrwv «rr. (ori): ap- 
positive with the following sentence. 
H. 1009 a. 

21. kapwdorods: the Clouds of 
Aristophanes is here especially in 
mind, since this play contains the 
specific charges just mentioned. But 
Cratinus, Ameipsias, and Eupolis also 
ridiculed Socrates in their comedies. 
— boot $€ k7d. : the clause of 5é Kal adrol 
memeo evo. enlarges the scope of pidrvy 
Kal diaBorH xowuevor, for otro. 23 in- 
cludes both classes. Appended as an 
-after-thought, in conversational style, 
the sense of dvérecoy is casually reiter- 
ated in d\)ous relfovres. Strictly speak- 
ing, memewpuéva. is subordinated to 
_welBovres. Logically the sense requires 
m of wev pbbvy . . . xpwmevor, 





ol 


convinced. in both cases s the result was 
the same. 

24. dvaBiBdcacba: contrast 24 d, 
where Socrates calls Meletus to come 
to the bema, and cross-examines him. 

25. okiapaxetv xTA.: Te Kal are 
used here to connect, not two dif- 
ferent ideas, but two statements of 
the same idea, cf. @reov «rd. in b. 
By thus saying the same thing twice, 
the speaker expresses his thought the 
more effectively, without apparent 
repetition. But the more distinct 


statement must always follow the - 


figurative expression. 

29. ovs Aéyw: sc. in b above. — 
olf@yre xr\.: similarly Demosthenes 
in his oration On the Crown asked the 
approval of the court for the order of 
topics which he proposed to follow. — 
For a fuller description of éxelvous, see 
b above; notice that it refers to 
érépous 5¢ rods mada. These old-time 
accisers, though the last-mentioned, 
were the more remote in thought, for 
Anytus and his crew were actually 
present, as r@vde shows. 


> , “A /, > , 
80 EKELVOUS 7 PWTOV BE atohoynoac bat i 


35 


44 


TMAATONOS ATLOAOTIA SOKPATOYS, 


igse 
\ nN ¢ A 5] , A a 
KQL Y@2p UMELS EKELY@MV — 


4 > 4 , \ \ “ x AAS 
EPO’: A RONG EES KET VOD ANY BI REN TOAV Laddov 7) TOVOE 


TOV  VorTEpov. ? 


elev Garohoynreov oT; @ avdpes APqvatou, Kat emxeiprr 


TEOV VLOV eehéo Bat THV dia Bodyy, 7 nV vpLELS EV TOAN@ Xpory 19 


eoXETE, Tauryy ev ovTws okie. Xpove. Bewhotgmp: pee ouv av 


TOUTO OUTWS yever bar, EL Tl d.|LELVOV Kat VpLtv Kal Emol, Kal 


aéov Tt PE TOLNT AL amToNoyou_eEvor * “Olan oe auto yademov 


> ‘\ > “4 , er 2 
Sine, eat ob-mdry je havOaver otdv €or. 


Y \ ca \ 
Ate dé TOUTO fev 


itw o7n To Jew pidon, 7 TO Sé vOne TELOTEOV Kal amoNmy rear 
——£4 TIL. apay Bape ob é€ apXS; Tis n Kariya €oTiv 
€€ Hs H Eun dvaBodr yéyover, H dy Kat TuaTEvOV MéAnros pe b 


34. rhv Sia Bodhy : the prejudice 
produced by the slanders just de- 


‘scribed. 


35. éryere: acquired. Cf. érxnxa 
204, and cf. ryyv-rupavvida ovTw %oyxov oi 
Mepurddac Hdt. i. 14. When éxw means 
am in possession, @cxov Means came 
into possession. — ravrynv: resumptive 
after the interrupting clause of expla- 
nation introduced by jv.— ovras : sc. as 
is allowed, —the trial having to be com- 
pleted in a single day. Cf. 24a,37 a. 

36. rotro: refers to budv éedéoOau 
THY SiaBorv. ( 

38. rotro: i.e. the end. For the 
same spirit of submissive trust in God, 
cf. 35 d, Crito 54 e. 

39. 7S 6G: the article is used 
without reference to any particular 
divinity, with a generic or collective 
force, —the divine will or God. Cf. 
35 d, 42 a, 43 d. 

III-X. These chapters answer the 
charges of Socrates’s early accusers, 
and explain how the prejudice against 
him arose. The counts against him 


‘rwv 23 e.—éuh: 


were given approximately in 18); 
they are repeated more definitely in 
19 b. In these counts is implied athe- 
ism, as Socrates says in 18c¢. The 
only charges which he directly at- 
tempts to disprove in these chapters, 
however, are his interest in natural 
science (III) and hig teaching for 
money (IV). 

Ill. What then are the charges 
which have commonly been brought 
against me, whether through ignorance — 
or through malice? (1) That I seek — 
into things which the gods have hidden _ 
from men, beneath the earth or in the 
skies, (2) that I make the worse appear 
the better reason, by sophistical argu- » 
ments, and (3) that I teach men to do 
as I do. —Many of you have heard me — 
talk. Tell each other, if any one of you 
has heard me talking about any of nem 
things. a, 
2. & ys: out of which. Cf. ée mm 
equivalent to t 
oMjectixe genitive, against me, be 







me —: refers to iB “um eg 3 


‘PLATO'S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 45 


19.¢ ONE 


| éypayparo rip ypadny Tadrny. ciev* ti dy) A€yovres SeBah- 


10 







Xov ot ape ovres WOTEP ov KaTHYOpwV 7 aVT@pLooiav 
dec dvaryviovat avrav* “ ZeKparys GOLKEL Kal meprepyaLeran 
(ntov Ta TE WTO ys Kal oupavia Kal TOV NTTw tac: kpelrre 


ae 
TOLWY Kat AAAoUS Toe TAUTA OLOGOKWV.” 
Kat 


TavTa yap Ewpare 


TOLAUTY Tis €OTL. 


avTol €v TH “Apiotoddvous Kwpwdia, 


“4 \ A 
Ronparn TWA EKEL TEpLpEpomeEvor, Parkovrd TE. -aepeparew 
Kal addy ie - Sacaaa gues Caep sirens Ov &yo ovdev OUTE 


peya OUTE pK pov TEpL eTratw. 


4. Gomep obtv x«rrd.: the formal 
charge of the accuser was read at the 
beginning of the trial. Since Socrates 
proposes to discuss first the informal 
charges, a definite statement of these 
is in place before his defense. 

5. meprepydterar: cf. pndev épya- 
Foudvous d\Xa pee seittrous 2 Thess. 
iii. 11. 

6. oipdvia: the article is omitted 
because bd ys and ovpdna are brought 
under one head. Cf. Zwxpdrys 6 rdvra 
tyyetro Oeovs eidévar, Tad TE Neyoueva Kal 
mparroueva kal Ta ory Bovrevdueva (the 
unuttered plans in man’s thought) 
Xen. Mem. i. 1. 19. —In, Prot. 315¢ 
Plato satirizes the astronomical lore 
of Hippias, and in Xenophon’s Mem- 
orabilia (iv. 7. 2) Socrates is repre- 
sented as advising his friends against 
an intensive study of astronomy. — 
Aristophanes, in his play, represents 
Socrates’s friends with heads bending 
over, toward the ground, searching 
shings below, while the rump, di- 


rates alone is responsible 
uct words; the accusation 


Kal odx ws atysdlov héyw 


8. ratra yap éwpare: when, in the 
Clouds, Aristophanes put before the 
Athenians his own feelings against 
Socrates, he dramatized an spre d 
existing prejudice. 

9. Swxpdary twa x7r.: in apposition 
with raira. For the force of riva, cf. 
Tis Lwkpdrns 18b; it implies that 
Socrates in the Clouds bears no close 
resemblance to the real Socrates. Cf. 
Clouds 218-225, where Strepsiades 
on entering Socrates’s thinking-shop 
says: ‘* Who is this. man up there in 


the basket? ’’ Hearing it is Socrates, 


he asks him what he’s about. Socrates 
answers depoBat®S kal mepippov® Tov 
mrov, on air I tread and oversee the 
sun. —aockovta x«T.: subordinated 
to repipepduevor. 

10. dv: referring to all statements 
of the sort above mentioned. — otre 
péya obre pikpdév: a reénforcement of 
the ovdév, stated disjunctively. Cf. 
21b and 24 a, and 7 ri » ovdév 17 b. 

11. ody ds dripdtov : cf. in e below, 
kal Toor) yé woe Soxe? Kady elvar, ‘such 
knowledge is a fine thing, if any one 
has it.’? Socrates hints his doubt that 
any one has it. Cf. Xen. Mem. i. 1. 11. 
Those who pursued these studies were 


46 


46 


20 


TMAATONOS ATOAOPIA SOKPATOYS 


19¢ 


i roavryy STORED NN EL TLS rept TOV TOLOUTWY copes 


EOTL* ad TOS oye UTrO MeAyrou 


;ooavras Sivas prryoune ! 


ah\a yap’ sags Toure, o avopes “AO@nvator, ovdev pereote. 


praprupas §°¢ (avTovs) Ua TOUS TOKNGES TOPEX Of, Kat d 


gete wuas adajhous duddoKew TE Kal ppdlew, Oot pov 


TOITOTE aKNKOaTE duakeyouevov: toddol 8 tuav ot ToLovTot 


clot ppdlere ovv ahdijdows, el. TeTOTE 7 pLKpOY 7H péeya 


» al al A nw 
NKOVTE TLS VLOV EOD TEPL TOV TOLOVTWY duadeyomevov * Kab 


> 4 / '¢ ie, Phase 
E€K TOUTWYV yvoorer be OTL TOLQUT EOTL 


OL moot héyovow. , 


\} \ 5S tow na 
Kal TAAAa TEPL ELOV a 


X IV. ddda yap ovre TovTwy ovdev eat, ovdE y Et TLVOS 


> 7, ¢ 3 ™ 4 3 A > , \ / 
QAKYKOATE WS eyw TALOEvELV ETLYV ELPW avOparovus KQUL XP1- 


beside themselves, he thought, because 
man ought first to know himself (cf. id. 
i. 1. 12, and 38 a below), and because 
these physicists looked into questions 
which were really beyond the sphere 
of man, and therefore arrived at im- 
potent conclusions (cf. id. iv. 7. 6-7). 

12. e& tis xrd.: the expression of 
the condition implies a doubt, though 
it is in the logical form. Cf. 19 e. 

13. pH... pbyousn: may I never, by 
any chance, be accused by M eletus of so 
great a wrong as depising such knowl- 
edge. — dixa is often best represented 
in translation by the singular. — For 
bré with gevyev, cf. trd with rérovda 
17 a. gvyouu here is used as the pas- 
sive of diakw. H. 820. 

14. &dAG yap: but the truth is that 
Socrates does not claim such wisdom 
simply because he does not possess it. 

17. of rovotro.: are in that case, 
sc. the one just mentioned; i.e. ** have 
heard me.”’ 

20. é rovrwv: on ascertaining that 
no one had ever heard Socrates talk 


‘is equivalent to the folloy 


on such matters, the judges might infer 
reasonably that the other charges 
against him also were false. Falsus in 
uno, falsus in omnibus. — Xeno- 


phon enumerates the subjects chosen 


by Socrates for his conversations; cf. “ae 
Mem. i. 1. 16. — epi éyod: the collo- nS 
quial tone is marked in the position of a0 
these words. Instead of ‘the other = 
stories which people tell about me,” 
Socrates says, ‘‘ the other stories about : 
me, which people tell.’? The relatiy 

clause is appended as an afterthou 













would be no reproach if it were. 1 
reason why I deny that Iteach is simply 
that I do not know how to teach. — rae he 
1. GdAG yap: in turning to a new 
topic, a glance is thrown be 
(ovre. . . Zo7w), and the new 
begins with the emphatic od 


(éorwv). —et Tivos kTX. : if 
told you. 


+ Sot Sit wie tee el 


10 


15 


PLATO’S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 


20a 


para mpdrropa, ovoe TOUTO aihn Pes. 


4T 


3 \ \ lal , , 
ETEL KAL TOUVTO YE fot e 


dokel Kahov eivat, \el Tis olds T Ely TaLdevew avOparous' 
Y , 4 ~ \ A : 

womep Topyias te 0 Aeovtivos Kai Ipdducos 6 Ketos Kat 
e , [ee X A , \ 4 oS » er 72 ea 
Immias 0 Hietos. TovTwy yap EKATTOS, @ AVOpEs, olos T EoTly 


a5. > OT la) , \ , ae ¥ va € 
b@V ELS EKAOTYV TWV TOAEWV TOVS VEOUS, OLS ELEOTL T@MV EAV- 


lal ‘4 A lal ~ e x , mae , 
TMV TONT@VY TPOLKA TVVELWAL @ aV Bov\wvrat, — TovTous 


‘A \ > s , 9 , , A | 
TEL OvUdL TAS EKELYWV OVUVOVOLAS amro\uTovTas ‘opiot OLUVEtPQAL 20 


xpypara Siddvras! 


kal Xa pw Tpooevoevan. x 


\ x! »¥ e 
e€met Kal adAos avyp eort Ilapiog evOdde codds,, dv eyo 


noOopny éemidynpodyta: ervyov yap mpocehOav avdpi\os Tete 


hexe ypHpata coduotais Theiw } TVpmavTes ot ado, Kad- 


, ae a ia > > / > \ \ > ~ 
Ata T@ Immovikov: TovTov ovy avypounv — éotov Yap awT@ 


dvo vei — “°O KadXia,” jv d eyo,“ 


. 3. xphpara mpdrropat: the denial 
of this is repeated at 31 c and 33 b.— 
émel: although. Strictly a connecting 
thought must be supplied. 

4. & tis elm: the regular apodosis 
kahdv av etn is represented by its equiv- 
alent in sense, doxe? ckaddv eiva. 

6. rotrwv yap «rd.: the ironical 
surprise of Socrates is reproduced by 
the anacoluthon i in this sentence. With 


olds 7 éorly the speaker apparently 


leads up to wel@ev, but the emphatic 
rovrous {in which the clause rovs véous, 
ois... BovAwyrac is summed up) 

followed by zel@ovo. instead. (The 
plural after ékacros is not uncommon.) 
Then comes the statement of a fact 


~ which is surprising, they pay these men, 


and finally the climax is capped by 
ing them thanks to boot. To 
last point, mpocedévar, which 





> 4 » ee es: , 
El MEV TOV TW VEL TOA® 

8. wod.rév: partitive genitive with 
@ av Botr\wvrar. —ovvetvar: Socrates 
would not allow that he was a teacher. 
His young friends were not his waéyral 
(cf. 83 a), but of cuvdvres. So he uses 
similar language in speaking of others. 
Cf. Xen. Mem. i. 6. 1. 

11. éwel Kal GAdos: ‘* the men just 
named are not the only ones, for also,”’ 
etc, 

12. yoOdpnv érSnpotvra: for the 
supplementary~ participle, cf. yo@dunv 


olouévwv 22 ¢. 


13. KaAXig: at Callias’s house for- 
eigners, and particularly foreign Soph- 
ists, were welcomed. Callias’s fond- 
ness for Sophistsishumorously brought 
out in the Protagoras (314 a), where he 
is almost crowded out of house and 
home by them. The indulgence of 
this and of other tastes exhausted his 
resources, and he died in poverty. 

15. ‘* Who can do for Callias’s sons 
whatafarmer would do for his calves ?”’ 


20 


25 


48 HAATOQNOX ATLOAOLIA SOKPATOYS 


20a 


n pega evever Inv, clyopev dv avrowv eouererys haBetv 
Kal pucbdcacba, ds euehhey ait® Kad Te Kal adyalad 


, \ , > , 5 3 aN @ ak A 
TOLY)O ELV TYHV T POON KOVO QV APETHV * Hv av. OUTOS .7) TWYV b 


e an Pn aA A oA 5° F) Sy > , p) , 
LITTTLK@V TLS 7 TWV cage oft ape VUV ETT EL Y) avO pare COTOVs 


Tiva avTow ev V@ EXELS emuorrargy haBetv; Tis ™s TO | 


aperns, ™s dylpomivns Te Kal viaraestosts aspen €oTiv : Be 


a 


olwae yep reesnepiat dua aR: TOV VEWV KTHTWs ) €OTL TUS) at 
ednv eya, “7 ov;” “Tey ye,” 7 8 os. “Tis,” Hv & eye, 


\ eT A ’ yd 
“Kal modamds, Kal mécov diuddoKe;’ “ Evynvos,” eby, “@ 


a 


, , , nA 99 Ar tage om \ ¥ 3 Pe 
LoKpares, Ilapuos, TEVTE PVUOWV. KQL eyo TOV Euvnvov EMa- * 


, > e > A ¥ , \ , \ y 
Kapica, eb ws adynfas eyou Ta’Tny THY TEXVHV Kal OUTWS ¢ 


> as , So Noe \ esp ee Se ay , ‘ 
Euperas didacKe, “e OU’ Kal aUvTOS ckakAuvopeyy, TE Kal 
mBpwveuny a dp el nmLoTapny TavTa: aA ov yap erioTapat, 


@ avopes ‘ABnvaion, | 


17. ds ueddev «rr. : who would, in 
the case supposed (el. . . put Owoacbar), 
proceed to make them, etc., —a present 
likelihood not realized. — Kado xrX. : 
kaos xayabés was a frequent Athenian 
designation for a gentleman. Cf. Xen. 
Mem. i. 1. 16. 

18. dperqv: a cognate accusative, 
which was becoming an accusative of 
specification. Cf. uéya codds wv 21 bd, 
Kandy eldévac 21d, codds codiay 22 e; 
but 7a wéyiora copwraros 22 d. 

19. viv: logical, rather than tem- 
poral, — ‘‘as it is.?’ — Cf. érera 20 ¢. 

21. avOpwrivns cri. : the excellence 
of a man and a citizen naturally is 
different from that befitting (rpoo7Kov- 
cav, 1. 18) a calf. —This clause explains 
the preceding roatrys. 

24. Etnvos xrd.: not a word is 
wasted in this answer. Euenus is 
elsewhere mentioned as a teacher of 
oratory and a writer of elegiac verses. 


‘might change to the optative al 


- 
: 


ES 


(Cf. Phaedo 60 d.) A few such poems 
attributed to him still exist. Here he 
is introduced as a Sophist and a teacher 
of virtue. The smallness of his charge 
for instruction probably measures ac- 
curately the value attached to it by his 
contemporaries, and places him and 
his teaching in the second rank. Pro- 
tagoras charged 100 minas. — Attempts _ 
have been made to distinguish a 
younger and an older Euenus, both of 
whom came from Paros and wrote 
elegiacs. If there were two, allusion — 
is here made to the elder. — wécov: 
genitive of price. x see 
26. el Exo. kal SiSdoKe: in the 
original statement which Socrates may 
be supposed to have in mind, both of | 
these were in the indicative. Both 








éuakdpioa. 
27. kal airés : implies that E 
prided himself on his teaching. — 


10 





PLATO’S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 49 
20d 


se SroddBor d dv ody Tis bpav isws: “ "ANN, @ 2Geparss, 
TO Gov Ti €oTL TPAypa; THEY ai dra Bohai Wo avTau vere: 


paow; ov ‘yep Pyrou ov ° ovdev TOV a\Nwv Te PUTT OTS POM 


-apigeagings ETELTO meeiry Pyey TE Kal Adyos yeyone, 
€l fy TL enparres: a. dovov y ot modhot-: éye ody Hiv ti 
EOTLV, Wa LI) HpELS epi oov abrooxedualaper.” TAaVTi [LOL 
Sox Sixara héyew 6 héywr, Kayo bpiv Tweipdooua azro- 
detEau Ti ToT Eat TOUTO 6 emol TEeTOINnKE TAT Ovoma' Kal THY 
inl aKoveTe 07. Kat tows péev dd€w Tis lv Har Trailer, 


ev peer LOTE, TATAY VuiY THY adAjnOeEay Epa. 
eye VEPs @ dvOpes “AOnvaior, du’ ovdev aX 7 ‘Sa copuay 
TWA TOUTO TO Ovo“a ETXNKA. Tolav 57 codiay Tav¥TyV; NEP 


> \ ¥ > ? , 
eoTiv tows avOparivyn codia. 


V. But what has caused my repu- 
tation, if these stories are untrue? I 
will tell you the whole truth. Apollo 
himself declared me to be the wisest 
of men. Obedience to the god has led 
me to disregard the feelings of men. 

1. GAN’, © Ddxpares, x7. : Objec- 
tions dramatized and put in the form 
of questions. —‘‘ Socrates must have 
done something to cause such preju- 
dice.’’ Hence the ydp in ov yap dyrov. 

2. 16 odv mpdypa: what is that 
you have been about? or better, what 
is this about you ?— Cf. 1d Tod Dwxpd- 
tous mpayua Crito 53 d. 

3. mepirrérecss: slat passes the 


Binits s of common men provokes sus-._ 






an ‘\ 4 , 
T@ OVTL yap KLVOUVEV@ TQAUVTYV 
if you were doing nothing unusual.”’ 
Some explanation of the fame of Soc- 
rates is called for, and he has rejected 
the ordinary explanation as false. 

5. ef ph xrd.: a logical condition 
referring to continued action in past 
time. The conclusion might be ex- 
pected in the form ov« av éyévero xrX. 

8. 1d dvopa Kal thy SiaBodrjv: i.e. 
copds AéyerOar. To be distinguished 
from oyun Te kal déyos, above, only as 
bringing out the bad repute which was 
their result. The word dca8od7yv inter- 
prets dvoua, and shows that it is no 
good name which has been gained. 

12. txnxa: I have become pos- 
sessed of a and still have. Cf. &rxere 

a . TavTyv : this ques- 


—— 


: 


he iene séntence so* 


15 


. p000s GAXA”’ Pardpod To 


5) -TIAATQNOS ATIOAOTIA SOQKPATOYS 






5 / a Se! Re a »” ¥ Sie sted: 
eivat codds: ovToL 0€ TAY av ovs apTL Eheyor peilw Twa 
H Kat avOpwrov codiav codot elev, ovuK eXw Ti héyw: ove 
‘\ \ UY > > \ > 4 > 2° F \ 4, / 
be oH leywy auryy Sesh ges, adr oorts dynot Wwevderai Te 
Kal emt _OvaBodn TN ee) héyer. Kat = @ avopes Aare 
ald aaa pnd eav dd€ Te mie peya. eye: ov YP 
Emov €p@ TOL yyov Ov av Neyer add’ ets “akud OxP pewy vpty TOV 
héyovTc o TS yap EMS; El Sn tis €ott codia Kat 
Ola, Lap 
A \ i 
pehavta yap late mov. ovTos euosT Eratpos Av ex veov Kal 21 







piv iv rapeGopas Tov Bedv Tov ev Aekpete Xa’ 


14. otro. $€: i.e. Gorgias etc., men- larly compressed statement, cf. ixavdy 
tioned in the previous chapter. Tov udptupa 81c¢. ‘* A predicate adjec- 
15. 4 odk éxw xrd.: Socrates im-  tiveor substantive isoften a brief equiy- 
plies that such wisdom is either super- alent for one clause of a compound 
human or no wisdom at all.—To be _ sentence,’’ H. 618. éuév and dédxpewv 


construed closely with what follows. are both predicate, and special point 
17. éwi: with dative of purpose. is given them by their position. = 
18. pn SopuByonte : do not interrupt 19. ov av Aéyw: equivalent to dy — 


me with noise, strictly referring to the pédAd\w Aéyerr, though it is formally a 
moment fixed by éay 6 xrX. In 21a hypothetical relative clause with in- 
and 80¢c the less precise present is definite antecedent. — dftéxpewv xrX. : 
used, make no disturbance. — péya equivalent to dédxpews éoriv 6 héywv. 
Aéyerv: in the sense of meyadnyopetv, 20. dvoiow: often used of shifting 
just as péya dpovetv is equivalent to responsibility. Cf. els rods rpidxovra 
peyadoppovety. —obd yap énov xTr.: a advaddpev Thy airiay Lys. xii. 28, Tas 
compressed form of statement, made dzondoylas els éxetvov dvadepouévas ib. 
effective with the audience by the al- 64.—rfjs yap épfjs, el xrX.: skill as 
lusion to certain Euripidean strains. well as modesty was required to ayoid 
Cf. Eur. Frg. 484, xotc éuds 6 000s —blurting out here with rs éufs codlas. 
GX\N éujs unrpds mdpa, not mine the The ei6y rls éorc interrupts justin time. 
word, —I heard it from my mother ; 21. ofa: goes back to wolay |. 12. — — 
which is parodied in Symp. 177 a, 7 rév Oedv «rd. : emphatic by its position. | 
pév por adpxh Tod Aéyou éorl Kara Thy 22. Xatpebavra : certainly, if the 
Evpuridou Medavinmny: ** ob yap pibenians did not know Ses. sphon, she 











sentiment is found in 
Aéyos ydp éstw ovK éuds, FOGG 

not mine the word; by ¢ orkly 
*twas spoken. Hor. Sat. it, 2 


; (een eae va =) 2 


¢ 

PLATO’S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 51 
Sake 
7 oul @ mriBet é /€TALPOS re! Kal cuvépuye 77H puynv ratryy | 
—? Kal 0? cage peragnis: Kal tote O7 | ‘olos nV Haspenay, ws 


25 Bee pis ep’ 6 TL Oppnoeer. Kal 57; \zrore ikateis Achpovs 
éMav ' erohunoe frovro) payredoasBau* ( (Kal, 6 omen Ae yey LY 


JopuBetre, @ diyS pes: M8 
TEPOS. 


pero yap Silet rus énod ey copar 


avethev heres y) fiptee pnd€éva. coparepov elval. Kal 





oikérais al oe kal méXec kal moXiracs’ 


OvvawTo Kah@s xphabar. 

23. tpav TO wAAVe: the Hruacral 
are here taken as representing the 
whole people ; and here, as often, r\9- 
Jos is equivalent to djuos, and means 
democratic party. Cf. Lysias xii, xiii, 
passim. — éraipos: cf. ris trapxovcns 
mwohirelas éTaipoy civac Gorg. 510 a, to 
be a partisan of the government in 
- power. — thy dvyhv tatryv: an allu- 
. sion, which no hearer could fail of 
understanding, to the exile from which 
all conspicuous democrats had returned 
only four years before (in 403 B.c.). 
The Thirty Tyrants were the authors 
of this banishment; cf. mpocfrov pev 
Tots €&w Tov Kkataddyou (not registered 
on their catalogue of 3000 oligarchical 
sympathizers) wh elovévar eis 7d dor. 
gpevybvrwy 5é els Tov Mepard, cal évreiOev 
mondovs dyovtes ever nour kal ra Méyapa 
kal ras O7nBas Trav broxwpotvTwy Xen. 
Hell. ii. 4. 1. This allusion here had 
the effect of influencing the court in 
favor of what they were about to hear. 
This was the more important since 
Socrates had remained in the city dur- 
__ ing the rule of the Thirty, and doubt- 

less had been accused by Meletus of 
_ lackofsympathy with the Athenian de- 
rocracy, —a, charge closely connected 
ith that of corrupting the youth. 
. ehoSpés: Chaerephon was a 
nthusiast. Cf. Xaweddv 6¢, are 







Kal wavixds wv, dvarninoas éx néowv Oe 
mpos we Charm. 158 b. Aristophanes 
calls Chaerephon a bat (Birds 1564) ; 
Chaerephon and Socrates belong to 
the jaundiced barefoot brotherhood 
(Clouds 104). Browning, Aristopha- 
nes’s Apology, . 
In me ’twas equal balanced flesh rebuked 
Excess alike in stuff-guts Glauketes 
Or starveling Chaerephon ; I challenge both. 
— oppjoeev: the optative indicates in- 
definite frequency of past action. — 
kal 89 wore kal «rv.: cf. 18 a. A fre- 
quent way of introducing a particular 
instance of what has been stated gen- 
erally. What Chaerephon did at Del- 
phi was an instance of his «podpérns. 

26. rotro:.cognate accusative after 
pavrevoacda: in anticipation of jpero 
xT\. For rodro referring forward, see 
H. 696 a. —pavtedoac8ar: the middle 
voice is used of the person who con- 
sults the oracle. — dmep Aéyw : I repeat, 
lit. just what I am saying. Cf. 17 ¢ 
and 20 e. ' 

28. dveidev odv 4 I1v0ia: the oracle 
in question is lost, but we have a 
very fair substitute in cogds Lopoxdjs 
copurepos 5 Edpurldns, | dvipGy 6é ravrwv 
(or amrdvtTwv) UwKparys TOPaTaTos. — 
Socrates must have become well known 
from his questionings before such a 
question would have been asked. Pos- 
sibly the prominence given by Socrates 
to two precepts of the oracle, made 


: , , / ens \ Coa > A e \ , > \ 
TOUT@V TEp Oo adedpos URLLV QUTOVU OUVTOOL LAPTUPNCEL, erevo7) 


30 


52 


> ~ 4 
EKELVOS TETENEUTIKED. 


WAATONOS AIOAOPIA SOKPATOYS 


2la 


y 


put 


VL. \oKxepaobe So! Sp Evend ravra. éyw: pédAhw yap tuas b 


Siddtew SHev por % SiaBory yéyover. tadra yap ey@ aKov- 


[2 , € , ‘C , 2 € a] , : \ , 
oas eveOupovpnv OUTWOL* Ti mote Aéyer 0 Geos, Kat Ti 


> j aa \ SS )» , ¥ \ , 5 
TMOTE QUVLTTETAL 5S eyw yap Y OUTE peyo OUTE O-LKpOoV Ovvol Qa 


> “A \ » ; s 5 , ; / RES ld 
E“avT@ Topos wy: Ti ovv ToTE hEyet dackov ewe TopoTarov 


> 3 \ § , a , 5 \ T,) , ety. \ 
E€WaAL; OV Y2p Y7OVU wWev ETAL ye" OU Y2p ELS avUT@. Kat 


‘\ \ / > , 4 “4 ¥ , , 
TONVY LEV KPOVOV HTOpoUvY TL TOTE hEyeL: ETELTA MOyLS TAVU 


; n> “6 LNs , 
ert CyTnow avTov ToLavTHY TiVa ETPATOMyDY. 


much of at Delphi, yrG@ cavréy and 
pndev adyav (self-knowledge and _ self- 
control), which make up Greek cw¢po- 
otvn, may have been the basis of the 
story or of the response. 

29. 6 d8eAdds: i.e. Chaerecrates. 

VI. I did not suppose the words of 
Apollo to be strictly and literally true, 
but believed them to have some hidden 
meaning, which I ought to discover. So 
I tried to show that they could not be 
true in the ordinary sense. 

1. pAdAw SiSakev: for ué\Aw with 
future infinitive, see SCG. 278; GMT. 
73. Cf. Phaedo 59 a. 

2. S0ev: equivalent to é js, of the 
source out of which the prejudice arose. 
—raira: i.e. theresponse of the oracle. 
through 


3. rl wore alvirrerat: 


_ modesty Socrates assumes that this is 


‘‘adarksaying.’’ Fora genuinely enig- 
matical oracle, cf. yiverac 5€ rots Ba- 
guredo.w (Temenus and Cresphontes) 
atrav déy.ov T6de, tyeubva THS Kadddou 
movetc ba Tov TpidpPaduov, Paus. v. 3. 5, 
that they should take ‘‘ the three-eyed”’ 
as leader of their return home. - The 
‘‘ three-eyed ”’ turned out to be Oxylus, 


son of Andraemon, whom they met 
riding ona one-eyed mule. : 

4. civoida codés av: for the supple- 
mentary participle, cf.22d. GMT. 908. 

6. od SHmov: of course I do not sup- ~ 
pose. — Socrates’s perplexity is dram- 
atized. The hearer is reminded of the 
speaker’s habit of discussion by ques- 
tion and answer. — od yap Oé€uis: 
Apollo, being by nature truthful, could 
not lie. In Plato’s Republic the two 
primary canons of theology are that 
the gods are good and are true. With 
this belief, Socrates was much more 
pious than many of the old story- 
tellers. 
delusive dream to Agamemnon. : 

7. poyes mavu: qualifies érera érpa-— 
méunv, and repeats parenthetically the — 
idea of mroddv xpévov. For a similar 
parenthetical qualification, cf. ob xara 
tobrovs 17 b. For the position of rdvu, 
cf. o} rdvv 19 a. 


8. avrot: i.e. rod deo, equivalent to — 
nw nw ~ - s 
TOU xpnouod. —TovatTyny Tivad: SC. fATN- 


ow, purposely vague, ‘‘ which I began 
in some such way as this.” Cf. rovadrn 
ris 19 c. = 


Homer makes Zeus send a ~ 






10 


PLATO’S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 53 


aia : 
Mov e eml TWA TOV S<aburat anes Eval, WS evravda, © 


el ok TOU, eheyEor TO [LAVTELOV Kal ame Davey TO XPITHE 


9 
- ote “Ovroct €pov i i eaTt, ov O enue ebynaba.” 
. Scone ovv ToUTOL, ee er epter ae ovdev Séomat héyew, 


15 


20 


Ant 


25 


_ Should show. Cf. 22 b. 


nv O€ Tis TOV TOhiTLK@Y TPOdS OV eyo GKoTaV! TOLODTSY TL 
éralov, @ eres A ieee — kal Suaheydpevos aiTo, edo€€ 
Loe | bodros 6 arp) KELV_ PSL elvau eTOpos adXous TE ToAOLS 
dv Opdirors | Kat pdduora.¢ aes civ 8 ov" KaTreiTa erELpeOunv 
avT@ OELKYYVaL OTL OLOLTO pe elvan copss, ein 0 ov. eévredber 
ouv TOUT@ T adanxd6py Kal Toots TOV CNT ae apes 
€auTov - ovv amiov edoyilounv ore “ Tovtou pev Tod av- 
Opadmrov eyo codarepds ciur: Kivduvever pev yap ee ovde- 
TEpos ovdev Kahov eiyalor, ciSévat, GAN’ obros pév oterat Tu 
Bo eal OUK cides, € eyo Oo, oomep oUV OUK 010A, OVd olopaL. 


Sikes Y ouv TOUTOU YE TpiKpy TLL avT@ TOUT@ Toparepos 


Elvat, OTL A 47) 010A OVO Olopar ELdEVaL.” Beretta €7 a\\ov 


3 A Pee § , , > , + 
na TWV EKELVYOU OOKOVUYTWV copwatépwv EWal, KAL MOL TAVTA 


idea after the parenthetical remark. 
Socrates has no test except by con- 


9. as arohavarv: believing that I 


10. dropavav th xpyopa: the ora- 


_cle is personified. 


11. dr: often, as here, introduces 
a direct quotation. 

13. mpos dv Erafov: cf. duoibrarov 
Tacx mpds Tovs pirocopoivyras womrep 
mpos Tovs WerdNfouevovs kal maifovTas 
Gorg. 485 b, towards philosophers I feel 
just as I do towards people who lisp and 
are chiidish. Cf. the use of mpdés in 
such expressions as rpds éuautov oxo Oy, 


| pondering in my mind ; mpds adddovs 







mover, we consider among ourselves ; 


ae mpds éuaurov hoyetouny i in d below. 


4. wal Stadeydpevos adrd : strictly 
ng, this covers the same ground 
repeating the 


Tkor@v TovTor, 


versing with his man. — €So§€ pot «ri. : 
the construction is slightly changed. 
Cf. kat evéduevo. TH Apréusde drdcous av 
KaTakdvoey TOV woreulwy Tocavras xipal- 
pas katabicew rH Oew, éret odK« elxov 
ixavas evpetv, Zd0tev avrois kar émavrov 
mevrakoolas Qvev kTrX. Ken. An. iii. 2. 
12; 
érixadobrtes Thy amrécracw Thue. iii. 36," 
tuxing them with their revolt. SCG. 10. 

23. aitG rovTw: in just this respect. 
This serves to prepare the way for the 
clause with 87:1, which gives a detailed 
specification of what is intimated in 
ouixp@ Tr (dative of degree of differ- 
ence). 

25. éxelvov: the sameasrovrovabove. 


and kal €do0éev avrots dmoxreivar.. . 


Kgpeetey «5 


54° TAATONOS ATIOAOTTA SOKPATOYS 
. : | 21e 
Tavta edofe: Kal evTavla \KkaKeivw kai dddovs Toddots e 


z / \ 
amnxGounv. \ : 

f ‘ A939 > »” 5 ww 5 > 
; AY VII. pera radr’ ovv ndn eheéns Ha aicPavopevos peév Kat 
HE AvTovpevos Kat dedids OTe anyOavopuyr, dpws 8 avayKatov 


. 
fo’ 
\ 


Ce 
“i 


5 4, - \ wn la \ 7 a) 
ed0Ke. Elvar TO TOU Deou {rept mEioTov froveta ban. 


5. > 
LTEOV OUY, 


lal \ / / Te lanl 
OKOTOUITL TOV KPH Ti h€yeL, Ew aTTavTas TOUS TL SOKOUY- 


5 Tas eldévat. Kal vy) TOY KUva, @ avdpes “APnvaior, — det yap 


\ 15 5) A , > ee ke eee , ; rn 
TT POs ULas TahynOn heyeu, ee nV eyw exalov TL TOLOVTOY * 


ol pev padiora evooKipovvTeEs Boédv| por} ddiyov det) Tov 


meloTou evodEeets ElvaL cnesies KaTa TOV- Dedr}. addou Oe" 


—_ 


SoKovvTEs Parnerep ses ssasibe elvan avdpes Tpos TO 


10 ppovipes EXEL. det 7) Up THV EuNV ahavyv em voeve au 


27. darnx Odpny : cf. guol dpyitovra 
23 c. 

VIL. I found not only the statesmen 
but also the poets to have no knowledge. 
These composed their poems by a sort 
of inspiration, and could giveno rational 
account of their own works. 

2. Socrates observed his growing 
unpopularity with pain and fear. érc 
(that) after alc@dvowa: is a rare con- 
struction, and possibly the particle is 
affected by the participles. — dpes 
8 éS6xe.: correlative with aic@avdéuevos 
név, breaks away from the participial 
construction. This gives prominence 
to Socrates’s determination to do his 
duty. Cf. ras divacbe rictefoa, ddEav 


map G\d\prAwv AauBdvorres, kal Thy SdEav 


Thv wapa Tov udbvov Oeod od Knreire St. 
John v. 44. 
3. 7d Tod Geos: the interest of the 


god, which required that Socrates 


should show the true meaning of the 
oracle. —tréov: sc. Hv por. 

4. rov xpnopov ti Aéyer: ypnopds 
might have been the subject of the 


interrogative clause, but is used pro- 
leptically. H. 878. 

5. vy tov Kiva: this form of assey- 
eration is a whim of Socrates, upon 
which the Scholiast says, ‘Padaudvévos 
bpkos ovTos 6 Kara Kuvds 7 xnvds (goose) 
n wrardvou (plane-tree) 7 Kpiod (ram) 7 
ols Rv uéyioTos Sp- 
kos dravri Noyw kiwyr, | €reita xHv* Oeods 
5° éolywr (they named no god), Kpartvos 
Xelpwor (i.e. in the Chirons). 
Twv 5é vouos duvivac iva wh Kata Oedv ot 


Tivos &\Xov TovovTov* 


22 


KaTa ToU- 


bpxo ylyvywvra., TowdTor 6é Kal ol Dwxpd- — 


Tous SpKot. 


A humorous turn is given | 


to this oath in wa Tov Kova Tov Alyurtiay 


Gedy Gorg. 482 b; Socrates mightswear ; 


by the Egyptian god, but seldom by © 


any of the gods whom he worshiped. — 


vy thy “Hpav 24e is a woman’s oath; 
mpds Acés 25 ¢ is solemn adjuration. 

6. 7 phy: the usual formula for be- — 
ginning any affirmation prefaced by a 
solemn oath. 

“7. ddtyou Seiv: cf. 17a. The, 
seems to be used here with a play 
whelorou évdecis. x 


= 






PLATO'S APOLOGY ‘OF SOCRATES 


22 = : ’ 


aomep aévous TWas ajuda iva. fot Kat avéheykros x, 


_pavrele Eesiso. 


ae 


pera yap! TOUS ToNuTLKovs | na emt TOUS 


I" 
mougres TOUS TE TOV TparyQoiay Kat TOUS TOV dGupap Bow 


a 15 : scala apabeotepor ¢ EKEVwV OVTA. avahapBavev ovv auTav. 


TO. movaware a pe EOOKEL bakers mempaypareia bau abrots, 


Sinpdrav av ‘abrovs Tl Neyouey,|t iv apa. TU Kat pavOavorpe 


ay Tap avTOV. Brxovopias ou epi elTTEtV, @ evo PES ee 


Spies de pyréor. las € €TOS yap elarety ee avuTov' QTAVTES 


20 ob TapovTes dy’ Bedrov eheyoy Tept oy) avTot eremariner ci 


eyvov. ou av Kal mept TOV TOLNTOV €v ShiyphTovr des OTL ov 


55 


RS Kat Tovs adXovus, ws evtadla ex” avtoddpa karadmpopevos bz, 


copia TOLovey TOvoLey, ahra hoe Tiwi Kal évPovaralor- ¢ 


) 41. Borep TvOUS TLVAS TOVODVTOS : 


4 A he 
D1 “my Herculean labors, as I may call 
Fa é) them. 


The genitive agrees with éyod 
‘implied i in its equivalent éujv. — Socra- 
tes compares his own intellectual en- 
counters with the physical struggles 
of Heracles, and recounts in a half- 
tragic vein these ‘‘labors’’ imposed 
of God. —tva pov kal xrd.: Socrates, 
assuming for the sake of his point an 
attitude of opposition, says that he 
thought he was refuting the oracle 
(ef. 21 ¢) while really he was proving 
it to be irrefutable.;° This achieve- 
ment is stated as his real purpose. — 
The optative clause iva yévo.ro depends 
upon ovodyros, which represents the 
imperfect. 5 

14. kal rots &AXAovs: the Kwuwdo- 
mowt are hardly included here. The 
idea that the true poet was endowed 
_ with exceptional wisdom was common 
. ancient times. Cf. piiocoparepov 
lore philosophical) kal omovdatdrepov 
rth hier) tolnots icropias (prose nar- 
ive of facts) éorly Arist. Poet. 9. 3. 


4 








apo BédTwov. 


In early Greek the poets were preémi- 
nently of cool (see Introduction § 8). 

17. Sinporev av: for ‘the indica- 
tive with év of habitual or intermittent 
action, &v being used without definite 
reference,’’ see SCG. 481; GMT. 162; 
H. 835.—xat: Socrates would thus 
not only test the oracle, but also learn 
something. 

18. aicytvopar: this discovery was 
diséreditable to the poets, and Socrates 
hesitates to mention it, since he feels 
shame at the idea of telling what never- 
theless must@ye told, because it is the 
truth. When alcxytvecbac means feel 
shame at the thought of an action, it 
takes the infinitive, as here, instead of 
the participle. 

19. airav: genitive after the com- 


20. avrol: i.e. the poets. 
3 22. dice xrd.: the dative of man- 


ner (pvce:) and the participle of manner ~ 


(évBovordfovres) characterize the same 
subject in parallel ways, and so are 
appropriately coupled by «cal. — dice: 


/} 


| AHO FI tee ae 
y 


56 WAATONOS ATIOAOTIA SOKPATOYS 
22¢ 
Y ¢c , \ e / ‘ \ ®& 
TES woTrep Oi GeowavTers Kal ol ypnopedot: Kal yap ovrou 
, iy \ \ Ay > 2O\ a heats “ 
héyovot pev ToAAA Kal Kaa, txagt O oVvder GV A€éyouot* 
f an? ] S por / \ ¢ \ / 
25 TovouTOv TL por ehavnoav TAP0s Kal OL TomnTal werovOores. ) 
nh aE * > ; Sa A 5 Ae , hts , ee, are 
Kat ana noOouny avrav dua THY ToinoWw olouévwy Kal TaANa 
> a > ~ => - 
copwtatwy civat avOpdtav, a ovK Yoav. amHa odv Kal 
> an ‘al ee 2s ‘ : , e \ val 
evrev0ev T@ QUT®@ OlOMEVOS TEPLYEyovevas @TEP Kal TOP 
TONLTLKOD. | 
VIII. redevta@v ody él Tods yeLpoTéyvas Ha. € D ya 
XELPOTEXKV AS YO- “Ee? yom 
aN ae > Te RS ls , SZ > » 
Tvvyjoyn ovdEev ETLTTAMLEVM' WS ETOS ELTELY, TOVTOUS OE y HOH a 
Y es e \ \ vio , \ , \ 
OTL EVPNTOLWL)TOAAG Kal KaAG ETLTTApEVOUS. Kal TOUTOU pEV 


tnd Ay GA -F OF oA 


b) > 4 > ee , ee \ ) > , / 
OUK ewevdo Onv, arr NTLTTAVTO A EYW OVK NTLOTALYV, KAL [LOV_ 
f Pa : SF wh y, 


tH . Pn y 


by (grace of ) nature.’ Here used to ex- 
press what Plato elsewhere means by 
Gela uolpa, by the grace of heaven. Acts 
done ¢voe are done unconsciously, are 
inspired by something below the sur- 
face of our every-day selves, whereas 
conscious acts, if right, are guided by 
réxvyn and codia, art and wisdom. Cf. 
mwdvres yap ol re TOV éErGv woinral (epic 
poets) oi ayabolt otk é« réxvns (out of 
knowledge of their art) aXX even (in- 
spired) dvres kal xarexdbuevae ( possessed) 
wavTa TavTa Ta Kaha Néyouct TorjuaTra, 
kai oi pedorool (lyric poets) of dyabol 
WoavTws... dre obv ob Téyvyn TowodrTes 
(writing poetry) &dda Oela polpa, Toro 


Hévov olds Te Exacros Tovety Kaas, Ep 0 7H | 


Moica airov wpuncer, 6 uev dOupduBovs 
(one can write dithyrambs), 6 5é éyxdmua 
(hymns of praise), 6 5é dropxhuara 
(choral songs, accompanied by a lively 
dance), 6 6’ 
(tambics) . . . dia rabra dé 6 Beds eEatpor- 
Mevos TOUTwY Toy vody (taking all reason 
out of them) robros xphrac brnpérats Kal 
Tots xpnouwodots Kai Tots udvTeot Tots Gelors 


Ton 533 e—-534 c. 


te ln 


ern (epics), 6 3° iduBovs. 


7 


926. noOspny abrdv olopévev: ef. 
axovovTes e&erafouevwy 23¢. The accu- 


sative occurs in ov noObunv érdnuodvra - 


20 a.— For the supplementary parti- 
ciple, cf. also 21 b. 

27. cobwrarev: predicate agreeing 
with olouéywyv, which contains the sub- 
ject of eivar, Cf. r&v dSoxotvrwyv copay 
eivat 21 b.— dovk Hoav: sc. copol. Cf. 
0 érlorarat ExacTos, TodTO Kal copes ori 
Xen. Mem. iv. 6. 7. E.g. the poet 
Sophocles was ready to serve as gen- 
eral; and conversely the generals just 
returned from the war were set to be 
the judges of the dramatic contest in 
which the Antigone was presented. 
— & is accusative of specification. 

VII. Finally I went to the crafts- 
men. These indeed had knowledge of 
their craft, but because of this knowl- 
edge they thought themselves wise also 
in other matters, and this false conceit 
more than outweighed their true wisdom. 


1. redevrdv: for its adverbial use, 
cf. dpyduevos 24 a,—épavtd ocvvydn: 


ef. 22d. 
3. rovrov: ablatival genitive, int. 


ts 


¢ 3 
2a” & 
' 






nf. 


PLATO’S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES §7 


23 a 
, , 3 > > > S » 

5 TavTN ToPHTEpoL Hoa. AAN’, G avdpes AOnvaion, radrdv por 

¥ ly» € , Y \ : 

edogay EXew apapTnpa Omep Kal ot tountai, Kal ot dyabor 
ss \ , ey \ , aA ls 

| Onpuroupyos dua TO THY TéeyvNVY Kaas eSepyaleo Gay cxarros 
. ngtov Kat Ta\Na To peyora goparatos eivat, Kat (avTov 








arn ” mappeheva'¢ go bla my copiay a LENT, WOTE nes 
0 épavroy oe Oa ViTrEp TOU XPaT pov, TOrepe defainny a dv'e 
 vTw WaTEpP exe EXEW, PHTE TL TOPOS BV TH EKELVOV ugtay 
pyr apalns tHv apaliav, \7) apiddtepa a exetvor exovow 
EXEL. | dire puvapiny oby | euaur@ Kal T@ XpNoMo OTL pou 
AvouTeAot WomEp Exw Exel. 





en 


IX. €x Tauro 61) TNS eferdoews, @ avdpes *"AOnvaiot, 
mohdat pev améexGevat or yeyovace kat ota. yaheroérarar 23 
Y e “A 

kat Bapvrara, wore Todas diaBodas am’ aiTov yeyovevat, 


6. Smep Kal, kal of xrd.: this repe- 
tition of cai is idiomatic in correlative 
sentences, and both may be represented 
by one English word, also. With oi 
moral, etxov is easily supplied from 
the gxe.v of the leading clause. 

7. Sia 7rd xrd.: here begins the ex- 
planation which the preceding clause 
demands. — thy téxvynv: his art. 

8. radda Ta péyiora: refers to af- 
fairs of state and of the common weal. 
Anytus, one of the accusers of Socra- 
tes, was a rich and successful tanner, 
and entered political life as a practical 
man, but was not successful as a gen- 
eral of the army. Similarly a cobbler 
needed to be reminded by the painter 
Apelles to stick to his last. 

10. Sefaipny av: sc. if the choice 
were offered. 

: 11. otrw éyewv: is explained by 
si Ohh éxw, and this is explained by the 
qrediowing clause. — ti: at all. 





ovoua O€ ToUTO héyer Oar, Todos eivat. 


»¥ , o. 7 
OLOVTQAL yep bE EKa~ 

IX. Now these examinations have 
brought me the reputation of wisdom, 
but have created also a strong prejudice 
against me. 


1. 84: marks the close and sum- 


ming up of the previous argument. 

2. ola xarerm@rarar: sc. eici. The 
idiom is explained by places where it 
is expanded, e.g. éuol pev Oh eddKer [Zw- 
Kparns| Towbtros eivat olos av ely dpiords 
re kal evdayuovéoraros Xen. Mem. iv. 8. 
13. 

4. Svopa S¢ rodro héyeo Oar : instead 
of dvoua dé rodro éXeyounv, under the 
influence of the clause with wore. — 
codds: introduced to explain precisely 
what is meant by dvoua rodro. Itagrees 
with the subject of dmréy@nua, which 
is in the speaker’s mind, though he 
said its equivalent, woAXal dréxOecal uor 
vyeybvact, —elvat: for this idiomatic 
use, see SCG. 66, which compares the 
English, ‘‘ Paul, called to be an apostle.”’ 


e 4 “~ et" “ \ J a az ¥ 3 
5 OTOTE OL TapoVTES TaVTa avTOV Elvat TopoY.a av addov EEE 


10 


58 


HAATQNOS AIOAOPIA SOKPATOYS 


23 a 


héyEw> 7d de Kwvduvever, G avdpes, TH OvTL 6 Heds Todds eivar, 


Kal EV TO XPNT Me TOUT@ TOUTO heya OTL 
copia dhiyoy Twos eel €oTl Kal ovdevds.” 


i 


H avéparivyn 
KaL Paces 


rotiroy héyewy |v “Soxpérns mpoorexphiabae dé TO ag dv0- 


Patt, epee mrapddevy wa TOLOUMEVOS, aormep av el ELTTOL ort b 


““Odros UL ORs @ avO porn, rohananes coTw, OOTLS alormep 


Zoxparns: EYVWKEV OTL ovderds aids €ot. ‘Tn adyOeia*arpds 


copiay.” 


{ae Se ‘ EONS 5: ar) A \ 
\TAUT OvY Ey@ peV ETL Kal UV TEpU@V CnTw Kal EpEevva@ KaTa 


\ , \ la > las \ , ¥ ¥ ee 
TOV Jeov, KQL TWVY AOTWY KAL E€vav QV TLWa OL@ [LOL ooov 


eEivar: Kal émeday por 7) SoKn, T@ Jew BonOav évdeixkvupan 


9 b] ¥ : / 
OTL OVK EDTL TOPOS. 
TOV THS TOEWS mpagat pou 
5. @ Gv KTX.: SC. uh copdr brra. 

6. 16 S€: adverbial, ‘‘ but the fact 
is.’’ —7@ dvti: points the contrast be- 
tween the truth and the popular belief 
(ofovra:). It is equivalent to my adnbela 
ly 

8. kal odSevds: brought in as a cli- 
max after 6Xlyou. 
mdvra nynoapérvyn ouixpa Kal ovdév Theaet. 
173 e, but his (the philosopher’s) mind 
regarding all this as little or nothing at 
all. — patverar: sc. 6 Beds. 

9. rotro Aéyeww: sc. bre copwraréds 
ésrwv. — The argument runs thus: 
*¢ People. credit me with knowing all 
the things which I convict my neigh- 
bors of not knowing. The truth is far 
otherwise, for God alone has real 
knowledge. The meaning of his dark 
saying about my being the wisest of 
men is simply that ‘human wisdom is 
vanity.’ Hedoes not mean that Socra- 
tes has any other than human wisdom. 


Cf. 7 dé did vora Tatra 


\ e nt Plt ~ > / + 
KalvTO TAVTNS THS aTYKoALAS OUTE TL 


oyody yéyovev a€.ov Aéyou ) 
/ 


He only uses the name ‘ Socrates’ be- 
cause he needs a particular instance.”’ 
The double accusative with Aéyew 
closely resembles the idiom kaka \éyeuv 
Cf. Crito 48 a. 

10. domep dvel: in thiscompressed | 


Tid. 


- 


-idiom éy alone ‘represents a whole 


clause, 
suggests. 
14. ratra: adverb, sieiore as in 
Homer. Ee 
15. rév «rd.: for the grouping un- 
der a single article, cf. 19 b. i 
16. 7G 6G Bonddv: cf. brép rod & 
xpnoyod 22e. The service which Socra- 
tes rendered to Apollo was in proving 
his own wisdom, as compared with — 
that of-others, and thus vindicating 
the god’s truthfulness as shown in the ~ 
oracle, and in leading men to obey the 
maxim yv@b caurdéy. 
17. doyxodlas: used here for 
sake of the play on cxoA7, below. 


which the context readily 








10 


PLATO'S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 


23d 


59 


OUTE TOV diketov, ann’ ev mevia pupia eipi dua THY Tod Deod ¢ 
20 Narpelav. 


X. mpos ‘Oe roSrovsA| 


e 4 > a @ 
‘OL véot pou €maKkodovModvtes, ots 


padiora aon) EOTLY, OL TOY Tovotwratar, GUT CLIT Og a 
povow aKovovTeEs sGeralopevar Tov avOparwv, Kal auTou. 
moXaKus eye peLOPeTS, elt EmLYELpovaW adXous eerdtew® 
KQTELT , OlfLaL, EVPiTKOVCL mohhny adloviay Olomevav pev 


ELOEVaL TL avOparer, ELOOTWY Sé diya 7 ovder. 


evTev0ev ovv | 


oi UT avTay e€eralopevor nol dpyilovrat, adN ovy avrots, 


pleiper TOUS VEOUS.” 


Cee ect , e453 , \ 

Kat heyovow ws “ LwKparns Tis eore plap@tatos Kal dua- d 
\ 9 , A An an 

KQL €TTELOGY TLS AUTOUS EPWTA-O TL TOLWY 


Kal 6 TL dddoKwr, Exovor pev ovd€ev eitrely, AN’ ayvoodow, 


19. év wevia pvpia: in Xenophon’s 
Oecon. ii. 1-4, Socrates says that if he 
should find a liberal purchaser, his 
property might fetch five minas, or 
about $100. The possession of five 
minas placed Socrates in the lowest of 
the four classes established by Solon, 
that of the @#res. Originally this lowest 
class had few political duties and no 


political rights; later on, a law pro- 


posed by Aristides gave them the same 
rights as the others. — Of course the 
purchasing power of money was five 
or even ten times as great in Socrates’s 
time as in our own. —Thv Tod Geos 
Aarpefav: in the similar construction 
with brnpecia 30 a, the dative ro be@ 
takes the place of the objective genitive 


- here. — Another reason for Socrates’s 


abstention from public life is given in 
~3i1e. 


 X. My young friends followed my 


z - example of questioning men who had 







putation of wisdom, and this in- 
lmy unpopularity. 


ot 


This chapter shows how the hatred 
of the present accusers was developed 
from the early prejudice. 4 

2. avréparot: construe with éra- 
ko\ovOourTes. 

4, pipotvrat, elt émyetpotouy KrX.: 
they imitate me, and then they under- 
take, etc. No strict sequence in time 
is here marked by efra, although their 
readiness to imitate must logically have 
preceded the acts in which their imita- 
tion consisted. For a lively description 
of the symptoms of such imitators, cf. 
Rep. vii. 589 b, where Socrates is rep- 
resented as disapproving of immature 
young men’s engaging in such dia- 
lectics. 

6. oAlya q odSév: cf. 17 b, 28 a. 

7. Gd’ odx: equivalent to instead 
of. 

8. Lwxparys tis: cf. ris Dwxpdrys 
18 b. 

9. 6 tT wordv xrd.: the participle 
has the main idea, — ‘‘ What does 
he do?” 


at 
or 


20 


25 


TLAATONOZ ATIOAOTIA pease si 


60 
23 d 
‘wa 8 ey Suiioe a ATOpELW, TA KATA TAVTwWY TOV PeKoe Oper 


ce 


TWV see re TAUTA Re your, 6 OTL TO. peréwpa Kal TO. UTO 


> 
vis 
TOLL. 


at ‘ Jeovs p2) vopile © kat “Tov nTTw NEyov Kpeites 
TQ yap ahnOn, oiwar, ovk av eOédorev héyew, (Ste 
KaTaOnAOL yeporray TPO TTOLoUpLevoL ec idevar, ELOdTeES 
&” ovder. 


mo\Xot eat Puyrerapievas kal miOavas Aeyortes rept €.00,) 


ATE Ov), oljau, prhoryior OVTES ‘Kal opodpot Kal @ 


eprennncaoiy sa Ta Ota kal madae Kat vov opodpas dia- 
Padhovres. '€k TOUTwWY Kal ME\GTES pe emeberoy kal Avutos 
kat AvKwr, Mere pev ‘UmTép TOV mounTay "aX Oopevos, | 
“Avutos 0 uITEp TOV Snpioupyav Kal TOV TON AvKov- 
S tmép Tov pyTopwr: . woT, OTeEp apxXopevos eye €heyovr, 
Oavydlouw av ei otds T Einyv €yo tuaov TavtyHv THY dvaBodynv 
> , -, 9 > / 4 7 \ “ 

e€ehéeoOau ev ovtws Oiyw Kpovw ovtw Toddny yeyovuiar. 





24 


| 
11. ra Kara wavrev KTH: 


means the familiar well-worn com- 
monplaces. These may be found in the 
Clouds of Aristophanes. Xenophon, 
referring specifically to the Adywr 
réxvn, which is not lost sight of here, 
uses almost the words of our text in 76 
Kow7 Tots dirocdpas vrd THv TwoAAGv érre- 


TavTa 


Tymopevov eripépwv ait@ Mem. i. 2. 31 
(Critias) making-against him the charge 
made by the many against philosophers 
in general. Cf. 18 be, 19 b. 

12. br: videlicet. 

14. ré dAnO4: the truth, namely rx 
kaTdéndko xT. The English idiom re- 
quires the singular of an abstract noun 
more frequently than the Greek, e.g. 
ravraoften means this. Cf. Phaedo62d. 


15. yiyvovrat: as passive of rovetv. 
19. é& rotrwv: cf. é js 19 a. 
20. imép trav wointav Krdr.: drép 


must not be pressed. The accusers 


ee ek C2558 5 ad 8 > @ A b) A {= 6 ¥ 
ZavT eoT vuiv,@ avdpes AOnvator, TahynOy, Kat Was ovTE 
4 7 : 


merely represented the feelings of their 
respective classes. The pyropes have 
not been explicitly mentioned before. 
For the ronral, cf. 22 a; for the wor 
tixol, cf. 21 ¢; for the dyuioupyol, cf. 
22d. The pyropes were included in 
morixol. The line between men who 
habitually spoke on public questions, 
and what we may call professional 


speakers, was not yet clearly drawn at — 


Athens. All this lends weight to the 
suggestion that the words kal tv rodi- 
Tuxav are a later addition, for which 
Plato is not responsible. In favor of 
keeping the words, however, is the 
fact that Anytus, who, like Cleon, was 


a tanner (Bupcodé/ns), came into colli- 


sion with the views of Socrates rather 
as a moditixés than as a Snmoupyés. 


25. radr’ tori dpiv: there you have, 
etc., ‘*just what I promised to tell you 


at the beginning of my speech.” —The 





30 tntnonre TeerO ouT@s eupiyerere. 


PLATO’S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 


ab 


“6 


péya ovre puxpov dsroxpubdpevos' eyo deo oS? ‘rotten 


LEVOS. © 


KQTOL : ooa TYEOOV «6 ‘OTL TOLS avToLs ameyOavopat: 6 


rail TERA pLON ork adn Oy neyo KQL OTL aury eoTl 1 S.aBory} 


n ELy) Kat Ta aiTLa TAUTA rast) Kal €av TE vuv | €av T avOus b 


XI. mept bev ovv @v ot pares ee oe Karnryopouy 


avry €or | amrohoyia T pos Das mpos d€ MéAnror Tov 


ayalov Te’ Kat pirorohuy, ws pyar, kal Tovs boTéepous, pera 


TAVTA TELPATOMaL aTooyero Oat. 


50 \ 5 , 4 e 4 
QVULsS Yap > WOTEP eTS 


4 ” ~ > F 
5 pwv TOVTwWY OVTwV KaTNnyOpwV, haBopev ad THY TOUTWY aYTW- 


dative is ethical. 
you.”’ : 

+27. rots abrots: i.e. by the very 
_sytords which he has uttered before the 
"*court. 

28. rexphprov: this is not a proof, 
but it is a clear indication. Socrates 
would not have told them that which 
aroused their antagonism, if it had not 
been true. Similarly, in his private 
conversations with the Athenians. 

28 £. airy, ratra: both are predi- 
cates. —The two 6é7.-clauses express 
the same idea, but the second as usual 
is the more precise. 

30. otrws ciphoere: sc. Zxovra, — 
you will find it as I say. Cf. ratra 
pev 5) ovrws Rep. 360 d, sc. 


“That is true for 


exe. — 


‘Socrates is confident that at last, per 


haps after his death, he will be under- 
stood. 

XI-XV. These chapters answer 
the formal charges of the accusers 
before the court. Socrates avails him- 
self of his right to examine his chief 
accuser, and thus to show (1) that 


- Meletus had no right to bring the 





XI. Now I will turn to the charges 
of my later accusers. Meletus says 
(1) that I corrupt the youth, and (2) that 
I do not believe in the gods of the city. 

2. airy: viz. what has been said. 
The pronoun is attracted to the gender 


of the predicate. —mpés tpds, rpds Mé- 


Anrov: cf. drodoyjoacbat rpds TA VoTEpa 
(sc. karnyopnuéva) kal Tods vaTépous (sc. 
katyopous) 18 a. The Greek idiom 
is daodoyeioOar mpds (1) rods dixacrds, 
(2) rods karnyédpous, (3) Ta kar nyopnuéva. 


In English the idiom is to plead (1) be- 


fore the court, (2) against the accusers, 
(8) against (to) the accusations. 

3. tov dyabdv cri. : the addition of 
ws gdynor suggests that few encourage 
Meletus in laying ‘‘ this flattering unc- 
tion ’’ to his soul. 

4f. avOis, ad: once more, in turn. 
A clear distinction is made between 
the accusation of the first accusers, 
who have prejudiced the public mind, 
and that of Meletus. —a@omep érépwv 
xr. : understanding that these are a 
second set of accusers. 

5. AdBowev THY dvr@porlav: as in 
19 b of the accusations of the early 
accusers. 


4 


10 


15 


62 IIAATONOS AILOAOLIA SOKPATOYS © 
x / 24d 
ever O€ Tas BOE: ZaKxpary pnow ace TOUS TE 


| 


pootav. 
vEeous SiapOeipovra. kat Oeods obs 7» mods ropiler od vopt- 
Covta, arpa dé Saupdvia KQUVG. 

TO per on éy«Anua Towodtdv €otw. TovTou,d€ TOU eyed 
Paros Ev EKaC TOV eCeEe ney pyar yap 8% Tovs véovs a5.- 
Kev we egg a ae ie 
dypu! Médnrov, dru arovdyn Xapreytigerar padias eis aya- 
va Kabioras ivOpdrovs, * mept sla caceshond T por mooupende 


orrovodlew Kal Kydec0ar Gv ovdév TOUT@ TaTOTE EueANoeED. 


eyo dé y’, & avdpes (APqvaior, GOLKELD 


c 


¢ \ a Y ¥ , , 2p ee A 
WS de TOUTO OUTWS Exel TELPAT OLA KQL ULLV ETLOEL Ql. 


A Ly ld » 
XII. Kai pou Sedpo, @ MéAnre, ete: ado Te 

~ a Y 4 , e 4 ¥y 
Lov Trovet OTWS Ws BEATLOTOL OL VEWTEPOL ETOVTAL ; 


The recent charges, at first glance, 
seem to be entirely different from the 


’ former charges, but on closer exam- 


ination the first count, the corruption 
of the youth, is seen to be a develop- 
ment of the last count of the earlier 
charge, — ‘‘ teaching others these same 
things’’; while the charge of disbelief 
in the otis may be referred to the 
first count in 19b, the pursuit of 
scientific questions, which were sup- 
posed to lead to atheism. The early 
charge of using sophistical arguments, 
which was disregarded by Socrates in 
the first part of his defense (III_X), is 
now omitted entirely. 

Socrates answers the first count now 
only by showing that Meletus had no 
right to bring the charge, and that 
since it was insincere it was also pre- 
sumably false. He gives a more seri- 
ous reply in Chapter XXII. The other 
charge, also, is taken up in a playful 
way, while he shows his firm belief 
in the gods at XXIV fin. and X XXIII 
init. 






Ept 7ro\- 
: "Eywys.” é 


6. wés: shows that the quotation 


is not exact. Cf. Xen. Mem. init. — 
oyolv: sc. Meletus. 
12. omovdy xaptevriferar: this is 


an d&0uwpor, for xaprerriger at is akin to 
ralgeyv, the substantive to which, mazdid, 

is the contradictory of orovdy. ** Me- 
letus treats a’serious business (an ac- 
cusation involving life and death) as 
playfully as though the whole matter 
were a joke.’’? Cf. 27 a.—els dyava 
kabiords: dywyv is the usual word for 
a suit at law; hence the phrase dywvi- — 
tera Sixnv, contend in a lawsuit. — 

14. dv: construe with éuédnoev. 
ovdév is adverbial, noé at all. — Tobre: 
shows more feeling than air@. 

15. kal tpiv xrd.: * that you too : 
may see it,’’ ‘* that you may see it a fv 
I do.”’ vy 
XII. If Meletus is not interest 
the young men of the city, he h 
right to bring this charge agai 
He makes me out to be so unf 
as to be the one corrupter of . 
youth. — The man who has sti 









5 


10 


15 
a4 


25a 
"TO or vov ‘eine tovros Tis, 


yap! or. oia@a, pédov yé 
3 4 ¢ 4 b] \ > 4 
eEeupav, ws rs, Ee Elo aye 


esta APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 


Ou. 


63 
pTovs BENTiovs Tove ; dj dov 
Tov pev yap 'diapbeipovra 


\ ‘\ 
OUTOLOL Kal KaTYyopEls: TOV 





\ XN an a » i” 
dé On pehrises movouvta tu eimé, Kat preg oY auToLS TIS 2 
n 
Sarie-—- OPES, @ MéAnre, ort ovyas Kal OUK Exes bsg 


KaiTOL OUK Big x pov oo. dokel eivau kal ikavov TERT POP ou 
07) eyo héyw, ori wou ovder pewedAynKev ; aN cited, dyallé, Tis 


\ > / la) 
AUVTOUS ALELVOUS TFOLEL ; 


“Ou vopor.” 


3 nw AA 
AXX’ od TOUTO EpwTa, e 


4s , > AQ o g A x a 
@ Bédricore, adda Tis aVOpwTOs, doris mparor) Kal AUTO TOUTO. 


> \ , ® “3 ; 
olde, TOUS Vopous. “OTOL, © LéKpates,—oit dikacTat.” 


héyers, @ Médyre ; 


Bedrious MOOT ; “Madora.” 


» 
phe: ou "ov 5 sie “Amavtes.” 


TONANY apBoviav TOV apehovy 


tal Bedriovs Trovova 7 ov ; 
‘\ 

“Kat ot Bovdevtai.” 

influences which tend to the better- 


ment or the corruption of the youth, 
can tell what improves as well as what 


corrupts. But Meletus does not know | 


this, and so shows that he has no real 
interest in this matter. 

4. pékov: accusative absolute. — 
Tov Sta0elpovra xrA.: having found out 
who corrupts them, you bring me before 
this court and make your accusation. 

5. elodyes : you summon into court, 
commonly with eis dicaeryjpiov or eis 
Tovs dixaords, instead of which rovrowl 
is used. Sometimes also eicdyev is 


found with the genitive of the charge. 


» 







Cf. 26 a. The word is used strictly of 


the magistrates, but not infrequently 


t is said of the plaintiff, whose charge 
auses the magistrate elodyev, to bring 
court, the suit. 





“Kat ovrou.” 


Tla@s 


Y \ A) xi @ SY fly 
OLOE TOUS Vous TraLdeveLy OLOL T elo Kat 


Horepoy aTavTes, H ot aid 
ap YE 4) Tv Hpav xe Kat 

ov. Th r Oe 67; old€ ol aKpoa- 
Tid’ ot Bovdevtrat; 25 


"AN dpa, @ MéAnre, m2) ot ev TH ExKAH- 


8. rexphpiov: one may presume 
that if Meletus knew, he would tell. 
Though his silence is not absolute 
proof, for he may have other motives, 
yet it is an indication of his ignorance. 

10. 0% rotro épwrad: that is not my 
question. 

12. ovror, of Sixacral: these men, 
the judges. The oide which follows, 
strictly speaking, includes only the 
j\vacrat who were present at the trial ; 
but evidently they are taken as repre- 
senting all d:cacral. 

15. dAéyeis: is modified by «?, and 
its force is continued as the governing 
verb for ap@oviar. 

18. 4A apa ph: questions with uA 
take a negative answer for granted. 
The use of dpa here marks the last 
stage in Socrates’s enumeration. Only 


64 IIAATONOS AILOAOLIA SQKPATOYS 


25 3 
ig, ol éxxhynovartat, Siapbeipover TOUS vEaiTepous ; 7 KQKEL- 
“20 VOL Bedrious Tovovo ww amavtes; ‘“Kaketvou.” Idvresa “ee os 
goucev, "APnvator kaods kayabous rovovar typ € EHov, eyo dé 
p.ovos SrapBeipar ouTw déyes ; “Tlavy opddpa TavTa héyw.” 
Hoddrjy y ang Kareyvaxas Suoruxiay. Kat et arrOx para 
ou per BeXriovs b 


95 TTOLOUVYTES QaUTOUS TAVTES deOparrov'et elvau, ets dé TLS 0 duadbbei- 


n Kat TeEpt LirmTous: OUTW O OL doKet. EXE 


pers ; ) TovvavTiov TovTOV Tay «Eis pey Tis! O Bedrious olds 

T Ov ToLELy n Tavy hae ol tmmuKot: ot d€ TORROL, saatiak 
Two Kal xpayran iTrous, SiapBelpovow ; ouN OUTS EXEL, 

@ MédAnrTe, Kal ep. Uirmrov kal Tov addiwv aravrev Cow; 

~ $0. TAVTWS Oov,¢ édy TE ov. Kal ”Avutos ov pire éav TE ore 
“mOdd OP. av TLS ebdaipovia ElN TEpL TOUS Rett: el ets pep 


_#Ovos: avTous duapletper, ou oe AOD oderovow.| add yap, @ 


‘ 


.@ Médyre, i ixavas emideikvura OT. ovdem@more éporraeay 
TOV véwv, Kal Gadas atodaives THY TavTOV apedeav, OTL 
> ey s Ly we, sommes TO, cee a 

85 ovdeY WoL MELEAYKE TEPL WY EuE ELoayes, K 


the éxxdnovacral are left. ‘‘Somebody from the many and ignorant to the 


in Athens is corrupting the youth.. 


We have seen that it is nobody else, 
I hope it is not these gentlemen !”’ 
But this suggestion is absurd, hence 
mavres dpa AOnvaio KTXr. 

19. oi éxxAnovacral : all Athenians, 


- ‘twenty years of age, in full standing 


(éririuor), Were members of the public - 


assembly (éxxAnola) at Athens. 

24. wept immovs: this question 
doubtless surprised Meletus, but it 
was entirely in the manner of Socrates, 
who found analogies for his arguments 
in very familiar things. For the 
thought, cf. Crito 47 b.— ot rovotvres : 
Sc. doxovawv. 


26. rodvavriov wav: adverbial accu- . 


sative. — In Crito 47 b, Socrates appeals 


few, or the one, who has _ special 
knowledge. 

27. of S¢ «rd. : here the 5é-clause is 
subordinate, and 6é may be trans- 
lated while. 

30. madvrws SH7rov: before this, 
Socrates waits a moment in order to 
give Meletus opportunity to answer. 
—ovd fre: is used as one word, 
deny, and so the od need not become 
xy in a condition. GMT. 384,—The — 
answer no is made prominent by the 
order of clauses. 

35. Stu obSév cou xrd. : appended to. 
explain thy cavrod duédeap. Thee | 
words take us back neatly to the close’ 
of the preceding chapter, where Sc 
rates said he would try to prove t c 








10 


-. Rich. IT i 







PLATO'S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 65 
254 3 


‘XTi eTL : mp eimé, © Tpds Atds Méhayre, Tere pOP eoTW 


olKety .wEeLvov €v qmoNirats XpynaTots n TOVy pots ; @ Tay, 


> , : r Oe , \ > a > c ‘ 
QATOKPLVAL OVOEV yop TOL xaerov EPWTW.. OUX Ou LEV TOVY)- 


; \f , F) , \ = gh, gape. , Rt a » 
eee Tt) EpyalovTau TOVS QeEt ig Selle E€AUTWY OVTAS, 


ot 3 ayabor aryabov tt; “Iau ye.” “Eotiv ody dotus Bov- 
Merau UT TOV GUVOYTw phenrentas padXov 4 ddheretabas ; 

amoKpivov, @ ayale: Kal yap 6 vopos Kehever darroxpive Oa. 
eo? ootis Bovderat Bhaarea au ; Ov onra. ‘i 
morepov epe sloayers Sebpo ws Siapbelporra TOUS vEewrepous, 


Pépe. 8H, 


Kat arovijparepous ‘TOLOUYTA, EKOVTO n GKovra. 


eywye. . 


indifference of Meletus, and thus that 
he had no right to bring this ‘suit. 
Here at last is the pun upon Meletus’s 
name (cf. also 26b), for which the 


constant recurrence of the idea of 


meuédnke (variously expressed, éuéAnoev 
and zrepi moddod more? in 24 c, wédov vé 
go. and peuédrnxev in 24 a) has paved 
the way. For similar plays upon 
words, cf. 6 undév eidhs Oldirrovs Soph. 
O. T. 397, Tlaveaviov 5é mavoapmévov 
Symp. 185 c, 

Old Gaunt indeed, and gaunt in being 

OE ss 
Within me grief hath kept a tedious fast ; 


Gaunt am I for the grave; haa as a 
grave 


ii. 1.—-epl av: i.e. rovrwy 
mepl ov. 

XIII. The charge that I willingly 
corrupt my young associates cannot be 
true. Iam experienced enough to know 


that if I should make them bad, I should 


e myself suffer ill from them. So, if I 


rrupt them, I corrupt them unwill- 
y. In that case ! should receive 
ction, not s¢.19 a, sr. 


Ti dnta, © MéAnrte; 


“< “Kxovra 


TOGWOUTOV OV €ML0U ToparEpos 


1. & mpds Ards MéAnrte: this order 
of words gives prominence to the name, 
which Meletus does not seem to deserve. 
(Strictly MéA\nros was one for whom 
care or love was felt, not one who 
felt care; but in puns men are not 
over particular as to minor matters.) 

4. rods éyyutadrw éavtdv dvras: 
i.e. those who were most continually 


associating with them. 


7. &mroxpivov: this imperative im- 
plies a pause. The reluctance of Me- 
letus in answering is manifest. From 
his observation of Socrates’s conversa- 
tions, he may suspect that he is to be 
led into anabsurdity. At any rate, he 
might reasonably claim that such ques- 
tions had nothing to do with the case 
before the court, and that he was not 
required to answer. So at 27 b Mele- 
tus declined to answer questions which 
seemed very remote from the case. 

10. construe with diadéel- 
povTa. ' 

11. trocotrov ob «KTH: 
and rydikécde, according to the con- 
text, mean indifferently so young or 80 


éxovTa : 


TNALKOUTOS 


=f 


16 


20 


TMAATOQNOS AILOAOLIA a 
4) 254 
EL ern OvTOS THALKOGOE @ OV, WOTE TV per EyVMKas OTL 


66 


ol pev KQKOL KAKOV TL épyatovras del TOUS padvora Ty gtov . 


EAUTOV, ol 8 aryaot aryalov eyo de 57) els TOO OUTOV apar 


4 : \ al an Y , : 
Jias yKw, WOTE Kal TOUTO ayVOd, OTL, Eav TWA poyxOnpor — 


; - lal 4 PS) , / X a ~ ee, 5 ~ 
MTOLNTW TWVY DVVOVTM@V, KLVOVVEVTW KAKOV TL ae a7 QUTOV, 


WOTE TOUTO TO TOTOUTOY KAKOV EKOV TOL, WS PIS OV; TadTa 
eyo aor ov TeiMopna, © MédyTE, oar 5 odd’ adddov avOpa- 
mov ovdéva: ard 7H ov diadeipa, iD el diapbeipa, aAKwV, 
9 4, as ee 4 4 

mace nig "Ker dpmporepa spevder.. el 8 aKov duapFeipe, 


TOV TOLOUVT@V Kal aKOVTtwWY ApLapTHMaTov | ov ded cf VOHOS 


elo aye cor, aN’ idia AaBovta didaoKew Kai voudlersipe a 


dy Aov yap OTL eav de) rasscropan 5 oO vy aKwV TOL. ov de 


26 


ovyyeveobar pév prow Kat SiSaEau ebvyes Kal od« WOEAnoas, — 


old. Cf. below, 26 e fin., and véos ydp 
tls wo. dalverar kal ayvws: dvoudfovar 
pévror abrév, ds éy@uar, Médnrov, gore 5é 
Tov Sjuov [ir beds, ef ruv' év v@ x ers Mur béa 
MéAnrov, olov reravérpixa kal od mavu 
evyévetov, érlyputov 5é KHuthyphro 2 b, 
a young person who, I conceive, is not 
much known: his name is Meletus and 
Pithos is his deme, — perhaps you re- 
member a Meletus of Pithos, who has 
rather a beak, a scrubby beard, and lank 
long hair. — Notice the chiastic order : 


ov éuo00 
THALKOUTOU Tnrikbo be 
12. od pév cri. : this clause is sub- 
ordinate in. thought, —‘‘while you 


have learned.’’ Cf. es wév xrrX. 25 db, 
dre wev kTX. 28 e. 

14. dpadtas: partitive genitive of 
degree, with rocoorov. 

15. Sr xrd.: explains rodro. Cf. 
26 b.— poxOnpdv: masculine, —a pred- 
icate object ; not a cognate accusative 
like xaxév rel. 18. 


18. ofpar odSéva : sc. melber Oa. 

19. w, akwv: the verb is supplied 
from itssubordinate clause, e/ duadbelpw. 
Socrates believed that all sin was in- 
voluntary, ovdels éxdy auaprdver. 
man, in his view, would do wrong if 
he really knew what was right. Here 
the matter is treated from a strictly 
practical point of view. 

21. kal dxovciev: 
Cf. 
19 b, TQ. dé vouw reeréov Kal drodoynréov 
19 a, in which «afi introduces a more 
distinct statement of the former idea. 
—dpaprnparev : genitive of the charge, 
with elodyw.—od Setpo xrr.: for ob 


this explains 


TOLOUT WY. aduxet Kal mwepepyagerat 


vouos éotiv detpo eladyev. 

23. mavcoopat xd. : from rad suip- 
ply mov. Such an ellipsis as this is 
obvious, and therefore not uncommon. 

24. cvyyevérbar: see on cuvetvac 
20 a. — evyes xTrh.: YOu decline 
Socrates offered Meletus every 


portunity Wo would. ay effort. 
hes oe 







No: 


PLATO’S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 
Jer id 


67 


4 


26¢ 


(25 devpo oe elordiyets, | ot. iv su0s EOTLV Elo aye TOUS ioheoaae 


10 


ae ews: aN’, ov pabioews._ 


XIV. adda yap, @ dvdpes * AOnvaion, TovTo pev SHrov 6 


CR, RR y fs 
€y@ €heyov, oT. MeAytw TovTwy ovTEe péya oUTE pLKpoV Tor 


> 3 / 4 \ \ A A 
moT €uedAnoev: opas dé 57) déye Huiv, TOs pe dijs SvadHet- 
A Med \ , Sih Saas aE ae 
pew, ® MeXyre, Tovs vewrepouvs; 7 SHAOV 5x Ort, KaTa THY 
SSG. Wee , \ é 
ypapny qreypabw, eovs SiuddoKorta pi) vomilew ods 7 méhus 
, y 53 5 , , > a s Y ee 
vomiler, ETEPa O€ Oaimoria Kad. ov TavTa héyers OTL OLda- 
/ > A 
oxov diapleipw; “dru pev ov ofddpa tadra héyw.” Ipods 
2 oA / 4 4 eee a a @ a ¢ , 
avTwv Tolwuv, @ MeAnrte, TovTwv tov Oedv wy vv 6 hoyos 
€oTiv, ele ETL TapeoTEpov Kal Ewol Kal ToLs avdpdct, Tov- 
/ > \ \ > 5 , ‘a , / , ; 
Tool. e€ya yap ov Ovvapar palety roTEpov héyets SiddoKeww 


; 77 > , 4, \ 3 
pe vopilew eivai twas Beovs, kat aitds apa vopilw civat 








A 4, \ ) t Rae >, 4 10 Oe , > A > 
UEOUS, KAL OUK ELJLL TO TAPAT AV QUEOS OVOE TAUTY GOLKa, —— OU 


, Y Se , ° 9 ¢ Ps \ A>» 9 
PEevToL ovomrEp YY 1 TONS, AAA ETEpoUS, KaL TOUT ETTLY O [OL 
) X A 4 oF x , / \ yo 3 aN 4 
EYKaNELS, OTL ETEPOUS* Y TaVTAaTACL ME PyS OVT aVTOV Vopl~ 


XIV. Clearly Meletus has paid no 
attention to this subject, and I might 
demand that the case be thrown out of 
court on this plea. Yet, Meletus, how 
do you say that I corrupt the youth? 
By teaching them not to believe in the 
gods ?° You seem to forget that you have 
brought not Anaxagoras but Socrates to 
the bar of this court. 

Socrates does not discuss the charge 
as stated in the indictment, that he 
does not believe in the city’s gods, but 
in order that his accuser may be in- 
volyed in an inconsistency he leads 
Meletus to say that Socrates believes 
in no gods at all. 

1. G\da yap: marks a transition. 
12. dt. MeAfro xrr.: cf. 246, 25. 
‘ov: for the genitive, cf. 24 c.— 
péya «rd. : cf. 19 d, 21d. 


4. 7 SHAov Stu xrd.: Socrates an- 
ticipates the answer. 

5. S8dc0Kovra : construe with ue as 
subject of diapOelpe vewr épous. 

6. ratra: construe with dddoKwyr, 
though raira in 1. 7 is object of Aéyw. 

7. wavv pev ovv x«rd.: Meletus 
agrees, and asserts it with all energy. 

8. av 6 Adyos: that is, ovs Aéyouer. 
A preposition is more usual, but com- 
pare 76 Meyapéwy Wigioua Thue. i. 140. 
3 with 7d rept Meyapéwy Whdiopa id. 
139. 1. In many cases the genitive is 
used without a preposition, especially 
where rep would seem appropriate. 

10. wérepov: the second member 
of the sentence begins with 7 ravrdmact 
1. 14. 

13. rotro: explained by 8rx érépous 


(voulfw). 


68 WAATONOS ATIOAOTIA SOKPATOYS 


26 ¢ 


15 Ce Deods Tovs 7 addXovs TavTa SidaoKev. “ Tadra eye, os ot 
TO mapamay ov vopilers Deovs.” 


TAUTA Reyes ; ovd HAtov ovde cEAnVHY ape vopilw Beovs a 


"2 Caupaorus MéAnre, iva Ti x 


elvan, aomep ot addou avOpwro; “Ma Ai’, & avdpes Sixa- 
\ \ la 
oral, érel Tov pev nov iMov dyotv civar, THY S€ GEAnVHY 
yay. 
OUT@ Karam povets T@VOE Kal OleL avTOUS amelpouS Ypapepae 
Tov evar, WOT ovK eid€vat OTL TA Avatayopov BuBdia Tod 


9? 


20 ‘Avagayopov_ ole marapyopel?, o girs Médnre, Kal 


15. ré: correlative with oire. 


17. od8€. . . od8€: not even... nor 
yet. —apa: the statement of Meletus 
is met by Socrates in a tone of playful 


irony. Every religious-minded Greek 


reverenced the sun. No appeal was 
more solemn and sincere than that to 
rws wavorrys. Accordingly this ap- 
peal is constantly met with in the most 
moving situations created by tragedy. 
Ajax, when in despair he falls upon 
his sword, and outraged Prometheus 
from his rock, both cry out to the sun. 
Ion, before entering upon his peaceful 
duties in the temple, looks first with 
gladness toward the sun. Both Hera- 
cles and Agaue are saved from mad- 
ness when they once more can clearly 
recognize the sun. That Socrates 
habitually paid reverence to this divin- 
ity not made by human hands is here 
suggested, and is still more plainly 
shown in Symp. 220 d. 

18. & avipes Stkacral: Meletus uses 
this form of address, which Plato does 
not put into the mouth of Socrates in 
the first two divisions of his speech. 
See on © dvdpes rd. 17 a. 

20. "Avatayépov: Diogenes Laér- 
tius, ii. 3. 4, reports that Anaxagoras 
declared rdv 7Acov uvdpov eivar Sudmvpov 


(a red-hot mass of stone or iron) xat 
pelfw THs TleXoTwrovvncou...THv dé cedHvnv 
olkjoes €xev Kal dpous Kal pdpayyas 
(ravines). From this last apparently 
the public inferred that Anaxagoras 
held the belief which Meletus attrib- 
utes to Socrates, ry 5€ cedjvnv viv. 
The real view of Socrates in regard to 
such an account of the ‘‘all-seeing 
sun”? as was attributed to Anaxagoras 
is represented, perhaps, by the paren- 
thetical refutation introduced by Xeno- 
phon in Mem. iv. 7.7. For a criticism 
of Anaxagoras which is more worthy 
of Socrates himself, see the one at- 
tributed to him in the Phaedo, 97 c— 
99 d. The capital objection there made 
to Anaxagoras is that he unfolds his 
dogmatic views duedjoas Tas ws ddnOds 


airlas Aéyev, and really makes much 


less use of vods than one would expect 
from his professions. 

21. ovrw : qualifying dzelpous below 
as well as xaradpove?s. —-ypappdrov : 
Ypduuara stand in the same relation to — 
pabjuara as litteraetodisciplinae. 

22. ovk ciSévar: od is used because 


Socrates wishes to suggest the i fo 


positive form of statement, ovrws dare 
ypaupdrwv eloly wore odk toace bre P- Be 










of Ko KA 


PLATO’S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 


27a 
KAalopeviov 


4 4 ~ 4 
yewel TOUT@Y TOV Oywr) Kal 57) Kat OL veo 


TavTa Tap €0v pavOdvovow, a e€ect eviore, eb-ardvw Tod- 
25 dod, Spaypns ex THs 6pxyoTpas Tpiapévors Ywxpdrovs Kara- 
yehav, €av TpooTonTar EavTov eivat, aANws TE Kal OvTwS 
aroma ovTa: add’ @ mpds Atos, ovtwai cor SoK@ ovdéva 


, \ > 4 : a 
vopite Oeov civac; “Od pévtor pa At’, odd érwot.ovr.” 


» , > 4 S / \ al , ¢€ A 

Amuoros y «lt, o MeAnre, kal TavTa JLEVTOL, WS €uot dokets, 
a > \ \ \ 5 A e Se ee stele: 5 > () A , 

OAvUT@. €Mou EV Y@2p OKEL OUTOOL, @ AV Pes A YVavol, TAVV 

> e \ \ > , \ > al \ X 

eivat uBpioTyns Kal aKkodacTos, Kal ATEXVOS THY ypapyYy 

, y \ ‘ > , \ , , 
TavTnv vBpe. TWL KQL aKohacta KQaL VEOTHTL ypabacbat. ) 


4 
| €OLKE Yap WOTTEP aiviypa 


ovvtOevte. duaTreipopevo a 66 "Apa 





, 2 , € \ a 5) A , \ 
YVoOEeTar WK PATS O woos Y €fOvu YapevT.lopevov Ka 


clauses after wore is not uncommon 
where it is indifferent whether the in- 
dicative or infinitive is used. 

* 23. Kal 8 Kal: and now you ex- 
pect people to believe that it is from 
me, etc. 2 

24. Gd... & Tis dpxqorpas mpta- 
pévois: this passage has been inter- 
preted by some scholars as referring 
to the philosophical utterances of some 

of the choral odes of tragedy (and the 

drachme then would be the price of a 
season-ticket to the theatre), but it is 
‘more naturally understood as meaning 
that Anaxagoras’s book Ilepi bicews 
was to be purchased not infrequently, 
very likely second-hand, for a moder- 
ate sum. It was not always in stock, 


and the prices may have varied. © 


Then the épx7orpa in mind, probably, 
was not the orchestra of the great 
theatre of Dionysus, but a part of the 


_ agora. (See Dorpfeld, Das griechische 


Theater, p. 8.) 


th 


25. For the use of ék, instead of 


26. GAAws Te kalkrh.: ‘ withouttak- 
ing even their singularity into account, 
the youths must know well enough 
that these are not my doctrines.”’ 

27. GAN o@ mpds Atés: cf. & mpds 
xtX. 25 c. Socrates does not complete 
his clause, being seemingly at a loss 
for asuitable epithet. — This marks the 
transition to asecond argument against 
the charge of atheism, and hence Me- 
letus is made to repeat the charge. 
Socrates has called attention to the 
absurdity of the charge viewed as a 
statement of fact. Now he considers 
it as a statement of opinion (obrwot cor 
doxS;), and urges that Meletus cannot 
really hold such an opinion because 
it conflicts with another of Meletus’s 
own views. 

29. dmurros ri. : alludes to od wel- 
Bowar 25 e. 

33. domep. . . cvvribévre : explains 
Sratrepwuéevy. 

34. codds 84: 5% marks irony. — 
Xapevrifonévov: for the participle in 
the genitive, cf. olouévwy 22 c. 


mas 


27 


FO. IITAATONOS AIOAOLIA SOKPATOYS 

© {? 27a 
35 EvavTt epaury NEYOUTOS, y eSamarioe avTov Kal Tovs ad- 

hous Tods dkovovras;” obtos yap éuol datverar Ta evar- 
tia héyew adTos Eavt@ Ev TH ypadhy, wowep ay ei EttoL 
°Adixet LoKparns Deods od vopilwv, adda Oeods vopilav.” 
KalTOL TOUTO EoTL TailovToS. 

XV. ouvemurneriarde oy, @ @ avOpes, 7) 7) [Low paiveran TAvTa. 
bers 0, 

> > ee , , , \ na. 
KaT apYas Vas TapYHTnoapny, pEeurvynoVE wor py OopuBetv, b 


>A > “ 3 4 / \ / ~ 
E€QV EV T@ elwOore T POT @ TOUS hovyous TOLMULGL. 


héyev: od 8 uty amoxpwat, @ Médnre- OmEp 


5 €oTw oats avOpémwv, ® Médnre, avOpareva pev vomilef,, » 
mpdypar eivat, avOpamovs 8 ov vopile ; — droxpwecbay > 
@ avopes, kat 7) adda Kat adda OopvBeirw: éof doris 

Y \ > / e ‘\ de 4 x > ‘\ \ f 

UTTOUS MEV OV VOMICEL, LTTLKA O€ TPAayyaTa; 7 avANTAs peEV ;\~ 

ov voile: elvar, abrdyTiKa O€ TPadywaTa; OVK EOTLY, @ apLoOTE 


10 


5 “ww 

avopov * 
\ la »” a , 

Kal TOLS GAAOLS TOUTOLCL. 


38. Ocovs od vopifev «rr. : Socrates 
here states the absurdity which he 
makes clear in the next following 
chapter. 

39. maifovros: the part of a man 
in jest, predicate genitive of character- 
istic. 

XV. Meletus acknowledges, and 
even charges, that I believe in divine 
things, —but in that case I must be- 
lieve in divine beings and gods. 

1. ratra: i.e. dduce? Zwxpdrns . 
Geods vouifwr. 

3. wapyTnocdpyv: in 17 ¢. 

4. rovs Adyous: the article here has 
nearly the force of a possessive. 

5. Here again Socrates employs the 
inductive method; but, while at 25 a 
the case was so clear that he was 
satisfied with a single example, here 


> A \ 4 ry , > \ \ , 
el pn ov Bovrtea amoxpivacba, eyo cot heya, 
> \ ~ 31k , 2 / 

ad\a TO ETL TOUTH Y aTOKpPLVAL: 


he uses three before he applies the 
principle to the case in hand. 

7. GAAa Kal GArAaxcrdr.: be always 
disturbing in one way or another. The 
accusative is after the analogy of 
ObpuvBov OopuBetv, i.e. cognate. — Here 
Meletus makes no answer. Cf. 254. 
The words in ¢ below, t26 rovrwyl dvay- 
kafouevos, Suggest that the court in- 
dicated its desire that Meletus should 
reply, — but this was informal, many 
of the judges shouting ‘‘ Answer,” 


’ rather than by a decision of the pre- 


siding magistrate. Of course, many 
‘¢ waits’? of one kind or another may 


have occurred during such an examina- 


tion as is here reported. 
9. apirre: cf. BédATicTe 24 €. 
‘11. +d él rotrw xr. : answer 
least the next question. i 






27 ad . 4 


PLATO’S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 71 


eo? doris Sada pev vowile. mpdypar ctva, Saipovas ¢ 
0 ov vopiler; “ OvK eat.” “Os aynoas dtu poyts atreKpive | 
vm0 TovTwvi avayKalopevos. (odKodv) daidvia pev dys pe 
15 Kal vopiley Kal dvaoKev, er ody Kawa Eire Ttadaa: 


5 > > , 4 . lal 
aX’ ovr Saypoved ye vopilw Kata Tov dv dyov, Kal TadTa 


\ Un 2 aA 3 A 
Kat Simpoow ev TH aVriypadyn. «i dé Saipdvia vopila, Kal 


daiwovas Sytrov ToNNy avayKn vowilew pé €otw: ovy OUTwS 
¥y ¥ 7 4 c lal 
exer; exer On- TiOnur ydp ce duodroyodrta, éreidi) ovK azr0- 
ET \ de 8 ri he. ee, 4 , ae , x 
20 KpiveL. TOUS O€. Oaimovas ovyt To Deovs y HyovpeOa 7 
an A / / > i” 
Geav maidas; pys 7 ov; “Idvu ye.”| OdKody et rep Saipovas 


¢€ lanl ¢ s / > \ 6 , - > e 8 , 
nyovpat, ws ov dys, eb pev Geot Twes Elow ol Oaimoves, 


m9. OK A a 3 vd ,  aey \ la 
TOUT av Ein O eyo pypl ce atvitrerOar Kat yaprevtilec Oar, 


16. kara tov odv Adyov: merely 
repeats ¢7s above. 

17. rq avtiypadq: in its stricter 
use, this means the written affidavit 
put in as a rejoinder by the accused ; 
rarely, as here, the accusation or the 
written affidavit of the accuser. 

19. ev: repeated by way of an- 
swering yes, after ovrws @xe. Simi- 
larly the simple verb is often repeated 
after a compound. Cf. Crito 44 d. 

20. rods Saipovas x«rr.: the defini- 
tion here given is consistent with Greek 
usage from Homer to Plato. In Homer 
eds and daluwy, applied to any divinity 
in particular or to divinity in general, 

are all but interchangeable terms. The 

stinction between them, if distinction 
is, suggests itself rather in the 
ives derived from them than in 

e two nouns themselves. Hesiod, 

ip. 108-125, calls the guardian spirits 

‘that watch over men daiuoves: to the 

‘rank of dafuoves he says those were 


a 


Re 












Geol, Satuoves, and ynpwes, and this same 
distinction is attributed to Thales. On 
this Plato based the fancy expressed 
in the Symposium (202 e): ma&v rd dai- 
povov perakd (intermediate) éort Oeod re 
kal OvnTod . . . Epunvedov kal diamropOuevov 
(interpreting and convoying) Oeots ra 
trap avOpérwv kal dvOpwros Ta Tapa Ged 
TO&v pev Tas Senoes Kal Ovolas, Tov dé Tas 
émirdées Te kal duoiBas (commands and 
rewards) r&v dvo.wv. 

21. dys W Ov: yes or no? —et wep 
Salpovas xrA.: a protasis with two 
subordinate alternative conditions, (1) 
el pev Beot elow of datuoves and (2) ei 
& av of daluoves OeGv maidés efor. The 
apodosis for the group is, Geods 7yotuar 
elvac. — *¢ If I believe in daluoves, I must 
believe in Geol, for Saluoves are either 
Geol or matdes Oedv.”” 

23. roir dv ein: to roiro 8 ce... 
xapievT iver dar is appended Pdvar, which 
explains it, and has the same subject. 
All this points back to @eods ob voulfwv 
GAA Geods voulfwv 27 a.—é: cognate 
accusative with alvirrer@a., 


bo 
or 


35 


12 ILAATONOS, ATIOAOTIA SOQKPATOYS 


ata 
Beovs ovx nyoupevov pavar Ene. Beovs au rhyetor Dau Tash. 


éreOnmep ye Saimovas nyddpar: ei 8 ad of Saipoves Deady - 
A 4 > / \ > A ih { ¥ ¥ a 
TaLoes ELoL v0Gou tives H ek vupdarv Alek Tier ano Ov 
57 Kat héyovrat,, Tis ay avOpdmov Jey pev maidas yee 
elvan, Beovs. Se a Gpolos yap dv dromov ein, oomep av 
el Tis immov pev tmatoas Hyotro [yn] Kal ova, Tods yHpi- 
/ y \ , AL oe A > > rat! 4 
dvous, Urmous S€ Kal Ovous m7 YyotTO civar. add’, o MeAyTE, 
OvK €OTLY OTWS OD [wate] ouxt seroma ae ees nay 
eypara THV ypapyy TAVTHV 7 amopav 6 TL eyna Ob gye Hot 
dn bes adiknua: omws S€/ov Twa) mEeiMors av Kal a purcpv 
voor €xovta avOpdtwv, os Tod avTod éorl Kal Saudva Kal 


a lal e “a A \ > lal > lal 4 5 , / ) \ 
ela HNYyELOVal, KAL AV TOV AVTOV MITE OAlLOVAaS [NTE Jeovs 


un? npwas, ovdepia pnxavy éorw. 


26. ov: equivalent to é ov, for 
‘‘when the antecedent stands before 
the relative, a preposition belonging to 
both usually appears only with the 
first.” 

27. 8h: you know. 

31. qpadv: i.e. Socrates and the 
judges. 

32. 4 dmopdv 6 Te xrX.: this no 
doubt was Socrates’s real view of the 
case of Meletus (cf. 28 d), whereas all 
that precedes is only to bring home to 
the court how foolish and self-contra- 
dictory the charge is. — éyxaAots: the 
optative represents Meletus’s original 
reflection ri éyxakO; The subjunctive 
might have been retained. 

33. dmws 8 cd xrd. : here Socrates 
closes his argument to the effect that 
it is a contradiction in terms to say 
of one and the same man (1) that he 
is an out-and-out atheist, and (2) that 
he believes ‘in daiudma. Whoever be- 
lieves in dayu6ma must believe also in 


28 


Geol. The second 708 a’rod must be re- 
garded as redundant. — érws means 
how or by which, with unxavy. 
XVI-XXII. A digression, on Soc- 
rates’s life. The key-note of chapters 
XVI-XX is, ‘‘ Injustice is worse than 
death.’’ This noteisstruck in 28b,29b, 
82ad,33a. Cf. Crito 48¢; uéyorov 
TOv Kax@v ruyxdver Ov 7d dduxety Gorg. 
469 b; and avrd per ydp 76 drobvioKew 
ovdels PoBetra, doris uh TavTdmaciw anrd- 
yiores Te Kal dvavdpos éoriv, 7d 8 dduxety 
poBeirac Gorg. 522 e. Socrates shows 


how his life has been ruled by this 
principle, and gives examples of his 








conduct in obedience to it. Chapte: 
XIX, XX, and part of XXI accot 
for his general abstention from pu 
affairs. Then he takes up once mor 
Meletus’s charge, that he is a cor 
rupter of youth, and expresses 7 


his prosecution. re 


ee 


, "nail APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 73 
274 . 
er XVI. ANNA wip; & avdpes ’APnvator, ws pev €y@ ovK aoL- 
K® Kata THY Medytov ypadyv, ov Todds por SoKee etvat 
, r LANG ¢ \ \ wn a \ \ 3 lal ¥ 
aTodoyias, AAG iKava Kal TaUTA: 6 O€ Kal €v Tos EuTpoobeEV 
aN af yi / > U4 A , a X , 
edeyov, oTt TOAAH pou amrexGera yeyove Kat mpds TodXods, 

6 evlaTE OTL GANGES EoTL. Kal TOUT eoTLY 6 eue aipyoe, edy TEP 
aipy, ov MéAnrTos 00d “Avutos, dAN 7 TOV TOANOY SiaBory 
TE Kal plovos. ay modXovs Kal adXovs Kal ay anTe avdpas 
mpIKEY, ona O€ Kal aipyoev* ovdév de dewvov py ev Ewol ary. Dd 

iaws 8° av ody eimou Tus: “ Bir” ovkK aioxwver, @ goupares, 

10 ToLovTOY ETLTNHOEUILA. ETLTNOEVT'AS, €€ ov KLvOuvEvELS VUVL aTtO- 
Bavety ;” éyod dé TovT@ av Sixaov Adyov avretrouut, OTL “OD 

lal , Ss » > ¥ “A v4 wad e V4 

Kahas eyes, & avOpwre, Et oie Sev Kivduvov brohoyiler bau 

t “ys La | f 


XVI. What has been said suffices as 
a reply to the charges of Meletus. If I 
am convicted, it will be because of the 
prejudice of the masses. Does any one 
say that I ought to be ashamed of having 
incurred this ill-will? No. For in a 
matter of duty a man ought not to 
take into consideration the chance of 
death. 

1. GAA yop xrd.: this marks a 
transition, —dismissing one topic in 
order to make room for the next. 

3. év rots tumpooev: viz. at 18 a, 
23 e. 

5. 6 Qué aipfoe, édv wep aipy: will 

_ be the condemnation of me, if condem- 
nation it is to be. aipety and aXicxer ar 
are technical terms of the law, as 

is the case with gevye and didKev. — 
ites’s feeling thatit is the prejudice 

: zinst him which will cause his con- 

ru viction, accounts for his giving more 

Zi to the explanation of this preju- 

pters III—X) than to the reply 

mal charges (chapters XI- 








7. 84: certainly. The allusion is 
to facts generally known and acknowl- 
edged, cf. 31 d.—-oddAots Kal GAAovs 
Kal dyo8ots: instead of cal &\Xovs rod- 
Aov’s kal adyabovs, The second xat is idio- 
matic, and joins roddov’s with a second 
adjective. Cf. modXol kai cool dvdpes. 

8. obSév Se Servov ph év enol ory : the 
rule is in no danger of stopping with 
me; **I shall not be the last.’? Cf. 
ovdev Sevdv uh poBnby Phaedo 84 b, we 
need not apprehend that the soul will 
have to fear. 

9. er’ obk aloytve. x7. : a Ques- 
tion of an imaginary interlocutor. 
eira indicates impatience. The per- 
versity of Socrates, in view of the fact 
just recited, seems unreasonable. 

11. dro8avetv : passive of droxrelvw. 
—éyo 8 xrd.: cf. Crito 48d for the 
same thought, and Xen. An. iii. 1. 43 
for its application to the risks of war. 

12. kivSuvov rod Liv 4 Tebvdvar: 
the question of life or death, danger to 
one’s life. For the use and omission 
of the article, cf. 23 e, 24 b. 


j 


20 


2 


/ 
7 
\ 


oF 


ow, bape f 
14 


_ tov Chv H teOvdavar aSnald OTOU 


TLAATONOS ATIOAOTIA SOKPATOY': 


' 98h 
rf Kal omuKpor opehds ETL, 


aA ovK €KELVO pLOvov OKOTELVY,/OTAV PATTY, TOTEpa Sikara 


or 


x» , te \ > nN» x aA 
Y aoLKa i ata KQL avdpos ayallov af tae 1 KQAKOUV. 


pavrou , + 


yap av TO BE a oo hoyw Elev TOV Hydewy o OOOL é€v Tp TETE- C 


heurpow, ol @ adXou Kal 6 Ts @€ridos v NOS OS TOWOUTOP . 


TOU KLWOUVOU Kateppovyce Tapa TO alo pov TL UITOMELV Abs ce) )} 


y > 3 on > e / > “ Ay , Y 
WOT €TELON ELTEV NY LYTHP avT@ TpoUVMovpEr@ ExKTopa 


SY A \ > e e , 
prose ee feds OVOEa, OVTWOL 


1° EVO OL - 6°0 wal 
nice WS EYW OLA TOL, 


El Tyeapiyrets Hlarponhy TO are TOV Povor, kal “Exro- 


pa dmoKTEvels, avTos a 
ieee "Extopa TOF wos ETOLMLOS* 


pev Pavarov Kal TOU KLVOUVOU 


on 


poe * teOvainv, dikynv emeis_ 


Seicas TO (nv Kakds Ov Kal Tots pido LY) Tuyteopety, ‘ Auriey 


AUTIKG 7p TOL, prt, 
6 O€ TAVTAa akovaas TOU 
Odryoonge, movv dé paddov 
d 


T@ dducoprrt, & Wa cy evade 


di 
poe Ah sige Tapa. ryvot kopaviow dx Bos dpovpys.’ 


i) aQuTov ole. PpovTicat Davdrov Kal KwSdvov ;” 


4 


suet, “VOX Coir (Linn | C Yaad 

14. ad’ od: i.e. and not rather. 

16. dv elev: “must have been,”’ or 
‘¢ must be considered.’? SCG. 437, 442. 
— Tov Hpléwv: i.e. TSv Hpwwv. Hesiod, 
Op. 158, calls the fourth race dvédpav 
hpawv Oelov yévos of Kxadéovrac| HulOeor 
xtTvX., and he counts among their 
number the heroes that laid siege to 
Thebes and Troy. 

17. 6 ris OériB0s tds: any appeal 
to the example of Achilles was always 
telling. The enthusiasm with which 
the Greeks regarded this hero was 
shown by countless works of art in 
which he appeared. 

20. Qcds odea: added in an unusual 
way, because the circumstance has 
unusual weight. The utterance of 
Thetis not only was prompted by the 
natural anxiety of a mother for her 


son, but also was inspired by the un- 
erring wisdom of a goddess. The pas- 
sage from Hom. = 70 ff. is quoted — 
rather loosely in part (obrwol rws). 

23. 6 8€ ratra dkotoas xTr.: at 
this point wore is forgotten. The long — 
speech and explanation given to Thetis 
makes this shift in the construction 
very natural. In fact, this clauseisas 
independent as if a codrdinate clause 
(with or without uév) had preceded it. — 
700 Savadrov : notice the exceptional use 
of the article. Cf. 28e, 29a, 820, — 
38c, 39 ab, Crito 52¢. For the art 
used as here, cf. 29a, 404, 41¢, it 
each instance as a weak demonstrative 

25. rd tfv: for the use of th 
article, cf. GMT. 800. — Kal rots pi 
explains kaxds wv. 


28. ph... 












KT\A.% R 


, oler: see on dX 





PLATO'S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 75 


286 
OUT@ yap éxet, oO avdpes "A@nvator, ™ aha Deng! ov ap TLS 
30 €avTov Ta€n, MMT apevos Béedorov elvau, n um apxovros 


taxOn, evtavba Set, ws enol Soxei, wévorro “eupSuvedew 


pnd vmodoyilopevor pyte Oavarov pyr adddo pndev pd 


? TOU. aloXpou. 





—7 XVII. ~ our Sewvd (dv inv cipyaopevos, o avdpes *AOn- 
vaiot, €l, OTE nee fE Ob apxovres ETATTOV, OUS upets etheo Oe 
apyeu JLOv, Kal ev Iloredaia Kal €v “Apuroder Kal emt Ani, 


XVII. At the risk of my life I obeyed 
the military. conmanders whom the 
Athenians set over me, and should I not 
obey God rather than man? Even now, 
if you should offer to release me on 
condition of my abandoning my wonted 
occupations, I would say that I must 
continue to obey God. 

1. Seva dv etyv xrd.: the protasis 
(limiting the apodosis Seva av efnv xr., 
I should have done a dreadful thing) 
includes various acts in the past which 
are looked upon from a supposed time 
in the future. It falls into two parts: 
one, marked off by wév, states (in the 


form of a supposition) well-known 


facts in the past; the ‘other, distin- 
guished by 6é, states asupposed future 
case in connection with certain present 
circumstances. The outrageous con- 
duct for Socrates would be with this 
combination of facts and convictions, 
after his past fidelity to human trusts, 
at some future time to desert his 
divinely appointed post of duty, —if 

ile then I stood firm I should now 
| my post. The repetition of pév 
respectively is for the sake of 
ss. Cf. 32d. This repetition 
ot be natural if the antecedent 
eceded its relative. — The main 









stress is laid upon the déclause. Cf. 
25 bd. 

2. érarrov: takes up rdégand tax 67 
above. — tpeis eitAerOe: the dixacral 
are taken as representatives of the 
5juos, — of which they were a sort of 
committee. The generals were elected 
by show of hands (xetporovia) by the 
éxkA\no.aoTal. 

3. év IloreSaig «rd. : Potidaea, a 
Corinthian colony on the peninsula 
Chalcidice, became a tributary ally of 
Athens without wholly abandoning its 
earlier connection with Corinth. Per- 
diccas, king of Macedonia, took ad- 
vantage of this divided allegiance to 
persuade the Potidaeans to revolt 
from Athens, which they did in 
432 n.c. The Potidaeans, with the 
reénforcements sent them by the Pel- 
oponnesians, were defeated by the 
Athenian force under Callias. For two 
whole years the town was invested by 
land and blockaded by sea, and finally 
made favorable terms with the be- 
leaguering force. In the engagement 
before Potidaea, Socrates is said to 
have saved Alcibiades’s life. Cf. Symp. 
219 e-220 e. Alcibiades says that 
Socrates ought to have had the prize 
which was given to himself. —The 


HWAATONOS ATLOAOLIA Se 

286 
Tore pev ob exetvou €rarrov euevov womep kal aos TUS; Kal 
exwvdvvevov amtofavetv, Tov dé Geov TatTOVTOS, ws eyo aHOnv 
Te Kal drehaBov, diiooopovvra pe detv Cyv Kal eCerdLovra 
€wavTov kal Tous addous, evtadla 5€ hoBynbeis 7} AOdvarov 7 7 
dewov Ta Ein, Kal 


ddAoGr10by. mparyywa Aizroupe ry ragw. 
ws adnfas Té7r apy pe Sikaiws eiodyou Tis els SuKacTYpLor, 


Y 5 , \ > > al A v4 ae \ 
OTL OV vouila Beovs ELV QL, atrevOa@v T?) MavTeLo KQL dSEdLws 
\ 


, 52 \ > ' > »” 
Oavarov KQL OLOLLEVOS aopos EWOQL OUK WY). 





TO yap To Oava- 
Tov deduevat, @ avopes, ovdev addo eotiv 7H SoKety coor evar 
A » . Py “A A iO 4 5 XN a b J 78 ; 76 A ‘A 
fy OvTa: OoKEly yap Eld€vat EoTiy a ovK oidEv. Olde eV yap 
> \ ‘ , +>Q> > a “ 5 4 v4 7 
ovdets TOV Oavarov ovd el Tuyxave. TO aVOpaTw TAaVTMV [E- 


29 


battle at Amphipolis took place in the 
year 422. The Athenians were de- 


feated, and their general, Cleon, per- 


ished in the rout, while Brasidas, the 
Spartan general, paid for victory with 
his life. — Delium was an inclosure 
and a temple sacred to Apollo near 


. Oropus, a border town sometimes held 


by the Athenians and sometimes by 
the Boeotians. The battle, which was 
a serious check to the power of Athens, 
resulted in the defeat and death of 
their general, Hippocrates. —éml An- 
Alo: for the gallantry of Socrates on 
the retreat, see Symp. 221 a.—In the 
Laches (181~b), the general who gives 
his name to that dialogue says that if 
the rest had been as brave as Socrates 
at Delium their city would not have 
been worsted. 

4. womep kaladdos tis: ‘like agood 
soldier, Socrates speaks modestly of 
his service.’? The repeated allusions 
which are scattered through Plato’s 
dialogues to the brave conduct of Soc- 
rates in these battles show that it was 
well known at Athens. 


5. rod Sé Oeod rierovrens i:e. now 
that my post is assigned me by the god, 
a circumstance of the supposition ed 
Niro, Which is repeated in évradéa. — 
ws éyo GHOnv tre kal bréhaBov: as I 
thought and understood, —perhaps with 
special reference to the oracle which 
was given to Chaerephon. 

6. Setv: depends on the force of 
saying implied in rdrrovros, and re- 
peats the notion of commanding. — 
explains ¢iA\ocogoibrra, 
Cf. ddcxetv kal drebety 1. 21, 

8. Alrroun Thy Tdév: so worded as 
to suggest Auroratlov ypady, a technical 
phrase of criminal law. Any one 
convicted of \vroratia suffered driula, 
i.e. forfeited his civil rights. 

10. dru od vopl{w xrd. : 
the charge in 24 b. 

11. otdpevos codds xrrd.: refers to 
chapters VI-VIII. — This explains the 
preceding clause, ded.as Odvarov,and both 
are subordinate to dre0dv rH wavrele 

13. ofS pev xrd.: cf. 37 b, 40. 

14. riv Odvarov o¥8 et: by 
lepsis for od5’ ef 6 Odvaros, { 


eEerafovra KTX. : 


refers to 








| 


PLATO'S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 


29¢ 


TT 


15 et ap dv TOV dyablon, dediact 8 as ed eidSdres Sr pe yorrop 
so GEIB EF al TOUTO TAS OUK apabia éotiv avrn n 

ya ed wT as7 1 Tov otecOan €idévar,d ovk cider; éyd 8, d 
dvSpes, TOUTH Kat “Gvravha t Lows) Suadépo TOV NohKeae av- 


ppowem, Kal él Oy TO Foparepos Tov /dainy civau, TOUT av, 
OTL OVK ELOds ikavas TeEpt TOY ev “AiSou, ovTw Kal otopan 


20 





— dabla. 


ovk eidévar> TO 8 adiKeiy Kal dweOeiv TS Bedrtion, Kal Jew 


Kal avOpdre, 6 OTL KAKOV Kal aloypov éoTL oida. Tpo ovv | 


TOV KAKOV OV ida OT Kaka éotiy,(a pr) o1da Ed ayaba. o ovra, 
Tuyxavel) ovdemore PoRyoopar ovde hevEouar. 

@OT OVO El ME Viv dpeEls Adiere, AviTw amoTHoarTes, ds ¢ 
¥ x A > ‘\ > PS) la) 5] \ PSs) , > A » 3 \ > A 
Eby 1) THY apxnv ov Setv Eve Sevpo eicehOetv 7, Ered? ELoHd- 


whether, i.e. whether death may not 
actually be. Thus he is as far as pos- 
sible from knowing that death is the 
greatest of ills. See on rod davdrov 28¢ 
for the use of the article. 

15. dv: here, as usual, inthe gender 

its predicate, uéyiorov trav ayabdv. 

16. rotro: not in the gender of 
This makes a smoother sen- 
tence than: atrn mas otk duabla éorly 
avurn 4 KT., Which was the alternative. 
—atry q émoveiSioros: limits duabla 
and recalls the whole statement made 
above, 21 b-23 e, — falling in.a sort 
of apposition. 

18 f. rotrw, rodTw av: repeated for 
the greater effect. Both represent the 


same point of superiority, i.e. dru xrr. & 


Notice* the cleverness of the ellipsis 
after av. 
too circumstantial praise of himself, as 
in 20 e. wor the ellipsis in the leading 
clause, cf. 7... dkwv25e. | 
19. 84: viz. as the oracle says. 
26. ovK elBas, ottTw: i.e. domep ovK 


Socrates thus evatles any - 





participial clause, and its forceis nearly 
so likewise. 
dmop&v ovrw kal Tos &ddous drropetv rod 
Meno 80 c. 

23. kaxav av: a notable instance 
of assimilation, for rovrwy a olda. 
Cf. cy e& of 8re KaxGv dvTwv 87 db. Kaka 
is related to jy as dyadd in the next 
line is related to &.— ola ei: see on 
Tov Odvarov |. 14. 

25. ot8€: not even. This implies a 
conclusion in the form ‘‘ would I ac- 
cept it,’? — but this appears in 1. 33, in 
changed form. —el adlere, el obv Adioure’ 
(34), elrrous’ Gv: the speaker adds the 
explanatory detail of ef wor efrorre and 
various reiterations of the conditions 
upon which this release may be granted, 
until the weaker clause e/ dgiovre comes 
of itself to his lips, — less of a merely 
logical condition than he began with, 
and presenting his acquittal as a mere 
possibility. 

26. od Setv, odx ofdv 7 efvar: in the 
original form this would be ov« é5e and 
obx olév7’ €or. —Sedpo: i.e. into court. 


Cf. mavrés paddXov ad’rds 


78 


> es > > \ is A te 
Dov, odx oldv T €ivar TO un aToKTELVAt pe 


ws, el Suadhev€oiuny, “ 


ge fr 
IIAATONOS AILOAOLIA SOKPATOYS wh " 


7 29e 
éyov TPOS Vas 


55 en e A ¢ Qa 3 5 , a 
Fis N av VERE NE os ETLTNOEVOVTES 


Foxparys Svodo KEL, TAVTES TAVTaTAT of SiapDapricovrat,” or 


~~ 30 €¢ pou mpos Tavra eimoure: “*O Sdxpares, vov wev AvUT@ ov 


wera Suelo, ar’ adiewev oe, ert TOUT® pevtou ep Ore wnKere 
ev TavTy ™ cnTyoret Siar piBew pede purocopeiv: €av 0 ad@s — 


ETL TOUTO TPaTTwv, ato0avet: 


> / yy Se ME. L ee 9 (44 
TOLS APLOLTE, emote QV UjLLY OTL 


Le 
ei ovV Me, OTFEp €lrov, emt TOU- 


"Eyo vas, avdpes “APnvaton 


5 dormaLowar Hey Kal Pine argos de ceghenc T@ Jew H Dptv, 


Kat ewormrep av EuTVEew Kat ut alg I$ T @, Ov a TAVTWMLAL ore 


Pepin Kal UptD TapaxeNevoperds TE Kal evOetKvipevos. 6 oT@ 


av del) €vTvyy avo UpLOD, héyov oliéarep ciao, 6 ort ‘°O. adpiore 


avopov, AOnvatos wv, Tédews THS meyloTys kal evOoKLLwTa- 


TNS Els TOdiay Kal LaYXVY, KPNMATwV LEV OVK alayUVEL ETLLE 


ovpevos (Omws Go eoTar ws mAEtaTA) Kal SdENs Kal TYLNs, 
, \ A 3 , \ A aA 9 ¢ 4 
hpovicews 5€ kat ddyOeias kai THs Wux7s (OTws ws BeATiorTn 


used as the passive of 
elodyw 244d. Cf. gvyom. 19 ¢.— 
Anytus argues: ‘‘If Socrates had not 
been prosecuted, his evil communica- 
tions might have been ignored; once 
in court, his case allows but one ver- 
dict. To acquit him would be to sanc- 
tion all his heresies.’’ 

28. el Stadevgoipny : future optative 
in indirect discourse. —av S.ap0aph- 
covrat : a shift of construction, — when 
he said d&y, the speaker expected to 
use the optative, but changed to the 
future. SCG. 432. 


— ele civ : 


31. éh’ ore: for construction with | 


infinitive, see GMT. 610; H. 999 a. 
33. odv: resumes after adigression. 
35. meloopar: cf. 6 dé Ilérpos kat 


*Iwdvyns dmroxpibévres elrov mpds abrovs: , . 
el Sixawv éoriw évdrov (in the sight) - 


Tod Oeod, tudy axovery waddov 7 TOD Geod 
kplvare Acts iv. 19, reBapxety (obey) 
det Oe paddov } dvOpwHmros ib. v. 29. 
Also Soph. Ant. 450 ff. 

36. od ph watcewpar: for od uh with 
the subjunctive in strong denials, see 
GMT. 295; H. 1032. Cf. 28 b. 

39. mwéXews: is in apposition with 
*A@nvdv, which is implied in ’A@nvaios. 
Cf. rovodvros in agreement with pov 
implied in éuyjv 22 a. 

40. xpnpdrev pev x«rd.: here, 
again, the wéy-clause is subordinate in 
thought. Cf. 25bd. The point is not 
,that care for property and stre of 
"body is shameful, but that to neglect 


“the soul while one cares for these * 


a disgrace. —. 5 “? 


; 






Ws. heer fee. - rhe, ete as if oa 





45 


50 


' BB 


. PLATO’S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 79 


30 b : 
du 

e€oTar) ovK empedet odd€ pporriles;’ kal edy rus bpav appio~ 

Bary Kat pp emipeheio Oar, odk ebOds ddyow avrdv ob8' deur, 

iAAN. 3 ad > eae: ‘\ > 4 \ 3 7 \ 27. 

ahh epyooma avrov Kal eferdow Kal ehéyéw, Kal édv prow 

\ 5 na A fa > , Bt hd > > § A Y \ , 

pn OoKy KextTnoOa aperyv, davai 8’, dveidid ri TA TAELOTOU 

¥ ‘\ IN 7 a) ‘\ \ lA \ 4 

afia mept €Xayiorov Toveirar, Ta Se pavddorepa tept meto- 


A \ , \ 
vos. TavTa Kal vewTEpm Kal mpeaBuTépy, Tw av evtvyydvea, 


, \ / \ > “ A \ A 5) A Y 
TOLNOW, KAL Eév@ Kal AOT@, p~addXov O€ Tots ATTOLS,,007@ Ov: 


EVYUTEPW EOTE YEVELg TATA yap KEerEvEL 6 Oeds, Ed i t 
yyutép EVEL LE yap Kedever 0 Beds, ed tore, Kat 
by | 7 ) , cont A b) \ , j 3 lal , 
EYO oLopar ovoev TH UuLY peilov ayaboy yevécBa ev TH wdrEL 
x \ 5 \ A A ~ e , Oe \ ¥ , 
n THY Eunv TH Vew viTnpEeviav. ovdEev yap ado TpaTTwY 
b] \ , x lal > 
eyo TEpiepxopat 7 TeMwv Var Kal vewrépous kal mpeoBu- 
TEPOUS PATE TapaTwv eripeeto Oa wATE KpNudtar mpdrepov 
> y / e “A A 
pnd ovrw ofddpa ws THs Wyis, bras os dpiorn eorat, 
, b] , Y A 
heywr ‘OvK €k Xpynudrwy apern yiyvera, add’ é& aperns 


from the participial construction. Cf. 
21e. 

45. épfhoopar, éferdow,  édéykw: 
these words represent the process by 
which Socrates disconcerted his fel- 
low-countrymen. Beginning with a 
harmless question or two, his method 
soon proved uncomfortably scrutiniz- 
ing (éerdow), and generally ended by 
convicting (édhéyéw) of ignorance. 

46. ddvar S€: while he claims it. 

49. dow... terre: Socrates insen- 
sibly returns in thought to his hearers, 
in whom he sees embodied the whole 
people of Athens. The correlative of 
dow readily suggests itself with ua@dov. 

50. Kedever d Oeds: cf. rod 5é Oeod rar- 
tovros 1. 5,28 e. In the earlier chapters 
Socrates seems to speak of his service 
of God as a quest in proof of the oracle 


(28 b), but here it is rather a reference 


to his vocation in general, as a teacher 


_ and-admonisher of what is right. 


_ ‘A 
5 Oakes eee 
- as: 

wg Me 


4 
._ <e 


is 
a. 


ieee 


2 


52. r@ 0G: dative of interest with 
the verbal idea in brnpeciav. Cf. rhv 
Tov Geod do. dyiv in a below, and ra 
beTéwpa ppovticrys 18 b. 

54. mpérepov: sc. 4% Ths wWuxfs, 
which has to be supplied out of ws ris 


30 


b 


yux7js, and which is governed by ém- - 


MeNeEto Oat. 

55. pndé: is not a third specifica- 
tion with wyre... pyre. It serves only 
to connect ovtw opbdpa with mpébrepor, 
and is negative only because the whole 
idea is negative. 

56. é€ dperiis xphpara: the founda- 
tion of real prosperity is laid in the 
character; the best of windfalls is 
natural good sense sharpened by expe- 
rience; this is the making of your 
successful man’s character, and the 
mending of his fortunes; this is dper7 
(skill in the art of right living), i.e. 
wisdom (co¢ia). Such in substance is 
Socrates’s theory of getting on in the 


60 


/ 


80 HWAATONOS AITOAOTIA SOKPATOYS 


30 b 

4 ‘\ \ »” td ‘\ Aa > 4 7 ‘\ 

Xpypata kal Ta adda ayala tots avOparos atavta Kal 

idia Kal O ia. €l pev ovv TadTa éywr Siadpbelpw Tov 

idia Kal Onpmogia. pev ov y apUeipw Tous 

~ 3 , 4 7 » 

véous, TadT av ein BaBepa.: \eh9e tis we dnow ahda heyew 
lal ¥ > “A 

i radra, ovdev héyer. whos Tavta,” dainy av, “d APnvaior, 

x / > / x / Oa Se / x \ > , c 3 lal 

n TeDerbe “AviT@ 7H py, Kal } adiere H 1 adieTe, WS Euod 

OvK av ToLATavTos aANa, OVD’ ei weAAW TOAAGKLS TEOVAVAaL.” 

XVIII. pu) OopuBetre, avdpes “APnvator, add’ eupetva- 

lanl ~ e xX 
TE pow ols edenOnv vuav, py OopBelv ef’ ois av héya, 
tNA? > , 2 \ , #5 - pepe Ss ed @ > , 
ahd’ akovev: Kal yap, ws e€yw oiwat, dvycecHe akovorTes. 
, \ > ¥ con wey mee Wei ee: 

PéANw yap ovv atta vty epew Kat adda, Ep ols tows 
, + \ A A A 5 \ ¥ 38 

Bojnoecbe: adda pndapas Toveire ToUTO. ev yap lore, eav 


> wa / A ” ® 3 \ id > 3 \ , 
EME ATOKTELVYTE 4 LOUTOV OVTA OLoV eyw héyw, OVK ELE pelea y 
= Fe OT ye 


ve 


world which may be. gathered from 
Xenophon’s Memorabilia in many 
places. 

57. rots dvOparois: construed with 
ylyverat. 

58. el peév odv xrd.: ‘If this cor- 
rupts the youth, I am guilty of the 
charge against me. But the truth can- 
not corrupt them, therefore my speak- 
ing it can do no harm, and I am not 
guilty as charged.”’ 

61. ds éyod xrd.: assured that I 
should never alter my ways. 

62. reOvdvar: the absolute contra- 
dictory of ¢jv, here used rather than 
the somewhat less emphatic dzo@v7- 
oxev, — a thousand times a dead man. 
This distinction, however, is not 
strictly maintained. Cf. 39 e, Crito 
43d; and reOvdvar 5¢ wupidxis Kpetrrov 
7 Kodakela Te movfoa Piilrrov Dem. 
ix. 65. 

XVIII. You, gentlemen, shouldlisten 
quietly, —for it is to your advantage to 
listen. I am making my defense not in 
my own behalf, but for the sake of the 


city, that you may not make the great 
mistake of putting to death one whom 
God has given to be your benefactor. 
i clearly have been under divine influ- 
ence, for otherwise I should not have 
neglected that for which most men care, 
and devoted my life to the persuasion of 
men to care for virtue. 

2. ols eeHOnv: cf. 17d, 20. This 
is explained by uh OopuBety. 

3 ff. Kal ydp, péAAw yap, eb yap lore: 
the first ydp is closely connected with 
dxovey, the second goes back to the 
leading clause uy OopvBetvy and accounts 
for the renewal of a request which the 
speaker has made three times already. 
The third ydp, now, is explanatory 
rather than causal, and merely points 
the new statement for which Socrates 
has been preparing the court. ydp with 
this force is especially frequent after 6 
5é (7d 52) ueyeorov, Sevdrarov, also after 
and other 


onuetov dé, Texunpiv dé, 


favorite idioms of like import in Plato 


and the orators. y 
6. ofov: sc. éue efvac. 


( 


~ 





10 


15 


20 


_ PLATO’S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 81 
80e 


Brcabere 7 Ups QUTOUS* EME per we ovdev ay Bréspever ouTeE 
Mednros our Avutos: ovde oP av dvvaivTo: ov yap ovopau 


Capron elvat caput prope UTO ss eg Bramrec Oau._ aTro- 


KTEivELe MEVTAV Laws 7 E€eAdoELEY 7 aTYLWGELEY: AAG TadTA 
a \ ¥ » >, We “4 , , 3 \ 
OUTOS MEV LOWS OLETAL Kal adAOs Tis TOU peyaha KaKa, Eya 
S > + > \ \ a A a @ \ A 
ovK olopat, aAAa@ woAV padXov ToLEty a OVTOS VUVL TroLEl, 
» > , 3 ~ > , 
avopa adikws emiyeipety aTroKTevivar. Q; 
a > + avo "AGO a NOV O€w EVO UTED € A 
vuv ovv, w avopes AOnvatot, ToAXOU O€w Eyw UTEP EMaUTOU 
> A 4 x »” > tne’ | \ ¢ A / > 
atohoyeto Oat, ws Tis av oLoLTO, GAN’ Dep Bwov, pH Tu e€ar 
paprire wep oy Tov Deov Sdoww viv ewov Kar an pis a never, 
€av yap ef amonreton te, ov pydios adXov 7, eer cUPHO ETE, 
aTEXVOS, el Kal eerepor ELTTELY, dedi a 7H TONEL . 
[vd tod Oeov|, Womep ira peydho pev Kal Ee ta v7 
peyous 5€ vabeatépo Kal Seoudias eyeiper Oar Ud ptwrds 
a , ne ey ee. in IS, if 
Twos: olov dy jror Sokel 6 Oeds Ewe TH TOAEL THOTT EKEevat, 


close scrutiny of the simile shows that 
Socrates mistrusted the sovereign peo- 
ple. See below (21) for the same idea 
put actively. 


7. obre MeAntos «ri. : this is more 
courteous than to continue the use of 
the second person. 


10. dripdceev: civil drwla in- 


volved the forfeiture of some or of all 
the rights of citizenship. In the latter 
case the driwos was looked upon by the 
state as dead, i.e. he had suffered 
‘¢ civil death,’’ and his property, hav- 
ing no recognized owner, might be 
confiscated. 

16. rv tod Gcotd Séow: explained 
in 31 a.—dpiv: with the verbal idea 
in ddow. Cf. 30 a. — karapyndiodpevor: 
by condemning Me. Coincident in time 
with the princi l verb. Cf. Phaedo 
60c. GMT. 150. : 

18. et kar wihoudivipe? elretv: ‘‘if I 
may use such a ludicrous figure of 
speech.’” This is thrown in to prepare 
his hearers for the humorous treatment 
of a serious subject which follows. A 


20. bird ptwos: the situation is 
met humorously (yedodbrepov). First 
the Athenians are compared to a horse 
bothered out of-inaction by a buzzing 
horse-fly.. The metaphor of the horse 
is not pressed, but that of the piwy 
is ingeniously elaborated: ‘* Socrates 
gives them no rest but teases them all 
day long (rpockadigwv), and does not al- 
low them even a nap; he bothers them 
incessantly when they are drowsing (oi 
vuordfovres). Then they make an im- 
patient slap (xpodcavres) at him which 
deprives them forever of his com- 
pany.’’ 

21. ofov 5% pou xrd.: lit. in which 
capacity God seems to me to have fas- 
tened me upon the state, — such a one 


. 


25 


S30 
_ he dedd0a, VOGS av Karavojnoate: ov yap avbpwTive 





35 


82 HMAATONOS ATIOAOTIA SOKPATOYS 


ov 
TOLOUTOV TL 6s upas eyanpeer, Kal melOwv Kat dvedilwy € eva 


EkagTov ovdev Tavouat THV Nuepav Ohnv TavTaxov Tpoc- 
/ la > »” > ¢e / c A 4 S 

Kailwv. Tovodtos ovv ahdos ov padiws duty YUN T eas G 
avOpes, adr’ €av ép.ot meno Ge, petoer OE pow: ues d tows 
Tay’ av axVopevor, woTEp ol vueTacorTeEs eyeipepcrar Kpov- 
cavTes av pe, mevOduevor “Avit@, padiws av amoxTeivaire, 
> Q Q , , a > ¥ > , 
eira Tov Nowrov Biov KabeddSovtes SuaTedotr av, Eb pH TWA 
» ¢€ \ [ae 3 , / ¢€ a 
adXov 6 Oeds bpty emuréupere KNOOpEvos Bpav. 

or. 8 éya Tvyydvw @v ToLOvTOS, Olos Vrd TOU Deov TH TO- 


¥ \ 57S A \ 2 a SS 4 > , \ 
€ouKe TO EU“E TOV eV E“avTOV aTavTwVv HuEehynKevar Kal 
avexerOat TOV oikeiwy apedovpevey ToradtTa non ETN, TO 
yY 
S wperepov mparrev adel, idia ExdotT@ TpociovTa woTeEp 
_ ee 2 XN 4 4 > A 3 

matépa » adehpov peo Bvrepor, TeiMovta émipedeioOar ape 
TNS. 

lal > y¥ nw 
LapBavwv tavtTa tapeKedevouyp, €eixovy av Twa oyov: voV 


es 29 , pens , Wee \ \ 
KQL €b MEVTOL TL ATO TOVUTWV amréNavov KQL po ov 


§ eR. 87; \ 3 a ¢€ - ‘ 5 , > 

OpaTe 07 Kal avTOL, OTL OL KaTYYyOpOL, TAAAa TavTa avat- 
7 la a e 

TXVVTWS OUTW KATNYOPOUITES, TOUTO YY OVX oloi T eyEevOVTO 


(in fact) as never ceases, etc., a repe- 33. dpeNoupévev : for the participle, 


tition of mpockeluevov [bd Tod Oeod]. 
Avoid the awkwardness of too literal 
translation. Notice that ofoy really re- 
fers not tothe piwy simply, but to it 
as engaged in enlivening the horse. 
powy also means spur, and in part of 
the passage this meaning seems to be 
in mind. 

26 f. av, av, av: for the repetition, 


cf. 17 d, 41 a. —éyewpopevor: i.e. éav 
évyelpwvrat. 
30. olos Se8da00ar: for the construc- 


tion, cf. Crito 46 b. 

. 31. yap: introduces the explana- 
tion of id Tod deod, 1. 30. It needs no 
translation. 


cf, 23 c, 22 c. 

35. weiBovra: to persuade him. 

37. elxov av xrd.: then at least I 
should havesomereason. Cf. av0pwrlvy 
Zoxe 1. 81. It was not according to 
human nature that he should devote 
himself to others, neglecting his own 
affairs, particularly as he was not paid 
for it; so such a man must have been 
under divine influence. — Probably 
many Athenians thought that Socrates 
neglected his work because he was 
lazy, and that he delighted in showing 
men that they knew nothing simply be- 


31 


cause-of his mischievous, spiteful spirit. 


39. karnyopotvres: concessive. — 


40 


PLATO’S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 


~ re , ~ 
3le¢ 7 “mye 70 Chil phe Ww 


83 


ATAVALTXUYTHT AL, TAPATKOMEVOL LAPTUPA, WS eyo TOTE TiVa C 
= ed > 
H empagapny piobor 7 yTnTa. ikavov ydp, cipal, eyo Tape 


Youar TOY mapTupa, ws adnOn éyw, THY Tevia 


2 > > 4 
XIX. tows av ody dd€eev aromov eivar dt 87 eyo dia 
pev TavTa ovpBovrevw TEpuay Kal ToUTpAyLOVa, Snpoota 
- AEE nA 3 , > X a tral SAEs 
& ov ToApO avaBatver els fd TAOS 7d bpérepov) cup Bov- 
Aeverv TH TOdEL. TovTOV SO aiTidy e€oTW 6 pets Euovd TOA- 
AaKus axnkdate toddaxov éyovTos, 6Tt pou Oeidv Tu Kat 


40. dravaicyuvrijcat x«rd.: the 
leading idea is in the participle, not in 
the infinitive. Cf. 28 b,29 d, Crito 53 c. 

42. rov pdprupa: i.e. mapéxouae 
pdprupa kal 6 udprus Ov mapéxouae ixavos 
éotiv.. Cf. 20 e. No special witness 
is needed on this point. —ixavdy is 
used predicatively, and the necessity 
of the article is obvious. — aeviav: 
see on 23 b. 

XIX. Why have I not served the 
city in public life? Why have I been so 
ready to offer advice in private, and yet 
never have addressed the assembly of 
the people? My inward monitor, my 
daemonion, has checked me,—and 
wisely; for I should not have been long- 
lived if I had entered public life and 
opposed the unjust desires of the people. 

1. tcws dv odv Sdgevev xrd.: that 
Socrates did not regard abstention 
from the public service as in itself 
commendable, is proved by his con- 
versation with Charmides (Xen. Mem. 
ili. 7), d&tdNoyor ev dvdpa bvra, éxvodvra 
dé mpoorévac TH Shuy (to address the 
people) kal rv THs modews rpayudtwy émi- 
peretobar. He pointedly asks Charmi- 
des: ef 5¢ Tis, Suvards Oy TOv THs Toews 


mMpayuatwrv émiuedduevos THv Te modu 


avéew (advance the common weal) kal 


avros dia Totro TiuadoOar, dxvoln 56h TodTo 
mparrev, odk ay eikdTws Sethds voulforo; 
See also ib. i. 6.15. — For Socrates’s 
small experience in public life, cf. 
32 b, Gorgias 478 fin. 

2. mwodvrpaypove: am a busybody. 
Cf. weptepydgerac 19 b, ra éuod wpdrrov- 
tos 33 a. Nothing short of a divine 
mission could justify this. Plato in- 
variably uses the word in an unfavor- 
ablesense. Cf. dvdpds pidocddou Ta abrod 
mpdéavTos Kal ob} mo\uTpaypmovyicavros év 
T@ Blw Gorg. 526 c. There is a subtle 
irony in woA\vrpaypuov® as here used by 
Socrates. It was his business to mind 
other people’s business, therefore he 
was far from being really rod\umpdyyuwr. 
Cf. Xen. Mem. iii. 11. 16, cai 6 Zwxpd- 
Ths émuskaortwv (making fun of) rhv 
avrod dmpayuoctrvny (abstention from 
business), ‘‘’ ANN’, @ Ocoddrn,”’ pn, $¢ od 
mavy por pddidy éote sxordoa (be at 
leisure): kal yap téia mpdyyara moda 
kal Snudoia mapéxer mor doxorlay (keep 
me busy).’’ Cf. 38 ab. 

3. dvaBatvev: as in 17 d the prepo- 
sition refers to ascending the tribune, 
—although at this time the assembly 
regularly met on the Pnyx hill, and 
doubtless men spoke of going up to its 
meetings. 


10. 


84 HMAATONOS AITOAOTIA SOKPATOYS ~~ 


31d 
Satpoviov yiyverar, | pwvy |, 6 on kal €v TH ypabn ETLKW [LO 


dav Meéhntos eypawaro: epot dé TovTO éaTw | ék TaL00s 
apiduevor ‘pwvy TL yeyvopern,  OTaY yeviyra del arro- 
Tpenet pe TOUTO O av pedre a paar, mpoTpéme, © ovmore: 


\ 
TOUTO €OTLW 0 pot EVAVTLOUTAL Ta ToONLTLKa TPSTTED, KQL 


| tA 


15 


20 


TayKahws yé wot Soxet evavtiovaba: ed yap tore, @ avdpes 

> -<3 \ , > , / \ ‘\ 

"AOnvator, et €yad [wddou| ereyxeipnoa mpdrrew Ta ToduTiKa 
/ / x > , ‘N y 3 x ¢ “A > / 

Tpaynata, Tahal av amToAwAn feat ovT av vas wpednKy 

> \ ¥ 3 x > ld \ ¥ , > 

ovdey ovT av E“avTov. Kal por py ayecOe éeyovT. Ta- 


dnO7 - 


¥ > ¥ / > \ / > 4 \ 
ovT adrdw TAYVOeL oddevi|yrnoiws evavtiovpevos(Kat Siakw- 


b) \ ¥ 4 > Pane , 4Q> © A 
ov yap €oTw ogtis avOparav cwOyncerar ov dyiv 


Avwv Toda adiKa Kal Tapdvoua ev TH TOE yiyver Oat, 
GN’ advayKaidv €ott TOY T@ OVTL paxovpevov Urép TOD Si- 
s + ue , 2\ 7 , , 2 , 
Katov, Kat eb pedder dALyov xpdvoy cwOycerOar, idiwrevew, 

GNNG 447) Onjlogvevew. 
/ XX. peyara o yoy Up ‘Texprjpua TropeE op Tova 
ov Adyous, GAN’ 6 Bets TYLaTE, Epya. akovoare dy pov Ta 


6. Saipdviov: perhaps sc. onpelor. 
Cf. 7d dayudvov onueiov Rep. 476 c, re- 
ferring to this inward monitor.— ém- 
kopodav: a reminder of the remark 
that Meletus was not in earnest. 


8. devi: in apposition with totro. 


9. rotro: object of mpdrrew. 

13. droAdAn: Plato used the old 
Attic forms of the pluperfect. Cf. 
wpedjxn and 7. 

15 f. od, ove, «rd. : a remarkable 
sequence of negatives. — This thought 
is resumed in 32 e. 

16. StaxwAdwv: conative. 

19. xai et: introduces an extreme 
form of supposition, implying that 
even then the conclusion is unassail- 
able; ef xal (cf. 30 e) introduces a 
condition which implies that in that 


case, as in many others, the conclusion 
remains. 
20. GAAa pH: and not. The Eng- 
lish idiom avoids the Greek abruptness. 
XX. Facts substantiate my last as- 
sertion. I opposed the democracy once, 


~ 
- | 


d 


32 


and the oligarchy on another occasion, — 


—and on both occasions had right on 
my side, as all now agree, —and yet I 
nearly lost my life on each occasion. — 

1. rotrwv: i.e. the assertion that for 
him persistence in public life would 
have meant early death or exile; see 
the beginning of the next chapter. 
Socrates desires also to make clear 
the manner of his public services. 

2. tpets: i.e. the hearers, as repre- 
senting the Athenians in general. 


Here appears what amounts to the - 


PLATO’S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 


weg Ss 


ay pee 
€wol oupBeBnnora, t iva €lonre OTL| OVO av eEvt Vneued one 


Tapa TO Sikavoy Seioas Odvarov, ta Ureikwov 8 ap’ av. 


amodoipny. ép® dS div dhoptika pev Kat Sukavikd, ahnOn 


dé. eyo ydp, & “APnvaio, a\dAnv perv apxiy oddeulay mé- 


mot Hpga ev TH TOE, EBovAevoa SE: Kal ervyey Huav 7 


aR ‘ 4 F 99 e al \ “4 
_gdvdy Avtioxis mputavevovoa, of tyets Tods déka OTPary- 


common rhetorical réros of rehearsing 
@ man’s services, in his own defense. 
Cf. 28 e. . 

3. 08 Gv évl: more emphatic than 
ovdevi dv. 

7. éBotrevoa: before the senate of 
500 came, in the first instance, the 
questions to be dealt with by the éx- 
kAnola (assembly). A preliminary de- 
cree (1 poBov\evwa) from this senate was 
the regular form in which matters came 
before the assembly, i.e. the senate 
had the initiative ; but the assembly 
at times evaded this by directing the 
senate to bring in a measure to a cer- 
tain end. —érvxev. . . mpvtavetovca : 
the fifty representatives in the senate 
of each of the ten tribes (each @vA7 tak- 
ing its turn in an order yearly deter- 
mined by lot) had the general charge 
of the business of the senate, and 
directed the meetings both of the 
senate and of the popular assembly, 
for 35 or 36 days, i.e. one tenth of the 
lunar year of 354 days, or in leap- 
years for 38 or 39 days. Of this board 
of fifty (whose members were called 
_ mpvrdves during its term of office) one 
Member was chosen every day by lot 
as émicrdrys, or president. The ém- 
ordrns held the keys of the public 
treasury and of the public repository 
of records, also the seal of the com- 
monwealth, and, further, presided at 


”% 


the meetings of the senate and of the 
assembly. In Socrates’s time, the 
pur) mputavevovoa, and the émordrns 
of the day, had the responsibility of 
putting to the vote (érwy¢igev) any 
question that arose, or of refusing to 
allow a vote. According to Xenophon, 
Socrates was the érisrdrns on the oc- 
casion in question. He was of the 
Sjuos ’AXwrrexh, in the pudA}y ’Avrioyls. 
Notice the addition of ’Avriyxls here 
without the article, and as an after-— 
thought ; 7udv 7 dvdAW would have been 
sufficient, though less circumstantial. 

8. 60° tpets x7rrX.: ie. after the 
Athenian success off the Arginusae 
islands, in 406 B.c. This battle is also 
spoken of as 7% repli AéoBov vavuaxia, 
Xen. Hell. ii. 8. 32-35. The victorious 
generals were-promptly prosecuted for 
remissness in the performance of their 
duty. Accused of having shown crim- 
inal neglect in failing to gather up the 
dead and save those who, at the end 
of the engagement, were floating about 
on wrecks, they pleaded ‘‘ not guilty.’ 
The ships and men detailed for this 
duty had been hindered, they said, by 
stress of weather. The main fleet went 
in pursuit of the worsted enemy. The 
details of the case for and against them 
cannot satisfactorily be made out, 
though the reasons are many and 
strong for thinking them innocent. 


10 


—<- 


86 WAATONOS ATIOAOTIA SOKPATOYS 


32 b 


yous TOUS OVK aVEAOMEVOUS TOUS EK THS vavpaxias EBovdrcobe 


abpoous Kpive, Tapavopas, ws ev TO VaTEPHY XpOVH TACLY 


c a ¥ Y a Ie \ 4 “~ 4 > 4 \ 
UpPLLV edo€e. TOT eyw Jhovos TWYV T PUT AVEWV nvavT.aOnv - dev 


~ ‘\ ‘\ 4 be / > 4 \je 4 
TOLELY Tapa TOUS Vomous | Kal EvavTia ebydiodpnp |, Kal(€Eroi- 


The illegality of the procedure by 
which they were condemned is un- 
doubted. The condemnation was dvé- 
pws (1) because judgment was passed 
upon them dépéous, i.e. mid WHdw drapv- 
Tras, —this was irregular, since not only 
the general practice at Athens, but 
the decree of Cannonus (7d Kavyw- 
vod Whpwpwa) provided dixa (apart) 
éxaorov kplivev, — (2) because they had 
not reasonable time allowed them for 
preparing and presenting their defense, 
cf. Bpaxéa &xacros dmeoyhoaro, ov yap 
mpovTébyn oplor Adyos Kata Tov vdbyov 
Xen. Hell. i. 7. 5, and (8) because the 
popular assembly in strictness was 
not a court and had no right to con- 
demn to death. See Xen. Hell. i. 
6. 33 ff. and 7; Mem. i. 1. 18; iv. 4. 2. 
Xenophon says that the Athenians 
soon repented of their rash and illegal 
action: kal ob mé\\w xpbvy vorepor 
peréwere Tots AOnvalos cal éyndicavro, 
olrives Tov Shuov e&nradtrnoav (deceived) 
mpoBodas a’rav elvar (their case was 
thus prejudiced by an informal vote 
of the assembly) kal éyyunrds xara- 
oThoat, ws av xpiOdow Hell. i. 7. 35. 
The fate of these generals was remem- 
bered thirty years afterward by the 
Athenian admiral Chabrias. He won 
a great victory off Naxos (B.c. 376), 
but neglected the pursuit of the enemy, 
in order to save the men on the wrecks 
and bury the dead. — rots Séxa orpa- 
mynyots: the round number of all the 
generals is given here. One of the 


ten, Archestratus, died at Mytilene, 
where Conon, another of them, was 
still blockaded when the battle was 
fought. Of the remaining eight who 
were in the battle, two, Protomachus 
and Aristogenes, flatly refused to obey 
the summons to return to Athens. 
Thus only six reached Athens, and 
these, Pericles, Lysias, Diomedon, 
Erasinides, Aristocrates, and Thras 
syllus, were put to death. 

9. rods ék Tis vavpaxias : not only 
the dead but those who were floating 
about in danger of their lives. Cf. 
Xen. Hell. i. 7. 11, wapHdOe 5é ris els 
Thy éxxrAnolav pdokxwy érl revxous aXdirwv 
(on a meal-barrel) cwOfvac: érirréd\dew 


(enjoined upon) 5 air@ rods drodupévous - 


(those who were drowning), éav owO7 
dmrayyethat TO Shuw, re oi orparnyol obK 
dvelhovto (rescued) rovs dplorous wrép 
Ths mwarplios yevouévouvs. — For the use 
of éx, cf. Xen. An. i. 2. 3, where 
rovs é€k T&v médewv is equivalent to ék« 
T&v mbdewv Tovs év Tats modeow Syras. 
Here the fuller expression might be 
ovK dveNouévous éx THs Baddoons Tods 
év TH vavpaxla amrodwddras. 

10. d®pdovs: Xenophon’s expres- 
sion is mwa YHdy. 

11. pndev rovetv: after the negative 
idea in nvavTidOnv the negative is re- 
peated, according to Greek idiom. 

12. kal évavria apndiodpny: and I 
voted against it, i.e. allowing the ques- 
tion to. be put. Socrates as érirdarns 


T&v mpurdvewy on this day followed up— 


8 


15 


20 


=) 25 pB 


| SS OVT@V 


( we OO ok eat eel , 


KA | 


382d 


PLATO’S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 8T 


Venere Be Kat dmdyew (: TOV. Prrépov, at 


Dav KeNevovTwv Kal BowvTwv, ETA TOU VOjLov Kal TOU SuKaiouv 
@unv padddv pe Sety diakwovveve 7 pel” bpwov yevérOar 
py dikara Bovrevonevar, PoBynOévra dSecpov 7 Odvarov. | 
Kal TAVTA MeV HY ETL ONMOKPATOULEVNS THS TOAEWS | emrELO7) 
d dhuyapxia éyévero, ot Tpidkovta ad peratrempdpevol pe 
cto auTov és THY OdXov mpoosragav dyayely €K La- 
Aapivos Aéovta TOv_Yahapitnov iva atoPdvor: ota 8) Kat 
ious 


[cxcivoy GM0i3 EMois Tohha mpoératroy| 6 Bavkoucs’ OS 


ThEioTous avamhno at QLTLOV * 





TOTE [EVTOL eye ou See 
add’ epyw av evederEaunv, or euot Oavarov péev pede, €b 





b) aypouKorEpov Hv Eitrety, od STLovY, TOU dé wyndev adiKOY 
a 9 ie 
ewe yap 
9 / ne) \ 5) 1-7 4 5] \ oy 4 > » 
gh R eSér nev jovtws LO XUPA OVO, WOT aou- 
KOV TL epyacac dar, avd’ ered € eK ™s Oddov cop Copsen, ol 





Ss > / 5 , A 4 \ \ ~ ‘\. 
nO avoo.ov epyalerOar, TovT € TO Tay perce. 


pev ‘TERTapES @XOVTO Els Sahapiva Kat nyayou Acovra, eyo 


ie OXON ATLOV OLKQOE. Kal Lows av dua TaUT améVavor, 


this opposition, — manifested when in becoming their accomplices, would 


consultation with the other mpurdveis, 
—by absolutely refusing to put the 
question to vote. —Cf. dre év rats éx- 
KAnolais érirrarns yevouevos ovK érérpeve 
T@ Ohuw mapa rods vouovs Ynpicacba, 
Xen. Mem. iv. 4. 2. 

13 f. fynTdpwv, bpdav: 
chiasmus. 

14. Bodvrev: in his account of this 
incident Xenophon says, 7d dé mAHOos 
€Bba Sewvdv eivar, ef wh Tis Edoer' Tov Shuov 
mpatrev & av BotAnra Hell. i. 7. 12. 

18. ad: in turn. Both democracy 
and oligarchy, however opposed in 
other respects, agréed in resenting the 
independence of Socrates. 

22. dvamAficar «rd. : those who 
served the Thirty in such a matter, thus 


‘observe the 


dread the restoration of the democracy, 
which would mean punishment for 
them. 

24. ei wh dyporkdrepov cri. : cf. 30 e. 
A supposition contrary to fact, with 
suppressed apodosis, is used by way of 
showing hesitation. 
S€: summarizes the 
For the repetition 


25. rodrov 
preceding clause. 
of dé, cf. 28 e. 

26. wor: construe with é&érdnéev. 

28 f. @xovro, oxspynv: the recur- 
rence of the same word only makes 
more distinct the contrast between the 
courses pursued. — According to Dio- 
dorus xiv. 5, Socrates opposed actively 
the execution of Theramenes by the 
Thirty. 


Bec | TILAATONOS AITOAOTIA SQKPATOYS 


mo\Xot paprupes. 


82e 


30 €l 7 7 apx7) dua TaYewy KaTEehVOn: Kal ToUTwY bly ExovTaL 


XXI. dp’ oty av pe olecbe rosdte ern SuayevérOar, el 


ET PATTOV Ta ences Kat mparrov a&iws dvdpos ayabod 


scpelinee Tous > SuKcatous, isha OTE XP, TOUTO mept TEioTOU 





Po Mol ail TOANOO ye Sel, @ avdpes ‘AGqvator: | obdé yap 


A adv a\Xos dulip dirty ovoets. GAN eye dua TavTos TOU Biov 


Snpooia TE, El Tov TL Eempaka, TOLOUTOS pavodpar,( Kat idia 


33 


c 2% bod > % , 4 2QO\ % aie 
6 aires ovros, ovdevl TéTOTE TUYKwpyHaas oOvdey Tapa Td 


dikatov ovT aA ovTE TOvTwY wv ovdevi, ovs>oi duaBaddov- 


Tes Eue hacw €movs pabntas « Elva. 
10 pev ovdevds TaTOT eyevounv: 


eyo d€ duddoKados 
el O€ Tis pov héyovTos Kat 


la) G4 A ; ¥ »” 
TA ELavTOV TpaTToVTOS jeTLOvuEL AkOVELY, ELTE VEWTEPOS ELTE 


\ , > \ 7 - wae | , ; Oe , A 
peo BUTEpos, ovdevl TaTOT ebbovyaa, OVOE XKPNMATA MEV 


30. Sia raxéwv: the Thirty were 
only eight months in power, and the 
arrest of Leon was one of their later 
acts. 

31. pdprupes: possibly proceedings 
were here interrupted for these wit- 
nesses, though it seems quite as likely 
that Socrates is appealing to the 6é- 
xagtal themselves to be his witnesses. 

XXI. In all my life, whether in 
public or in private, I have never 
yielded the cause of right, and in par- 


ticular I have never made concessions to 


gratify those whom my accusers call my 
pupils; I have never been any man’s 
teacher, but have been ready to talk 
with rich and poor alike. 

1. The first lines sum up the two 
preceding chapters, while at 1. 9 comes 
the transition to the question of Soc- 
rates’s teaching. 


2. @rparrov: contrary to fact in 


past time, of continued action. 


3. trots Stxalois: neuter, whatever 
was just, — a concrete way of express- 
ing an abstraction. 

5. odSels Gv: sc. dueyévero. — GAN é- 
y®: i.e. ‘“*however it may be with 
others, as for me, I, etc.’ 

6. rovotros: sc. as has been stated, 
—explained by cvyxywpieas. 

8. ott GAAw xTr.: perhaps draws 
attention to the fact that in the inci- 
dent of 32 cd, Socrates had not been 
influenced by his former association 
with Critias. — That the accusers laid 
stress on the charge of evil teachings 
and lack of restraint by Socrates, is 
shown by the defense offered by Xeno- 
phon in his Memorabilia. 

9. palyrds : see Introduction § 38. 

11. raéuavrot mparrovros: cf. 31¢. 
—People generally gave it a different 
name. 

12. ovS€: negatives the combina- 
tion of uév- and dé-clauses, 


15 


20 


hb 


- e 


ff” wt - 
_ PLATO’S APOLOGY (OF “SOCRATES | 7, 
~ us” - ’ 


89 
33 b 


la \ 4 , A 
TovolM Kal TEVYNTL TAPEXwW EMavTOV EpwTay, Kal édy TIS 
Bovhyntat amoKkpiwvomevos akove av av héyw. kal TovTwv 
EY ETE TLS KPNOTOS yiyveTaL ElTE pH, OVK av SiKaiws THY 
@ > bagrr ' ae 
aitiay vmTéxouut, ov pho vrErKounv in Sevi pndev mémore 
, 4 3 sO 7 > , , a nw , , 
pdOnug pyr edidaka: ei dé ris hyou(rap’ euod wamoré Tt 


o”< 


ie Pte A 207 = ¢ \ , » , >» y 
pabetv fp adkovoa tdia 6 TL wr) Kal ado. TavTEs, ED LoTE OTL 


ovK ahnOn eye. 


XXII. adda dca ri Ox Tore per’ nod xaipovot twes Toddy 


13. ob: sc. diadéyoua. Cf. Chap- 
ter IV init. This has the main stress : 
‘* do not refuse to converse, if I re- 
ceive no money.”’ 

14. wévynri: the accuser seems to 
have made much of Socrates’s associa- 
tion with rich young men. Cf. 238 ¢. 

15. daoxpivépevos dkovew: char- 
acteristic of the Socratic cuvovela. — 
G&kove.v: after rapéxw, this, like épwray 
above, expresses purpose.—‘‘I am 
ready for questions, but if any so 
wishes he may answer, and hear what 
I then have to say.’’ — rotrev éya x72. : 
éy# is placed next to rovrwy for the sake 
of contrast, while rovrwv, though it is 
governed by ris, adheres to rhy alriav 


tréxoyu. Thislastcorresponds, asa pas- 


sive, to airlay émipépey or mpooribévar. 
The notion of responsibility is colored, 
like the English ‘‘ have to answer for,”’ 
with the implication of blame. 

17. dv: partitive genitive with uy- 
devi. —drerxdpnv: is meant probably 
as a side thrust at imposing promises 
like the one attributed to Protagoras 


_ about his own teaching in Prot. 319 a. 


Socrates himself followed no profes- 
sion strictly so called; he had no 
ready-made art, or rules of art, to 


communicate. His field of instruction 
was so wide that he could truly say 
that, in the accepted sense of diddoKev 
and yavédver at Athens, his pupils got 
no learning from him. From him they 
learned no pudéyua and acquired no 
useful (professional) knowledge; he 
put them in the way of getting this 
for themselves. Plato makes him de- 
cline to become the tutor of Nicias’s son 
(Lach. 200 ad). Socrates taught nothing 
positive, but by his searching questions 
he removed the self-deception which 
prevented men from acquiring the 
knowledge of which they were capable. 
See his successful treatment of the con- 
ceited Evevdnuos 6 kadds, in Xen. Mem. 
iv. 2. 

19. GAdou waves: a complete an- 
tithesis to idia, taking the place of 
the more usual dnyuocla. Socrates 
calls attention to the publicity of the 
places where he talks (cf. 17 c) and to 
the opportunity of conversing with him 
offered to all alike. \° 

XXII. Why, then, do some young 
men like to spend much time with me? 
They enjoy listening to the examination 
of those who think themselves to be wise, 
though they are not. But if I have 


Aap Bavev Siaréyopa, | y LapBavev & ov, NY potas Kat bd 


are 


fey | 


10 


15 


90 MAATONOS ATOAOLIA SOKPATOYS 


33 ¢ 

, bess > , 5» > A A 
xpovov SuatpiBovtes; axnkdoarte, & avdpes AOPnvator: tmacav 
bplv THY adjOevay eyo Eitrov, OTL AKovVoVTES Yaipovow e&eTa- 


, A > , \ > a > » ¥ ¥ 

Copévous ois olomevors prev elvat Doors, ovat O OU: EOTL 
‘ \ A c 

yap ovK anod€és. €pmot S€ ToUTO, ws eyd dy, TpoTTEeTAKTAL 


c \ lal lal , ‘3 , er > / ‘\ 
vmod Tov Oeov mparrew Kal €k pavTeiwy Kal €€ evuTTviwy Kal 

\ , ® , \ \ rs. fa , a > fa , 
Twartt TpdT@, @rep{Tis Tore) Kal ahAn Oela poipa avOpamry 

A 4 

Kal OTLOUY TpomeTake TpaTTEL. 

las s > a eee) A 3 i 57 > \ 

tavta, @ A@nvator, kat adyOn €or Kal evédeyKTa. €l yap 

57) eywye TOV véwy Tors pev Siadbeipw, Tods Sé dvePOap- 
ka, xphv Symov, etre Ties avTav pea BiTepor yevdopevor 
Eyvwoav OTL VeoLs OVTLY AUTOS Ey@ KAaKOV TMTOTE TL TUVE 
Bovr\evoa, vuvi avtods dvaBaivovtas E“ovd KaTnyopelv Kat 

“w > \ \ > ‘\ »” an > , ‘ a 
TynwpetoOar: et SE py avTol NOedov, THY olKElwY Tas TOV 
3 , , \ > ‘ \ »¥ ‘\ v4 
exeivov, TaTépas Kal adedpovds Kal addous TOvs TpOTHKOV- 
Tas, El TEP UT Em“ov TL Kakoy €meTOVOETay aUTOY Oi OLKELOL, 
vov pepvno bar | kat TynwpetoOar|. mavtws dé rapeow avTa@v 

\ > A a > L Seeces. lal a \ / ¢ “4 
To\dot evtavfot ods Ey® pO, mpaTov pev Kpitwv ovrodt, 


corrupted the youth, then some of these 
men, — or their friends, — on becoming 
older and wiser, and learning that the 
influence which they received from me 
was bad, ought to join in the accusation 
which Meletus brings.. 

2f. StarpiBovres, dxovovres, éera- 
Lopévous : in close relation with xalpover. 
Cf. the construction of the participles 


in 23c. GMT. 881. 
3. elrov xrd.: the sri-clause really 
answers dia Ti... diarplBovres, but 


grammatically it is an appended ex- . 


planation of ryv dd\jOeav, and is gov- 
erned by efzov. 

6. é& pavrelov: cf. 21 b.— é€ év- 
avleov: cf. Crito 44a, Phaedo 60 e. 

9. ratra: i.e. the statement of his 
relation to the young men of Athens. 


11. xpfjv: the conclusion states an 
unfulfilled obligation. The protasis is 
elaborated in two parallel clauses, 
(1) elre Zyvwoar, (2) ef 5¢ wh adrol nOedov. 
See on e’rep xr. 27 d. Instead of etre... 
elre we have elre. . . ef 5€ (like ovre... 
ovdé), which gives a certain independ- 
ence to the second member. Hence 
this is treated as a condition by itself, 
and the leading protasis, ei diadbelpw, 
is substantially repeated in elzrep ére- 
wovOecav. 

13. dvaBatvovras: cf. 17 d, 31 ¢. 

15. rots mpoofkovras : after the de- 
tailed enumeration this is introduced 
appositively, to sum up, and therefore 
the article is used. 

18. évrav@ot: construed with md- 
peotv, which denotes the result of 


20 


PLATO’S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 


a € 


| 


e208 Pakhoins kat Onuorns, KpitoBovdov tovde Tor e 


éreita Avoavias 6 Xbyttios, Aioyivov Tovde TaTHp: ert Av 


Tipav 6 Knduoreds ovtoot, “Emvyévous raryp: 


aAXou TOLVvUY 


en a A al 
ovTOL @Y OL ddeAol ev Ta’TH TH SiaTpLBH yeydovact, Nuko- 


aTpatos 6 Beoloridov, adedApds Bcoddrov, — kat 6 pev Ocd- 


5 , kd > > x 3 Cg SW > 5) A id 
OTOS TETENEVTNKEDV, WOT OUK QV EKELVOS K 4 QUTOVU Kkatadenbein, a 


mapévat, and which might be called 
here the perfect of mapiévar. Cf. Kal 
aBdvres Ta Brra waphoay eis Udpders 
Xen. An. i. 2. 2. 

19. KpiroBotAov: although his 
father Crito modestly declares (Hu- 
thyd. 271 b) that he is thin (cxAn¢dpés) 
in comparison with his exquisite play- 
mate Clinias (cousin of Alcibiades), 
Critobulus was famous for his beauty. 
See Xen. Symp. iv. 12 ff. He was one 
of Socrates’s most constant compan- 
ions. The Oeconomicus of Xenophon 
is a conversation between Socrates and 
Critobulus. The affection between Soc- 
rates and Crito is best shown by the 
pains taken by the former in furthering 
Critobulus’s education. In the Mem- 
orabilia (i. 3. 8 ff.), Socrates indirectly 
reproves Critobulus by a conversation 
in his presence held with Xenophon. 
The same lesson he reénforces (ii. 6, 
esp. 31 and 32). That it was needed 
appears from the impetuous character 
shown by Critobulus in Xenophon’s 
Symposium. Cf. iii. 7, ri yap ob, edn, 
@ KpiréBovre, él tin pwéyirov ppoves 
(of what are you proudest ?) ; émt Kare, 
é¢y. That Critobulus perplexed his 
father is shown in LEuthyd. 306 4, 
where, king of his sons, Crito 
says: MprbBov hod & 76n DrrKlav Exe 
(is getting on) Kal detral rivos doTis av- 
tov dyjoet. ; 





20. Alcyxivov: like Plato, Xeno- 
phon, and Antisthenes, Aeschines (sur- 
named 6 Zwxparixds) carefully wrote 
down the sayings of Socrates aiter 
the master’s death. Three dialogues 
preserved among the writings of Plato 
have been attributed to Aeschines the 
Socratic. The Hryxias possibly is by 
him, but hardly either the Aziochus 
or the treatise wepi dperjs. Aeschines 
was unpractical, if we can trust the 
amusing account given by Lysias (Frg. 
1) of his attempt to establish, with bor- 
rowed money, a Téxvn pupeyixy (salve- 
shop). His failure in this venture may 
have led him to visit Syracuse, where, 
according to Lucian (Parasit. 32), he 
won the favor of Dionysius. 

21. ’Emvyévovs: the same whom 
Socrates saw véov Te 8vTa -xal 7d cHua 
kax@s @xovra (Xen. Mem. iii. 12), and 
reproached for not doing his duty to 
himself and to his country by taking 
rational exercise. —Tolvuyv: marks a 
transition. The fathers of some have 
been named, now Socrates passes to 
the case of brothers. 

24. éxeivds ye: he at least, ie. 6 
éxe? = 6 év" Avdov, Oeddor0s, named last, 
but the more remote. —atrod: Nuxé- 
orpatos, of whom he is speaking. His 
brother being dead, Nicostratus will 
give an unbiased opinion. — kara- 


Senbein: sc. not to accuse Socrates. 


92 


Tov, Kat AiavTddwpos ov *AmodNddwpos 08 adeAdds. 


TAATOQNOS ATIOAOTIA SOKPATOYS 


s8e° 
25 —Kat Iapaduos S30 6 AnpoddKkov ov Hv Scayys ddehpes® 
ode 8 "Adcivavtos 6 "Apictwvos 08 adedhds ovToai TI\d- 


\ 
Kab 


addous odXovs eye EXw VULLV ELTTELY, WY TVA. expiiy wdhuora 
ev ev T@ €AUTOU doy mapa xo au Mékgrop paprupa: el 
30 6€ TOTE émedBero, vov maparxea bo, eye Tapaxepe, Kal 
—Neyerw, eb TL Exe ToLovTov. JahAa TovTOV Tay TovvayTioV 


€ , i » ; / > \ A € / A 
EUPNTETE, @ avdpes, —Tdvras euol Boneiv Eroipovs TO 

“ lal 9 
diapbeipovT,, T@ Kaka Epyalopevw Tovs oikeiovs avTar, ws 


gaot Médntos Kai “Avutos. 


25. Oedyns: this brother of Para- 
lius is known through Rep. vi. 496 b, 
where Plato uses the now proverbial 
expression, 6 Tod Oedyous yarivds, the 
bridle of Theages, i.e. ill health. Such 
was the providential restraint which 
made Theages, in spite of political 
temptations, faithful to philosophy; 
otherwise, like Demodocus, his father, 
he would have gone into politics. 
Demodocus is one of the speakers in 
the Theages, a dialogue attributed to 
Plato, but now regarded as spurious. 

26. *ASeiwavros: son of Aristo and 
brother of Plato and of Glauco (Xen. 


Mem. iii. 6. 1); both of Plato’s broth-. 


ers were friends of Socrates. Glauco 
and Adimantus are introduced in 
the Republic, as the chief actors, after 
Socrates. 

27. “AmodAdSwpos : surnamed 6 ua- 
viuxéds because of his excitability. Cf. 
Symp. 173 d. This is nowhere better 
shown than in the Phaedo, 117 d, where 
he gives way to uncontrollable grief 
as soon as Socrates drinks the fatal 
hemlock. In the Symposium, 172 ¢, he 
describes with almost religious fervor 


nate. 


avTol pev yap ot SvebOappevor 


his first association with Socrates. In 
the “Arodoyla Zwxpdrovs (28), attrib- 
uted to Xenophon, he is mentioned as 
er Ouuyrns uevioxup&s adbrod (Zwxpdrous), 
G\dr\ws 5 ebHOns (a simpleton). Of the 
persons here mentioned, Nicostratus, 


34 


Theodotus, Paralius, and Aeantodorus © 


are not elsewhere mentioned by Plato; 
of the eleven named as certainly pres- 
ent at the trial (there is doubt about 
Epigenes) only four (or five with 
Epigenes), Apollodorus, Crito, Crito- 
bulus, and Aeschines, are named as 
present at the death of Socrates. 

30. éy& mwapaxwpé : parenthetical. 
Cf. rapaxwpS co Tod Bhuaros, ws av 
elrys Aeschi. iii. 165. Socrates offers 
to Meletus the opportunity to present 
such evidence, and to use part of the 
time allotted to him, — but the offer 
was futile on every account. No formal 
evidence could be introduced at the 


trial that was not presented at sha Pre- 


liminary hearing. 






fact proves innocence, for for a 
you account for this ?¥ 


Rx 
el iA 
oh 


eee 


etek eee 


_PLATO’S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 93 
34 ¢ : 

85 Tay av Adyor exouev Bonfodvres: 01 S adiddOapror, tpeo Bv- 
TEepor NON avopeEs, ot TOVTHY TPOT?HKOVTES, Tiva AAAOV Eyovat 
Aeyor BonOovvtes epot add’ H TOV épev TE Kal OycaLov, OTL 

 ovvicaot Madyry pev pevdopeva, enol 8 adyOevorte; 

XXIII. ‘Eley 57, @ avdpes 
Aoyeto Pau, oxeddr é EOTL Payee: kat adda tows ToadTa. Taxa 


a pev eye EX OU av aTro- 





0 ay Tis UoV deyavaxticever avaponadets € EQUTOU, ae 

kal €hdtTw TOVTOUL TOV Ay@Vvos ayava aywvilopevos EdenOn 
A-¢ 4 ‘\ \ ‘\ “~ 4 4 

5 Te Kal ikérevore TOUS OiKacTas peTAa TOAAWY Sakpiwr, TaLdla 
> e ’ , Y 4 4 b] 7, \ » 

7? avrov avaBiBacapevos, wa ori padiota €denOein, Kat ad- 

Aous THY oikelwy Kal dilwy Troddods, eye 8 oddev apa TovT@V 


35. Adyov xouev: cf. 31 b. —They 
might not like to acknowledge that 
they had been corrupted. 

36. of tottav mpootjkovtes: this 
‘participle, like dpxwv and suvdpxwr, 
by usage has become substantially a 
noun. The poets apparently were the 
first to use participles in this way. Cf. 
lovrwy rots texodo. Aesch. Pers. 245, 
6 éxelvov rexdv Eur. El. 335. The parti- 
cipial use and the use as a noun sub- 
sisted side by side. 

37. GAN 7H: cf. 20d. 

XXII-XXIV. Peroration. In- 
stead of making the usual personal 
appeal to the judges’ feelings, Socrates 
dilates on the lack of dignity, the in- 
justice, and the impiety of making such 
an appeal. 

XXIII. I have said all that I care 
to say in reply to the charges against 
me. I will not do what is customary, 
and close my defense with an appeal for 
pity and mercy. Such an appeal would 
not be for my honor or for that of the 
city. I have the reputation of surpassing 
the other Athenians at least in some 


respects, and the best of the citizens 
ought not to be womanish. The court, 
too, should not favor those who bring 
forward their children in order to excite 
pity, and thus introduce a pitiable 
spectacle. 

1. elev 84: marks the close of the 
argument, 

3. dvapvnobels Eavrod : i.e. remem- 
bering how he himself had striven to 
arouse the sympathy and pity of his 
judges. In so large a court were 
doubtless many é:xcacrai who had been 
defendants. —6 pév xrd.: here again 
the péy-clause is subordinate in im- 
portance. Cf. 33 b, 35a. 

4, &d\drrw dyava: the uéyioros dywv 
was the one involving a man’s fran- 
chise and his life. Cf. madta yap rapa- 
oThoerac Kal KAajoe Kal TovTos avrdov 
éfarrjoerac Dem. xxi. 99, and oida 
rolvuv 8re Ta Tradla Exwv ddupetrar (the 
defendant will bring his children and 
burst into lamentations) kat modXovds 
Aéyous Kal Tazevovs épe?, Saxpbwy Kal ws 
éXevérarov rod abrév ib. 186. 


6. éhenBein: awaken pity. 


10 


15 


20 


94 HWAATONO® AILOAOTIA SOKPATOYS 


34¢ 
TONTW, Kal TadTa KVdUVEvwr, ws av SdEayuL, TOY ErXaTOV 
kivovvov. Tax ody TLS TavTa evvonoas avlladéaTEpor av Tpds 
se KON Kal opyiodets avTots TovTos Oeito, av per oy 
THV Wipor. el 8 TUS pay OUTWS EXEL, — OVK AELO pev yap a 
evrye’ el O obv, — emueuciy Lv peo d0K@® pds TOUTOY Neveu 






ore“ Epmol, & apiore, eioly wév mov TWes Kal olKEtoL* Kab 
A ee ae ne , i 2 Vis -s «oie 
VTO aUTO TO TOU Opuypouv, ovd ey ‘ amo Opvds OVO amo 
, ’ / > 358 > , 4 \ > aN haw 
TET TépuKa, add’ €€ avOpadrwv, ware Kal oiKkelot pot €iat 
Ades an > » > A A a \ , ¥ 
Kal veis, @ avdpes “APnvator, Tpeis, eis perv petpaKrov Hon, 
dvo0 d€ Tadia: ahd’ Guws ovdéva aitav Sedpo avaBiBacape- 
£ ce la > 4 be) / \ > > , 4 
vos denoopat dav atrolyndhicacba.” ti di ody oddev TOUTwY 
/ > > 4 + fe A > aA SAS eC ee 
Toyow; ovk avad.ulouevos, @ avdpes "APnvator, odd’ bpas 
> , ) > > \ ia b] be % , x , 
arysalwyv, add’ et wev Oapparews eye eyo tpds Odvator 7 pm, 
¥ Pe \ > , eae \ EL A \ ¢ an 
addos doyos, mpos 8 ody ddfav Kat Euot Kal vuiv Kal oAn ™ 
, + “A \ > > \ / > \ ~ \ 
moe ov por SoKel Kahov Elvar ee TOUTWY OvdEeY TOLELY Kal 


8. as dv Sd£atus: of course Socrates 
himself is far from believing that the 
risk he runs is desperate. 

9. ov: marks the resumption of 


‘the thought of 1. 3. — ad€adéorepov 


oxolyn: might be too easily offended, 
more literally represented by more 
(than otherwise) self-willed. The d:xa- 
oral might be too proud to submit to 
even tacit criticism of their own con- 
duct in like cases. . 

10. airois rotrois: causal. — dp- 
yfis: the state of mind which results 
from dpy.cbeis. 

11. yap: ‘‘ (Isay if), for, though I 
do not expect it of you, yet (making 
the zp position) if it should be so.’ 

12. ei § odv: resumptive. 

13. Kal olxetor: ‘¢ I am not alone in 
the world ; I too have relatives.” 

14. rotro airs rd Tod ‘Optpov: 
this idiom (with the genitive of the 


proper name) is common in quotations. 
No verb is expressed, and the quota- 
tion is in apposition with rodro ete. 
Cf. Symp. 221 b.— The reference is 
to ob yap dd Spvds éoot madachdrov 
ov5’ adwd mwérpns Hom. 7 168, —an old 
proverb used by Penelope in question- 
ing the disguised Odysseus. 

15 f. wal, kal: not correlative. The 
first kai means also, while the second 
introduces a particular case under 
olxetor — yes, and sons. 

16. rpeis: appositively, three of 
them. See Introduction § 16. 

17. otS€va: the negative applies to 
both the participle and dejooua. 

20. ci pév Oapparéws exw xrh.: 
whether I can look death in the face or 
not. Grammatical consistency would 
require that a4\\d should be followed 
by a participle, but the construction is 
shifted. Cf. é5éxec 21 e. 


\ pe 
48. |? fe 


- 
4 


25 


30 


35 


_, PLATO’S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 95 
shbat ™). '- nwa 


, 5 » a % 8 a » »” ¥ > > b) \ 
THNALKOVOE OVTA KGL TOUTO TOVVOMa EXOVTa, EiT OvV adnfles 


WA 


eit ovv wpevoos: add’ ody dedoypevov y écri 75 Laxparn 


diadépeu TWt TOV TOAA@Y avOparav. el ovv Vm@v ot do- 


KovvTes Suadhepew eite Godia cir avdpeia cir addy ¥) D 

OIVTES OLAeperv 3 vopeia €iT N YTwvLovy 
n~ “A > : g 

GpPETH TOLOVTOL ETOVTAL, alaxpoY av Ein: olovoTEp eyaegroh- 







, c/s , 4 / , 
NaKus EWPAKA TLVAS, OTAV KPLWWVTAL, Soxbvras PEV T Al, 


Jat 


\ 
ous 


, ime. | 4 c , > 7 / 
Oavpacia 5 épyalopevous, ws Sedov Tu oiopévous ze 
i a 4 > , > , ‘y ¢ A 
et anofavovyta, wamep abavatov Ecopevor,(ayApel 

, a \ “ Ta 
py amroKteivnTEe: ot €ot SoKovow aicxvynv TH TOE TEpt- 
"4 4 - PEE \ lat , ¢e A 4 e ad 
GNTEW, WOT av TWA Kal TOV Eévwv VTodaPeEtV OTL ol Sah 
> 4 > 5 , aA > \ e a“ Y¥ lal 
povres A@ynvaiwr els aperyiv, ots avrol éavtav & TE Tails 
‘ ¥y a ® A 
apxais Kal Tats ahAaus TYnats TpoKpivovow, OUTOL yuvaLKaV 
> \ , vA ~ , 5 »¥ > A *7fpP e “a 
ovdev Siah€povar./ TavTa yap, @ avdpes AOPnvator, ov? Huas 
\ Q rat Q an i ¥ x A 
Xpy Tovety Tovs SoKovvTas Kal GTLOvY EivaL, OUT av Huets 
A C-- b) , > \ la) aN / 4 
TOLOMEV VLAS ETLTpETTELY, AAG TOUTO avTO EvdeikvUTOaL, OTL 


23. totro rotvona: cf. 23 a. 

24. WeiSos: used as the contrary 
of the adjective ddnOés. — GAN odv 
xTX. : however that may be, people have 
come to believe. —7+6: indicates that 
what follows is quoted. 

25. tpav: partitive with of doxody- 
Tes. — ot Soxotvtes: here Socrates may 
have had Pericles in mind, if Plutarch’s 
gossip is truth. Cf. ’Acraclav wer ody 
éfyTHoato, TONAG mdvu twapa Thy Sixny, 
ws Alcxlvns gpyolv, adels irép adris 
ddxpva kal denbels TOv Sixacrdv Pericl. 
82. 3, he begged Aspasia off, though 
Aeschines says it was by a flagrant dis- 
regard of justice, by weeping for her 
and beseeching the jurymen. 

27. ro.otro.: i.e. such as are de- 
scribed in 34 ¢, and below. 

30. davarwv écopévwv: the sub- 
ject of this genitive absolute is the 
same as that of drofavotvra. This is 


not the regular construction, for usu- 
ally the genitive absolute expresses 
a subordinate limitation, and clear- 
ness demands an independent subject. 
Here, and in many cases where it in- 
troduces an independent idea, it-de- 
pends on the leading clause for its 
subject. Cf. cal ov« €pacap lévar, éav uh 
Tis avrois xphuara 5:6, womep Kal Tots 
mpotépos pera Ktpov davaBaor... Kal 
Tatra ovK érl udynv lévrwy Xen. An. i. 
4, 12. —For the thought, cf. & wérov, 
ei pev yap mbdreuov mept Tévde pvydrte | 
alel 5% wédNotuev ayipw 7 dbavarw Te | o- 
cerd’, ovre kev adros évl mpwrowt paxol- 
unv Hom. M 822. 

33. év tats dpxats: i.e. in bestow- 
ing offices. 
. ovrov: a pointed reiteration. 
. pas: i.e. defendants. 
. Soxotvras xrr.: cf. 1. 28. 
. tbpas: i.e. the dixacral. . 

° : 


35 


— 


b 


— «96 IIAATONOS AILOAOTIA SOKPATOYS 


35 b 


Toh .dov Karaym preio Fe TOU Ta acai TAUTO Spdmara, 


cio youTos Kal KaTayéhaorov THY modu ITOLOUVTOS n TOU 


40 Haovy lav a'yovros, 


XXIV. Xepis Sé TNS dd&ys, @ @ avdpes, ovde Sikardy pot} 


| Sox Ripa | Seta Bau \rod SuKAOTOD\ OvSE Sedpevoy dmopevyew, 6 
oe 
“as. 


iconicuias Gens wae: 


ov yap emt TovT@ KdOynrar 6 Se 


\ ld > + pet ea. A ld 
KaoTHs, él T@ Karaxapifer Das Ta Sikata, adr emt TO Kp 


5 VeLv TAUTO* Kat segs Ss ov Xapreiodar ois av Soxy} AUTO, 


| aha, OuKAOELY KATA TOUS VOLoOUS. 


ovKouV xp7) ov8” meas €0i- 


eww Deas emopkew ovl” vuas eViler Dau: ovdérepou yap av 


mpov evogBorg 


TOLQUT 


pa our agvovre pe, @ avdpes be ii 
mpbs v Bes mparrew, a yO aren Kaa@ €lvat 


10 pte Sikara pHnP cova, ard\dws TE wEevToL v7) Aia [wdvTws | Kal: 


39. elodyovros: a word borrowed 
from the theatre. 

XXIV. But, reputation aside, it 
is not just that the accused should ask 
for pity. The court sits to dispense jus- 
tice, not to award favors. If I should 
urge you to acquit me contrary to your 
oath, I should show that I do not believe 
the gods to exist and punish perjurers. 
But I believe in the gods, and am ready 
to leave the decision of my case to them 
and my judges. 

1. xwpls Sé ris S6Ens x7X. : after the 
unseemly practice has been condemned 
by reference to 7d xaddy (dbEa), it is 
found inconsistent also with 7d dixaor, 
and this is conclusive against it. The 
second ovdé (with drogedyev) is merely 
the correlative of the first ; in the posi- 
tive form of statement, caf would be 
used. 

3. SiSdoKev Kal me(Qev: perhaps 
- the full idea would be, d:ddoxKew xal 
diddoxovra melOev. 


4. él rd xaraxapl{ecOar: this ex- 
plains éri rovrw. For éml, cf. érl dia- 
Bory 20 e, éri mapaxedevoe. 36 d. Notice 
the implication of card in composition, 
and cf. xaradenbeln 33 e. 

5. opepoxev: part of the oath taken 
by the dicacral was pynpidua kara rods 
vouous .. . Kal ovre xdpiros Evex’ ovr Fx= 
Opas.... Kal dxpodcoua Tod Te KaTnydpou 
kal Tod drrodoyoupévou duolws dupotvy. The 
orators often refer to this oath. od is 
used, not uw, in keeping the form of 
the oath in indirect discourse. 

7. @iterOar: allow yourselves to be 
habituated. - 

8. qpav: includes both the speaker 
and the court, referred to above by 
quads and vuds respectively. 

9. dpe’ Hyotpar: notice the order. 
Socrates adds 470’ Sc1a last because 
he remembers the érwpxetv above. 

10. GdAdAws ... kal: the hyperba- 
ton (H. 1062) consists in interrupting 


the familiar phrase d\\ws re kal, in 


15 


| PLATO’S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 97 
86 a : 


ageBeias pevyovra vir Mehyjrov Tovrout PEBOS ‘pep av, st 





nena aie 


yovpevos kaTnyopoiny av éwavtTov ws Oeods ov vopilw. adda 
ra A Y » , la  »# > A 
TodXov det ovTws Exe: vopilw Te yap, @ avdpes ’APnvator, 
Ws OvdELS TOV EUV KaTYHYOpar, Kal buiv emiTpémH Kal TO Dew 
Kpivat TEpt €wov omy médde Ewol T apiora eivar Kal DEL t0 





XXV. To pev py ayavaxreiy, @ avopes APnvaion, emt 
TOUT@ T@ yeyovott, OTL ag Katelyn pioacbe, adda. TE [LoL 


frodha oupBardrerar, Kai ovK avédmiordv mor yeyove TO yeyo- 


order to make room for pévra vy Ala, 
after which dA\ws is forgotten and 
mdavTws is brought in with xaé. 

12. aelOoum cri. : this gives in brief 
Socrates’s objection to the practice of 
appeals for pity and mercy. — @eois 
elvar: widely separated, giving great 
emphasis to both. This arrangement 
of words is intended to arrest the 
attention and thus prevent their 
meaning from being slighted. Here, 
of course, Socrates refers to Meletus’s 
charge of atheism, 24 b, 26 c. 

16. émirpérw: Socrates concludes 
his plea with words of submission. 

XXV-XXVIII. Now that Socrates 
has been convicted what penalty is to 
be imposed ? For a ypady doeBelas no 
definite penalty was prescribed by the 
law, but it was to be determined in 
each case by the court (Introd. § 56). 
—Since Chapter XXIV the judges 


have voted, and declared Socrates 


guilty, by a vote of 281 to 220; and 
Meletus has spoken, proposing and 
urging a sentence of death, 


XXV. I was prepared for the deci- 
sion against me. Indeed I thought the 
majority would be much larger. 
change of thirty votes would have 
given me acquittal. Clearly, then, if 
Anytus and Lycon had not joined 
Meletus in the prosecution, he would 
have failed. 

1. +d ph Gyavaxretv: the infinitive 
with the article is placed at the begin- 
ning of the clause, and amounts to an 
accusative of specification, instead of 
being construed with ouvpBddderat. 
‘¢ Many things contribute toward my 
not grieving,’’ i.e. prevent me from 
grieving ; ‘‘ the fact that I feel no dis- 
position to be indignant results from 
many causes.’’ 

2. ott pov katelyndicacbe: a defi- 
nition of rovtw 7@ yeyovédre. 

3. kal... yéyove: the important 
fact detaches itself from any connect- 
ive like 67. This is often the case in 
clauses connected with ré... kal, ovre 

.oure, wév... 5€ Cf. Suws F eddxer 
21 e, and diapdelpovery 25 b, 


36 


A . 


5 TOV yeyovora apiOpov. 


wan 


98 


DAATQNOS AILOAOLIA SOKPATOYS 


vos TOUTO, GAG TOAD parte Gavpdtor € cxarepar TOV ida 


ov yap gop eyoy. OUTw mop a 


ey éveo Va, adda Tape Tohd: vuv 0, as COUCH, El tpudovta, © 


pova HEEETET OV TOV wnpaw, amgmepevyy) a av. 


Moyes per 


ou, WS €wot SoKd, Kat Vuv dmonépevya,. Kat ov pLovov aTroOTre- 


$e 


Sul 


peuyey adAa TavTi ophov TOUTO Ys he el py aveBy ” Aptos Wy 


10 Kat A¥Kwv karyyo opijcovres) € pov, Kav opdr€ xidias Spaxpas 


0S ob “perataBor Td me parTOV pépos Tov Wyodor. 
<=, eos year 5° ovv pou 6 avnp Javarov. 


oy TiVOS Dv BE, BES 
= TNS agias ; Tt our; Tt 


> > \ \ 
€LleV * eyo dé 


- @ avOpes Aiqvaicg n oihov 
Geiss eis mabey 7H amoTeioal, O TL 


palav év To Bio ody Hovxiay Hyov, aN’ apehyoas @vTEp 


5. ottw map odtyov: so close. ovrw 
is separated from 6Xlyov by mapd, a 
case of apparent hyperbaton. See on 
G\d\ws te xtAX. 85d. The combination 
map édlyov is treated as inseparable, 
because the whole of it is required to 
express the idea “alittle beyond,”’ i.e. 
close. The whole idea of by a small 
majority is qualified by ovrw. The 
é\lyov was sixty-one votes. — The sub- 
ject of gcecGar, of course, is to be sup- 
plied from rév yeyovbra dpiOudr. 

6. el rpidKxovra «7X. : strictly speak- 
ing, thirty-one. Socrates probably reck- 


oned roughly, as he heard the numbers, 


and said that thirty votes would have 
turned the scale. 

8. arorépevya: the argument (which 
Socrates could not have pressed seri- 
ously) is that Meletus alone could not 
have won 100 votes, since with two 
helpers he failed to get 300. His 
share of 281 votes would not be more 
than ninety-four ! 

11. 1d méurrov pépos: the accuser 
must convince at least one fifth of the 


judges, or pay 1000 drachmae, —a 
fine intended to discourage false and 
malicious accusations. The article is 
used here, since the reference is to a 
well-known fraction; and the accu- 
sative is used, since the whole fifth is 
needed. 

XXVI. Meletus proposes a sentence 
of death for me. What shall I pro- 
pose? What do I deserve? I really 
deserve to be invited to dine in the 
Prytaneum, as a guest of the city. 

2. bpiv: ethical dative. —q: cf. 
26 b. 

3. maQetv x7X.: see Introduction 
§ 57.—6 te padv: strictly speak- 
ing, this is the indirect form of ri 
uadév, which hardly differs from rt 
rabév. GMT. 839; H. 968 c. Both 
idioms ask with surprise for the reason 
of an act. They resemble two Eng- 
lish ways of asking ‘‘ why ?”’ ‘* what 


b 


possessed (uadwv) you?’’ ‘*whatcame © 


over (ra9sv) you?” 
4. dpeAfjoas: more fully explana 
below by évra00a ov« ja. For Socrates’s 


fr 


wh 


36d 


PLATO’S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 99 


5 ol wodXol, YpNMaTITpLOv TE Kal OlKOVomias Kal OTpaTNyLOV 
Kat Onpnyopiey Kal TOV ad\d\wv ON Kal SRO ROOTTE Kat 
oTAcewy TOV Ev TH TOE a aa , Rynaapevos €LavTOV 
TO ot pirueucerTepor civat 7) wor eig\tabdr’ idvra opleo bau, 


€ vravl 


a pev ovk ya,(ol EhOdY wHO upiy YT EwavTe@ ev-ehXov 
, 10 pydev dspehos etvat, emt de TO idia exacror [iar] cvepyerey 


Gav peyiorny edepyeoiar) i WS on Pye, evtavia Ha ETLY El- 


pov ekaoTov vuov Teiev pr) TpoTEpoy prTE 


EQUTOU 


pnoevos émipeheto Oar, mpiv Eavrod éeripedybetn das was BEd- 


\ 
TLOTOS KAL PPOVviupsOTaTos ETOLTO, [LTE 


”—N 4 ‘ 
TNS TOMEWS TpPLY 


> wn lanl , lan > »¥ Y \ \ 5 7 
15 avTns THS TOEwS, THY T GAAwY OVTwW KaTa TOV avTOV TPdTOP 


5) A Pg > ¥ A an ¥ > , 
emtpedetobar: Ti ovv els afcos wabety TovovTos wv; ayabov 


Tt, © avdpes “APnvator, ei Set ye kata THY a€iav TH adyOeia 


Tiypac Oar: 


neglect of his private interests, cf. 
$1 b; for his abstention from public 
life, cf. 31 ¢.— dvaep of roddol: s 

émeodvT ar from duedfoas. — Socrates 
excuses himself for not taking part 
withthedemocracy against the Thirty. 

6. GAAwv dpxav KTr.: dpyay Kr. 
are in apposition with rdév &\d\wv. — 
Socrates means to include all per- 
formances which bring a citizen into 
public life; he talks of responsible 
public offices as on a par. with irre- 
sponsible participation in public affairs. 
Of course orparnyia is a public office, 
and among the most important; but 
dnunyopla is not so, even in the case of 
the pxropes. 

10. él S¢ 7d iSlq «rr. : but to bene- 
jiting privately individuals. This is 
strictly the completion of the thought 
introduced by dA dyedroas, which, 
though évraia puév odx ja furnishes its 
verb, still requires a positive expression 


\ lal , - \ la 9 x 4 3 , 
KQL TAVTA ¥ ayabov TOLOUVTOV, O TL AV TT PETOl EMOL. 


to explain odx jovxlav jryov. évradda, as 
is often the case with otros, is resump- 
tive, and restates éml 7d i6la éxaorov KTX. 
explains evepyeretv. 

12. ph mpdrepov xrr.: cf. 80 ab. - 

13. pydevds : neuter. — amply érrupe- 
AnGein : wply takes the optative on the 
principle of oratio obliqua, since the 
tense of the leading verb (ja) is 
secondary. 

15. révr GAAwv: not a third spec- 
ification in line with pyre... uyre, 
but connected with the whole uy mpé- 
. Toews. — KATE TOV AUTOV TP6- 
mov : repeats é« mapadd7ov the thought 
conveyed by ovrw, which points back 
to uh mpdérepov. . . mptv, i.e. so that what 
was essential might not be neglected 
in favor of what is unessential. 

16.. ri obvx«rX.: a return to the ques- 
tion asked above, with omission of what 
does not suit the new connection. 
‘*What recompense should be given ?” 


11. émiyerpav : 


TEpov.. 


100 


TIAATONOS AITLOAOTIA SOKPATOYS 


36d 


ee , > § \ , > , § , »” \ 
TL OVV TPETEL AVOPL TEVYTL EVEPYETH, OE€COMEVH AyeLY TYOAHV 


82: % A € 4 , > ¥ ~ ee. A A 5 
20/ él T) UPETEPA TAapaKEedevoreL | ovk ec 6 Tu paddov, @ 


» > a , 4d e A nw ¥ > 
avdpes “A@nvaior, mpéres ovTws, Ws TOV ToOLOVTOY avdpa ev 


movTavetw oTetoOar, ToAV ye wadAov H EL TLS DU@V iTTMH Hh 
puravets , TONY ye pAddov 7} el tis dpdv tr 7 


/ x , 4 > , € \ \ ¢ lal 
ovvepid. 7 Cevyer vevixykev Odvptiacw. 6 pev yap buas 


“A > , lal > 5 \ > > Xa \ 
Tovet EVOaipmovas SoKeElv Elva, eyo O eEivar: Kal 6 pev Tpo- 


25 dns ovdev Setrar, eyd Sé dSéouar. ei ovv Set pe Kata TO 


dikavov THs akias TimacAa, TovTOV TiL@paL, ev TpvTavei@ 


LTH EWS. 


—SXXVII. tows ody tuty Kal ravtt éywr capat\nolw 


A 4 cath: X A y ——— 3/ la 
dox® éyew womrEp TEpPL TOU OLKTOV Kal THS avT.BoryoeEws, 


19. dvSpl mévnre evepyéry : @ poor 
man who has well served the state. 
He is poor, and therefore needs the 
olrnots, and he deserves this, because 
he is a evepyérns. 

20. éwi: cf. 35 c.— padAdAov mpérrer 
ovtrws: with colloquial freedom Soc- 
rates combines two idioms ovx« é00’ 8 
Tt wadAdov mpére 7 and 8 re mpérer ov- 
TWS Ws. 

22. év mputavetw oiretoPar: those 
entertained by the state (1) were in- 
vited once, or (2) were maintained 
permanently. Socrates is speaking of 
(2), i.e. maintenance in the prytaneum. 
The nine archons dined in the decpode- 
giv, the prytanes in the rotunda or 
6édos, but the public guests had plain 
fare in the prytaneum. Some of these 
guests attained the distinction by win- 
ning victories in the national games; 
others received it on account of their 


forefathers’ services to the state, e.g. 


the oldest living descendants of Har- 


modius and of Aristogeiton were thus. 


honored. — twa@ xr. : since a victory 
in the great pan-Hellenic festivals was 


glorious for the country from which 
the victor came, he received on his 
return the greatest honors, and even 
substantial rewards. 

24. edSaipovas x7Td.: according to 
Thucydides (vi. 16), Alcibiades claimed 
that his appearance at the Olympian 
games in the time of the Peloponnesian 
War (420 B.c.) with seven four-horse 
chariots to compete for prizes, — and 
winning the first, second, and fourth 
prizes, — made a great impression on 
the other Greeks, and convinced them 
that the power of Athens was not, as 
they thought, nearly exhausted by the 
war. 


25. otSev Seirat: only rich men 


37. 


could afford to compete in such con- — 


tests, since horses in Greece were not 
kept and used for menial labor, but 
were ‘‘ the delight of proud luxury.’ 
XXVII. Some may think that I have 
spoken thus in a self-willed spirit of 
bravado. Not at all. Being convinced 
that I have wronged no one else, I am 
not disposed to wrong myself. As for 
living in prison or in exile, — I might 


37 ¢ 


PLATO’S APOLOGY OF SUCRATES | ° 


401 


. > ¥ 5 
dravbadildpevos. 70 8 ovk €otw, & *APnvator, TovodTor, 


Ghia Towvde paddov: méracpwar eyo lexov elvan pnoeva 


5 aducety avOparav, adda vas TOTO ov TEiMw: dhiyov yap 


xpovov addAyAois SrerteypeOa- eet, ws ey@mar, ci Hv byiv 


, Y \ ¥ > , \ re ‘\ / 
VOMOS, WomTEp Kat addoLs avOparrots, TEpt Oavdrouv py pia 
oP 4 — a \ Loe OR, , y¥ an RING 
nuepay movov Kpive, ada TOANAS, ErreioOynTEe av; vor 8 ov 


pdd.ov év xpov@ ddiym peydhas diaBodas amodver Oa. Te 


10 wevopevos 57) eyo pndéva aduKety grohdov d€w €LAUTOV y aol- 


, \ 29> nA o> A pee ¢ 1é , ees ral 
KYO ELV KQL KQT EMAVUTOU EpeLv avuTos, @ vy tos ELILL TOU KQKOU, 


‘ v4 A / \ > ww n> 7 5 -A , 
KQL TLULNOET Qt TOLOVTOV TLVYOS EMaAUT®. TL OELO EAS 5. 7 #7) arabw 


a e , , “~ 4 > > 4 ¥ 93 > 3 
TovTo ov MeAyrtés por TYarat, 6 pyut ovK Eldévat OUT Ei dya- 


% aS Ss , 3 > x , 4 & = 3Q9 9 
Oodv ovr el KaKoV E€OTLW ; AVTL TOUTOV 57) EMAL QV €D OLO OTL 


~ » , a) \ 
15 KAKO@V OVTwY, TOUTOV TLUNTOAMLEVOS 5 TOTEPov deo 100 ; KaLTL pe 


det Chv év Seopwrnpio, SovrevovTa TH ael KaMLoTaLery apyn 
n LOT PLY, n APLEV]) PX 


tots Evdexa;, adda ypnparor, kat dedéo0ar ews av Exteiow; 


as well submit to the sentence proposed 
by Meletus. ; 

3. drav0aSiLdpevos: explains rapa- 
mAnoiws kt\. — For the facts, cf. 34 d. 
— 76 8€: 6 6é, of 5é, 7d 5¢ are used with- 
out a preceding wéy when they intro- 
duce some person or topic in contrast 
to what has just been dwelt upon, here 
wept Tov otxrov xrX. For a different use 
of 7d dé, cf. 7d 5é Kivduvevdeac 23 a. 

4. &ov elvar: with subject of dé- 
ketv. —pndéva: object of déicety. Cf. 
B20; 

5. oAdtyov: i.e. only a short time. 

6. as éyopar: belongs to the prin- 
cipal clause. 

7. d@omep kal GddAows: for instance 
the Lacedaemonians. 

9. xpdvw orAlyw: cf. 19 a. 

10. wemetopévos: resumes 1. 4.— 
pduxqoev : for the future cf. GMT. 113. 

18. ypl: cf. 28 e-80 b. 


14. Qopor dv... dvtrwv: aremark- 
able construction, arising from é\wyal 
T. ToUTwY a e olda Kaka bvTa, by the 
assimilation of ro’rwy a to dv and of 
kaka dvTa to Kax@v dvTwv, and the inser- 
tion of érc after ofda. ed of5’ bre and 
oid’ ére occur frequently (in parenthe- 
sis) where 67: is superfluous. Cf. 64ov 
dre Crito 53 a. — &\wua is subjunctive 
of deliberation. 

15. rotrov xrid.: a part (ri) of a», 
by proposing a penalty of that. 

16. SovAcdovra: asa man in prison, 
who ceases to. be his own master. — 
det: the eleven were chosen annually. 

17. rots “EvSexa: cf. of dpxovres 
39e.—GAAG xpynpdrev: a negative 
answer to the preceding rhetorical 
question is here implied; otherwise 7 
might equally well have been used. 
The second dd\d introduces an ob- 
jection, which answers the question 


20 


25 


30 


162.. 2)! : TINATGNGS. ATIOAOLIA SOKPATOYS 


87 ¢ 
> \ > 2 a) 9 nS > \ ¥ 
GNA TadTOv poi EoTW O7rEP VUVd?) EXEyov: Ov yap EaTL MOL 
6 € , 3 / > \ \ ~ / ¥ 
xXpyjpata onder exreiow. adda 37 hvyjs TYunTwpar; Lows 


yap av pou TovTov TiuHoaTe. TOAN) pevTav pe Piropvyxia 


¥ > y > / / > 4 \ / / 
EXOL, EL OVTWS AAOYLOTOS EluL WaTE 7 S’VaTIaL oyiler bax, 


ort upsis fev OVTES TOTAL Lov OVX (ott T eyevea Deéveyneiv 
Tas <5 Suatpuas Kal Tovs Mdyous, dAN’ vpiy Papurepas yeyo- 
Vaou Kat emepPoveirepaity wore CynTEetTe avT@V Vuvi dnahayh- 
vat‘ addou 8 apa hast sa oloovaL padias ; ToXovd ve Set, @ 
"AOnvator. Kadds ovv av jLoL 6 ) Bios ein ecehOovre THALKQ@OE AV- 
Ope (iddqv €€ addns Todews aperBopevo Kal éfehavvoper@ 


A 5 \ aQ2 9 Y aA Y , 5 a) , 
v. €0 yap O10 OTL, OTOL av EADw, N€yovTOS E“OU aAKPOaTOY= ~ 
7) yop ’ y ACY Me 


e / 4 > io x \ , > , « 
TAL OL VEOL WOTEP ev0a €* KQaYV EV TOVUTOVS amrehavva, OUTOL 


dap 88 ped 


> \ > \ 5 ~ , \ , 
ewe avTot e€ehoou treiMovtes Tovs mpeaBurépovs : 


1 
d 


> 4 e 4 4 \ > A > > \ , 
aTrehavva, Ol TOUT@WV TATEPES TE KQAL OLKELOL du QUTOVUS rts 


immediately preceding it. —Kal Sedé- 
c8arxrr.: toremain in prison.—Punish- 
ment by long imprisonment was rare 
at Athens, but occasionally a man was 
kept in prison for failure to pay a fine 
(cf. Ant. v. 63). 

18. rairév: i.e. this proposition 
amounts to the other, — perpetual 
imprisonment. 

19. éxreiow: for the future with 
relative, to denote purpose, see GMT. 
565, H. 911. 

21. ck... eipt: cf. 30 b, 25 b. 

22. ori dpets pév: that (while) you, 
my fellow-citizens, proved unable to 
bear my company. After this we look 
for something like this, ‘‘others will 
prove still less able to bear it.’’ But 
instead, we find a question with dpa, 
will others then, etc., answered by 7ro\- 
od ye det. The dependence of the 
whole upon ér: is forgotten, because 
of the intervening detailed statement. 


23. Bapirepat: feminine because 
Tas éuas duatpiBds is the more impor- 
tant idea, rods Néyous being incidentally 
added by way of explanation. 

26. 6 Blos: the article as here used 
has something of its original demon- 
strative force; accordingly éfdOédvre 

. {Rv is appended as if to a demon- 
strative pronoun, that would be a fine 
life for me, —to be banished at my time 
of life, and, wander from. city to city. 
— Manifestly ironical. — Notice that 
é&épxerOac means go into exile ; pevyerw, 
live in exile; and xarsévar, come back 


from exile. —rTydrAKode avOpdrw: the ~ 


common idiom would be rn\cx@de byte. 
But cf. rndcxolde dvdpes Crito 49 a. 

31. 8 adrods totrovs: the invol- 
untary cause in contrast to otro a’rol. 
Since Socrates attracts the young men, 
he will be considered a corrupter of 
youth in other cities also, and will be 
banished on their account. , 


10 


PLATO’S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 103 


38 b 
XXVIII. tows odv av Tis Etro: “« Lvyeov dé Kat novxtav 


» 5 , > a? > yY ee b) \ ‘a Ie N 
ayav, @ LOKpares, OVX Olds T Ever Huty EEehO@y Chv;” Tovti 
by €or. TavTwv xaheToraTor TELTAl TWAS DuoV. Edy TE yap 


, 9 nw la > A Oe! DLP \ XN la 
héyw OTL TH Bem amevBety ToUT e€oTL Kat Ota TOUT aovVaTOV 
iW 


mt: / ¥ > / Q / ¢ > af 27 b) > 
NAOVK LAV QAYELV, OU TTELOEOUVE Pol WS EL OWVEVOMLEV® * EaV T AU 


x / y ‘\ 4 4 > Ac x b) , la 
eyw OTL KQL TVUYX GAVEL PeyloTov aya OV OV avO para TOUTO, 


, ‘ aN \ A la 
EKAOTNS NEPA TEPL ApETHS Tous hoyous TrovetoOaL Kal TOV 


38 


» Rt wge..ie A 3 nA? , , Sns \ 
adAwy Tept wy duets Ewov akovere Siaheyomevov Kal ewavTov 


kat addovs e€eralovtos, 6 8 aveE€ractos Bios ov Biwrtds 

> , A Me MLS oo ae RD, , \ 

avOpanrw,—Tavta 8 er. Hrtov TeicecHE pou héyortt. Ta 
> ¥ \ y € es ae ¢ oy 4 + ee Ws 4 

d exer pev ovTas ws eyo Pyp, @ avdpes, TweiMew S od padzuov. 
re 5 a > ” 3 \ b) lal val 5 , > 

Kal eyo ap ovk eiOiopar ewavTov a€vovv Kakod ovdevds. €t 


pev yap HY por xpymara, érinoduny dv xpynpdatav ova 


XXVIII. I cannot change the order 
of my life. I am ready, however, to 
pay as large a fine as my means allow ; 
this would not injureme. And I might 
pay a mina of silver. But Plato and 
others urge me to propose a fine of 80 
minae, and they — responsible men — 
will be my sureties for the payment. 

2. Hiv: ethical dative. — e€edav 
Civ: to live on in exile. This forms a 
unit to which ovyév and jovxlay dywv 
are added by way of indicating the 
manner of life he will lead. The mean- 
ing of jovxlay dywy is plain from 386 b. 
It is the opposite of mwodurpaypordr. 
If Socrates would so live, he would be 
unmolested at Thebes or at Corinth. 
—rovti 54: that is the thing of which, 
viz. that I cannot be silent. 

3. xaderdrarov: two reasons fol- 
low in the form of a dilemma, — édv re 


| (5) and édv re (5).—aretoat: explana- 


tory infinitive. — rivds : Socrates prob- 
ably means most of the Athenians. 


. 


6. kal rvyxdver péyiorov adyabdv: 
to speak of virtue and seek truth is 
not duty only; it is the highest good 
and gives the greatest pleasure. 

9. avetéracros: in which case a 
man examines neither himself nor 
others, that is, his life is unthinking. 
Verbal adjectives in -ros, especially 
with a- privative, occur with both an 
active and a passive sense. Here the 
active meaning substantially includes 
the passive in so far as it involves self- 
examination (kal é€uavrdv Kal d&ddous 
é£erdfovTos). 

10. ratra Sé: this is the apodosis 
to édv 7 ad Néyw, with a shift of con- 
struction. —ra 8€: cf. 7d 5é 87 a. 

12 f. ei pev yap Hv KTA.: ydp is re- 
lated to the thought which lies unut- 
tered in the previous explanation, — 
‘¢not from love of money do I refuse 
to make a proposition.’’ The apodosis 
includes 80a ¢ueddov kTN. Cf. Os Zuedrev 
20 a. 


15 


20 


104 


HWAATONO® ATOAOLPIA SOKPATOYS 


38 b 


eweddov exteioe: ovdev yap av €BAdBynv- viv 5é—ov yap 
EOTLW, EL [Ly Apa OGoV av ey@ duvainv exTELoat TOTOUTOU 


BovX\eoVE pou Tisnoa. 


¥ > x , > A ies. 
isws 0 av duvainny extetoar viv 


pvav apyuplov: Tom~OUTOV OvY TLL@MaL. 
TlAdrwv 8 ode, 6 avdpes “APnvator, kal Kpitwv kat Kpuro- 
\ > / 4 4 , “~ 7 
Bovdos kai AmrohAddapos kedevovTl mE TPLAKOVTA PYOVY TYLH- 
cacbat, airot 8 éyyvac0ar: Tin@par odv TorovTOV, eyyunTat 
& uty €xovTat ToD apyupiou ovToL, a€idyx pew. 





XXIX. Ov. Tohhov | 
ovoj.a\ ere Kat a 


pelr, ws “Rewxparn a dITEKTOVATE, 


14. viv 5&, od ydp: but as it is (I 
cannot propose a fine), for money I 
have none. The connection is similar 
to dda ydp (19 d, 20 c), where the un- 
expressed thought alluded to by ydp 
is easily supplied. Doubtless this was 
indicated here by a shrug of the 
shoulders or some other gesture. 

17. pvavdpyvplov: about seventeen 
dollars. This is certainly small com- 
pared with the fines of fifty talents 
(350,000) imposed in other cases, e.g. 
upon Miltiades, Pericles, Timotheus, 
and Demosthenes. 

20. adrol 8 éyyudobar: sc. dacty, 
to be supplied from xedevovor (cf. dety 
28 e). Their surety would relieve 
Socrates from imprisonment. 

Here ends Socrates’s dvrirlunais, 
which was followed by the final vote 
of the court determining the penalty. 
The majority was much larger than 
before, — 360 to 141. With this the 
case ends. Socrates has only to be led 
away to prison, 


a4 EvEeKA YpOVOV, w avdpes "A Onvaior, 
bi ple pire Tav Boviopéevwv mae To\w hovdo- 


pyoovar yap 


In the address that follows, Socra- 
tes is entirely out of order. He takes 
advantage of a slight delay to say his 
last words both to those who had voted 
for his condemnation and to those who 
had voted for his acquittal. 

XXIX. You Athenians have not 
gained much by putting me to death. 
You have gained only a brief respite by 
doing a great wrong. I should soon 
have died in the natural course of events. 
I might have been acquitted, if I had 
been ready to fawn upon you, and to 
say what you like to hear. But I am 
satisfied with the decision. 

2. dvopa xrr.: cf. 7d bvoua Kal rhv 
diaBorjv 20 d.— td: as if with dvo- 
pacdnocerbe and airitacOjoecbe. See on 
mwerévOare 17 a, divyounr 19 ¢c. Some 
periphrasis like 8voua éfere xrdX. Was 
often preferred by the Greeks to their 
somewhat cumbrous future passive: — 


avopa copov:” 


Aordopety : 
Greece, and many were ready to criti- 
cise her, 


Ss 


Athens was not popular in | 


10 


15 






PLATO’S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 105 


38 e 

> > ‘ A 
67 codor elvat, el Kal 7 Eipi, ot BovrAspevor duty dverdiCew. 
El ou TEpiepeivate Ohiyov ypdovov, amd Tov av’ToMaToU av 
tA al 5) ? e A \ A A e s Y 7 ¥ 
Dplv TOUTO EyEVvETO’ OpaTe yap 7 THY HALKiaY OTL TOppw NON 


> \ a , , > 3 , , \ A > \ , 
€oti Tov Biov, Oavarov 8 éyys. éyw S€ TodTo ov pds Tav- 


TAS VAS, AANA TPs TOvs E“ov Katamdioapevous Odvarov. a 


héyw d€ Kal Tdd€ pds Tos avTov’s TovTOUS. lows pe 
¥ @ 4 » 5 b] , X36 ¢ » , , @ 
oveole, w avopes, atopia hoywv éalwKévat ToLvovTwy, ois 
x la : A al g A 

dv was ereca, & wpynv Seiy amavta Tovey Kal héyew 
yY wy ee “A x l“ ia A > > > 7 \ 
wot amropuyety THY Siknv. Toddod ye Set. GAN atropia pev 
ev > , 4 > \ , \ > 4 \ 
edhwKa, ov pevTor oywy, ahha TOAMYS Kal avatoxXVYTiAS Kal 


ole / v4 \ e ~ n @2 \ x e ~ Y 5 
TOU eGédeuv Aéyeuv T POs ULas TOLAUTG, otv)av UPLLV NoL“oTa HV 


"Lowy perape 


ipovpwar @O amrohoynodpevos TeOvdvan 7 exeivws (nv: ovTeE 


> 4, ~ rd la \.3 ld \, »¥ , al . 
AKOVELY, Opyvodurés TE ov Kal ddupopevou Kat adda movovy- 
“ : Nereene: 2 ere 
\ , \ \ > ‘e > a c > , 
Tos Kal hé€yovTos TOAAG Kal avdfia Emov, ws eyd pnp: 


® 
OLa 


67 Kal EO. be tpets TOV ahAwY akoveLv.~ GAN oUTE TOT en ony 
dey EveKa TOD KU Svvou.mpagat ovoev dvehevlepor, OUTE VUV 
CUES) aaa 


owt es 


yap €v dikn OUT é€v TOKE L® OUT. Eme OUT GAXoV ovdéva Set 


5. el odv: resumes l. 1. 

6. oti méppw xrd.: explains HrLKxlav. 
—éppw tov Blov: far on in life. The 
genitive is local, not ablatival. 

7. Oavarou § éyyis: and near unto 
death. The contrast introduced by 6é 
is often so slight that but overtranslates 
it; it here marks the contrast with Biov, 
with which vév might have been used. 

13: réApys: in its worst sense, like 
the Latin audacia. Cf. édv Tis rokug 
39 a, below, and Crito 53 e. 

15. Opnvotvros x7rd.: a development 
of the idea in ro.atra, of dv xrX. Here 
is a transition from the accusative of 
the thing heard (@pjvovs kal ddvpyods) to 
the genitive of the person heard. —The 
thought refers to 34 c. —Cf. also Gorg. 


(el OVTWS ATOhoyNTApEVe, GANA TOAD padhon 


522 d, where (evidently with reference 
to the point here made) Plato puts the 
following words into Socrates’s mouth: 
el 6¢ kodaxixhs pnropixfs (rhetorical flat- 
tery) évielg redeur yy eywye, eb olda dre 
padiws Yous dv we pépovra Tov Oavarov. 

17. rote: i.e. at the time of his 
defense. | 

20. a8 drodoynodpevos: in this 
way, etc., ie. after such a defense. 
ovrws above means as I have, and that 
idea is vividly repeated by wde. Thus 
its contrast with éxelyws (sc. drohoyn- 
odpevos) is made all the more striking. 
—r@vadvar: because of the contrast 
with ¢Hv. Cf. redvdvar 80 ¢. 

21. ote, obre krX.: a double set of 
disjunctives in a single sentence. 


106 TMAATONOS AILTOAOTIA SQOKPATOYS 


39a 
TOUTO paxavacbar, 6 oTws atohevEerar Tav tovav Odvarov. 3 
Kal yap €v Tats paxyats Tohddkis SHov yiyverar OTL TO 
2. .% “ + > 4 Tet b] \ \ 3.1326 / 
y atodavety av tis Exhvyou Kal Orda adels Kal éd’ ixereiav 
25 Tpamopevos Tov OwwkdvTwY: Kai adAaL pHYaval Tohal Eiow 
« EKACTOLS TOLS KLVOUVOLS) WOTE Sraperyey vavaraeee Edy TUS 
ola wav tovety Kal heyev. adda 7) OV lotr’ F n xaendv, 
ey , 3 A 
@® avdpes, Odvarov éexdvyetv, akAa TOD yaderorEepov Tovn- 
/ ; “A \ / ~ XN ‘a > \ \ 9 ‘\ 
piav: Barrov yap Oavdrov Bei. Kai viv eyo péev ate Bpadds b 
x \ , eae.” A / zie e 2/3 \ 
30 Ov Kal mperBUTns vid Tov BpaduTépov Eddwv, ot 8 Ewot 
KaTHyopo. are deol Kal d€ets ovTes VTO TOU OarTovos, THS 
KAKLas. 
OdAdyr obrou & v0 ™s ahnOevas ObANKOTES oy Oynpiav Kat 
— eee 


an l4 
a uKLav. Kat eyo TE TO year bade KQL OUTOL. TAVTaA Bev 


\ aA Bee \ ¥ Sn Co See , , 
KQL VUV cyw PEV ATEL{AL up UPOWYV Pavarov diKny 


85 TOV LOWS OUTW Kal Re KEL, Kal Olwat avTa pETpiws EXEL. * 
XXX. (7d dé 8%) pera rovro)émbupa duly Kpyopodnaat, 


crime or the penalty is named either 
(1) in the accusative or (2) in the gen- 
itive with or without dixny. 

33. dAnGelas : contrasted with duar. 

34. Kal éyo xrX.: i.e. they will es- 
cape their punishment just as little as 
I escape mine. The xat before é5e 
makes a climax: ‘‘ it may well be that 
all this had to come just so, and I 
have no fault to find with it.’’ Ss 

35. oxeiv: cf. Zoxere 19 a. 

XXX. You Athenians who have 
voted for my condemnation think that 
you will be freed henceforth from my 
reproaches. But others will arise to 
reproach you. The only honorable and 
effectual way to escape reproach, is by 
leading an upright life. . 

1. 1rd pera rotro: adverbial, like 
with 7d prov, 7d vor, KTA. — XpnopwShoar: 


.22. pnxavaodar: cf. 28 b. 

27. ph... : substituted rhetor- 
ically for a statement of fact. Cf. uy 
oxéupara 7 Crito 48c. For the idea 
of fearing implied, see GMT. 265; 
H. 867. 5 

28. adda odd «rX.: fully expressed 
we should have dA\a pw rodd yadera- 
TEpov 7 wovnplav éxguyetv. 

29. Oarrov Bavdrov Oct: flies faster 
than death, to preserve the alliteration, 
which here, as often, is picturesque. 
— For the thought, cf. Henry V iv. 1, 
‘* Now, if these men have defeated the 
law and outrun native punishment, 
though they can outstrip men, they 
have no wings to fly from God.’? — 
Kal viv: introduces a particular in- 
stance of the general remark. 

32. Oavdrov Siknv odddv: 


épXtoxdvev, whether used technically 
(as a law term) or colloquially, the 


The Greek oracles were ordinarily in 
verse. Cf. xpnoumdds 22 ¢. 


10 


-PLATO’S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES . 107 


39d 

@ kataynpirdpevot pov. Kal yap eius non évtadOa, ev Oc 
pan oT vO parrot Xpyotp@dovo.w, Oray péAhwow dmoBax 
et, dynpl yap, & avdpes,| ot eue aoe 


Ou. 
ean y Od \ \ Sea is \ Myst / 
ULV n&ew €VUUS PEeTa TOV €MOv QVaTOvV moXv Xo ETWTEPQAV 





\ , x y \ > / A \ la . > , 
vy Aia 7» olay ewe amreKTOVaTE: VvUV yap TovTO eipydoacbe 
olduevor atradhdfec Oar (rod duddvar e€deyyov Tov Biov,) 7d 

2) & “~ \ 5 , 3 rs e > , 7 
& viv todd évavtiov amroByjcerar, ws eyo dys. metous 
EFOVTAL VAS ol EA€yYoVTES, OVS VUY ey@ KaTELXoV, Duets 

> 5 > , \ 4 ¥ 4 Y 4 
S ovk yobdverbe: Kai yahemdrepor eoovTar 6ow vewrepot d 





> \ e “ nw > / > \ y > 
Elol, KaL Vers paddov ayavaKTyoeTe. El yap oleafe amo- ~ 


3. GvOpwrot xpnopwdotow xrh.: 
Socrates has in mind such instances as 
Homer II 852f., where Patroclus as 
he dies prophesies truly to Hector, ov 
Onv ot5’ abros Snpdy Béy, 4G Tou 757 | 
dyxt wapéotynkev Odvaros Kal otpa Kpa- 
rain, and X 358ff., where Hector’s 
last words foretell the killing of Achil- 
les by Paris and Phoebus Apollo. Cf. 
Verg. Aen. x. 739, — 

Ille autem expirans: Non me, quicumque es, 
inulto, 
Victor,nec longum laetabere; te quoque fata 
Prospectant paria, atque eadem mox arva 
tenebis. 
Cf. also Xen. Cyr. viii. 7. 21, 4 5é rod 
avOpwrov Yuxi T6re (atthe hour of death) 
Symov Oeoradryn Kkatadpaiverac kal rére Tt 
T&v wedNbvrwy mpoopG : TéTE yap, ws Eocke, 
paduora édevOepodrar. The same idea is 
found in many literatures. The dying 
patriarch Jacob ‘‘ called unto his sons, 
and said, ‘ Gather yourselves together 
that I may tell you that which shall 
befall you in the last days.’ ’’ Genesis 
xlix. 1. Cf. Brunhild in the song of 
Siegfried (Edda), — . 
I prithee, Gunther, sit thee here by me, 
For death is near and bids me prophesy. 


See also John of Gaunt’s dying speech, 
Richard IT ii. 1, — 


Methinks I am a prophet new inspired, 
And thus expiring do foretell of him: 

His rash fierce blaze of riot cannot last, 
For violent fires soon burn out themselves. 


4. amexrévare: sc. by their verdict, 
and by the penalty which they voted. 

6. olav éué arexrévare: equivalent 
to ‘*than the death which you have 
voted for me,’’ ‘*the sentence which 
you have imposed.’’ This is after the 
analogy of riuwplav TipwpetcOal Tuva, 
without some reminiscence of which it 


would hardly occur to any one to say’ 


Odvarov or Timwplav éué drexrovate. drre- 
xrévate is substituted, as more vivid 
and concrete, for the expected reriuw- 
pnode. Similarly we have paxnv vay 
or #rTacGac as more specific equivalents 
of udynv pwdxerOa.—viv: expresses 
reality. This use of vdv is akin to its 
very frequent use in contrast to a sup- 
position contrary to fact (cf. 38 b), but 
here it is connected with a false no- 
tion of what will come to pass, in 
contrast with the truth as foretold by 
Socrates. 


15 


r rapascevdtew OTwS €CTAL Ws Béhruoros. 


on 


108 IIAATONOS ATIOAOLIA SOKPATOYS 


89 d 
KTELVOVTES avd @TTOUS €TLO ) ELV TOU Re ELV TWA. v iv 
st 


Ort ovk dpOas Cire, ovK 6pOas Siavoeicbe. od yap eof avry 
e ] A ¥ , \ ¥ , > aris / ‘\ 
n atahdayn ovre Tavu Suvary ovTe Kady, add cnet Kal 
kahdiorn Kat péorn, a Tovs a\Xous KoAOvELW, GAN’ EavToV 


TAUTA [ev_OUV 
bly Tols KaTabydioapevors pavTevodpevos atahdarropar. 


XXXI. Tots 8 daerpirapevois Hews av drahex ety 
virep TOU yeyoveros TOUTOUL TpPayLaros, €v @ ol apyovTes 
doyoNlav ayovot Kal ovTw Epxopat ot !\Odvra pe Set TeOva- 
vat. adAd por, @ avdpes, TapapetvaTe ToTOVTOY ypdvor: 


oveey yap Kwriear diapvOodtoynoat mpos addrdous ews €€- 


cot: vply yap ws pirous odow émideiEar EDédafT6 vuvi ror 


Sl ete A > \ , eet 8 5 / 
oupBeBnKos [Tt ToTE voet. Yp8 yap, @ avdopes OiKaoTal, — 


bas yap Sucacras Kah@vjdpOas av Kadoiny, 


13. %00' avry? the position of Zor: 
near ov at the beginning of the clause 
justifies the accent. 

17. pavrevodpevos xrd.: the main 
thought is in the participle, though I 
take my leave is in place at the close. 

XXXI-XXXIII. Socrates now ad- 
dresses the judges who voted for his 
acquittal. 

XXXI. To you who voted for my 
acquittal, I should like to show the 
meaning of what has happened. Death 
must be a good thing for me. In noth- 
ing connected with this case has my in- 
ward monitor checked or opposed my 
act or word, yet it surely would have 
done so if I had not been about to act 
Sor my best good. | 

2. iwép: here equals epi. Socra- 
tes speaks about what has befallen him, 
which he looks upon as for the best 
since it is the will of Divine Provi- 
dence. 


ue 
Javpdovdv 


3. doxoAlav Gyovo.: the officials 
were occupied with preparing the 
formal record of the judgment and 
the warrant for the death of Socrates. 

4, &\dd: used frequently, for the 
sake of vivacity, before the impera- 
tive or subjunctive of command. Cf. 
GAN éuol xrr. Crito 45 a. 

5. ob8év yap kwAver xrd.: indicates 
the calm self-possession of Socrates, 
contrasted with the ordinary attitude 
of those under sentence of death. — 
Stapv0orAoyfoa : 
duaréyerbar. Thus Socrates prepares to 
open his heart upon matters which only 
those who care for him need hear. Cf. 
Phaedo 61 e. 

7. rl voet: Socrates always sought 
the inner meaning of an event. 

8. tuds «xrd.: here, for the first 
time Socrates calls his hearers judges ; 
until now he has addressed them sim- 
ply as Athenian citizens. 


4( 


more familiar than — 


PLATO’S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 109 


40 ¢ 
f , ge NOAA : vie a , 3 
TL Yeyover. Of yap ela@bura jou pavtikn/y Tod Satpoviouv ev 
ike bo Ales seas i} aret ee ee eee a 
pev T@ Tpooley KXpov@ wavti) Tavy muKYy del Hv [kal jrdvu 
a) “4 7 , la 
emt OpiKpots EvavTiovpery, el TL WEAOLL 7) OPOGs mpakev- 
\ \ ¢ 4 / Y € ~ ‘N > , \ Y 
puvi d€ cupBEBnké pou, amep dpare Kal avroi, ravtl a ye 
dy olnfein av tis icul vomilerar eoyata KaKkov eivar, enol 
> ¥ 3 9 , Y ¥ > 3 , \ “~ “ A 
& ovr efidvtu ewlev oixober HvavT.dOy Td Tod Heod onpetor, b 
APS ee eae: B 2 ra Met Jet, \ , VARS 
15 oud yvika avéBaivor évravOot emt 1d SiKaatypiov, ov’ év 
ia , b) A , / 3 A , 3 bd , 
T@ Koy ovdapov méAAOrTi TL Epeiv: Kaitou ev adots Ad-yous - a 
A , > a 2 ™m , an > 9 Pat 
To\daxov dy me eréryxe héyorta pera: viv 8 oddSapod\ 
‘ 4 \ A ms AP eRe ¥ 5) \ see 2A , 
TEpl TAVTHY THY TPAkw ouT ev Epyw ovdevt ovr ev hoyw 
{-—qvarvtiotat pou. Ti ovv airioy elvar brohapBavw; eyo vyiv 
, ae. , , \ X n > \. 
(20 €pd@- Kuvduvever yap jor TO cUUBEBNKds TOUTO ayabdv yeyo- 
vevat, Kai lovk &o60” Srws hyels dp0ds brohapBdvopev dco 
» Kat | 6ras jpels dp0ds pBadvop 
5 “4 
olopefa KaKov eivat TO TeOvdvar. péya mou TeKYpLoV TovTOV ¢ 
7 g > \ y ?? y b] > 50 » XN > Ad 
yeyovev’ ov yap eo ows ovK nvavTi@lyn av por Td eiwhds 
“A > ig ¥ 3 \ > \ , 
OnpELOV, El wy TL EwedAov eye ayalov mpd&eav. 


am, 
Cries anininnitetnoeniane 
ea 


9. yap: introduces not the single 
statement but the combination of state- 
ments. The @avudoidy ri is that now, 
when Socrates has such a fate before 
him, the voice is silent, while previ- 
ously, etc.— Tot Sapoviov: cf. 31 d. 

10. mdvv éri cpixpois: see on ovrw 
map ddlyov 36 a, 

13. oinPein, voptterar: change of 
voice and of mood, — from possibility 
to actuality, — voulferac being almost 
a correction of oinGeln. 

14. é&i6vr. «rd: Socrates did not 


_ suffer the indignity of a technical 


‘*arrest,’? but was simply summoned 
to appear before the court. If he had 
chosen to leave the court-room at the 
close of the first division of his speech 
(35 d), without waiting for the ver- 
dict, probably no officer of the law 


would have been authorized to detain 
him. 

18. rairny thy mpagw: the trial, 
including everything that led up to it. 

19. qvavriwrar: AvavT.dOn was used 
above. Here the whole is included. — 
trodkapBdve: not subjunctive, since 
there is no question of doubt. The 
question is only a vivid fashion of 
speech, of which Plato is, fond. 

21. hpets: to be connected imme- 
diately with dca, all we, —even though 
strictly Socrates was not included in 
this number. The first person gives a 
courteous color to the whole. In Eng- 
lish we might use a partitive expres- 
sion, all of us. 

24. ueAXov: refers definitely to 
past time but still contains the idea of 
continued action. 


110 WAATONOS ATOAOLPIA SOKPATOYS 


40 ¢ 
XXXILCépvorcapev dé Kal THOSE Ws TOAAH Edmis eoTwW 
b] \ Le. “y PS) A \ , , 3 \ a , x 
ayaboy avo civar. dvoww yap Odrepdv eat Td TeOvdvar: 7 
yap otov pyder eiva pnd atcOnow pndepiav pndevds) eyew 
X\ ~ x \ \ / , "4 
Tov TéAveGta, } Kata TA eydweva peTaBodn Tis TYyKave 
ovoa Kal peToiKnots TH WuYN TOD TdToV TOU evOEvde Eis 
aXov Térov. Kal elite pyndepia aicOyais éotw, aN oor d 
Umvos érevoay Tis KaDEvdwv pn8'(vap pndev $pa, Javpacrov 
, Ey Pi wre , aN \ A 4 7 2 , 
Képdos av ein 6 Odvaros. eyo yap av oipar, et Twa exheEd- 


Chapters XXXII and XXXIII are 
translated by Cicero, Tusculan Dispu- 
tations i. 41. 

XXXII. But a general argument 
may be presented to show that death is 
a good: Death is either unending sleep, 
or it is a departure of the soul to a new 
home, where it will meet with the just 
and honored men of old,— with Minos 
and Rhadamanthys, with Orpheus and 
Homer. I in particular shall find 
pleasure in comparing my experiences 
with those of Palamedes and Telamo- 
nian Ajax, who also died because of an 
unjust judgment, and in questioning 
Agamemnon and Odysseus. In either 
case, then, death is a blessing. 

1. rqSe: the following. After the 
argument based upon the silence of 
his inner voice, Socrates considers the 
question upon its merits. 

2. airé: i.e. what has befallen 
Socrates. — re@vavar: subject. 

3. otov pydev efvat: without defi- 
nitely expressed subject (cf. ofov dmrodn- 
Moa in e below), — to be dead is as to 
be nothing, i.e. its nature is such that 
a man when dead is nothing. 

4. rov reOvedra: the subject of Zev, 
which is an afterthought; not of efva:. 
—kaTa ta Aeyspeva: Socrates asso- 


» 


ciates his-idea of the life hereafter 
with stories and traditions whose early 
stages are represented by Homer’s 
utterances about the’ HXvcvov rediov and 
Hesiod’s account of the waxdpwr vio. 
The later poets, e.g. Pindar, continued 
what Homer and Hesiod began. And 
Pindar incorporates into his descrip- 
tions of life after death Orphic and 
Pythagorean accounts of metempsy- 
chosis. Here and in the Phaedo (70 c— 
72 a) Socrates appeals to a madaids 
Abyos. — TvyXver odoa: the subject is 
TeOvavat, but the gender of the partici- 
ple is attracted to that of the predicate, 
peraBonn. 

5. tq buxq: dative of interest. — 
Tov Témrov: limiting genitive with pera- 
Bory kal ueroixynors. Of these, the latter 
repeats the former in more specific 
form. — rod évOévSe: cf. rods éx THs vav- 
paxlas 32 b. 

- 6. Kal etre xrd\.: takes up in detail 
7 yap olov xrd. of 1. 8. The second al- 
ternative is introduced by eZ 5’ aé 1. 18. 
—otov tavos: cf. kal r@ novos vrvos 
él Brepdporow €rumre | viyyperos ndwwTos, 
Oavatw ayxiora éoxws Hom. v 79F. 

8. képSos: not dyabdv, because Soc- 
rates does not consider such a condi- 
tion as in itself a good. — Gv otpar: dv 

4 


10 


15 


PLATO’S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 111 


41a S 

pevov d€ou TavTHV TY VUKTA, EV 7) OUTM KaredapHev WOTE 
pnd ovap idetv, Kal Tas aANaS VUKTAS TE Kal meEpas TAS TOU 
Biov Tov éavrov avtiunapalevra Lead wi) vuKTt déov. Si 
Hever elTely TOTAS apevoy Kal apouov mHEpas Kal vvKTas 
TAUVTNS THS VUKTOS paprowey < €v T@ EavTov Biw, oipar auf ca" 
éxu) iSucirqy Tid, ANA TOV Reyer Panes svapil aro av e 
evpelv auToV. TAVTAS mpos Tas ad\as apepas Kal vUKTaS. € 


ouv TOLOUTOV 0 Odvards EOTL, Keépoos & yokes Aeyor Kat yap 


( o88é TEiw i) TAS. Xpovos. paiveTau OUT@ on) Elvat n pia 


20 


vvé. ei & av otov ceroon To ai. €oTw 0 Bavatos évOevde eis 


adXov Toor, Kat adynOn éeote ba heysevar)ais apa eKel elo 
aTavTes ob Tellvewres, Ti petlov ayaloy rovrou ely av, @ 


avopes SuKacrat; 


ayels TOUTwWY TOV Pere Gv Tey duKacTOv eivan, EUPHOEL TOUS 41 


Ss 


El yap Tis adiKdpevos Eis ”A.Sou, amah- 


aAnOas duxacrds, olmep Kat héyovTau €Ket eB Se Mivas 


belongs to edpe?v, and on account of the 


length of the protasis is repeated first» 


with ofua in 1]. 18, and again just before 
the infinitive; similarly dé is twice 
used in the protasis. See on icws ray’ dv 
31 a.— ed riva éxreEduevor Séor. . 
evapiOunrous av edpetv KTr. — exreEdpevov 
kal dvtirapabévra oKxeapapevov : the first 
two participles coupled by xai are 
subordinated to cxelduevov, just as 
this in turn is subordinated to edre?y. 
Cf. 21.e. 

14. ph bru, GAAG KTr.: not to speak 
of any one in private station, no, not the 
Great King, etc. adda here introduces 
a climax. See H. 1035 a. 

15. airév: this gives a final touch 
of emphasis to BaciAéa. Socrates here 
talks of the king of Persia in the strain 
which was common among Greeks in 
hisday. Polus, in the Gorgias (470 e), 


3 ~ 
. elTrety, 


is surprised because Socrates refuses 
to take it for granted that the king of 
Persia is happy. 

16. rovotrov: predicate to Odvatos. 
—képdos Aéyw: sc. aidrédv.— Kal yap 
kTr.: for thus the whole of time appears 
no more than a single night, etc. 

18. ci 8 ad: refers to 1. 6. 

19. dpa: as they say, marks this as 
the popular view. 

22. Suxacrav: 
genitive. 

23 f. Mivws xrrX.: attracted from 
the accusative in apposition with é&- 
kaotds to the construction of the rela- 
tive clause. — According to ordinary 
Greek belief, a man’s occupations after 
death were much the same as before. 
So Socrates assumes that Minos is a 
ruler ‘and judge, and that he himself 
will continue his questionings. 


predicate ablatival 


112 MAATONOS AITOAOTIA SOKPATOYS 
4la 


TE Kal ‘PaddpavOus Kat Atakos Kal TpumTodenos Kat a&AXou 


25 0 ov nuléwy Sixaror éyévovto ev To éavtav Bia, a 
OGOL TOV HU yévovto €v T@ EavTav Big, apa 


x > ‘al 
havry av ein 7 aTodnpia; H ad Opdet ovyyevéo bar kat Mov- 
, \ , Ne , +N , ¥ , > x 
caiw Kat Howd@ kat “Ourjpe (eri 760-9) av Tis defor av 
¢ ~ > N \ \ 4 > 7 , > aA ae 
Dov; €y@ pev yap ToddaKs EHEhw TeOvavat, El TATA EOTLV 


a nO errei Ewouye Kai aiT@ Oavpaory dv ein 4 SvatpiBy 
a 
30 avToft, ddr evTvxouwe Tladapyder Kat AtavTs T@ Tedapo- 


35 


N ¥ >” an an A F » 7 
vos Kal{el Tus aAAOS}Ta@v Tada@v dia Kplow ad.iKoyv TéOVy- 
a 4 \ > “a 4 XN \ > / 
kev. avtirapaBaddrovTt Ta EwavTov 7a0n Tpods Ta EkElvar, 
e > \ > > x b] de x \ or \ ld 3 \ 
WS EYW Oipal, OVK GY ANOES ElN. Kal OY TO MEeyLOTOY, TOUS 

A \ a 4 A 
exer e€eralovta. Kal Epevvavta womep Tovs evTavOa didyewv, 
, 2 A , 3 \ , ¥ , x + _¥ ee. 
Tis avT@v wodds eat. Kal Tis olerar pev, ETL O ov. Ent 
, > » > 7 4 b] 4 \ 1! 
Too © ay Tis, @ avdpes Sixacrai, deEaito eEerdoa Tov emt 
+ x x 
Tpoiav ayovta Thy ToMAnY oTpatiav H Odvaecéa H Liovdor, 
a »¥ , ¥ ¥ . # 5 \ A @ 
% aAovs pVpLous ay TLS EV7TOL KaL aVOpas Kal yuvatkas, cis 


25. éyévovro: as aorist of edul. 

27. émi woo xrXr.: i.e. how much 
would one give ?—4v, av: the repe- 
tition of dy has an effect comparable 
to the repeated negation. The first 
dy is connected with the most im- 
portant word of the clause, while the 
second takes the place naturally be- 
longing to dy in the sentence. Cf. 
31 a. 

30. émére: when (if at any time) I 
might meet. 

31. et tis GAXOs: i.e. whoever else. 

32. dvriurapaBdAAovtt: asyndeton 
(H. 1039), which occurs not infre- 
quently where, as here, a sentence is 
thrown in by way of explanation, vir- 
tually in apposition with the preced- 
ing. ol is easily supplied from the 
preceding euovrye. The action would be 
ovk dndés.—For the participle, cf. 
Phaedo 114 4, and see GMT. 901. 


33. odk andés: repeats Pavuacrh 
1, 29. —kal 8H Td péytorov: and what 
after all is the greatest thing. Then 
follows, in the form of an appositive 
clause, an explanation of the uéyoror. 
The whole is equivalent to 7d wéyiordy 
éort TovTo, ékerdgovra didyew (with an 
indefinite personal subject). See on 
olov under eivac 40 c. 

37. ayovra: represents ds Rye. This 
use of the imperfect instead of the 
aorist is not uncommon where extreme 
accuracy is not aimed at. 

38. puplous av tis elror: escapes 
from the grammatical construction, — 
a not uncommon irregularity. — ois 
StaréyerOar Kal ouvetvar Kal éferdfev: 
when verbs governing different cases 
have the same object, the Greek idiom 
usually expresses the object once only, 
and then in the case governed by the 
nearest verb. 


b 


40 


_PLATO’S APOLOGY OF SOCRATES 113 


= qd 
exe StahéyerOar Kat _guvetvan Kal e&eracew Guriyauan é av 
et ebdarovias | TevT bs bd Syov)rovrou y &vEeKa OL eKEL 
QTOKTELVOUCL (ra Te yap dda evdatpovéarepot ElowW Ob 
EKEL TOV erdade, Kat on Tov ouvTov ypovov abavarot Elo, 
El TEp ye TA ig er ERO 

XXXII. ahdd kat tuas xp7, @ avdpes Sixactat, evédm- 
das elvar mpos Tov Oavartor, Katlev TL TOVTO] Siavoeta Oa adn- 
Oés, Ori ovk eoTw avdpt ayale@ KaKdv ovdev ovTe CHT. ovTE 
TENEVTHTAVTL, OVD apedetrar Id Oedv Ta TOVTOU.TpaypaTa: 


3 \ \ 5 A 
ovoe TA Ewa 
€OTL TOUTO, 


Bédriov Hv por. 


39. duh avov edSatpovias : 


more 
blessed than tongue can tell. 
40. mavrws od S4ov KTr.: in any 


event, I am sure that they put no man 
to death there, etc. —rotrov y Evexa: 
spoken humorously and with a thrust 
at those who voted for his death. 

XXXII. All should have good 
heart as regards death, and believe that 
no ill befalls a good man, either while 
he lives or on his death. So I am 
not very angry with my accusers and 
those who voted for my death, —though 
they thought to injure me, and for 
this they are blameworthy. But if they 
will treat my sons as I have treated 
my fellow-citizens, and rebuke them if 
they take no care for virtue, I shall be 
satisfied. 

2. év tt roto: this one thing above 
all. ‘The position of rofro, coming as 
it does after instead of before év ru, is 
emphatic. 

3. The same thought is expressed 
distinctly also in the Republic 613 a. 
Cf. also Phaedo 58 e, 64a. 


a b) * la) > , id > 4 A / 
vov(a7ro TOU avToparov }yéyover, a\Ad por OHAOV 
9 5 , ys , , 
ort Hon TeOvavar Kal amnddAdyOar TpaypaTov 
s Se a a oS Pz \ 

La TOVTO Kal Eu“e OVOamLoU aTeTpEe TO 


6. reOvdvar kal drnddAdx8ar: the 
perfect is used, because to speak of the 
completion of the change, i.e. to be 
dead, is the most forcible way of put- 
ting the idea. The second infinitive 
explains the first. mpdyuara applies to 
the trouble and the unrest of a busy 
life. 

7. BéArvov qv: Socrates considers 
the whole complication of circum- 
stances in which he is already in- 
volved, or in which he must, if he 
lives, sooner or later be involved. 
Deliverance from this he welcomes. 
— $id trotro xrA.: cf. 40 ac. Socrates 
argued from the silence of 7d datudnov 
that no evil was in store for him when 
he went before the court. This led 
him to conclude that his death could 
benoharm. On further consideration, 
he is confirmed in this, because death 
is nevera harm. Applying this prin- 
ciple to his own actual circumstances, 
its truth becomes the more manifest, 
so that, finally, he can explain why the 
divine voice was silent. The Homeric 


10 


y— 


15 


20 


114 TMAATONOS ATLOAOTIA SOKPATOYS 


41d 
a ‘\ A A i \ a) 
OnMELOV, Kal Eywye Tols KaTandioapévors pov Kal ToS 
/ 
KaTnyopots ov mavu xadeTalvw. Kairo. ov TavTn TH Sta- 
lg / / \ / > > oF , 
voin Kate(ypiCovTo ov Kal KaTyyopour, add’ oldpevor BAa- 
a“ A »” 
mrew: (rodro abtots akvov péuderOar) Troodvde pévror S€opau 
lanl \ lal Ss » 
avT@V: TOUS vets pov eTELdav HBHTwOL TYunwpyoacbe, @ av- 
\ A a) Y \ A 
Opes, TaUTA TavTa AvTOvYTES aTEep eyo Duds EAVTrOUY, éav 
A las xs , x ad 
vpiv SoKa@ow H xpnuadtwv 7 ahdov Tov mpoTEepov Emipe- 
A a 9 A ae ees > ie, Ee > 
Leto Par H apeTns, Kal €av SoK@at Tu elvar pydev ovTes, OvE- 
, > A y 5 x e A Y ) 5 wn a A 
dilere avTois womTep ey@ vply, OTL OVK emipedodVTAaL OV Sel, 
\ ¥ , 5 ” > N ¥ \ on 
Kal olovrai Tu elvau ovTes ovdevds aéior. Kal €av TavTa 
~ , \ 3 Np e > Je “A > , ‘\ 
monte, Sixasa(rerovOas\ eye éoopan hid’ tov, adtds TE Kat 
A Ac ) Qa feck 
Ol VELS. HAMA) (ge 7 : 
> ‘\ ‘\ ¥ ~ ) l4 2 \ \ b] 4 e “A 
ada yap 7dn wpa amvévat, Euolt pev atoPavovpeva, vty 
5) A 3 + 
dé Biwoopevois: ddtepo. 8 yuav epyovtay emi apewvov 


Tpaypa, adyov Tavtt mhyv 4 TO Deg. 


Achilles in Hades is represented as 
holding a different view (\ 489 ff.), and 
Euripides makes Iphigenia say xaxés 
thv xpeiooov 4 Kad@s Oaretv (Iph. Aul. 
1252). Eich 

10. BAdrrev : used intransitively, 
without accusative of the person or of 
the thing, because the abstract idea of 
doing harm is alone required. 

11. rotro... aftoy pépdeoOar: so 
far it is fair to blame them. Cf. robré 
por €d0kev a’trav 17 b, this... about 
them. They deserve blame for their 
malicious intention. — &fvov : it is fair. 
—toodvde pévrov: ‘although they 
certainly are far from wishing me 
well, yet I ask so much as a favor,”’ 


i.e. so little that they can well afford 
to grant it. Then follows an expla- 
nation of rocédvée. 

12. HBhowor : for the aorist, see on 
érxere 19 a. Cf. Hes. Op. 182, dd bray 
ABhoee Kal NBns wérpov iKoro. 

15. oveditere: cf. dvecdivwy 30 e. 

18. Sikora rerov0ds: fairly treated, 
to be understood in the light of Chap- 


4 


ters XVIII and XXVI. Socrates de- . 


serves what is good,— but death is 
good.—atrés te xrd.: for éya® ards 
xtr. Cf. Crito 50 e. 

20. GAAG yap xrA.: serves to close 
the speech, giving at the same time the 
reason for coming to an end. 

22. wAnv q: cf. dN 7 204, 


10 


“ 


NAATOQNO® KPITON 


SOKPATHS, KPITON 


43 b 


I. SOKPATHS. Ti ryvixdde adiéa, & Kpitwv; 7 ov po a 


€TL €OTIV; 
KPITON. Idvv pev ovr. 
~Q. Invika padiora; 
KP. “Op@pos Babus. 


‘LQ. Oavpalw orws HOEAnTE wor 6 Tod Seapwrtypiov dvda€ 


UTAKOUVG AL. 


KP. SuvAOns yd pol €or, @ LHkpares, dua TO ToAAAKLS 


lal “A s 4 \ > , Se lal 
devpo porar, KQL TL KQUL EVEPYETNTAL UT E€fOv. 


=O. “Aptu dé nKELs 1) TAAL; 


KP. ’Emtekds madar. 


XQ. Eira was ovk edOds Emryerpds pe, dAAa OvyH Tapa- 


KaOnoa ; 


I. Crito has come to Socrates’s cell 
in the prison very early in the morning, 
and has wondered at the peaceful slum- 
ber of his friend. He brings the tidings 
that the festival boat, which has been at 
Delos, has reached Sunium on its return, 
and is expected to reach the harbor of 
Athens to-day, and so Socrates will die 
on the morrow. 

4. myvixa: in the prison, Socrates 
could have slight indication of the time 
of day. 

5. dpOpos Babis: the expression 
means rather the end of night than 
the beginning of day. Cf. the time 
when the Protagoras begins (810 a), 
T*js TavTnol, ere 


mapehOovans vuKrTos 


Babéos dpApov. The description of young 
Hippocrates feeling his way through 
the dark to Socrates’s bedside, in 
the same dialogue, shows that 8p6pos 
Babds means just before daybreak. Cf. 
Xen. An. iv. 3. 8 ff., where Xenophon 
dreams a dream, éel 5é SpOpos Fv... 
. kal ws tadxuTa ews bré- 
davev €O0ovro. Here 8p@pos means the 
dark before the dawn. Cf. also rq dé 
pugd TOv caBBdrwv bpOpov Babéws éri 7d 
pviua #rAOov St. Luke xxiv. 1. 

9. ri: equivalent to evepyerlay tid 
(a tip). 

12. cira: refers to émeckds wddx in 
a vein of slight wonder or perhaps of 
gentle reproof. 


Ounyetrar. . 


115 


Bie 


15 


20 


25 


30 





J TAATONOS KPITON 
43 b 
, Ms , > x » 
KP. Ov pa Tov Alia, & Lékpares, ovd’ av avtds 7Oedov ev 
, e+ , \ , > sy) Yer A , 
TooavTn T aypuTVia Kal huTy ewar. GAA Kal/cov wadaL 
, > , C= ey , Sitti util es , 
Oavpalw aicBavopevos ws ndéws Kabevders* Kal éritndés oe 
> »¥ Y ¢ 7 , \ / \ , 
ovK nyELpov, va ws HdioTta Sidyns. Kal wohdAdKis pev dH 
oe Kal TpoTEpoy ev TavTt T@ Biw yvSaiporica (Tod Tpdrrovs| 
hd d€ padiota €v TH VOY TapedTHOH TUpdhopa, ws Padi 
70 # Se a P DY TUP-PO PEs OS aes 


> \ ‘\ 4 , 
QUTHY Kal Tpaws pEpets. 


XQ. Kai yap av, & Kpirwv, mAnppedés ein ayavaxreiv 


la > a~ » la 
TyALKOUTOV OVTa, ei Set HON TEhevTar. 


» 5 A 
KP. Kat adda, & Lékpares, THALKOUTOL Ev TOLAVTALS OUp- 


dhopats adioKkovTat, add’ ovdev adTovs emidverar 7 HiKia Td 


#1) OVXL GyavaKTEly TH Tapovayn TVX7- 


¥ A > \ , \ Y pam ae We 
YQ. "Ears tavta. adda ti dx) ovTw Tpe® adiEa ; 


KP. ’Ayyediav, & Lékpares, héepwv — yaremHv ov Gol, ws 


3 \ , > P| \ \ A lal > 5 , A Q 
€ {LOL PatveTat, atdX €mol Kal TOLS Dots EmLTNOELOLS TAL Kal 


\ \ A a ee c 3 \ nals A , 
xahernv Kat Bapeiav, nv eyo ws Emot doK@ \év Tots Bapv- 


A 3 2 
rar’) QV EVEYKQLLL. 


14. od pa tov Ala: sc. ériyyewpa. — 
The answer to Socrates’s question 
becomes categorical in kal éirnies 
KTX. 

15. év rocaity + ayputvia KTH. : 
sc. aslam. réis placed after rocatry, 
since this belongs to both substantives. 
This position of ré is very common 
after the article or a preposition. 

17. nHyepov: the imperfect indicates 
the length of time that Crito sat by 
Socrates without waking him. 

18. rot rpdrov: genitive of cause. 
At the end of the sentence, a clause 
with ws (equivalent to ér: ovrw) is intro- 
duced in place of the genitive. 

21. wAnppedés: cf. Ap. 22 d and 
éupedOs Ap. 20 c. 


22. rydrtkodrov: cf. rydixdvde 84 e. 

25. ro ph odxl dyavakreiv: émr- 
dAverar is here qualified by ovéév, and is 
used in the sense of preventing. Hence 
the doubled negative. 

29. kal xaderhv kal Bapetav: an 
effective and almost pathetic reiteration 
of the first yaXeryjv,—made all the 
stronger by the doubled kal. —év rots 
Bapirar dv évéyxauwu: Herodotus, 
Thucydides, Plato, and later writers 
use év rots, about, idiomatically to limit 
the superlative. Originally in such an 
expression the participle was used, e.g. 
év tots Bapéws pépover. xTrX. Thus év 
rots becomes an adverb, which de- 
scribes not absolute precedence but a 
general superiority. | 


PLATO’S, CRITO 


44a yyw Af 


4 " x is A a 
20. Tiva ravrnv; 4 7d mrotov adixrar é« Ardov, ob Set 


> 7 4 
adikopevov TeOvavar pe; 


117 


| ¥ A A 

KP. Ourox On aptkrar, GANA SoKel pév pou HEE THpEpor 
a Ma PR 4 

€€ av atayy€éhovow HKorTés Tives ad Yovviov Kal KaTadt- 





35 movtes Exel avTd. dHdov ody ex TovTwr [TaV ayyédov] dre 
Y , RRC eae 5. > ¥ ¥ D , 
NEEL THMEPOV, Kal avdyKy 52) eis avpioy eoTaL, @ LHKpares, 


> “~ > 3 a P, 
oh KaLp@ TWH) OUK €YELpal [eE. 


Tov Biov oe TeXevTAv. 


II. 20. °AN’, 3 Kpitav, riyy ayaby. i tavryn Tots eots 


/ , Y > ? > 4 Sih / 
diror, TAUTYH ETTW. OV PEVTOL Omar HEEL avTO TH MEPOV. 


KP. Ild0ev rovro rexpaipe ; 


sO 4 , > “A “A / e / 8 la > Q 4 
Ph Yo OOUu €p@. TY) Yap TOV VOTEPAlLa El BE Qa7TO VY)- 


x @ KR A 
5 oKew 7 7) av EhOn TO MAOLov. 


y 
KP. ®aci ve TOL 57) Ol TOUTWV KUPLOL. 


> / ~ > / e / > 9 8 4 
+2. OD roivyy THs emiovans Huepas oimau aiTd née, 


b] ‘\ ~ c.f / - Deen > / a ¢ s/s 
ahda THs ETépas. Tekwaipowar 6 €k Twos évuTViov 6 EéW- 


aka OXyov mpdoTepov Ta’THS THS vUKTOS: Kal KLWdUVEvELS 
” VOU; 
[vs 


31. riva ratryv: the construction 
of the previous clause is continued. 
Cf. olay codiay ratrnvy Ap. 20 d. — 
76 tAotov: cf. Phaedo 58 a. 

32. reOvavat: cf. Ap. 80 ¢ fin. 

33. Soxet pév: with no following 
dé. In such cases the original affinity 
of wév with why is usually apparent. 
Its meaning is indeed, surely. 

36. cis aiprov: construe with re- 
AeuTay. 

Il. Socrates does not think that the 
boat will arrive to-day, fora dream has 
intimated to him that he is to reach 
home on the third day. 

1. GAAG: introduces the cheerful 
hope of Socrates in vivid contrast to 
Crito’s despondency. 


<: t tir yy 


/ ’ 


4. rq yap mov xrX.: this is the first 
premise that follows the conclusion 
stated above in od uévroe n&ew TiHpepor 5 
the second is contained in the account 
of the dream. 

6. of kipor: i.e. of “Evdexa. 

7. Tis émotens hpépas: means the 
same as t7uepov, for Socrates is now 
thinking of the fact that day has 
not yet dawned. See on dpépos Ba- 
Obs 43 a. 

9. rattns Tis vuKTds: temporal 
genitive, explaining mpérepov. The 
vision came after midnight, a circum- 
stance of the greatest importance 
according to Moschus, Idyll. 1. 2, 
vuxtos Ste Tplirarov Ad yxos lorarac, ey yur 
5 yas... ebre xal drpexéwyv momalverau 


d 


44 


15 


10 


118 TIAATONOS KPITON 


44a 
KP. "Hy d€ 8%) ti 76 evdrviov ; 
YQ. "EddKer Tis wou yuri) TporeMMovoa Kkadr) Kal everdys, 
hevKa iudrva EXOUT a, Kadéoar Me Kal clare: “°O, Sékpares, 
‘nati KEV Tpurar on Re epiBodov jt JUKCOLO. yew 
KP. “Arozov 76 Lis ada @ LOKpPares. 
>. ‘"Evapyes psy aby ‘bs, v XE pol oes 
Ill. KP. Atay ye, ws eouney. add’, @ qutyee 2 cin pares, 


eTt Kal voy €uot teiov Kal c@OnrTL: 


K pire. 


ws €uol, €av ov atoba- 
b} , (at. > A \ \ la 5 nw v 
VNS, OV pla cuudmopa eoTiv, AA Ywpls pev TOD EaTEepHabar 
, > - 3 > \ > / , € / y_ s \ 
ToLovTOU ETLTNOELOV, Olov eyo OvdEva fy TOTE EUPHOw, ETL OE 
\ a / ae ae \ \ \ la ¥y ec er 
Kal Toddots Sdfw, ot ewe Kal cé p17) cadas icacw, (ws ods 
> »* 5C ) > 4) Xr > We , p) ee 
T wv oe owleww, jet nledov avadioxew Xpypata, apehnoa. 


, , Xx > , ¥ , 8 , - x 8 A ie 
Kaitou Tis av aicyiwy ein TavTns OdFa wry SoKeEtv XPHnHaTa 


mept mAelovos tovetccOar 7) idrovs ; 


\ y e 
ov yap TEloovTaL OL 


\ € be! aa > > , > 4 3 / e A 
medrol ws ov avTos ovK HOeAnoas amievar evOevde, Huov 


7 poOupoupevav. 


YQ. "AAA Ti Huiv, @ pakdpie Kpitwv, ovtw THs TOV TOA- 


ZOvos dvelpwv. Cf. Hor. Sat. i. 10. 32 ff.— 

Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare 
citra, - 

Versiculos, vétuit me tali voce Quirinus 

Post mediam noctem visus,cum somnia vera, 

14. qparexrd.: quoted from Homer 
I 363, quart xe Tpirdrw POinv épiBwrov 
ixolunv, in which Achilles tells Odysseus 
that he expects to sail from Troy, and 
to reach his home in Phthia on the 
third day. 

15. G@romwov xrX.: sc. éori, an ex- 
clamation which nearly approaches the 
form of a regular sentence. Cf. dnyo- 
Bépos Bacireds, eel odTiOavoicw dvdooets 
Homer A 231. 

Ill. Crito not only mourns the loss 
of his best friend but also fears the 
shameful repute of not caring to use his 


money for his friend’s safety, and he 

begs Socrates to escape from the prison. 
2. én kal viv: this gives a hint ‘as 

to what Crito has planned. It is devel- 

oped later. —@s: causal, since. 

more vivid and natural 

construed 


3. éoriy: 
than éora. —éorepiobar: 
with ywpis. 

4. oiSéva ph wore: equivalent to ob 
uy woré Tuva, and so here with the future 
indicative, I certainly shall never, etc. 
Cf. Ap. 28b. GMT. 295; H. 1032. 

5. as olds T wv KTA.: many will 
think that though I was able to save 
you, I neglected you. olds 7’ dv ogtew 
represents ofés 7° nv odtew, I might 
have saved you, if I had wished. 

7. % Soxeiv . . . pidovs: explains 
TaUTNS. : 


PLATO’S CRITO 
44e . mesvl Uns yr 
hav d0&ns poenes Ol Har emueikéorarot, Ov paddoy st 


dppovtile, nyyoovTar aura ovTw mempayOar OOTEP av 
mpaxOn. 

KP. ’AXX’ épas 87 or dvdyKyn, © Lexpares, Kal THs TOV 
Tohdov Od€ns pede. 


119 


15 
> \ \ ~ ‘\ , 7 4 
atta d€ Ona TA TapdrTa vuvi, OTL 
@ / > oh | hae \ b) \ , la lal 3 
otot T €lolyv ot ToAAOL OV TA op argae TOV KaKov é&- 
epyaler Oar, aha Ta peyroTta oxed0v, edy Tis ev avTois 

Sia BeBdnpevos 7) 1: 


20 0. Ei yap wdedov, @ Kpitav, ofoi 7 etvat ot moddol 


\ U4 A ‘\ > / Y pany 4 > 4 ae | \ ‘\ 
TA MEYLOTA KAKO épyaleo Oa, Wa OLOLT HOaV Kal ayaba TQ. 


peyloTa, Kal KAAMS av €ElyeV: 
bey ? xX 


a > > , ee A » 
VUV 5) ovoeTEepa OLOL TE’ OUTE 


a OVL OV OUT a OVa duvarot TOU No at WOLOVGL de TOUTO 
yap ppovep 


4 x , 
O TL AV TUX WOLD. 


mae 
EF . KP: 
13. domep av mpdxOy 


y: the aorist 
subjunctive is used with the force of 
the future perfect. 

15. épds 84: Crito means to point 
at the casein hand. ‘‘ The fact is that 
the many are really able, etc.’’ Crito 
has profited little by what Socrates 
has said in the court-room. Cf. Ap. 
30d, 40 b. 

16. SfAa xTr: i.e. show praia: 

20. ei yap wbeAov xrA.: a wish the 
object of which is not attained; and 
iva olol r joav expresses an unattained 
purpose depending on the preceding 
unfulfilled wish. SCG. 867; GMT. 
333; H. 884. 

21. épydter@ar: serves as a repeti- 
tion of é&epydfecPar above. Such repe- 
tition of the simple verb is common. 
Cf. 49d. ae 

22. Kadds xTd: indeed (i.e. in this 
case) it would be well. —viv 8€: in- 
troduces the fact. Supply épydfecda 


V. KP. Tatra peéev 57 ovTws EXETO. 


Tade 8, & LHKpa- 


here, and rowdvres with 8 Te av Téxw- 
In hypothetical and relative sen- 
tences, ruyxdvey may be used without 
the participle, which is always sug- 
gested by the leading clause. 

IV. Perhaps Socrates hesitates to 
escape from prison because of his fear 
lest his friends should be brought into 
trouble for their connivance with his 
escape. But not very much money is 
required both to hire assistance for the 
escape, and to buy off the malicious 
accusers who might present themselves. 
Crito’s means are sufficient, but if Soc- 
rates does not want to use these, Simmias 
has brought from Thebes enough for the 
purpose. Provision can be made easily, 
also, for a comfortable home for Socra- 
tes in Thessaly. 

1. ratra xrd.: Crito cannot stop 
to discuss this point, and so is ready 
to grant it.— A like clause is often 
used to mark a transition. 


ol. 


120 


IAATONOS KPITON 


44e 


n atta 
Cyr " 


+] , 5 , \ 3 n A lal Q ~ »¥ 3 
TES, ELTE MOL’ Apa ye wy Ewov TPO AGEL Kal TOY ahdrwY Emt- 

/ / - Ih \ 5 , > 3 4 ce 4 ¢ lal 
Tndeiwv, wy, €av ov EevOES E€ENOys, Of GvKoddvTar Hiv 


, ol , ¢ \ b] bévd b] hea \ b] 
T PAaYLaAT a 7 PEXWOLV WS O€ EVUEVOE EKK ebay, KQL avay~— ; 


al x \ “A \ > / > “A x \ 
5 kacbapnev Y Kal Tacav THY ovoiay amoBakely NH OvxXVa 


4 ey \ ¥ X / A > , 
Xpymata, 7 Kal addo TL pos TovTous wafeiv; eb yap TL 


“~ ~ ¥ gM / e “A , , 
TovovTov PoBel, Eavov avTo yaipew: Hels yap mov Ot 


- 4, - nw 
KaLol EDMEV THTAVTES TE KLVOUVEVELY TOUTOV TOV KLVOUVOV 


\ 3 / ¥ , yo b] > 5) \ / \ A 
Kal €ay dén eT. TovTOV peilw. add €LOl meiov Kat BN 


10 ad\Aws roiet. 


(2) 


YQ. Kai tradra tpopynPotvpa, & Kpirwv, kai adda TodXa. 
KR. Mire toivuy tavta poBod: Kai yap ovdé Todd Tapyv- 
piov é€ativ, 6 BédXovor AaBovTes Tes TOTA GE Kal eEaya- 


yewv évOévoec.. erreita ovx opas ToUTOUS TOUS GuKOpaVTAas WS 


> A \ 2»Q\ x / a > \ 29 - / \ 
15 ebreets, Kal ovdev adv Séou em’ avTovs ToAdOV apyupiov; col 


45 


a. ze as \ \ 3 X on ¢ > a. > e , 
6 VTAapKYEL MEV TA EULA KPHUATA,—WS EyYW Oiwal, LKava: b 


¥ \ ¥ > “ /, > ¥ a > , 
€TELTA Kal EL TL E“ov KNOdpMEVOS OVK Ole SEly avahioKke 


2. dp& ye ph: like uh alone (Ap. 
25 a), apa uy looks for a negative 
answer, but the connection may con- 
vey an insinuation that in spite of the 
expected denial the facts really would 
justify an affirmative answer. You 
surely don’t, though I imagine you do, 
is Crito’s meaning. —The pw) which 
follows rpounde? is obviously connected 
with the notion of anxiety in that 
verb. The same idea is again pre- 
sented in goBet (are fearful) below. 
The subjunctive rapéxwo.v conveys an 
idea of action indefinitely continued, 
whereas é&é\@yns and dvayxacOGuev de- 
note simply the occurrence of the 
action. 

9. GAN enol me(Oov, ph. . . mole: 
no, no! do as I say. adda with the 
imperative introduces a demand or a 


request made in opposition to an ex- 
pressed refusal, or to some unwilling- 
ness merely implied or feared. This 
vigorous request is reénforced by the 
negative um mole, do this and do not do 
that. Cf. 46 a. 

12. pare: the second clause, which 
we miss here, appears below (b) in 
the resumptive statement 6é7ep Aéyw, 
unre KTrX. —oPovd: reiterates poe? 
above. 

13. &: object of \aBérres. 

. Tovrous: Said with some con- 


. ws éy® olpar: said with refer- 
ence to the appositive ixavd. 

17. ov« ote: Crito recollects what 
Socrates had said (45 a, in connec- 
tion with 44e). See on od pire Ap. 
25 b. 


PLATO’S CRITO 121 


45d : Q 
- ae , @ p) é for 9 p) , @ \ ‘ , "a 

Tapa, E€vor ovTo EvOAdd EToipwor avahiokev: €bs S€ Kal KEKO- * 

OC tas ek oot , € s , c Re 

plkev ET GUTO TOUTO apyupLoy LKavor, Lupias 6 OyBatos: 
y \ + 

20 croysos d€ Kal KéBys Kai ado. Troddol wdvv. wate, dmeEp 

pyte tavta hoBovmevos atokduns cavtdov cdaat, 
5A? a *) 2 an § / 5; y ‘Breage , Y 

BHO oO Edeyes Ev TH OLKaTTHPiw OvTVXEpEsS ToL yevérOa, OTL . 


héya, 


) ara > \ Y an las a \ \ 
ovK av exous efehfav 0 TL Xp@o GavT@. Toddayxod pev yap 

kal adXooe oro av adiky dyatycovoi oe: éav dé Bovr 
| Nn ayannoovot oe: éav d€ Bovdry 
3 , 27 » | > Ns las / ¥ \ a 
25 els Oerradiav lévar, elolv Ewol exet E€vor, of we Epi TOAOD 

: a \ > / ; , 7 Y lA 
TOLNTOVTAL Kal aopareav Gor TapeLovTa, wWoTE OE pNdeva 

AuTEety TOV KaTAa OeTTahiav. 
V. ere 8, & LaKpares, ovdE Sixardy pou SoKels emiyepeEty 
Tpaypa, cavTov mpodovvas, eso cativas’ Kal TowadvTa 
omevoeis TEept oavTov ae hears amep av Kat ol €xPpot aov 
OTEVTALEY TE Kal EO TEVT AY ie Sap Peipau Bovddpevor.\ pds 
5 d€ TovTOLS Kal TOUS Els TOUS DavTOU emovye SoKels Tpodidd- 
Ya, ous go. efor Kal eeFpeian Kal exradeioat) oixroet 
WAR Er pe 

KaTaXirev, Kal TO ody p€pos, 6 TL av TUYwOL, TOUTO mpatov- 


18. gévor ovror: cf. &ddoe rolvuy 24. GdAooe: fur 40H, which we 


otra Ap. 33 e. The pronoun calls up 
the gévo. as present in Athens, and, 
for rhetorical purposes, within sight. 

20. KéBns: he also was from 
Thebes, and Cebes and Simmias play 
very important parts in the Phaedo. — 
GAAot todAol wavy: the English idiom 
reverses the order. | 

21. phre ratra: repeated from 
1. 12. —dtrokdpys cavrdv cdoa: get 
tired of trying, etc. Here is no impli- 
cation that Socrates has already tried 
to get away. Crito only hints that 
any other course is nothing short of 
cowardice. 

22. 6 eyes: cf. Ap. 87 cd. 

23. xpGo: the optative represents 
the subjunctive of doubt. 


expect after moA\axod, on account of 
This is attraction, or inverse 
assimilation. — The wpéy-clause seems ~ 
here less important than the 6é-clause. 

V. Crito urges that Socrates is not 
doing his duty either to himself or to his 
sons, in abandoning himself to his sen- 
tence. Having children, Socrates ought 
to care for them. The whole course of 
his case is likely to bring reproach as 
well as ill upon him and his friends. 

4. ct StadOecipar: oé is accented 
for emphasis and to disconnect it from 
éomevoar. 


O7roL. 


7. Ott dv tixwou: sc. mpdrrovres. 
Cf. 44 d.— rotro mpdtovow: cf. ed, 
kak@s, and even dyafév (used adver- 
bially) with mrpdrrew (Ap. 40 2} 


122 


t 


& 


TIAATOQNOS KPITON 


45d 


, > e A Pe 4 Qa? y¥ , 
giv: TevEovta 8 ws TO Eikds ToLOvTwY otdmeEep ciwlle yiyve- 


> A > / \ \ > 4 x \ > \ 

cAa €v Tats dppavias TEpt TOs dpphavovs. 7 yap ov ypH 
A om nN y fas \ -. [20 ‘ 

10 moveto Bar tat aS, 7) Ovv LaTANALTMpELV KQL Tpéepovta Kat 


, \ , A A Le , ce 
TALvoEvOVTA’ Ov d€ fot OOKELS Ta pabuporara aipeto bau: 


\ Ss 9 x b) \ > Ae \ b] 5 lal oy. an 
XP” 5 aTrEep av av) pP aya OS Kal QV pelos E€AOLTO, TAVTA 


ie ome , , eM. a \ \ A , > 
aipeto bau, pacKkovTa YE 87) APET7S dua TAVTOS TOV Bov €7l- 


—pedeiobar: ws eywye Kal UTEp TOU Kal UTeép NUaV TOV TOV 


> tA > , \ ? 4 ‘hd lau \ \ \ 
Wee riTn Selo ALO YKVVOMAL, (27) d6€y aATAV TO TPAYKLa TO TEPL OE 


> , x 3 abe ~ » es. : ¥ la , 
avavopia Tl TH nmeTeépa mempay Oat, Kal 4H Eloodos THs Sikys 
> ‘\ 4 c > “~ = aati \ 3 A \ 9 «NX 
eis TO SuKaaTypLoy ws eionhOev e€dv pr) eioeNOety, Kal avTOS 


c > \ A OL c b] , \ \ A or, \ 
QO aYWV TNS OLKYS WS EYEVETO, KAL TO TehevTatov Oy TOUTL 


9. 7 yap xrX.: the ydp is connected 
with an unexpressed reproof. 

13. hackovra ye 84: particularly 
when one claims that he has, ete. Cf. 
a ye 64 Ap. 40 a. 

15. ph: see on dpa ye ph 44. 
The notion of fear is remotely im- 
plied. This construction is common 
in Plato. —amav rd mpdypa: in three 
divisions, —the entry of the suit, the 
conduct of the case, and the neglect of 
the opportunity to escape. — 

16. dvav8piqa twit Krd.: some lack 
of manliness on our part. Notice here 
the emphasis given to ry juerépa, for 
which we are responsible. If Crito and 
the rest, by showing more energy, by 
using all possible influence against 
Meletus and his abettors, had carried 
the day, they would have been more 
genuinely dvépes in Crito’s sense. — 
Kal 7 eloodos; kal 6 aydv: in apposi- 
tion with arav 7d mpayua 7d mepl oé. 
On the meaning of the technical 
terms, see Introduction § 50 f. — Pre- 
cisely how the trial of Socrates could 
have been avoided except by his 


flight from Athens is not clear. A 
wholly untrustworthy tradition says 
that Anytus offered him terms of 
compromise. Socrates’s friends might 
have brought pressure to bear on the 
prosecutors to let the charge fall, even 
if these could not be bought off. 
The state had no regular prosecutor. 
Probably abundant means were at 
hand for raising legal technicalities, 
and for securing thus an indefinite de- 


Jay. All that Crito necessarily sug- 


gests, however, is that flight was open 
to Socrates. At Athens, as at Rome, 
the law allowed a man to go into 
voluntary exile. 

17. eloAdOev: cf. Ap. 29 ¢. 

18. édayav: the management of the 
case, when it came to trial, — that 
Socrates did not properly conciliate 
his judges. — 6 teAevtatov rourt: the 
scene of this act is laid in the prison. 
The expression at first is indefinite, — 
whether death or escape from death, 
but at last refers to the present oppor- 
tunity to leave the prison by the con- 
nivance of some Official. 


PLATO’S CRITO 123 


46 b 
@OTED KaTayEAWS THS Tpakews KaKia TLL Kal avavdpia TH 
p y nS ™p 1 TW Kal avavopia TH 
¢ "4 PS) / ¢ A PS) A Y l4 S205 b cha 
20 nueTepa SiaTrehevyevar nuas Soxety, oiTwes oe ovyl eod- 46 
\ \ / @? > x \ 
capev ovde OV GavTor, oldv T dv Kal SuvaTor, El TL Kal pui- 
w »” > 
Kpov nua@v oedos Hv. 


lal a \ 9S A 
TO KAK@ Kal aloxpa 7 col TE Kal Huty. 


TAUTA OUV, @ YOKPATES, GPa p17) apa 
ahha Bovdevou, 

paicy & ovde Poukever Cat € ert wpa, adda BeBovhevo Bae. 
25 pla dé Bovdy: 


TNS yap émuovons VUKTOS TavTa TAUTO det 


mempaxOar. et 
aha 
pndapeas addws rote. 


er 
OLOV TE. 


Sé ru mepimevodper, ddvvarov Kal ovKéri 
\ " # 
TAVTL TPOT®, @ YoKpates, mweiVov por Kal 


VIL 30. 70 dire Kpitav, 7 tpobvpia cov moAXov: a&ia, 


El pera Tivos dpOdrnros jein * 
/ 


19. kardyedws: in Crito’s opinion, 
all who were involved made themselves 
a laughing-stock by their negligence 
and irresolution. In Crito’s phrase- 
ology, the notion of acting a part on 
the stage before the Athenian public 
is prominent. —kakig «7d. : in Crito’s 
eyes this is the culmination of disgrace 
(connect with 7d 7eXevraiov) in a matter 
that has been disgracefully misman- 
aged. Here is a return to the leading 
thought and a departure from the reg- 
ular grammatical sequence. The an- 
acoluthon is most obvious in the repe- 
tition of doxety after ddéy. 

20. Stamehevyévar Huds : people will 
think that Socrates’s friends allowed 
every opportunity, especially the pos- 
sibility of escape, to pass unimproved. 
nuds is the object. 

21. ot8 od cavrév: sc. eowsas. 
Crito hints at Socrates’s part, then 
recurs to his own. The interjection 
of such x clause in a relative sentence 
is irregular, but not unnatural. 


> \ 4 Y v4 , 
el 0€ pH, Oo peiLwv, TOrOvT@ 


22. dua TS kax@: equivalent to od 
povov kaka, or the adverbial mpés, besides. 

23. adAAd: cf. line 27, below, and 
GAN’ éuol welOov 45 a. 

25. ris émvotons: cf. 44 a. Crito 
shows-no faith in Socrates’s dream as 
a prediction, but his plans had been 
made before he heard it. 

26. et 5€ ru wepipevodpev: this ad- 
verbial use of 7/ is developed out of the 
cognate accusative (kindred significa- 
tion). Cf. the English idiom, ‘‘ to 
delay somewhat (a bit).”’ 

VI. ‘*Let us be sure that we are 
right, before we go ahead,’’ Socrates 
says. ‘*I am ready to obey that prin- 
ciple which seems best. Now were we 
right in saying that we should pay 
attention to some opinions, and not to 
others?”? 

1. ® Kptrwv: note the ‘‘ prepositive 


vocative.’’ — dla: sc. érrlv, inspite of 


the optative in the protasis. 
2. ef etn: not if it should be, but 


if it should prove to be. Cf. dea av etny 


* 
: 


b 


124 IAATQNOS KPITON 


46 b 

Xarerorépa. oKoTetoa ovv yp Has elite TadTa TpakTEov 
ETE LH WS eyo ov VOY TPaTOV GAA Kal adel TOLOvTOS) Otos 

5 TOV ewav pndevi atrd@ Teer Oar 7} TO Adyw Os av pe: hoye- 
Copeva Rertaies airyran. Tous d€ Adyous ovs ev TO ep po- 
obev €deyov ov Svvapa viv exBadety, érerdy por 48" * ix) 
Ye vone ada oxeddy TL Op.0L0L paivourat fol, Kal TOUS at- 
Tovs mperBevw Kal TYL@ oVoOTEP Kal TPdTEpoY~ BY eay py Cc 
10 BedAtiw exwpev eye Ev TO TapdvTt, ED tou OTL Ov pH ToL 
TvyKwpyHow, ovd adv Treiw TOV VOY TapdVTwY 7% TOV TOAh@D 
Svvapis woTEp Taldas Huas poppodvrrnrar, Serpovds Kal 


16 


Oavarous peeren nour’ Kal AP NAT OY apaiperets. 


Lee OF 
T7@S OVUV 


av PETPLOTATA oKoroipela. QvTG ; el mporov per! TOUTOV 


Tov Aoyov avadtaBoumev, dv ov A€yets TEept TaV Sok€av, TO- 
$s pev, / Y P ’ 


elpyacuévos Ap. 28 d. For the present, 
Socrates does not decide whether 
rito’s zeal is right or wrong. 

3. oxotetoOar: takes up the fov- 
Never Oa., for which Crito says there is 
no time. 

4. od viv xrX.: Socrates maintains 
that ‘‘truth is truth to the end of 
reckoning.’’ He has always held the 
view which he maintains now. . For a 
collocation similar to this combina- 
tion of viv and dei, cf. 49 e. 

5. rév éuav: 7a éud includes all the 
faculties and functions both of body 
and of mind, but very likely friends, 
as well. Among these déyos is included 
as his wisest counselor. Cf. 
Tov dmeovvros 47 Cand 8 rl ror éorl rdv 
huerépwv 47 €.—-relOerOar: for the in- 
finitive with ofos, cf. Ap. 3la. 

8. cxedév ti: is used courteously, 
instead of some word like” drexvids 
or ravrdraci.— Sporor: not very dif- 
ferent in sense from oi a’rol, and to be 


els Ti TOV 


understood in the light of what im- 
mediately follows. Cf. kal mpérepov 
48 b. ‘*They seem like what they 
formerly were.’’ Supply olof mep kai 
mporepov(from what follows) with 8uo0:, 

11. wdelw poppodrdrryrar : wopyodvr- 
tec0ac has the double accusative like 
Br\arrev Tivd Tr. Mopuw was one of 
the fictitious terrors of the Greek 
nursery. —T@v mapdvtev: i.e. 9 TA 
Tapovra. 

12. Seopots Kal Oavarovs xKri.: 
these are the usual punishments, to 
the harshest of which Socrates has 
been condemned. The plural is used 
to put an abstract idea vividly by a 
process of multiplication. Cf. the use 
of mortes, neces, and the common 
poetical use of Odvarax to describe a 
violent and premature death. 

14. mpadrov pév: the’second point is 
taken up at 48 b. 

15. et... dvardaPowpev: I tink, if 
we should beginby taking up your point, 


20 


25 


30 


PLATO’S CRITO 125 


47a 


al cd aa , e lA x ¥ Y A A A A 
TEpoV KaAWS e€yeTo EKGOTOTE 1 OV, OTL Tals peV Sel TaV 


by a , X\ ‘al las Ss ¥ x \ \ > \ A 
of@v mpoo€exXew TOY VvovY, Tais 0 OV: 7 TpLV peu $i det 
droPujoKewy Kada@s €héyero, viv d€ KaTddnhos a ape eyeveto 
ort ad\ws eveKa hoyou éyero, Fh HV wee TALOLa Kat pdvaptia WS 
Gdns; ériOupea 8 eywy’ emoKdpacIa, & Kpitwv, kowp 
A ~ ¥ 4 b] , A > \ 4203 »¥ 
PETA TOV, EL TL wor GAAoLdTEpOS HavEtraL, ETELd7) BO EX, 7) 
6 avTos, Kal Edoopev yaipev 7) TecoucOa aiTo. 
TMS WS A EKAOTOTE WO UTO TOV ajopeeve tT. héyeuw, 
womep vuvon eyo ehsyon, OTL TOV O0€@V as OL av parrot 
do€alovar Beo. TAS pev TEpt mo\ov trovetoOau,)\Tas dé |ur. 
TOUTO Bpgs Beav, & Kpitwr, ov Soxet Kaas ae 
ov yap\ooa ye tavOporea \éxrds ef ToD péddew amobvy- 
¥ an 
OKELY AUPLOY, Kal OVK av GE TapaKpovoL 4H Tapodvoa oup- 
Fy / 5 la b) e A 5 A ¥ , A Y bd 
popa: aKkoTE OY, OVX LKavas doKEt Gor héyerOaL, OTL Ov 


e€yeTo dé 


4 ‘\ \ / “a > , a 
macas xpy Tas ddfas Tov avOpoTav Tar, a 


pe TAS [EV, 
Tas O ov; Ti dys; TavTa ovxt Kadas héyerau ao 


KP. Kadds. 


etc. That is, such thorough considera- 
tion of Crito’s point (ov od déyes, 
44b, 45e) involves considering the 
whole question whether, etc. 

16. &dorore: i.e. whenever they 
came to speak on this subject. 

17. 7 wplv pev xrr.: with 7 (an) a 
second question is superadded, wlfich 
substantially forestalls the answer to 
the first. Cf. Ap. 26b. Cf. also 47 e, 
below, and especially 50e and 51 a, 
where we find 7 mpds pév dpa cou rdv 
matrépa... mpos 6€ Thy marplia dpa. — 
Seitv aro8vycKeav: was condemned to 
die. 

19. GAdXws: explained by what 
follows. Cf. Phaedo 115 d. 

21. &8 éxa: i.e. am in prison under 
condemnation of death. — 


23. ri Aéyeww: the contradictory of 
ovdév Aéyer. Cf. Ap. 30 b. It means 
‘*to say something that can be de- 
pended upon, that amounts to some- 
thing.’? Cf. ri-doxe? Adyns Aéyev, @ 
Nixia ; @ouxe pévroe éyew re Laches 
195 c, to which Nicias humorously 
responds, kal yap Aéye yé Tt, od pévTor 
adnbés ye. 

27. 60a: cf. boa ye Ta viv éyuol 
doxobvra 54 d.— Since Crito is not con- 
demned to death, he should have the 
same view as before, or at least should 
be less biased than Socrates. 

28. atprov: Socrates’s dream is 
forgotten, or he is arguing from Crito’s 
position (cf. 46 a). 

32. xadas: Crito’s answers are 
brief. He cares for no discussion. 


ad « 


47 


35 


126 


TIAATONOS KPITON 


41a 


YQ. OdKovy ras pev xpynotas Tysav, Tas dé vores LY; 


KP. Nat. 


YQ. Xpyortai & ody ai tav dpovipwv, tovynpat 8 ai tov 


appovwr ; 
KP. Ids 8 ov; 


VE. EQ. mene On, TOS av Ta, TOLAVTA ehéyero; yupvalo- . 


ae ay) p Kat TOUTO mparrov mSrepov TaVTOS avdpos eraivy b 


Kal yoyo Kal d6€y TOY vodY mpooeXel,  €vOS MOvoU éKEivou 
Os av Tvyyavy idrpos 7 N TavdoTpiBys wv ; 


KP. ‘Evds povov. 


leer 
OQ. OvKovr poBeobas xen TOUS yoyous Kal dondleg ban 


TOvVs €raivous TOUS TOU EVOS EkEiVvOU, AANA fy) TOUS TOV Todo. 


KP. Anda oy. 


YQ. Tadrn apa air@ mpaxréov Kai yupvaoréov kal ede 


Vil. If a man devotes himself to 
gymnastics, he must fear the blame and 
welcome the praise of the physician or 
the gymnastic trainer, and disregard the 
opinions of the masses,—or he will 
ruin his body. So in questions of what 
is just and honorable and good, a man 
must disregard the opinions of the 
masses, or he will ruin his soul. 

1. wads ad édXéyero: the imperfect 
because the new question (ad) involves 
a matter which has already been dis- 
cussed. — ta trovatra: refers to what 
follows. The definite instance given 
is only one of many possible illus- 
trations of the kind. For further 
examples of the inductive method, cf. 
Ap. 25»b. Cf. also Laches 184 c-185b, 
where the same example is elaborated 
to establish the same principle, that 
approval and instruction alike, if we 


_are to heed them, should come from 


the one man who has made himself 


an authority, 6 uadey cal érirndetoas, 
while the praise and the blame of the 
many are to be neglected. 

2. rodro mpattrwv: a man who 
makes this his work, and hence is 
earnest about it, one who wishes to 
make an athlete of himself. 

4. tarpds 4 madSorpiBys: often 
coupled together as having special 
charge of bodily vigor and health. 
The ifarpds was expected to cure dis- _ 
ease; the madorpi8ns professed and 
was expected (Gorg. 452b) xadods re 
kal loxupods moeivy Tos avOpwmrovs Ta 
cwpara, i.e. to prevent disease. Thus 
h yupvaorixyn had a higher aim than 


_% larpixj. —For the thought, cf. also 


Ap. 25 b. 
9. kal eeoréov ye: yé serves, where — 
various points are enumerated, to 
mark a new departure; i.e. a fact 
different in kind from the preceding, 
and thus belonging to a new class. 


10 


15 


20 


PLATO’S CRITO 


47d. 4% 


127 


eck \ , @ x aA en § A a 3 , \ 
OTEOV YE Kal TOTEOV, 7) av TM EVE OKY) T® ETLOTATY) KL 


3 he “A 2 , A ¥ 
€matovTt, madkhov 7 7 TVpTacL Tots addois. 


KP. "Eort ravra. 


iy > la \ ~ \ “A 
YQ. Hiev. ameOjoas 5€ TO Evi Kal atipdoas abrod THy ¢ 


4 \ ‘\ 3 , , A \ A A , 
dd€av Kal Tovs erraivous, TyULyTas S€ TOUS TOY TOAN@Y Adyous 


x de 3 7 > Oe \ , 
KQL HY) €V ETALOVTWY, apa OVOEV KQKOV TTELO ETAL 5 


KP. Ilds yap ov; 


/ S b] \ XN \ A \ A , \ > , A 
Sf). To €OTL TO KAKOV TOUVUTO KQL TOL TELVEL KQAL ELS TL TWYV 


“w 5 ww 
Tov amre.OovvTos ; 


KP. Ayov or eis TO OOpa. TovTo yap dudddAvowv. 


XO. Kadd@s Néyers. ovKody kal Taddda, © Kpirwr, ovtws, 


Y ‘ / § , \ $3 \ \ las § , \ 257 
WA (LY) TAVTA OLLWILEV, KQU Y KQaL TEpt TWV OLKALWY KQAL AOL 


\ > va! \ acy cheer ek iS A \ aA \ @ 
K@V KQL ALOK PWV KQL KaA@v KQL ayabav KQL KQKQWY, TEpt @y 


_vov y Bovdy Huty eat, ToTepov TH TGV TorANOY Ody Set 


25 


e ~ 4 \ ~ > , x “A A“ ¢ / ¥ 7 
npas erecOar, kat poBetoAar aityv, TH TOV Evds, El Tis 


éoTw erator, ov Set Kal aicxvver Oar Kat poBetcAar waddov 


H oTvpTavTas TOUS aAdoUS; @ El pr) AkoAoVOyHcopEV, Stade 


podpev exetvo kal AwBnodpeba 6 TO pev duxaiw Bédriov eyi- 


la 8° LOL b] SAX x OE] 5] A 
YVETO, TW a LK@ QA7T @ UTO. 7] OVOEV EOTL TOUTO; 


KP. Otua eywye, @ Yéxpares. 


14. rots Adyous : states collectively 
what has been subdivided into dda, 
oyos, €raivos.—1okA@v.. . érraiévtev: 
of the masses, who have no special 
knowledge whatever. — kal is explica- 
tive, as in the second line above. 

17. els ri xrd.: cf. Tay éudy 46d. 

19. Si6dAAvoww: sc. 6 dreddr. 

21. kal 8H Kal: introducing the 
particular point for the sake of which 
the illustration has been made. Cf. 
kal 6% xai 18 a. Socrates has at last 
reached his goal; his point has been 
established by induction. Cf. 27 b.— 
Noticethe doubly chiastic arrangement, 


ayabav 


nn 
KQKWYP. 


Sikalwv  _aloxpav 

ddlkwy KaA@v 

28. éylyvero, darmAAvTO: i.e. yiyve- 
gOat, dwdd\d\voba édéyero, the so-called 
philosophical imperfect, which carries 
a statement of the admitted results of 
a previous discussion back to the well- 
remembered time when the facts stated 
were established in argument. ‘* We 
saw that the soul is made better by 
justice.”’ Cf. adn Fv éxelvn Y (sc. 7 
povotkh) dvrlaorpopos THs yuuvacriKhs, ef 
péuvnoa Rep. 522 a, év udow yap abrav 
6 Snuorixds Fv (sc. as we saw) Rep. 
587 c. See GMT. 40; SCG. 218. 


10 


15 


128 NAATONOS KPITON 


47d 
VIII. 30. dépe 84, €av 76 7d Tod vyrewod pev Bédrvov 

/ e ‘ ~ 4 \ / , 
yryvopevov, vd TOV vorddous S€ diadHerpdpevov Siotécw- 
pev, TELA dpevor pn) TH TOV ETraldvTwy SdEy, dpa Biwrdoy Hpiv 
eat. SuePbappevov avtov; eat. S€ mov TovTO Td Tapa: H 


> 4 
OUXL ; 


KP. Nat. 


XQ. *Ap’ ody Biwrdv nyiv éotiv pera poxOnpov Kai Sue- 


pbappevov odmaros ; 
KP. Ovdapas. 


XQ. “AAAa per Exeivou apa nuiv Biwrdv dehOappevon, 


eo ~. * \ A Pee \ / Pee 2 x , 
@ TO GOuKoV meV a | TO 5€ dikatov ovirnow ; 7 pavido- 


, > a Pay iP 23 \ an 
TEPov nyovpela ELVAL TOU OWILATOS EKELVO, O TL TOT EOTL TWV 


e , . a @ Bs 3 , Ne 5 , > , < 
NMETEPOV, TEpt Oo 7] T QAOLKLA KAL yn LKQLOO UV?) €OTLY 5 


KP. OvSapds. 


YO. “AdAa Tipcwrepor ; 
KP. IIo\v ve. 
20 


VIII. Life is not worth living if a 
man has a diseased body, and soaman 
must obey the directions of a physician, 
an expert, and not follow the opinions 
of the masses. Is life worth living with 
a diseased soul? Should a man heed 
the opinions of the masses as to what is 
right and honorable ? 

3. aevOdpevor ph xrd.: by its posi- 
tion uA contradicts Tm . . . d6&y, but 
not weOduevor, and implies d\\a TH Tov 
bh éraibvrwy 66&y. The effect of writ- 
ing reOduevo. wn instead of uh mebd- 
pevo. is to lay greater stress on both 
words, and the failure to say distinctly 
whose opinion it is which is obeyed 
leaves all the more stress on pu}. — 
dpa Biwrdv xrd.: cf. dvetéracros Blos 


Ap. 38 a. 


10. dAAG. . . Spa: ironically op- 
posed to the preceding negative state- 
ment, but at the same time expecting 
no for its answer. This last must be 
indicated by the tone in which the 
question is asked. — The argument is 
a minore ad maius. 

11. &: with both verbs, though 
éuvavac does not govern the dative. 
Cf. ofs ... ékerdgev Ap. 41 ¢. Even 
AwBaGoOa. usually takes the accusa- 
tive. 

12. 6 ri wor éort: it was not spec- 
ified above (d), and consequently there 
is no reason for arguing about its 
name here. 

17. ovk apa otrw: here again Soc- 
rates takes the last step in a long in- 
duction. 


48 


OF ” 5 ay , ean Y , 
vk apa, @ BedtioTe, TavU Hu ovTw hpovTiaTeoV, — 


20 


25 


30 


PLATO’S CRITO 


48b 


F%. 3 “A ¢ \ e ~ > +. € 3 of ‘ ~ 
Ti Epovow ot ToAAOL Huds, GAN’ Oo TL O Erratwy TEpt TaV Si- 
, Y 907 c Of \ Se eS , 7 A 
Kaiwyv Kal aOiKkwv, O els, Kal avT? 7H GAADeaa. woTE TpwTOV 


129 


pev TavTH OVK GpOas Elonyel, ELaNyoUpMEVOS THS TOY TOAN@V 
, A e la / \ a , \ la ‘\ 
d0€ns Sety nuas dpovrilew wept tov dixaiwv Kal Kadov Kal 


3 lanl . ~ 5 4 
ayalwv Kal TOV EVAYTLWV. 


“°Adda pev 87,” hain y’ av tis, 


Ta Set ae Pees A, ec oA e <i 'S , ” 
olol T ELoLY Nas OL TOAXOL atroKTELVUVaL. 


KP. Aja 67 Kal radta: dain yap av, o YoHKpares. 
XO. *"AnOn Aéyers. GAN’, B Oavpdore, odTds 7’ 6 Adyos 
ov Sha diGaper Spouye OoKEL ETL Spowos elvan Kal mporepor: 


Kal TOVO av OKOTEL El ETL ne Hp 7} Ov, OTL ov TO Cyv mept 


TAELTTOUV OWHTEOV, ahha 70 ed Cyr. 


KP. ’A\Aa oo 


a 


la) \ 
r0. Td & ed kai Kadds Kat duxaiws ore TabTov eat, EVEL 


1H OU LEVEL; 
KP. Meveu. 


IX. 20. OvK«ovv €x Tav dporoyoupevwy TovTO aKETTEOY, 


, 7 3 \ > /, A 3 , ‘\ > , 
motepov Sikaov eye evOevde Tmapacbar e€revar pn adievTwv 


18. ri, 6 re: a not unusual com- 
bination of the direct and indirect 
forms of question. — The double ac- 
cusative is as in kaka (kax@s) Aéyerv Tuvd. 
—éAAa: a shift of construction, in- 
stead of ws, correlative with ovTw. 

19. air H GAAPaa: ie. Truth, 
speaking with the lips of.6 ératwy, or 
appearing as the result of strict and 
patient inquiry. The Laws are intro- 
duced later as the final authority in 
such matters. — @ore xT. : again Soc- 
rates reproves Crito, this time for his 
appeal to the Athenian public (44 4). 

22. pev 54: nearly equivalent to 
env. 

25. ottés +t & Adyos KTA.: COr- 
responds to xal révd’ af, which might 
have been kai 85° ad dSoxe? xr. — The 


connection of thought would not hin- 
der us from subordinating the first 
clause: ‘‘as our discussion just closed 
agrees with what we argued formerly 
(when dealing with sen same matter), 
so, etc.” 

27. dru od 1d Liv KTH. 
28 b ff. 

30. rd 8 ev xrd.: this is needed 
because of the confused ideas which 
many associate with ed fH, e.g. (1) plain 
living and high thinking, or (2) high 
living and no thinking. 

IX. ‘ In this case, then,’’ says Soc- 
rates, ‘‘ we are to disregard the opinions 
of the masses, and to consider only 
whether it is just or unjust, right or 
wrong, for me to leave the prison with- 
out the consent of the Athenians.”’ 


: cf. .Ap. 


b 


oO 


130 TAATONOS KPITON 


48 
> / x > 7 in ao | \ 4 , ' 
AOnvaiwr, ) od Sikavov: Kal éav péev daivnrar Sixavov, wei- © 

, > de ? + a) a de ‘\ 7 ‘\ / 4 
pamela, el O€ py, EOpev. as O€ ov Eyes Tas oKapeLs TeEpi 
> > , , \ , \ , A \ 
T dvahdécews ypnudtwrv Kat dd&ys Kal waidwy tpodys, my 
ws adnOGs Tadta, © Kpitov, ore ) TOV padiwas a 
s adn$as Tavra, pitav, oKeppata 7 TOY padiws azo- 
, % v3 re > ¥ > Cee ane Pe > \ 
KTELVUVT@V Kal avaBLwoKoLevwr y av, El Olol T HaaV, OVdEVL 
.Y aw , a lal SP > 3 Be od , Y 
OvY V@, TOUTwWY TOV TOAM@Y. Hiv 8’, Ered 6 dyos OVTAS 
¢ a \ Oe LAX 4 ee or, 2rvé 
aipet, pn ovdev ado oKerréov 7 7) Omep vuvdr édéyouer, 
TOTEpov Sikata mpakopmev Kal KpymaTa TeAOvYTES TOUTOLS TOLS 
Py: ld ~ See , \ , \ > a: > / ld ‘\ 
ene EvOES' eEdLovor Kal yapitas, kat avTol é&dyovtés Te Kal d 
eEayopevol, 9 TH aAnOeia ddiKHooper TavTA TAVTA TOLODYTES ° 
x , ¥ - eh / \ > 4 c / 
Kav pavoucla adiKa avira épyalouevor, wn ov S€p Urodoyi- 
CexOar ovr ei amoOvyjocKev Set Tapapévovtas Kal novxiav 


15 


¥ ¥»> » ¢ A , \ a 3 An 
aYOVTas OUT aXXo OTLOVYV TAT KEW T po TOU GOLKELD. 


KP. Kalas pév pou Soxets héye, & YoKpares: opa de 


Ti Spapev. 


A 9S x 
YQ. YeoTopev, @ ayalE, kowy, Kat el TH Exers avTLAEye 


4. ras oxéfes: drawn into the 
construction of the relative clause, to 
which precedence has been given, in- 
stead of attra ai oxéWes, as éyes, 
oxéupard elow xtrX.—The article is 
commonly not retained in such a case, 
€.g. ovs modus voulfer Oeods od voultwv. 
The corresponding demonstrativeraira 
goes into the gender of the predicate. 

5f. ph... q: sc. Spa xrd. Look 
to it, Crito, lest all this, at bottom, may 
prove to be, etc. A milder way of 
saying taira oxéupara bvra alverat, 
strengthened by ws ddnOas. Cf. wh od 
tour 7 Ap. 89 a. 

7. kal dvaBiwckopévav y av: and 
would bring them to life again too. The 
dv forms with this participle the 
apodosis. Usually dvaBidoxerOa is in- 
transitive, like dvaBidvac. 


8. 6 Adyos otTws aipet: the argu- 
ment requires this. 
11. kal atrot: we ourselves, too, 


stands for Crito and Socrates. Crito — 
is responsible, in the supposed case,’ Fa 


not only for his expenditure of money 
(xpjmara Tedovvres), but also for in- 
stigating the act of Socrates, or rather 
for persuading him to allow various 
things to be done for him. — é&dyovres 
kT. : Strictly Crito would be 6 é&dywr, 
and Socrates 6 éfayéuevos. 

13. d&iKa: predicate. 

15. ore wdoyew: sc. el de?, to be 
supplied from the preceding clause. — 
mpd Tod dSiketv: cf. Ap. 28 bd. **There 
must be no question about submitting 
to the uttermost (é6r.0dv rdoxev) rather 
than committing unrighteousness.” 
See also 54 b. 


25 


PLATO’S CRITO 131 


49 a 
€ov fei alia advrineye, Kat cou weicopias ci 8é pH, Tadoa e 
NON, @ Pakaple, TOANAKLS jLOL Nevo TOV aUTOV sesh bias ws Xp7 
ev ve (ixdvtav “AOnvaioy pe amTievar* ws eya “wep TOA- 
od Tovovpar Teiloas oe TavTA TpaTTEV, AAA 7) <AKOVTOS. 
dpa. dé on TNS 
Kal TELp@ aroKpiver Oa. TO EpwTa@mevov i) ay padvora olin. 49 

i "Ada meuparropas. 


la ‘\ > 4 37 e “ 4 
ees " Cla uid, EaV TOL LKAVOS NEYHIT a 


. LO. Oddevi TpoTe Paper EKOVTAS GOLKNTEOV elvat, n 
Twi pey GOuKNTEOV TPOTY, | Tt O Ov; 4 obdapas 70 Y aOu- 
KEY OUT dyalloy OUTE KaGV, WS gor hduis ape Kal €v TO 
cuarpoo Dey Xpovy aysohoyyOn ; [Omep Kat apte éhéyero 14 


TAC AL nye EKELVAL AL Tpoa ev Omodoyian év TAL OE Tals OAL 


21. as: inasmuch as, equivalent to 
érel. Cf. Latin quippe. 

22. GAAG pH dkovros: not contrary 
to your will, opposed distinctly to 
metcas oe, with your approval. Cf. 
49 efin. The vivid contrast of these 
two clauses makes the omission of 
god, the subject of dxovros, the easier. 
Indeed, cases are common where a 
personal or a demonstrative pronoun or 
some vague general notion of persons 
or things is the subject implied. 

23. éav Aéynrar...: if haply the 
statement may satisfy you. édv does 
not like «i (cf. 48 b) mean whether. — 
The subject of the dependent sentence 
is made by anticipation (prolepsis) the 
object of dpa. Cf. Milton, Sonnet to 
Sir Henry Vane (xiv), 

Besides, to know 


Both spiritual power and civil, what each 
means, 


- What severs each, thou hast learned, which 


few have done. 


Cf. below (49 d).—Socrates is ear- 
nestly enforcing a principle. 


a ee 
dmroxplvecOat TO épwr wuevor. 

X. If to do wrong is never right, 
then to return evil for evil is wrong, and 
one must never render ill for ill. Agree- 
ment on this fundamental principle is 
important. Few people hold it. 

1. éxévras: sc. quads. The infinitive 
with a verbal often depends on an im- 
plied de7, even when no de? precedes. 
Cf. 51c¢. Here diunréov is equivalent 
GMT. 923. 

2. 4 ovSapas xrd.: here the first 
member of the disjunctive question 
is resumed, so that the questioner 
gives notice to the questioned, as it 
were, of his. opinion. —‘‘Is this a 
relative or an absolute rule?” 

3. hpiv: equivalent to bf judr. 

5. y waoat xrd.: here and in the 
words 7 mrayvrés “addov xrr. below, we 
see that Crito does not assent readily. 
After each double question (1) oddevi 
mavrt 


. oly: SC. Kara Td ddnOes ay 


to de? ddcxezv. 


. Wuodroy7}dn ; (2) wacom... 
tporw; Socrates has looked at Crito 
for an answer. Finally he extorts the 


10 


15 


20 


1382 TIAATONOS KPITON 
49a 


eet 2 , ee \ fy 5S K , ¥. 
yas HMEPaALs EKKEXKULEVOAL €lLOlV, KAL TAAQAL, W PLTWYV, apa 


TyduKoide [yepovtes] avdpes pds adARAOUS OTOVd) Stare 


4 3 0 ia. > \ #3) Oe PS) / 
youevor eAafopev Nuas avToUs Taldwv oVvdEev OLadeporTes ; 
x \ aA y cA 4 FEDS cP ¢ a ¥ 
] TavTos waddov ouTwS EYEL WoTTEp TOT EAEyETO NULV, ELTE 

‘ ¢ Slog , a er et Ste A 2 
pacty oi modXol etre wy, Kal Ele Set Huas ETL TOVOE YaeTa- 
TEpa maar Xew ETE Kal MPAOTEPA, Cues. TO YY GOLKELY T@ GOL- 
KOUVTL Kal KaKov Kal aicxpov Tvyxaver dv) TavTt b Tpome; 


papev 7 ov Pa 


KP. ®apev. 

YQ. Ovdapas apa det dSucety. 
KP. Ov Onta. 

>. 


OvS’ adiKkovpevoyv apa avTadiKEty, Ws OL ToAXOL Oloy- 


Tal, ETELOH y’ Ovdapas Set aduKELY. 


KP. Ov daivera. 


LQ. Ti dé dy; KaKOUpYELV d€l, @ Kpitav, 7 ov; 


KP. Od det dyzov, & Yékpares. 


2R. Ti oe; 


hoi dact, Sixavov 7 ov Sixaror; 


briefest assent by the pointed gauév 
7 ov; in line 13 below. 

6. tkxexupévat xrd.: are thrown 
away. Cf. Henry VIIT iii. 2, ‘‘ Crom- 
well, I charge thee, fling away ambi- 
tion.’’ Similar is the Latin effundere 
gratiam, laborem. — kal mddAar 
xTX.: diapépovres forms the predicative 
complement of éAd@ouev (GMT. 887), 
and diadeyduevoe. indicates concession. 
The present tense tells of what was 
going on. GMT. 147. 2. 

11. spos... wavtitpérw: a more 
distinct reiteration of what 7 mavrés 
aGdXov kTX. has already stated. 

19. ob daiverar: plainly not. As 
ov @nu means I deny. rather than I do 


A A 4 
aVTLKaKOUpYeLV KQAKWS TATYXOVTA, WS Ol TOA- 


not assert, so od dalverac means not it 
does not appear, but it does appear not. 

20. kaxovpyeiv: this, like Kxaxds 
movty, covers more cases than déd:xely 
—it includes dé:xe?vy and also cases of 
harm done where little or no question 
of right and wrong is involved. Ap- 
parently, it was more, commonly used 
in every-day matters than décxeéy. 

22. kakdas xTr.: if one is wronged. 
—s of rodAol baci: the English idiom 
puts this after dixawv.— That ‘‘do- 
ing harm to one’s enemies’? was part 
and parcel of the popularly accepted 
rule of life is plain from many pas- 
sages. Compare the character of Cyrus 
the younger: davepds & qv, cal ef ris re 


b 


PLATO’S CRITO 


49d 
KP. OsBapas. 


133 


>O. To yap TOU KQAKQ@S TrOLety avOpatrous TOU GOLKELY 


ovdev diadépen. 
KP. “AdnO7 déyeus. < 


¥> » > ¥ 
XQ. Ovr apa GAVTQOLKELY DEL OUVTE KAKOS TOLELY OVOEVA aP- 


0 vA sO x ¢ ‘a , e > > A 
PeTov, OU QV OTLOVY TACKY) UT QAUTWYD. 


a ER s / 
Kat opa, w Kpi 


A a bg \ \ 4 ¢€ “A 
30 TwY, TavTA kafopodoyor Tee ep ape ddfay omodoyyns. 


olda yep bru dtyous tut TAUTO. Kat OoKeL Kal dd€eL. 


@e 
OLS 


obv ovTw SéSoxrau Kai ots LN, TOUTOLS OK eoTL Koww7 Bovdy, 


ayabov 4 Kakdy rowjoeev adrév, vwKav 
meipwpevos kTA. Xen. An. i. 9. 11. Cf. 
also Meno’s definition of virtue, avry 
éoriv dvipds dperH, ixavdy elvac Ta Tips 
modews mpaTrreyv, kal mpadtrovra Tovs ev 
glrous eB moretv, Tods 5 éxOpods Kaxds 
Meno 71¢. Plato eloquently defends 
his more Christian view throughout 
the first book of the Republic, in the 
Gorgias, and elsewhere. That the 
many assert vengeance to be right, 
Socrates might say is proved by every- 
day experience in dealing with men. 
Many recognized authorities encour- 
aged thém in such a view. That the 
historical (in contrast to the Platonic) 
Socrates at least did not contradict 
this maxim of popular morality is ar- 
gued from one place in Xenophon’s 
Memorabilia (ii. 6. 35), where, appar- 
ently with the ready approval of Crito- 
bulus, Socrates says, 87c @yvwxas dvdpds 
dperhv elvac vukadv Tods péev didous eb 
mowbvra, Tos 5 éxOpods xaxas. This, 
however, does not make him responsi- 
ble for the maxim, since he practically 
quotes it from the mouth of the Many. 
Indeed, the context has a playful 
color which ought to warn us not to 
take Socrates precisely at his word. 


27. &dnOf A€yers: not every Athe- 
nian would have granted this, but 
Crito was no Sophist, and had been 
long under the influence of Socrates. 
In the New Testament, dd:xcéw is some- 
times used like xaxovpyéw, for hurt, 
harm. Cf. 6 wxdv ob ph ddixnOR éx Tod 
Gavdrov rod Sevrépov Rev. ii. 11; wal 7d 
€Xaov kal Tov oivoy uh ddicjoys ib. vi. 6; 
ib. vii. 2 ff. 

28. ovr dpa xr: the completest 
presentation of this precept must be 
sought in the teaching of Christ. Cf. 
GAG duty Aéyw Tots dxovove.v: ayarare 
Tovs €xOpods dua@v, Kadds moire Tots 
pucodo.w duds St. Luke vi. 27. 

30. kaSoporoyav, spodoyzs: see on 
épydfvecOar 44 d. 

31. oAlyous: i.e. only to a few. 

32. rovrois otk ott xrX.: this is 
strongly set forth in the Gorgias, 
where the Sophist and the true Phi- 
losopher represent respectively these 
two clashing theories. They have no 
common standing-ground. The one 
thinks the other foolish, and the other 
thinks the firstimmoral. Starting from 
different premises they were not likely 
to reach the same conclusion, and 
their discussions were futile. 


40 


45 


134 IAATONOS KPITON 


49d 
aN’ advdykyn TovTovs a\\7jwv Katappovely, OpavTas TA a- 
Anrdwv Bovredpata. oKdrrer 51) ody Kal oD Ev pada, TOTEpOV 
Kowwvers Kal ovvdoKEel ToL Kal apyopnela evrevbey Bovidevo- 
Evol, WS OVOETOT BpIGs ExoVTOS OUTE TOU AOLKELY OUTE TOU 
pReres r X 
GVTAOLKELY OUTE KAKOS TacyXoVTA apvver Oar avTLdpOVTa Ka- 
KOs’ 7 adiotacat Kal ov KOWwVELs THS apXYNs; Emol pev 

\ \ / Y X a » 5 A \ 5 ¥ ¥ K 
yap Kal maha ovTw Kal vov eT. doKet- col O EL Ty addy 

/ ld \ / > 3. ..3 4 “A / ‘\ 
dédoxTa, héeye Kal Sidacke. ef 5 Eupevers Tors TpdaGe, TO 
peTa TOUTO akove. _Z 

KP. *AAN’ eupevw te kal ovvdoKel por: adda eye. 

YQ. Aéyw 51 ad 76 pera TovTO, waddov 8 Epwra: mdorEpov 
a -» e “4 : / ” , lA 
d dv Tis Omodoynoyn Tw SikaLa ovTa TonTEéov 7) EfamaTyTEor ; 

KP. Ilounréov. 

XI. 20. *Ex rovrwv oy abpe. amdvtTes how Types al 
TELTAVTES THY TOW, a orepow KAK@S .TLVAS _TOLOUPEY, Kal 
TAaUTA OUS NKLOT a Set 7 7 ov; Kal eupevomev ois wpohoynoa- 
pev Sukaiors ovo H ov; 


36. ds odSérore xr\.: a statement not only construed with an accusative 


of what is involved in évreddev, which 
is equivalent to éx rodvrov Tod ddyou 
(setting out from this principle). os 
with the genitive absolute is used in 
this same way also after \éyev. 

37. dvrafixetv: explained by the 
following. 

38. ris. apxfis: cf. Kal dpywueda 
évreviev, above. dpx7 is the starting- 
point of an investigation, —a prin- 
ciple, a conviction. Cf. 48 e. 

39. kal mddar xrd.: 
xTr. 46 b. 

44. 4 éamarnréov: Socrates says 
this rather than 7 0d ronréov because 
of the preceding a dv ris duoroyhoy Tw. 
Such an admission pledges a man to put 
his principle in practice. éfarardy is 


Cf. od ot ae 


.pev Oixaca bvTa. 


of the person, here easily supplied from 
7%, but furthermore takes the accusa- 
tive of the thing. 

XI. If Socrates shall leave the prison 
without the consent of the Athenians, 
will he not overthrow the laws and the 
whole city, so far as lies in his power? 
And will he have any excuse to offer 
except that the city has wronged him ? 

2. py meloavres: cf. 51 b, and note, 
and meidev abriy 7% 76, dixkaov wépuxe in 
51¢.—-rhv modu: i.e. rods ’ AOnvalous. 
3. ovs KLOTA KT. : SC. KaKas Tovey. 
for rovros ad wWuodoyhoa- 

w uodoyhoauev Would re- 
quire the accusative as in 49 e, above, 
but the dative is assimilated regularly 
to the omitted object of éupuévouer. 


—ols otcw: 


PLATO’S CRITO 135 


50 b 
' > ¥” 5 , > , X a 3 lal 
5 KP. Ovk exo, & Xoéxpares, atoxpivacba rpds 6 EPwTas 
ov yap €vvow. 
y =O. "AAN ade oKdz7eL. 
aTOOLOpac Key, ei?” omws Set dvoudoar TovTo, €AOdvTeEs of 


el péddovow Huty evOevde etre 


, Aime GA \ A ay > , » (6 D?_7 
VOJLOL KAL TO KOLVYOV TYS TWONEWS ETMLOTAVTES E€POLvToO* Eire 





> 


~ ~ » “ww 
10 por, @ LaHKpares, Ti Ev v@ Exes Tovey; GAO TL} frovre TO 
epyw @ emuxerpets Svavoet Tovs TE VOpovs Nuas amoh€oa Kal 
ovptracav THY TOAW TO OdV pEpos; 7 SoKEl GoL Old T ETL 
3.8 \ 4 > 2% XS: 29 , 9155 J € , 
exeivny THY TOW EivaL Kal py avaTteTpahOaL, ev 7 [ai -yevo- 

és 7 \ > / > 2 Cbs FS A ¥ , 
pevar Sikat}] pndeév tayvovow, add’ Ur idwwTo@v akupoi Te 
15 yiyvovra: Kal diapGeipovTa;’’ Ti Epodpev, 6 Kpitwr, mpds 

a ‘iow an \ \ ¥ ¥ ¥ 

TavTa Kat adda ToLta’Ta; ToAAa yap av TLS ExoL, addws TE 
kal pyTwp, €lmety vTep TOvTOV TOV Vouov atroh\UpLEVOD, OS 
aK lan 
Tas Oikas Tas OiuKagbeioas TpooTaTTa Kupias Elva. 1 Epov- 


5. otk xo xri.: Critoseems afraid 
of understanding what is meant; the 
consequences alarm him. This natural 
state of mind on his part gives reason 
for a reconsideration of the whole sub- 
ject from a new point of view. 

8. 6’ Smws xrd.: this softening 
phrase is used out of consideration for 
Crito, who had said é&évar. To use 
the word applied to runaway slaves 
might give him offense. 

9. 1rd Kowwdv Tis médAews: the com- 
monwealth. Cf. Zraprinréwy TE Kows 
dvamreumrouévous Hdt. i. 67, sent by the 
commonwealth of Sparta. So Cicero 
says commune Siciliae. —The per- 
sonification of the state and the laws 
which here follows is greatly admired 
and has been abundantly imitated, e.g. 
by Cicero in his first Catilinarian Ora- 
tion (7. 18).— The somewhat abrupt 
transition from juiv above to w Dé- 
Kpares Suggests the fact that in this 


matter Socrates considered himself 
alone responsible to the Laws. 

10. pot: one of the Laws acts as 
spokesman. 

13. efvat: the attention is drawn to 
elvar, exist, by the negative statement 
of this idea in uh dvarerpddba, not to 
be utterly overturned, which follows. 

17. phtwp: “this would be a good 
theme for an eloquent speaker.’’? — 
tirép TovTou TOU vopov KTX. : on behalf of 
this law if its existence were in jeopardy. 
Cf. ércxerpeis drodddvar d below. This 
notion of threatened suffering is often 
attached to the present and imperfect 
of this verb. The wording of this pas- 
sage.recalls the Athenian usage which 
required that a law, if any one pro- 
posed to change or repeal it, should be 
defended by regularly appointed advo- 
cates (cvv7yopor), but the Laws here are 
thoroughly personified, as wronged per- 
sons, 


136 TIAATONOS KPITON 
50¢ 


pev Tpos avTovs ort “’Hdixe yap nuas 7 TOALs Kal ovK 6pOas 


\ 4 » >” “ x "CR lal 
20 THV diknv EKPLVE ; TAVTA Y Tb EPOVHLED ; 


on 


10 


KP. Tadra v7 Ala, & LwKpares. « 
> A 
XII. £0. Ti ody, dv eitwow oi vopor: “"O Yéxpares, H 
a “A x x A 

Kat radralespoddsynzo) hiv TE Kal Gol, ) Eupevery Tats Sikats 
ais dv 7 Tous Suxaly;” Et ovv adtav Oavpdlomev NeydvTor, 
¥ EN ¥ Y “ce? 4 \ @ , \ nN , 
lows av eimovev OTe “°O Loékpares, uy Oavpale Ta leyopueva, 
LAAN b] , > o7, ‘ ¥ a A i] a 3 A ‘ 
add’ dmroxpivov, éredy Kal etwOas(xpnoba TO épwray TE Kat 
> 4 } la \ ' a “~ e aw ~ “~ / 3 
amtokpiverOa.) hépe yap, Ti eyKahov nuty kal TH TOdEL ETI 
XELPELS NaS atroAdUvaL; Ov TPHTOV EV GE eyerYHTapeEV 

A a ‘\ 
npets Kal du nuov edduBavev Thy pyTépa cov 6 TaTHp Kal 
epvtevoey OE; Ppacov ovv, TOVTOLS HUY, TOLS VOMOLS TOLS 
“Ov 

¥ A \ lal 

peughopa, hainv av. “* Adda Tots TEpl THY TOU yevopLevou 


‘ ‘ / , ¢ > A ¥ 99 
TEPL TOUS yaLous, MEUPEL TL WS OV Kaas EYOVEL; 


4 5, 4 b @ XN XD 5 , > > A 
Tpodyv Te kai TaLdeiav, ev 7) Kal oD emraLdevOns ; 7 OV Kaos 
a) * A 
TPOTETATTOV HUMV Ol ETL TOVTOLS TETAYMEVOL VOMOL, TAPa’y- 
A ~ an a \ A 
yeANovTEes TO TaTPl TO TM TE EV MOVOLKH Kal yULVATTLKH 


XII. Does not Socrates owe to the 
laws his lawful birth, and his training 
of mind and body? Can it be that while 
he would not think of returning a blow 
which his father might give him, he yet 
thinks it right to return a wrong which 
the city may have done him? Is not the 
city more honored and more holy than 
Sather or mother ? 

2. wal ratra: i.e. that in certain 
cases the sentence of the laws might 
be set at nought. —‘‘ Was this the 
agreement ?’?—7 éppéverv: or (was 
the agreement between us) that you 
would abide, etc. 

3. als dv Stxafy: cf. 50b and 51e. 

5. xpfjoOar xrrd.: you are accus- 
tomed to asking and answering. 

9 f. rots rept rods yapous : Socrates 


may have been thinking particularly 
of those laws regarding marriage which 
established the legitimacy (and thus 
the citizenship and rights of inheri- 
tance) of children (yvnowdrns). 

10. éxovo.v: dative of participle. 

11. addd: instead of greta 86, 
which would have béen written here 
to correspond to mp@rov uév, if Socra- 
tes’s answer had not intervened. The 
English idiom might use or. 

14. & povotky Kal yupvacrrixg: 
these words cover the whole of educa- 
tion (madela), as Plato says, orc rou 7 
bev emt cdpacr yuvacrixh, 7 5 él pux7 
povotxy Rep. ii. 376 e. ** The education 
of the average Greek gentleman, like 
that of the average English gentle- 
man, comprised a certain amount of 


: >] 
15 TaLoevew ; 


20 


25 


PLATO’S CRITO 137 


5la i 
>’ “Kados.’ dainv av. “Kiev. émedy 8 eyévov 
’ 1) 1 


ss Wa. ge , pat 4 4 ¥ x > a aA \ 
kat e€erpadns Kat émaidevOns, Exous av ElmEety TPOTOV meV 


WS OVXL NMETEPOS o0ajkai exyovos Kal Soddos, adtds TE Kat 


e \ , \ > aAfy? Y ¥ ee ae ¥ » > | 
oi col mpdyovot; Kal et TOVM oUTwS EXEL, ap €F too oLeEL Eivas 
\ ‘\ A \ 7, 3-H e “A \ A 
gol TO Sikatov Kal Hiv, Kal ATT av NMELsS TE ETLYELPOLEV 

A \ \ “ A ¥ / > x \ 
TOLELY, KAL TOL TAVTA aVTUTOLELY OleL OiKkaLoV ElvaL; 7) TPOS MEV 
» N , > 9 »” > \ Se \ N N 
apa wou TOV TaTEpa box e€ ior) Hv TO OlKaLOV Kal TpOS TOV 

° ¥ x Y 2 9 , a 

OEOTOTHY, EL TOL WY ETVYXAVEV, WOT ATEP TAT KXOLS, TAUTA 
\ A Sf peer , ¥ 

Kal QVTUTOLELY,-OUTE KAK@S AKOVOVTA AVTLAEyELW OUTE TUTTTO- 

a ee : : 

b , ¥ > + r la Ar , E AQ PS) \ . 
pevoyv avtTitimtew ovt adda TovavTa moka: mpos O€ THY 





oo ¥ ‘ ‘ , ¥ ee EE 
TAT PlLoa apa Kat TOUS VOKLOVS COTAL DOL, WOT EAV OE ETFI- 


XELPOpev Nets atroddAvvan 





mental cultivation and a certain 
amount of athletic exercise. The 
former, besides reading, writing, and 
some elementary mathematics, con- 
sisted mainly in the reciting and learn- 
ing by heart of poetry, along with the 
elements of music, and sometimes of 
drawing. Perhaps because so much 
of the poetry was originally sung or 
accompanied, the word ‘music’ was 
sometimes applied to the education in 
literature as well as in music proper, 
and it is in this wider.sense that Plato 
habitually uses it. Under the’ term 


‘oymnastic’ was understood the whole 


system of diet and exercise which, 
varying with the customs of different 
states, had for its common object 
the production of bodily health and 
strength, and the preparation for mili- 
tary service.’’ The Theory of Educa- 
tion in Plato’s Republic, by Nettleship, 
in Hellenica, p. 88.— The Muses in 
Greece had a much wider field than 
is assigned them now. 

17. S0vA0s: opposed to dSeordrys. 


, e > % ‘\ 
dikaov nyovpevor eivar, Kal ov 


— This high standard of obedience to 
the established law was familiar to the 
Athenians before Plato wrote. —adrés 
ve xTX.: Cf. Ap. 424. 

20. n mpds pev . . . mpds S€ K7.: 
the first clause is logically subordinate. 
See on deva av etnv Ap. 28 d.— Notice 
the position of cof, which is neverthe- 
less not the emphatic word. 

21. qv: opposed to the future 
(éora). 

22. Seomdrnv:cf. doddos in 1. 17, 
above. — dep maéoxous: anything that 
was (at any time) done to you. 

23. kaxas dkovovra dvrtidéyewv: 
equivalent to Nodopovpevov dvTidordopeiv. 

24. ote... woAAd: an explanation 
of wore .. . dvriroetv, in which. the 
negative of ovx é& tcov nv is repeated. 

25. Eorar: sc. é& toov 7d Sikaov. 

25 f. dore... kalod & émyepqoets : 
so that you in your own turn will, etc. 
The dependent clause of result becomes 
independent. — ov, when expressed in 
Attic, has emphatic position. xal in- 
dicates equality. 


€ 


51 


138 IMAATONOS, KPITON 
5la 


> e A ; ‘ ld \ ‘ iS ? bd ov 
S Huds Tovs vopmovs kat THY tarpioa(kal’ ocov dvvacaL 
émixeipyoes avtamohdvat, Kal pyoes|Tadra Towv Sikara 
a A lee > Y 
mparrev, 6 TH adnOeia THS apeTns Emehopevos; 7) OVTWS 
> , y , / | 4 / ‘ \ ‘ 
et codds, wate A€ANOEY GE OTL pNTPds TE Kal TaTpOSs Kal 
A ‘ ‘ 
TOV ad\\wY TPOYOVOV ATAVTMV TYLOTEPOV EOTLY 1 TATPLS - 
; \ 
kal GEuvoTepov Kal aywwrepoy Kal ev peilove poipa Kal b 
A A A % \ 
mapa Oeois Kai(map avOparos Tots vody ExovalPKal éBe- 
A ‘ A Cee \ s , : 
cba. Set Kal paddov vreixew Kal Owrevew tatpida yale 
, x 4 \ ox , x A a 4 \ 
Taivoveapy 7) Tatépa, Kal H TweiHey 7 Tovey a av KehEedy, Kal 
A ¥ , : 
TdoKXEW, Edy TL TpooTatTn Taletv, Hovylay ayovTa, Edy TE 
irTecOar ea Te Seto ban, eayv T eis TOAELOV Ayn TPWONT OME 
rinteo Oar ea Te Seto Oar, Edy T Els TOAELOV ayy TPwOnT OU 


28. ratra rowv xrr.: in doing rpirdry évt wolpn Hom. O 195, i.e. in the 


these things you were acting rightly. 

29. 6 émiseAdpevos xrd.: the irony 
comes out in otrws ef copds, ware NéANOEV 
ge. 7 conveys the covert reproof of 
the question, are you really ? 

30. dri: all the rest of the quota- 
tion is subordinate. In English the 
conjunction that would be repeated 
before each principal division. 

31. 4% .warpis: by the addition of 
the article the definite fatherland of 
each man is indicated. Cf. below, b, 
and 54c. For the article, cf. Henry V 
iv. 6, ‘* He smiled me in the face.’? — 
On the facts, cf. Cicero, de Off. i. 17. 57, 
cari sunt parentes, cari liberi, 
propinqui, familiares; sed om- 
nes omnium caritates patria 
una complexa est, pro qua quis 
bonus dubitet mortem oppe- 
tere, si ei sit profuturus? Cf. 
also Hector’s es olwvds dpioros, dpd- 
verOa: wepi rarpns, Hom. M 243. 

32. év pelfov. polpa: after the 
analogy of Homeric expressions like 
that used by Poseidon of Zeus, pevérw 


one of the three parts of the world 
allotted to him as one of the three sons 
of Cronus. . 

33. oéBeoOar xrr.: the subject of 
oéBecOa is an implied rivd, not rarploa. 

34. warpiia yareraivovrav: the 
accusative follows céBec@a: (as a mortal 
to a divinity), drelxev (as a younger per- 
son), and @w7evew(as a slave), though 
dmetxew should be followed by the 
dative. See on Ap. 41 c¢. 

35. elSev: used absolutely, as in 
Ap. 35 ¢, to change her mind, to con- 
vert to your way of thinking. 

36. Aovxlav ayovra: i.e. without 
gainsaying or reproaches. — édv Te, 
édv te: the first two édv re clauses (like 
elre... elre, Sive...Sive), with mpog- 
rdrTy understood, are explanatory of 
édv Te mpootarry mabey, while the third 
takes a new verb with a new apodosis. 
The two former are specifications under 
adoxev, the third instances analogous 
cases where unqualified obedience to 
the state is necessary. The emergen- 
cies of war are taken as typical of a 


40 


45 


or 


PLATO’S CRITO 139 


51d 
a 3 , , aA ee. , Y 
VOV. 1) atroBavovpevor, TOLNTEOV TAVTA, KAL TO OlKaLOV OUTWS 


¥ \ >. Ne / oe > : , Oe , \ 
Exel, Kal OvXL VTELKTEOV OVO avaxXwpHTEoV OvdE heTTEOV THY 
(fw, adda Kal. ev Tokeuw@ Kal év SuKaoTHpiw Kal U 
TaEW, GAA Kal Ev TOAEUL@ Kal EV OLKATTHPLY KAL TAVTAKOU 
/ aA xX 4 e 4 \ e ff x 4 > ‘\ 
Tountéov a av Kehevn H OAS Kal Y Tarps, 7) TEe\DeW avTHY 
e \ , , ‘ / > > 4 ¥ , ¥ 
#) TO Sixavov mépuxe, Bidler Ian 5’ ovx Oovov ovTe pyTEpa ovTeE 
Ti yo opev 
X (arene Ss , > A 4 ‘\ , x »” 
mpos TadTa, @ Kpitwy; adnOn héyew Tovs vomous 7 ov; 


, ‘\ \ , A K \ i“ 9 
Tarépa, TONY O€ TOUTwY ETL NTTOV THY Tat ptoa ; 


KP. "Emouye doxet. 
> A x 
XIII. SO. “Skdre roivuy, 6 Laéxpares,” datev av tows 
e / EO, 38 A A iX An dé 4 > YA e A 
ot vomot, “el Huers TaVTAa anOH Eyouer, OTL OV OiKaLa NAS 
nels yap oe yerejoray- 
Tes, ex papavres, madebo artes, peraddvresamdvrev @V otot 


ETTLYELPELS dpav a vov ETLYELPELS. 


aor. 
T TMEV | Ka@VSGOL Kal TOLS aANoLs TAL TOATaLs, Spwws 
SS 
spon ppeene efovc tay memounKevar)” AOnvaiwy ta Bov- 
4 3 N ~A Ny AX te ~ / , 
homeve, erevdav SoKypacOy Kal Won Ta ev TH TOAEL TPAYLaTa 


‘ ¢ A \ , @ SK \ > , e A b] A 
KQL Has TOVS VOHLOUS, @ av }-7) A PET KWILEV NHPELS, €€etvau 


/ Ls ¢ a > , Y x , 
haBovta Ta avrTov amievar oor av BovAnTar. 


host of others, and then with év dicaorn- 
ply the argument is brought to a head. 

39. Nevrréov xrr.: cf. Ap. 29 a. 

41. we(Oeww: with de? implied ‘in the 
verbal. Cf. 49 a. 

42. y wépuxe: an explanation of 
mel0ev, Which implies d:ddacxKeuv. 

XIII. The laws not only have cared 
for Socrates’s birth and education, and 
given him a share in all the good things 
of life, but also have allowed him to 
take his family and property and seek 
another home if he chose. Since he has 
chosen to remain in Athens, he has 
agreed to obey the laws. 

1. oxéme rolvuv crd.: an applica- 
tion of the universal truth to a par- 
ticular instance. 

2. dru xri.: the relation of dixaca to 


‘ > \ 
KQUL OVOELS 


a «TX. is the same in which 4764 of the 
clause preceding stands to radra,— Sup- 
ply an infinitive with a as its object. 

3. yevvioavres: cf. 50 d. 

4. olol re: sc. ueradodvar, 

6. 1& metrounkévan: dative of means. 
—T@® Bovdopévw: construe with éfov- 
ciav. Itisresumed in 6 dv uh dpéckwpev. 

7. érevSav SoxipacG: every youth’s 
claim to be declared an Athenian citizen 
was strictly examined on the completion 
of his eighteenth year. If he proved 
of Athenian parentage, and otherwise 
qualified, he was declared of age, and 
enrolled on the register of his deme. 

8. é&etvar: repeats éfovclay of 1. 6. 
The Spartan had no such liberty. 

9. AaBdévra: the dative might be 
used. 


140 TIAATONOS KPITON 


51d 
e A al / > 5 4, D) 1O > , 37 , . 
10 HOV TOV VOowwY EuTrOOMY EDTLY OVO aTrayopEvEL, Ed TE TLS 
la > > c 
BovAnTat vuov Els arroLKiay Lévat, EL poy ApeTKOYMEY HMEts 
A. + /, 4 >7 
TE Kal 7 TOALS, Edy TE peToLKELY aoe (Tron EADY, i€van 
72S 9 EN , ” ‘ eon as a. ete 
exelo oro. av BovAntat EXovTa TA avTOV. OS O ay vUaV e 
, c ~ a / c Aa 4, , Z 4 
Tapapelvy, 6pov ov TpdTov Hues Tas TE Sikas SiKdlopev 
‘\ Ss \ d fa) »” \ lal c 
15 Kal TadNa THY TOALY SLoLKOUpEY, YON hapev TOUTOV wpoXo- 
A a sa a A 
ynkevar Eepyw nui a av ynmeis Kehevwpev Tornoe TadTa, 
aw . “~ 4 A 
kat TOV 4.7 TELOduevov TpLyH papev AOLKELY, OTL TE ‘yevyNTats 
5 a a ~ Vi g ¢ /, 
ovow Hiv ov Teierat, Kal OTL TpopEvaL, Kal OTL dpodoyy- 
ne »¥ ¥ , we. > \ 
cas nuiv treicerOar ovte meierar ovTe TmeiMe Huas, Ee py 
an a , A ‘\ > / 
20 KaA@S TL TOLODLEV, — TpoTLOevTwY ua@V Kal OVK aypiws 
> / A a A 4 > \ b] , PS) A 
ETLTATTOVT@VY ToLeLY a av KEeAEv@pev, Aa EdLevT@Y dvOLV 
, x / Ce LEN x a 4 Oe: A i 
Oarepa, 4 meiPev nuas Tovey, TOUTwWY OvdEeTEpA TrOLEL. & 
‘\ a ; Rs 
XIV. “ravras 69 hapev kal od, Lexpares, Tals aitiaus 
oN ¥ / a > A \ 3 ad > 
eveter Ian, El TEP ToLnTELS a ETrLVOELS, Kal ovy HnKLoTa AOn- 
s eas 2-33 A , 99 > > I] \ ¥ {4 ‘ 4 
vaiwv o€, add Ev ToOls padioTa. El OvY ey@ Eto “ Ava Ti 
ey J ¥ ¥ 4 , 4 4 3 7m 
69 ;” tows av pov Sixaiws KabdrrowTo héyorTes, OTL €v TOLS 
4, > 4 3 \ > ~ e \ , 4 
5 padiota AOnvaiwy éya abrots apohoynkas Tuyyava TavTnv 


11. et ph dpérkowev xrd.: repeats 
@ av uh apérxwper. 

16. épyw: by his act, —in remain- 
ing in the city, cf. 52d. 

20. mporWévrwv Hav: 7 meiderOau 
7 we(Oew must be supplied from what 
precedes. The same idea is then 
expressed negatively, and once again 
positively. aipeow mporidévac is also 
used, meaning to leave a man free to 
choose. Socrates cannot repeat too 
often that the state is right, as against 
those who seek to evade the authority 
of its law. This fact accounts for the 
clause which follows, rovrwy obvdérepa 
moet, & mere repetition of ovre relOerat 
oure melOer Huds. 


22. Odrepa: the notion of plural- 
ity has here practically disappeared, 
as is often true also in the case of 
Tavra. 

XIV. Socrates, above the other Athe- 
nians, has chosen to remain in the city, 
and thus has bound himself to live as 
the laws direct. He has not preferred 
Lacedaemon, Crete, or any other city, 
to Athens and her laws. 

» 2%. véeo8ar: for the form, cf. dpé- 
Yorvra. kal madedcovra: 54 a, —survi- 
vals of the ancient use of the future 


and what is more. 


. middle for the future passive. — kal: — 


4, év rots pddtora: sc. évexouevors. 


Cf. 43 c. 


PLATO’S CRITO 141 


52¢ : | 
A x S 
THY Opodroyiay. datey yap av ore “°O Lox«pares, peydra 
Hply TovT@V TEKUNPLA EOTLY, OTL TOL Kal HMELS NpeaKOMEV 
eal , > \ + A ¥ > / ¢€ , 
Kal 7 TOds: ov yap av more TOV ahAwv AODnvaiwy amav- 


l4 > > La ae | / BD / /, 
tov SiabepovTws ev avTy émedy mets; El BH cou diadhepdvTws 


»” \ . eS fe am, * z } , Orig lal , bP en 
10 NpEOKE, KAL OUT (én Jewpiav, TomoT EK THS TOEWs EENA- 


Bes, [Gru py ama€ cis “Io Opudr,]| ovr’ ahdXoce ovdapdoe, ei 7H 
¥ 
TOL OTPATEVoOMEVOS, OUT AAAHV aToonplay eroLTw ToTOTE 


b 


womep ol ardor aVOpwrot, odd Emifvpia oe adAns TOEWS 


ovd ahrwy vopwv €daBev eid€var, GAN’ wets oou ikavol Hyev 





“15 kal 7) Hperépa mods: ovTH odddpa Huds pod Kal wpodo- 


sare 


> 2. es 4 YA 4 \ a bd + HN 3s 

yes Kal’ nuas modkitevoco Oar TA T adda Kal Taidas ev adTH 
¢ a 

€TOLHTW, WS AapEeTKOVaNS ToL THS TOEWS. ETL TOiVUY EV 


avTn TH Sikn e€nv ao dvyhs TinyoacOa, ei EBovdov, Kal 


 Omep viv akovons THS TOEwWS ETLYELpEts, TO ExovaNsS ToL- 
ex ‘ de 14 \ 2 dr / c > > lan > 5 , 
20 Hoa. ov de Tore pev ExaddwTilov as ovK ayavaKTov ei Séou 


teOvdvat oe, AAN Hpod, ws epynaOa, Tp THs duyns Odvarov: 


10. kal otre. . . ovre: the promi- 
nence of the hypothetical expression 
(ov yap av xr.) grows less here, and 
completely disappears with ovdé, as 
the contradictory 4\\4 plainly shows. 
Gewpia means not only a state embassy 
to games and festivals (cf. Phaedo 
58 b), but also attendance at religious 
festivals, particularly at. the great 
national games, on the part of private 
individuals. Cf. éd\drrw daedijunoas 
53 a.” 

12. et ph wor orparevoedpevos: for 
the campaigns of Socrates, see on Ap, 
28 e. 

14. eiSévar: added for the sake of 
clearness and precision. The result 
is that the preceding genitive seems to 
be a case of prolepsis. Cf. régwy éd 
elddres ipt udxyecOac Hom. B 720. — 


The subject or object of the infinitive 
is often put by anticipation as the 
object of its governing verb, noun, 
or adjective. 

16. r& + dAdo Kal: cf. dddws Te 
kal.—Kal... éroujow: is freed from 
its connection with wyoddyes, to which, 
however, 7d 7 d\a is still attached. 
Cf. xal...yéyove Ap. 36a. This irregu- 
larity was hardly avoidable, since a par- 
ticiple would have been clumsy, and 
the idea does not suit a clause with orz. 
Accordingly it was hardly possible to 
subordinate it to wodcrevoer Oat. 

17. éru roivuv: transition to a new 
point, which, however, remains closely 
connected with the leading idea. 

18. gvyfis tipfoacba: cf. Ap. 
37 ¢c and riudra Oavdrov Ap. 86 b. 

20. rote pév: cf. Ap. 87 c-38 a. 


30 


35 


142 TMAATONOS KPITON 


: ‘ 52¢ 
wn > die pee / : \ , > 4 ¥~s)> ef. iF lal 
vov 8 ovr éxeivous Tovs Adyous aioyvver, ov! Huav Tov 

ae A a 
vopwv evTpéme, emyeipav SiapHetpar, mparres Te aTEp av 
SodAos havAdraros mpagteer, aroOud pao Key ETLYELPOV. TAPA 


d 


. 


Tas ovvOynKkas TE Kal Tas dpodoyias, Kal ds Huiy cuvov %« 


mohitever Oar. Tpa@Tov pev OY Hy TOUTO avTd aToKpWwat, 
ei ahnOn déyomev Packorvtés oe Wmooynkevar TodiTever Oat 
A xX A nw 
kal? nuas epy@, add’ od Ady, H oOvK adnOn.” Ti dopev 
x a > , ¥ A pe A wenen 
mpos Tavta, ® Kpitwv; addo Te H/ pohoyaper ; 
KP. “Avaykn, @ YoKpares. ij 
rQ. “"AANo Te odv” av dhatey “HM cuvOyKas Tas pos 
ce lal 5 A \ e lA 7 > e \ > , 
Has avTovs Kal Opodoyias TapaBaives, ovy Td avayKNS 
e , 0. > ¢ A \ 10> 3 aXe , 5 
dporoyyaas ovd amaTnfets ovd’ ev dhiyw xpdv@ davayKa- 
abels Bovrtedoacba, adr’ €v ereow EBdouyKovTa, év ois 
+k by , > Q A e A Se 4 3 , 
eEnv Go. amevat, El 7) NpeTKomev Hwets pnde Sikarar edat- 
vovTd Gol at opodoyiat €ivat; ov & ovrTe Aakedaipova 
nw ¥ , aA on € , A 5 A i} 
mponpov ovte Kpyrynv, as on exaotore dys evvopetcba, 
ouvT aAAnV ovdEepiay TOV “EdAAnvidwy todewv ovde TOV Bap- 
wn 5 > , 5] b ~ b ] 5 7 , x ¢ »: 4 
Bapixov, add’ ehdttw €€ aitHns amedjunoas 7 ot xodot TE 


22. éxelvous Tods Adyous aloyxiver : 
not ashamed of those words, but, 
ashamed to face those words. The 
words are personified and confront 
him with his inconsistency. Cf. 46 b.. 

28. GAN od Adyw: not in mere 
words. That wyoroynxévac is the verb 


with which égpyw is connected appears - 


from the context. Cf. 51e. 

33. dporoyfras: concessive. The 
other participles of the sentence are 
subordinate to this. 

34. év treo EBSouqxovra: cf. Ap. 
17d. Strictly, the time would be only 
the fifty or fifty-two years since he 
came of age. 

37. ds 8h éxdorore xrd.: Plato, 


like many others, often praises these 
states, whose similar institutions were 
all of them based upon the common 
character due to their Dorian origin. 
In his Memorabilia, Xenophon, him- 
self an ardent admirer of Sparta, 
reports various conversations where 
Socrates praises Dorian institutions. 
See (Mem. iii. 5 and iv. 4) his com- 
mendation of the strict obedience to 
law at Sparta and of the education 
which prepares men for it. The edu- 


53 


cation of Spartan women was less — 


admired. — For éxdorore, cf. 46 d. 

39. &arrw areShunoas: cf. where 
Phaedrus says to Socrates, as they are 
taking a walk in the country, od 6é 


PLATO’S CRITO . 
53b ; 4, 


148 


4 
40 kal tuddAol Kal ot addoL avadmnpor: ovtTw cor SiadepdvTws 


45 


on 


Tov adtrd\wv “AOnvaiwy nperKev 7 TONS TE Kal HwEts ob VdpoL 
—dndov ore: Tim yap adv modus apéoKor avev vowwv; vv 
dé dr) ovK Eupevers Tots Wporoynpevais ; Eav Hutv ye tei, 
@ YoKpates: 
e€eNOaiv. 


XV. “oxdre yap 5%, TavTa tapaBas Kat e€apaptavev 


\ > 4 , > » 3 “~ , 
KQL OU KaTayeAaorTos yY €o€l €K TNS Toews 


4 FP. -F ‘\ 3 4 2 x \ > BS ‘\ 
Tt TOUT, Ti dyabov epydoe GavTov H Tos EmiTNSELOUS TOUS 
GavTov; OTe pev yap Kidvvevcovai yé cov ot emiTHSevor Kat 
\ / A A = ; 
avTolt devyew kat orepnOnvar THS TOEWS H THY OVTIaY aTrO- 
, Ek na > ie te \ a ee > 7 
hévar,(oyeddv tu 8 hov} avros Sé€ mpa@rov pev éav eis Tov 
x x 
eyyvraTad Twa Tmodewv EAOys, 7 OnBale 7 Méyapdde, — ev- 
la) \ > , U4 wy, Ss , A 
VoMovVTaL yap aupoTepaL, — Tor€mLos HEELS, @ VaKpares, TH 


ye, @ Oavudowe, drordrarés ris palver. 
arexvas yap fevayounévy (a stranger 
come to see the sights in town) rwi Kal 
ovk érixwplw ~ocxas* ourws éx Tod doreos 
ovr eis thv brepoplay (foreign parts) 
dmodnueis, ovr zw relyous Euovye Soxeis 
Socrates answers, 
ovyylyvwoké wor, @ Apiore, prrouadhs yap 


TO wapdtrayv é&évar. 


elu: Ta pev ovv xwpla Kal ra dévdpa 
ovdév uw béder SiddoKev, of S ev TG dore 


—dvOpwra, Phaedrus 230 ¢ — é\arra: 


adverbial cognate accusative. 

44. xatayékacros: with reference 
to his preceding actions. Cf. od 5é rére 
méev xTr. 52 ¢, above. 

45. é€edOav: causal. 

XV. If Socrates breaks his cove- 
nant with the Laws, all law-abiding men 
will look upon him with suspicion. If 
he goes to any well-ordered city, then, he 
will not be received with favor. If he 
goes to Thessaly, on the other hand, — 
what can he talk about there? He cer- 
tainly cannot say there, after his flight, 
what he has been saying at Athens, 


without making himself ridiculous. 
The Thessalians might be amused by the 
story of his escape from prison; but if 
he offend any one there, he will hear 
unpleasant truths. But why should he 
go to Thessaly? If he takes his chil- 
dren with him, then these will be made 
aliens to Athens. But if he does not 
take his children with him, he might as 
well be in Hades as in Thessaly, so far 
as they are concerned. 

1. oxdémwe.: prefixed to an inde- 
pendent sentence just as dpas often is. 
Cf. 47 a.—ratra: i.e. ra wWuoroynuéva.— 
mapaBds kal éEapapravev: i.e. éav rapa- 
Bys kal étauaprdvys. The present tense 
marks the continuance of the action. 

5. oxeSdv mu: cf. 46b. The ad- 
verbial use of 7i is common with ravv, 
oxeddv, wéov, waddov and odd. — wpa- 
rov pév: the corresponding clause fol- 
lows below (a) in a different form. Cf. 
adrd, 50 d. 

7. ebvopotvrar: in Thebes, before 
and during the Peloponnesian War, a 


144 


10 


15 


20 


HMAATONOS KPITON 
, qa 53 b 
TovTwy woiteia, Kal OoouTep KHdOVTaL TOV avTaY TddEwr, 


troBrAahovtal oe SvahGopéa yyovpevor TOY vouwv, Kal Be 
Badoes Tots Suxactats Thy dd€av wore SoKety dpOas TH» 


mov do€evev dv vewr ye Kal avontav avOpadrav diabbopeds 
elvar. moTepov ovy pevfeu_Tdas T evvopmoupévas odes Kal 
al S a \ , \ A an 5S 
TWV avdpav TOVS KOOMLWTATOUS ; Kal_ToUTO/ TOLOVYTL Apa 
aéiv oo. (nv eorar; 7) TAnTLaTES TOVTOLS Kal avatoyuP- 
, 4 , , i , x bd 
THoELS Siaheyouevos —Tivas hoyous, ® LwKpares ; 7 ovTTEP 
> 4Q9 c e > \ \ ¢ 4 / » “ > 
evOad’, Ws 7 apeTr Kal 7 SuKatoavvyn TmEioTou ak.ov TOLS av- 
Opaérros, Kal TA VOpLWA Kal Ol VOMOL; Kal OVK Ole. AZYY{LOV 
av davetoOa TO TOU LwKpaTous Tpaypa; olecHat ye xpy. 
> > 3 A , “A / > a“ Y > > 
GX’ ek péev ToOUTwY TOV TOTwY aTrapels, NEES SO Els BerTa- 
hiav mapa Tovs E€vous Tovs Kpitwvos: éxet yap dy mieiory 
> , ae s \ oY» x eQz ns , € 
atatia Kal aKoX\acia, Kal tows av HO€ws Tou akovoLEeV WS 
yeroiws €k Tov decpwrnpiov anedidpackes, oKevyy TE Twa 


moderate oligarchy ruled (é\vyapxla 
ledvouos, different from the duvacrela 
é\lywvof the time of the Persian wars), 
in political sympathy with Sparta. 
Megara also had an oligarchical form 
of government, and had been, since the 
battle of Coroneia (447 B.c.), on the 
Spartan side. 

8. rovrwv: referring either to the 
cities (instead of év rodros) or to their 
inhabitants. 

9. broPAdpovrar: the implication 


of suspicion is conveyed by the i7é as’ 


in bdopiv, brovia, cf. oi 5é “EXAnves 
bpopSvres rovrous abrol ép éavrdv éxw- 
pou nyeudvas €xovres Xen. An. ii. 4. 10. 
—Kal BeBardoes xrr.: **iudicibus 
opinionem confirmabis ut recte 
videantur tulisse sententiam.”’ 
Wolf. J pind 
14. wovotvri: if you do this. 


£ hs 
’ Z 
ae 


17. agvov: neuter predicate. 

19. dv haveio bar: dv with the fut. 
is very rare.— 71d tod Zwxpdrous mpa- 
ypa: little more than a periphrasis for 
Zwparns. Cf. 7d cdvrpayua Ap. 20c. 
—oler Gai ye xp: acommen way of an- 
swering one’s own questions. Cf. 54b. 

20. pév: repeats the pév of 1. 5. 

21. rots Eévous: sc. as suggested by 
Crito, 45 c.— éket yap 5% xrd.: Socra- 
tes speaks as if the fact were familiar 
to Crito. The nobles of Thessaly were 
rich and hospitable, and bore the repu- 
tation of being violent and licentious. 
Some light is thrown upon the subject 
by the character of Meno given by 


Xenophon, An. ii. 6. 21 ff. 


23. okevfy ré twa xrd.: to this 
first clause the disjunctive 7 di@épav 7 
&é\X\a is subordinated. — The 6éipépa 
was, according to the Schol. on Ar. 


wa: 


Siknv Siucdoa: doTis yap vopwv dSiadOopeds ett, oPddpa ¢ 


PLATO’S CRITO 145 


54a. : 
mepiOguevos, 7) Siupbepav haBav 4 addrda ota 8H cidfacw 
25 evoxevalerOar of amodiopdoKorTes, Kal TO OXHMA TO Tar- 
Tov petadddéas: o7t O€ yépwv avyp, cpiKpov ypdvouv TM 
lal 3 Y lal 
Biw dourod ovTos Ws TO ElKds, ETOAUYNTAS OUTWS alaxpos 
b A A A , \ , / >) \ a 
émOupetv Cyv, vomous Tovs peylaTovs TrapaBas, ovdels Os 
"See EN , N ate 33 ee. , eae = 
epet; tows, av wy tia Aus: €l O€ MH, akovTEL, WO LwKpa 
vrepxopmevos O17) Budcer Tav- 





30 TES, TOANA Kal avaéia WavTov. 
> 7 \ 4 / A x > Bem bd 
tas avOpamovs Kai Sovrevav: Ti ToLdy H EvwWXOvpEVOS EV 
@errahia, worep emt Setrvov arrodednunkas eis Oerradiar ; 
Adyou 8 Exeivor ot wept Suxavoovyys Te Kal THS adAns aperns 

FR." 8. WN ¥ 3 \ \ A , 7 , ™ 
Tov Huw ecovtar; adda 87 TOV Taidwv veka Bovre Cyr, 

1, Saea > ‘ > rd ‘ 5 4 / dé: > , 
35 wa avTovs exOpdys Kat maevons; Ti dé; els Serradiay 

> ‘ BJ ‘ 7, 5 ‘\ , , la 

avtovs ayayav Opépeas Te Kat radWevoeas, E€vous Toujoas, 


4 ; \ an > , x ~ \ ¥ > “A de 
tVa KQAL TOVUTO aTOAAVT WOLD ; 7] TOUTO EV OV,|QUTOUV OE Tpe- 
ee 





Nub. 73, a wowerxdy repiBdravov. oKevt 
and évoxevdgerda. refer to change of 
costume, and are also used of the 
costumes of actors. oxfua, on the 
other hand, relates to the other dis- 
guises of face and figure necessary to 
complete the transformation. 

27. érédpnoas: see on réA\uns, Ap. 
38 d. 

28. ovSels ds: will there be nobody to 
say this? Here, as in many common 
idioms, the verb ‘‘to be’’ is omitted. 

29. tows: the English idiom uses 
a negative, perhaps not.—dkotoea... 
dvagia: like dxovew xaxd (b7é Tivos), the 
passive of Aéyew xaxd. Cf. 50¢e. The 
kal between mwodAd and dvdéia should 
not be translated. 

30. 84: accordingly. Socrates will 
have to make up his mind to it, he has 
no choice. 

31. kal Sovrdedwv: better under- 
stood absolutely than with an implied 
dative. Here we have a blunt state- 





ment of the fact which Socrates had in 
mind in saying brepxduevos. —tl trovav 
m4 xTX.: the participle goes with the verb 
of the foregoing clause and has the chief 
thought, —‘* what will you do?’’ 

34. jpiv: ethical dative. —éaAAa 
84: a new objection raised and an- 
swered by the Laws.themselves in re- 
spect to what Crito said, 45 cd.— 
&AAG : relates to the preceding thought, 
—‘‘of course these sayings are no- 
where ; but do you actually wish ?”’ 

37. iva Kal rotro xrd.: i.e. in ad- 
dition to all other obligations. dzodav- 
ew Often is, as here, used ironically. 
How a Greek looked upon exile is 
plain from passages in tragedy as well 
as in Homer. Shakespeare shows the 
same spirit in Richard IT i. 3, 

What is my sentence then but speechless 
death, 


Which robs my tongue from breathing na- 
tive breath ? 


—avrod: i.e, at Athens, 


40 


oO 


10 


146 -TIAATONOS KPITON 







54a 
@VTOS | Bédrvov Ppeyovrar Kat Taudedorovrat, 


d ‘ 
Popes ‘ood 
pa) ovvdertos ood abrois; ot yap ETLTHOELOL OL Gol emipe- 
Ayjoovra, avTav. WoTepov E€av els Berradiay amrodnunoys 


éemupehnoovtat, €av 8 eis “Aidov arodnunans ody emysedy- 


¥ , , »” 2 A > A , 
WovTa.; el TEP ye TL OpEAOS avT@V EaTL TOV ToL hagKdVTwY 
emiTnoeiwy eivat, oer bai ye xpy. < 
XVI. “add, @ Yoéxpares, TePdpuevos Hiv Tots ors 


Tpopevot, wyTE Twaidas wept melovos movov pyre TO CHv 
A y 
pnT aro pydey mpd Tod SiKaiov, iva eis “Avdov €Oav 
aA A A » 
EXNS TavTa TavTa aTohoynoadHat ToIs EKEL Aapyovaw: oUTE 
yap ev0dde cor haiverar TadTa mpdrTovT. apewor Elvat ovoEe 
, »Q> ¢ , »Q> + A la) > ld 
ducardrepov ovd daistepov, ovd ado Tov GaV ovdE>ri, 
ee ee) A b] , + ¥ iAAQ A \ ro Ma 
ouT Exkeloe adikopev@ apewov Etat. GAA voY wey NOLK 
, + Ee, > 4 > ¢ Pe “ “A , 5 we > > 
PEVOS aTreL, EaV amrins, OVX Uh NUdY TOV VopwVY aN UT av- 
4 34 2 aes , 4 > “~ 5 ta XA 
Opatav: éav & €€€dOns ovtws aicypas avtadicynoas TE Kal 
GVTLKAKOUpyHoas, TAS TavTOD 6podoyias Te Kal cvvOnKas 


38. Opéhovra. Kal radedocovrat: 
see on évéter Oar 52 a. 

42. rév... elvat: explanation of 
gol is not to be construed with 
packbrTwr. 

43. oleorOal ye xph: cf. 53 d. 

XVI. Socrates should take the advice 
of the Laws, and give the greatest honor 
to the right, —in order that he may 
have a better account of his life to offer 
to the rulers in Hades. He has been 
wronged by men, not by the Laws. But 
if he shall escape from prison, breaking 
his covenants with them, the Laws will 
be wroth with him while he lives, and 
when he dies, their brethren, the Laws in 
Hades, will not receive him with favor. 

2. mwaiSas: Xanthippe is not thought 
to stand in such need of Socrates’s 
care. 


avrov. 


3. mpd: after epi melovos, cf. xpd 
Tov ddcxety 48 d, 

4. Gmrodoyfcacba: a future judg- 
ment on the deeds done in the body is 
asserted by Socrates also at the close 
of the Gorgias. 

5. ratra: 
urges. 

6. of GAAw trav cdv: for no one 
of your friends either. The Laws add 
this for Crito’s benefit. 

7. viv pév: assuming that Socrates 
has made up his mind not to take 
Crito’s advice. 

8. ame: sc. to Hades. — im’ dv0pa- 
mov: referring to the fallible mortals 
who act as guardians and representa- 
tives of the blameless laws. Cf. dv@pw- 
mos, doris mp@rov Kal avrd Tobro olde, 


Tovs vduous Ap. 24 e. 


i.e. that which Crito 


b 


c 


16 


PLATO’S CRITO 147 


54d 

\ A e A \ \ XN 3 / , a 
TAS TPOS NMAS mapaBas, Kal KAKA ep yenapeves TOUTOUS OUS 
mKLora, ce, —gavtov Te kal didovs kal marr pide Kal meas, 
— pets TE TOL Xaderavoijper CovrTt, Kal EKEl OL AmETEpoL 
addeddoi, ot ev “Avoov vdpot, ovK Evers oe vTodeEorTaL, 
too 4 \ e la 3 7 > AG \ \ , , 
ELOOTES OTL Kal NMas ETEXELPNTAS aToE€T AL, TO TOV LéEpos. 


A \ lal x‘ A 
ahr\a py oe weion Kpirwv trovety a héyer wahdrov H nuetse— d 
XVII. Tatra, @ pide Eraipe Kpirwv, eb icf. oti eyo 
SoK® aKoveww, wWomEp OL KopuBayTi@vTes TOV av@v SoKoOL- 
> , ey Pee \ Y ai eae , A , fie 
OW akovELv, Kal EV EMOl AUTN 7 HX TOVTMY TOV oywy Bop- 


A \ A \ , A +” > 4 
Bet Kat rovet pr Svvacbar TOV addAwV aKove: 


avr tof, 


Y \ lal > \ la ta, ! , \ la , 
oo0a YE TQ Vuvy EOL SoKovvTa, EQV héyns TAPa TAUTQ, HPaTYHV 


Epets. 


9 , ¥ ¥ , v4 , 
OMWS MEVTOL EL TL OLEL TAEOY TrOLHoELY, Eye. 


KP. ’AAX’, & Yoxpares, ovK exw eye. 


11. wapaBds, épyardpevos: subor- 
dinated to the foregoing participles. 

16. pA oe xr. : do not be persuaded. 

XVII. The words of the Laws ring, 
in Socrates’s ears, so that he cannot 
listen to any others; but Crito may 
speak, if he has anything to say on the 
other side. 

1. w dire éraipe Kpirwv: Socrates 
speaks with tenderness in order to 
make his refusal the less hard to bear. 
The exceptional feature in this form 
of address lies in the mention of Crito’s 
name at the end. 

2. ot kopuBavrTiavres : here a species 
of madness seems to be indicated, 
under the influence of which men 
imagined that they heard the flutes 
that were used in Corybantian revels. 
Cf. worep of xopuBavrivres ovK éuppoves 
Svres dpxodvrat, obrw Kal of pedoToL0l odK 
eudpoves Svres TA Kad wéAN TadTa ToLOD- 


ow Ion 534 a, and the song of the. 


bacchanals in Eur. Bacch. 123-127, 


Corybantes, wearing helms three-rimmed, 
Stretched skins to make my drum’s full 
round ; 
Then they, in hollowed caves, lithe-limbed, 
With drums, and, with the flute’s shrill 
sound 
Full Phrygian, bacchic ditties hymned. 


4. qwovet: sc. éué. —Tdv GAXov: SC. 
AOywr. 

5. doa ye xTA.: a limitation added 
to soften the assertion. Cf. 80a ye 
ravOpérea 46e. No object is needed 
with dAéyys. Aéyer mapa xTr. Comes 
very near the meaning of dvrid\éyeuv. 
Cf. the omission of the object éué with 
the preceding moet uh SvvacOar KTr. — 
Grote calls attention. to the fact that 
the argument of the Laws in the Crito 
represents feelings common to all loyal 
Athenians, not peculiar to Socrates, so 
that, in a way, the Crito is Plato’s an- 
swer to the adverse criticisms of the 
many to whom Socrates’s attitude in 
the Apology had appeared defiance of 
the laws. 


148 


TIAATOQNOS KPITON 


54e 


>. "Ea tolvuv, & Kpirwv, kat tpdrtapev tavrn, eran 


TavTn 6 Oeds vpnyetra. / 


8. éa: used absolutely with a fol- 
lowing subjunctive or imperative to 
dismiss a matter that has been under 
discussion. Cf. Za, nv 5 éyd+ wh yap rw 
Td éuol Soxodv cxomGpev, Ad 9 od déyers 
vov Charm. 168 e; Za,  Awvvaddwpe, 
etpjue. kal uh xarerGs pe mpodldacke 
Euthyd. 302 ¢. 

9. ratty: the repetition of the 
same word is effective. — Oeds : cf. r@ 
6eS, Ap. 19a. Socrates’s belief in 
God’s care is clear. — Here, as at the 
end of his defense proper, Ap. 35 d, 


and at the end of his closing words in 
court, Ap. 42 a, Socrates mentions 
6 6e6s. Dante closes each one of the 
three parts of his great poem with a 
reference to the stars. This is no acci- 
dent in either case, though Plato had 
a philosopher’s reason which Dante 


. could not give, except for the closing 


line of the Paradiso, which is 6 @eds 
translated into the language of the 
poet, ‘‘L’Amor che muove il Sole e 
l’altre stelle,’’? The love which moves the 
sun and the other stars. 


TAATONOD ®ATAQN 


EXEKPATHS, ®AIAQN ve 
57 b p. 57 
I. EXEKPATHS.’ eakdans @ Paidon, mapeyevov Lwxpare a 
exeivn TH HEPA, 7 TO pdppakov emiev €v T@ SeopwTnpio, 
7) adXov Tov HKoveas ; 
PAIAOQN. Adtds, & Byékpares. 

5 EX. Ti otv 8y €otww arra cimev 6 avnp Tpd Tov Oavarov; 
Kal m@s eTeheUTa; HO€ws yap av eyo akovoamu. Kal yap 
ovTe Tov TohTav Pevaciwy ovdels Tavy TL emixwprater TO. 
yuv ‘Adjvate, ovre tis E€vos anaes i TUXVOR exeOev, bd 
OoTLS av Huy Tades Ti ayyethat olds T HY TEpt TOVTwY, TAY 

10 ye On Ore adppakov mov atofdvor: Tov 8 addwv ovdev eiyev 
ppaleyv. 


I-VII. Prologue in two scenes: with a festal embassy had been sent to 
I-III, Introductory. IV-—VII, Conver- Delos by the Athenians, and during its 
sation of Socrates with his friends, absence the city was tobe kept ceremo- 
gradually leading to the discussion of nially pure. 


the immortality of the soul. 2. 1d hbdppaxov: cf. 117 a. 
I, After the death of Socrates, in 4. airés: sc. rapeyevdunv. 
the spring of 399 B.C., his young friend  _—‘ 6. éredebra: for the imperfect, see 


Phaedo, returning to his home in Elis, SCG. 211. ‘* Describe the closing 
falls in with Echecrates at Phlius, in scenes, give the details.’’ 
Peloponnesus, a little southwest of 8. ’AOfvate: Phlius had been on 
Corinth. Echecrates had learned about the side of Sparta in the Peloponnesian 
Socrates’s trial, and is eager to hear the War, and its relations to Athens were 
details of hisdeath. In particular, why not close. —xpévov: temporal re 
had Socrates been kept in prison fora Cf. é€rovs 1. 24. 


month before he was put to death? 9. doris av: for the construction cf. 
This, Phaedo tells him, was because of Ap. 88d. 
a festival of Apollo at Delos: a boat 10. elxev: sc. 6 Eévos 


149 


15 


20 


25 


150 TAATONOS ®AIAON 


58 a 
\ ~ , »¥ ‘ \ 
DAIA. Ovde Ta TEpt THs Sikyns apa erVerbe dv TpdTOV 
EyEVETO ; 
, la \ c “A ¥ , x , 
EX. Nai, ravra pev nutty nyyedr€ Tis, Kal eOavualopev 
ld a“ n~ YY 
y Oru maha, yevouervns avTns ToAA@ vaTEpov halveTat azro- 
5 ‘a ‘¥ / 
davav. ti ovv Hv TovTo, & Paidwr ; 
nA 9? , s 
DAIA. Tvyn tis atto, @ “Exéxpartes, ovveBy Oeruye yap 
al A c , ‘al a 
™ Tpotepaia THs Sikns 7 Tpvpva eoTEeUpevyn TOV moiov O 
> ~ > “ 4 
eis Andov “AOnvaion méurrovoww. 
EX. Todro dé 6% Ti €orw; 
a A Y > * 
®AIA. Tovr’ ear. 76 trotov, ws haow “APnvain, ev @ 
, ne. , NS ee 5 ‘foe OE Bees ee ¥ 
@noevs ToT eis Kpyrynyv tous “dis emta’ €EKkElvous wyETO 
+ I. , ‘\ jaa b] 4 “~ "9 / ad 
dywv Kal erwo€ TE Kal avTOs ETMOIH. TH ody ATOAAwVL HU- 
¢ 5) A , ¥ 
Eavro, ws héyerar, TOTE, Eb TwHelev, ExdoTov eTovs Dewpiay 
> , > ~ a Se \ “A ¥ b] 3 / 7 > 3 
amagew eis Andov: nv dy adel kal vov ere €€ exeivou KaT Evt- 
\ nw wn , 5 Q\ > » ~ hy 
avTov T@ Jew TéuTrovav. éredav ovv apEwvTar THS Dewpias, 
t c 
\ A A ‘\ / 
vomos €aTiv avTois ev TH xpdv@ TovTw KafapeveY THY TO- 
‘ \ x > ial 
uv kat Snpooia pndéva aroxtewivar, mpl av eis Andov 
> > / ‘ A A 4 8 nw la 5 Fe V9 
T adikntat TO TAOLoy Kal TaAW OEvpO* TOUTO O EVLOT EV 


. €ruxe: resumes tUx7n cuvéeBy. 
. éoreppévy: sc. with laurel. 
. TodroxrnX. : thisquestion withits 
answers shows that Plato had in mind 
more than the Athenian reading public. 
21. Theingenuity of the Athenians 
was puzzled by the question whether 
this was or was not the original boat. It 
had not been rebuilt at any time, yet the 
original timbers had gradually been re- 
placed. This was the ancient form of the 
modern puzzle with regard to the boy’s 
jack-knife, which was the same knife, 


but had a new handle and a new blade. ~ 


22. Sis émrd: according to the 
myth, the tribute of seven young men 
and seven maidens was required of 


Athens by King Minos of Crete. The 
young prince Theseus volunteered to 
be part of the tribute, and, win- 
ning the love and aid of Ariadne, 
Minos’s daughter, slew the Minotaur. 
A recently recovered dithyramb of 
Bacchylides (xvi) begins xvavérpypa 
(dark-prowed) pev vats uevéxturov (stead- 
Sast-in-conflict) | Onoéa dis émrd 7 ay- 
haovds (splendid) a&yovca | kobpous ’Iabvwr | 
Kpnrixov tauve rédayos. : 

24. cwletev: sc. Onoeds cal of Sls 
érrd. —€rovs: for the genitive, cf. 


Crito 44a, 57 a. 


29. Sedpo: used as if the speaker 
were still in Athens. Possibly it was 
the expression of the law. 


58 


b 


PLATO’S PHAEDO 151 


58 e 


30 7oAN@ Xpove yeyveras, OTav TUXYMOLW avELOL amohaBovres ~ 


avrovs. apxn 8 é€orl THs Dewpias, Eredav 6 iepeds Tod ec 
P) , , \ , A , A >¥ 
Amdddwvos oréiyn THY TPvuVaV TOV TOLoV: ToUTO B éeTvYXEV, 
woTep éyw, TH TpoTEpaia THs Sikys yeyovds. dia TadTa Kal 
Tohvs Kpovos eyeveTo TO Lwxpara ev TS Seopwrnplo, 6 pe 
35 Ta€v THs Sikyns Te Kal TOV Gavarov. 
Il. EX. Ti dé 5% ta wept avrov Tov Odvarov, & Paidwr ; 
Ti hv Ta exOevTa Kal TpayOerra, Kal Tives of Tapayevopevor 
TOV emiTNOElwv TO AVSPi; 7 OVK ElwY OL ApxoVTEs TapElval, 
ahd’ epynpos eredevTa Piro ; 
56 AIA. Ovdapds, adda tapnody tives, Kat ToAXoOL ye. d 
EX. Tatra 5) wdvta mpobupnOnt ws cadéotata Hply 
amayyeihatj/et wy Tis wor adoxodia Tvyyaver ovca. 
@AIA. “AAA cyoddlw ye kal Tapdoopmar duty Sinyyoa- 
cOa Kat yap 76 peuvnobar Lwxparovs Kal avrov héyovra 
~ , » > , ¥ r SI et , 4 
10 kal ado akovovTa Emory adel TaVvTwWY NOLoTOV. 
EX. “Adda pyv, @& Daidwr, Kai Ttods dKovaopévous ye 
4 €. 2 ¥ > ‘\ A c x 4 > 4, 
ToLovTous ETEepous exeits: AANA TELPa ws av SUvn aKpLBE- 
oTaTa Sete het TAVTO. 
MAIA. Kat py eywye Pavpacra erafov Tmapayevdmevos. & 


15 ovTE yap WS Bavaro TApOVTA [Pe avdpos émuTnoeiov €eos 


—— 


31. adrods: implied in rotor above. 3. 7@ dvSpt: courteous. Cf. dvip, 


34. modis xpdvos: a long time isa 
relative expression. In general at 
Athens the execution of a criminal con- 
victed on a capital charge seems to have 
taken place on the day after the con- 
demnation. Hence a delay of thirty 
days seemed long. 

Il. ‘* But as to the death itself : who 
of his friends were present, and how did 
Socrates die?’’ Phaedo had a strange 
experience. Neither sadness nor pleas- 
ure completely filled his mind. 


1. 16, and contrast 116 d, 117 e. 


4. ditwv: ablatival genitive with 
épnuos. 

8. cxoAd{w: replies to doxoNia. 
Cf. Ap. 28 b. 

12. rovotrovs: predicate, of like 
mind. —This, with uty. and syiv 


above, is the only indication of a 
group of listeners. 

14. rapayevdpevos : 
time with ézra@ov. 

15. otve; correl. with ot7’ av, 1. 22. 


coincident in 


152 TIAATONOS ®AIAOQN 


58 e 
> 4 > “3 4 c \ 5 / 3s 3 l4 \ 
cloner’ evdaimwv yap pmo. avnp epaivero, & Exéxpares, kat 
a A “A \ 
TOU TpOTOV Kal TOV hoywr, Ws Ades Kal yevvains érehetra, 
9 3 al v4 Ss > Y 8 27 » 
WoTE pou exeivoy Tapictacar pd eis “Atdov idvTa avev 
, 4 >7 > \ be | A > , Pea. 4 
Jeias poipas tévar, aAAGa Kal Exeloe Adikdpevoy Ev mpakey, 
, » \ a \ 4 
20 el mép Ts TwmoTE Kal aANos. Sia 5x) TadTa OvdEey TaVY [OL 59. 
> ‘A > 4 c > \ x 5 / 93 , 4 ‘ 
ehewov eloyje, ws eikds av ddfevey eivar Tapovt. TwevOe- 
a ee ee 2 N c 3 , eon » Y °°? 
ouT av ndov7 ws ev diiocodia Hue@v ovTav, woTep cidbe-- 
ev: 


» / / / ~ , Be. “A E] , A 
atomov Ti wou TaD0s TapHy Kai Tis aHOns Kpaors amo TE THS 


\ \ € , a , 5 b) aston la 
Kal yap ou Aoyou ToLovTOL TLVes Noav: aA aTExVas 
rd A , c “A A438 A “~ Av > 0 , 
noovns TvyKEeKpapevyn Guov Kal ad THS AUVs, EvOvpovpevr@ 
OTL autika eKeivos emedde TeAEUTaV. Kal TavTES OL TapdVTES 

, Y 4 c \ \ ~ pe! \ 
oxeddv TL ovTw SieketweOa, OTe ev yeA@rtes, eviore dé Sa- 

KpvovTes, els 8 nuav Kal Suahepovtaws, Amoddddwpos: otaba 

yap Tov Tov avdpa Kal TOV TPOTOV avTOD. b 
80 EX. Il@s yap ov; 

a Y ‘\ 

@DAIA. *Exetvds Te Towvy Tavtatacw ovtas eixev, Kat 

ey, ¥ > 3 , \ C. oar 
QUTOS Eywy ETETAPaypyny Kat ou aAXoL. 

EX. "Ervyov 8’, & Paidwr, tives Tapayevopevar ; 

PAIA. Odrds Te 5x) 6 "AtoANCSwpos TOV émLywpiwy TapHy 
35 \. =z K 5B r XN ¢ \ > A t ¥ ‘Ek é; t 

kat 6 KpiroBovhos kal 6 marnp avTov Kal er. Eppoyevns kat, 
> , A b] , ‘Ss , > de \ a ‘a> 
Emuyevns kat Atoyivys kat “Avrisbévys: Av dé Kal Kryjoun- 
22. ndovh: sc. eiozer, i.e. Phaedo 


17. rot tpdérov: for construction, 


cf. Crito 43 b. did not find his usual pleasure in the 
18. raploracOat: éxetvov... lévac philosophical discussions. 
is subject. 29. rév rpdrov: cf.1174d; in Symp. 


19. Gelas polpas: cf. bela wolpa, Ap. 
33 c. 

20. & wep xrdX.: The English idiom 
does not use and or other, but throws 
all the stress on any one. 

21. odSév éXervdv : repeats obre Zdeos. 
—wévOe.: dative with rapdé in rapévri, 


‘which in turn agrees with wolf or rivl, 


after elxés (ef ris rapeln wévOet). 


173 d we hear that he was commonly 
called 6 wavixés. 

33. érvxov cri. : who were present ? 
The English idiom throws little stress 
on this verb. 

_ 34. The personal friends and asso- 
ciates of Socrates are mentioned first. 
— Xenophon at this time was in Asia 
Minor with Thibro. 


40 


45 


PLATO’S PHAEDO 


59d ; 


153 


‘ + \ A 3 
mos 6 Ilavavieds Kat Mevé€evos Kat addou tives TOY ETLYa- 


piwv: Iddrwv 8° oipau qo beven. 
EX. Bévou dé ties Tapynoar; 
®AIA. Nai, Suppias té y' 6 OnBatos kat KEBys kat Pai- 
Savdns, kat Meyapdbey Bixdeidys te Kat Tepyiwv. 
EX. Ti 5€; ’Apiotimmos kat KiedpBporos tapeyévorto ; 
@AIA. Ov Syra: ev Aiyivyn yap ééyovto «iva. 


EX. "AdXos 6€ Tis Tapyv; 


DATA. Vxedov TL OlLaL TOUTOUS Tmaparyever Oar. 

EX. Ti ovv 89; tives dys Hoay ot Adyou; 
TIL. ®AIA. *Eyd cou €€ apyjs mavra Trepacopar dinyy- 
cac0a. del yap 57 Kal Tas tpdc0er Huépas ci@Deper fot- 


A se fe 5 MALS \ \ / : s 
Tav Kal €yw Kal ol ahdAou Tapa TOY LwKpaTy, cvAEyopmeEvor 


4 > \ / 3 @ a2 ¢ , 3 , v4 
ewlev eis TO dukaoT7 pLov, EV @ Kal 1 dikn EVEVETO ° ano ov 


“a wn 5 4 4 
5 yap nv Tov Seopwrnpiov. Tepienevopev ody EKAOTOTE, EWS 


avo.ybein 7d Seapwry prov, SvatpiBovres per adAAHAwY* avEeg- 


\ > , > zs sy > fa , 2 A ee, 
Y€&TO Y2p OV TP@* €E7TELOY) AVOLYV €L7), ELOY) MEV Tapa TOV Dw- 


, \ be ‘ , ? > “ ‘\ ‘\ \ Ad 
Kparn Kal Ta TOANG Sunpepevomev eT avTovd. Kal 1) Kal TOTE 


TpwaiTepov Tuveheynpev. TH yap mporepaia [ Hu€épa] émedy 


38. IIAdrwv: Plato names himself 
only here and Ap. 34a,38b. His illness 
at this time, according to tradition, 
was due to his grief. By his explicit 
‘statement of his absence, he relieves 
himself from responsibility for the 
exactness of the report. 

39. Eévor: contrasted with émyw- 
plwv. 

42. ’Aplorimmos xrd.: this seems 
to be intended as a reproach. These 
might have been present. 

46. Adyou: this refers to 59 a. 

III. On each day of Socrates’s con- 
Jinement in prison his companions had 
visited him, but this morning they met 


earlier than usual, since they had learned 
that the boat had arrived from Delos. 
As they enter his room, they find that he 
has just been released from fetters, and 
A anthippe with their little boy is sitting 
beside him. Xanthippe is sent home. 


‘Socrates rubs his leg, where the fetter 


and pain have been, and remarks on the 
curious relation between pleasure and 
pain : either is wont to follow the other. 
If Aesop had observed this he would 
have made a fable of it. 

2. kal tas xrr.: cf. 1. 9. 

7. dvorxOeln : the optative indicates 
the indefinite frequency of the past 
action. 


10 


15 


20 


25 


30 


35 


154 TAATONOS ®AIAQN 

59 e 
+ 7 P) a , e , 3 , Y \ 
eEnOopev ex Tov Seopwrnpiov éomépas, éervfducOa ori Td 
la 5 la > , ¥ , > > ; / 
m\otov ex Andov advypeévov ein. TapynyyetAapev ovv add7- 
Y € / > a > / ag 4 Nees 
Lous HKELY WS TPwaiTaTa Els TO ELwOds. Kal NKOMEY Kal HuLY 

> \ c / 4 Pee 9 ¢ 4 . 7 
e€ehO dv 6 Oupwpds, Oomep elder i7aKkovev, elev TEpiLeveW 

\ \ / / ¥ x >_N r , (a4 4 
Kal 2) MpOTEpov TapLevat, Ews av avTos Kekevoy{ “Avovor 


yap,” edn, “oi “Evdexa Lwxparyn kat tapayyéddovow ows 


x nw al e , , be) > ‘ > > 4 
dv THde TH Nuepa TerevTYTH.” od Toldy 5 ovY ypdvoV 
3 \ % 8 Bend en. > , > , 5 
eTLTXOV NKEV Kal EKehevey NUaS Elovevar. eloehOdvTes ovv 
, \ \ , ¥ aly \ \ 
katehapBavopev Tov pev YwKpaTyn apt. edvpevov, THY Oe 
Ravbinrny (yvyvdokes yap) exovedy Te TO Tatdiov avTov 
kal Tapakabyperny. ws ovv eidey Huas n Bavbinmy, avyv- 
dyno TE Kal ToLavT artra elrev, ota by cidOacw ai yuvat- 


e 


4 ce > , ye Py 4 a a e 
KES, OTL Q WKPQATES, VOTQATOV 7] we T POO EPOvGt VUV OU 


3 / ‘ \ 4 9 Ae / id Ps X\ 
€miTHOELOL KAL OV TOUTOUS. X Kal 6 LwKparns Brdbas éis Tov 


> 4 x” 7) 
Kpirwva, “OQ Kpirwr,” ébyn, “amayérw tus atti oikade, 4s — 


Kal €xeiyny pev amnyov Ties TOV TOV Kpirwvos Bowody TE 
\ J 

Kat komropevny +6 dé Lwxpdryns avakabilopuevos eis THV 
, la 4 XN 7 \ > or a 4 ‘ 

KNivnv cuvécappe TE TO TKEAOS Kal e€ETpUbe TH YELP, Kal 
4 Y we ¥ 9 ¥ Py fate ame 5 8 , Gy 

TpiBov aya,“ Os aromov, edn,“ @ avdpes, Eo.Ke TL Eivat 


nw ra) la 4 ¥ e , ce 4 lA ; 
TOUTO, O KaXovaLW OL avO pwrirot Ov * WS Gavpaciws TEpUKE 


\ ‘\ 5 la) > , > ‘ ld \ Y A > a 
TpOs TO OoKOUY EvavTiov Elvat, TO AUTTNPOV, TO ALA MEV AUTO 
5 Wi) l4 4 ice. 4 + Ba /, : A ‘\ 
pn Oédhev trapayiyverOar To avO para, €av dé Tis SidKy TO 
LA \ 4 , > , , , X 
erepov Kal Lap Bavy, oxeddv Ti advaykaler Oar hapBavew Kat 
Y A A 
TO ETEPOV, WOTTEP EK [LAS KOpUdnS TUVHpEevw OV OVTE. Kai 
6 Ad? -*¥ Py a Le Fase Be) % ¥ vO x 
por Ooket, edn, “ev evevdnoe avTa Atowmos, ploy av 
ovvbeivat, ws 6 Oeds Bovdopevos avra dSuahdad€ar todepovrta, 
> Sy > 25 , a #: Su. % > a \ , 
ETELON OVK EOVVATO, TUYNWEV Els TAVTOV AUTOS TAS KOpUdas, 


10. érmépas: for the genitive, cf. attendants. An Athenian gentleman 


érous 57 b. was accompanied by one or more 
13. taxotev: cf. Crito 48 a. body-servants wherever he went. 
19. maStov: cf. 116b and Ap. 344. 30. 1d py béderv: accusative of speci- 


25. riwis trav «rd. : some of Crito’s fication, —inthat the two are unwilling. 


1 


c 


40 


PLATO’S PHAEDO fe 

60 e ET \ 
\ A ww } a x A 4 4 5 Lal 
KQL dua TAVTaA @ av TO €TE Pov TAPAVYEVYTAL éemraKoN\ovbet 


155 


y y > la 
VOTEPOV Kal TO ETEPOV. WOTEP OV Kal avT@ poL EOLKED, 
> o7, ees a 8 Patek 5 > wn aN \ ir , ‘4 
€TELON) VITO TOU OETMOV HV Ev T@ TKEAEL TO AdyeLWdV, NKELV 
\ , > “~ \ e 4399 
57 dhaivera émaxodovbovr 7d dv. 
> \ x ? 
IV. 0 obtv KéBys vrokaBav “Ny tov Ala, 6 YoKpares,’ 
5 A ~ 
epn, “ed y' Eroinoas avapvycas pe. TEpl yap ToL TOV ToLN- 
» ‘\ . wn 
paTwv wv TeToinKas, EvTEivas TOUS TOV Alowirov dyous Kat 
X\ > X\ >A SAX / \ LAX 4 no ¥ 
TO els TOV ATrOAAW TPOOipLoV, Kal aAdoL TIVES WE NON HPOVTO, 
> \ ‘\ Ev 4 4 , 8 0 4 > do, 5 La) 
arap Kat Evnvos mp@nv, 0 Ti Tote SuavonOeis, Ereid1 Sevdpo 
n\Oes, Eroinaas avTd, mpdTepov ovdev TaémOTE TOLHGAS. Eb 
ovv Ti wou pede TOU eye eue Evnvw amoxpivacba, orav 
pe exetv eve Evyvw atoxpivacba, ora 
> 5 lal > 78 ‘\ 4 > , > , , \ Le 
pe avlus épwra (ev oida yap ori Epyoerar), eimé, Ti x pr) hE 
yew.” “Aéye tour,” edn, “atta, & KéBys, TadyOy, ore 


> 3 4 4 > \ A 4 > “ 3 , 
10 ovK éxeivm Bovddperes ovdE Tots ToLjpacw avdTOd arti 


15 


by 3 ‘2 ‘a ¥ \ ¢ > Ce ¥ 
TEXVOS Elva ETOinTa TavTa: YON yap ws ov PddLov «Ein: 
> 2 3 / ~ > 4 7 , ta. 4 
ahd EvuTTViwy TOY aTroTTELPwLEVOS TL heyEel, Kal ahooLovpmE 
vos, €b TOAAAKLS TAVTHY THV MOVOLKTY [OL ETLTATTOL TrOLELV. 
5 \ SS »¥ * , A N Sew Sua 
nv yap on aTTa ToLdde*+TOAAaKLS pot PoL_T@V TO avTO Evv- 
mviov ev T@ TrapedOdvT. Biw, ardor ev ary ower hawdope- 
\ HetN de / é> , > » 14 \ M4 
vov, Ta avTa de héyov, ‘°O. Lax«pates, Edy, ‘ wovorKyy TroiEt 


40. éraxodovGotv : participle. 

IV-VII. Second half of the pro- 
logue. 

IV. The mention of Aesop reminds 
Cebes of Socrates’s putting into verse, 
during his stay in the prison, some of 
Aesop’s fables, and then of Euenus’s 
question, why Socrates had composed 
these verses and a hymn to Apollo now, 
though never before had he written 
poetry. 

2. woinparev: the first verses of 
the fable and the hymn have been 
preserved by Diogenes Laértius. The 
hymn began Aji “Arod\dov yxaipe kal 


“Apres maide kkeeevd. The fable began 
Atowmds ror’ eee KoplvOuv doru vé- 
pov, | uh Kplvew dperiy aodixkw coply. 
We have no reason to suppose that 
Socrates was greater as @ poet than as 
a sculptor. 

5. Etnvos: cf. Ap. 20b, and the note 
on |, 24.—6 te StavonOels: cf. 8 Te pa- 
Gav, Ap. 86b. 

7. éyé: subject of Zev. 

12. évurviwv xrd.: prolepsis, — try- 
ing the meaning of certain dreams. — 
For Socrates’s relation to dreams, cf. 
Ap. 33 c, and Crito 444. 

13. émurdrrou: sc. 7a evra. 


d 


156 TIAATONOS ®ATIAON 
606 
Se , > \ x9 bie od ~ SP A 4 bid ¥ 
Kal épydlov. Kal éyo ev ye To TpdaUev Kpovw omeEp Erpat- 
lal 4 4 > / 4 4 ‘ > 
Tov ToUTO UTEehdpBavov avTd pou TapaKedever Oat TE Kal Emu 61 
A Y 
kedevery| woTep ot Tots Géovar pe Oe €ol OUTw 
20 Td EvUTTVLOV OTTEP ETPATTOV TOUTO ETLKEAEVELY, POVTLKNV TOLELY, 
ws ditocodias péev ovons peylaTns povaotKNs, €uov S€ ToUTO 
, la 2 3 s SUR igre / - te? ee 2 la) A 
mpdtrovtos \ vov 5 éredy 7 TE Sikyn éyévero Kal 7 Tov Deod | 
, rat » 
Eoptn Suexadvé pe atroOvjoKew, edo€e yphvat, eb apa modAd- 
Kis MOL TPOGTATTOL TO EVUTVLOV-TAUTHY THY SHUGON LOVTLKHY 
25 Tovey, ral ameOjoat AUT@, AANA TOLELVs do paheorepov yap 
Elval pL) aTLevaL mpl apoouiraalar qoujoavra ToL pare b- 
mopevor TO €vuTTvide ovT@ 81) mpaTov psy eis TOV Oedv 
eroinaa, ov nV 4 Tapovoa Ouoiar pera de Tov Oedv, it 
as OTL TOV das she déou, El oe pernos mounrys Eivat, TOLELy 
30 pvlous, aA’ ov hoyous, Kal avTos OvK % pulohoy teas Sia. 
Tavta 81) ovs mpoxetpous elxov pilous Kal HTLOTaPNY TOUS 
> 
Aig@sov, TovTous eToinna, gis mparois i Spek, XV» TAUTH 
ob, o KeBys; Bung ppate, Kab eppoa vas kal, dv cwppov7, 
Ewe OLOKELY WS TAXLOTO. amet 0, WS €OLKE, THR KE C 
Aevovor yap “APnvator.” 
A Ss 
kal 6 Suupias, “Otov mapakedever,” epy, “TodTo, @ Yor | 


19. 6é0vo1: men shout ‘* Run, run!”’ 32. rots Alodrov: in apposition 

to the man who is running. Cf. Hom. with ovs. Cf. ras oxéves Crito 48 ¢. 
Y 766 taxov & érl mrdvres Axavol | vikns V. Socrates sends to Euenus the 
leuévy, dda de omeddovre Kédevor. preceding explanation of his verses, 
»*, 20. povotkiy woutv: in apposition with his greetings, and a bidding to 
.* e a With rodro. follow him. At the last part of the 
he 28 21. retro: ie. pirocoplar. message Cebes is surprised: Euenus is 
. * «© 24. Syp65y: almost contemptuous not likely to care to follow Socrates. 
. : ‘ In contrast with 4 yeylorn woven. But Socrates insists that a true lover of 
. 26. elva.: the construction with wisdom will be glad to die,—though he 
édoée is continued. will not take his own life. Here the 


28. @vola: equivalent to éopr} reader sees the first step toward the 
above. —pera rév Oedv: i.e. after com- topic of philosophical discussion. 
posing the hymn to Apollo. 4. olov: an exclamation, H. 1001 a. © 


10 


15 


20 


PLATO’S PHAEDO 
61 e 
kpates, Einv@! rohda yap dn évteriynka TO avdpi: oye 
dov ovv €€ av eyo HoOynpa odd oTwaTLody Go. Exadv €lvaL 
ore 
“"Epuouye Soxet,’ edn 6 Syspias. “’EOehyoea toivuy Kat 


atthe 


TEL ETAL. é;” 9 8 os: “ov ditdcodos Evnvos;” 
Eu \ A Y Let , A , , 
UNVOS Kal TAS OTM aEiws TOVTOV TOU. TPaypaToSs pPETEOTLY. 
> 4 ¥ , es 4 > , \ > ” 
ov peévTot tows Budoerar avTov: ov yap pact Oeucrov eivar. 
kat dpa héywy Tavta KabhKe TA oOKEAH El THY yHV, Kal 
, Y » \ \ , »¥ > 2 AN 
Kabelopevos ovtws Hon Ta outa Suedeyero. NpeETo ovv avTov 
6 KéBns: “Ils rovro déyas, © LHKpares, TO py Oeperdv 
> ¢ \ , 1/7 > HK nA 939 , \ 
eivar €avtov Bidleo Oar, EOédeww 8 adv T@ amoOvycKort. Tov 
Ss 
dpiroaodor erecOar;” “Ti dé, @ KéBys; odk axnkdate ov 
‘ > ad XN “A J 4 ra) X nN , / : 2? 
TE Kal Yuppias TEpt T@V ToLOVTa@Y Diohaw ovyyeyovores ; 
“Ove ye adds, & Ydéxpates.” “AAA pHv Kal éyad e€ 
> ol % (aS , a. 5 5 5 , > , , 
akKONS TEPL avT@VY héyw: a pEV OvY TYyYaVw aKynKods, POC- 
> \ /, \ ‘\ ¥ N / l4 la 
vos ovdels héyew. Kal yap tows Kal padiota mpérea pér- 
hovra éxetoe atrodynpety SiacKoTeEtv TE Kal pvOodoyetv wept 
A : , i Oy. , \ as! Smee 5 
TS atodnmias [THs Exet|, Tolay Twa avTHY oldpeOa elvar: 
s \ ¥ \ an »* b] A , EYoF la) 
Ti yap av Tis Kal ToLot addo ev T@ péexpt Hriov dvopov 


4 9 
Xpove ; 


6. éxaov elvar: cf. Ap. 37 a. 

9. mpdyparos: i.e. pirocoplas. © 

11. kal dpa Aéywv xrd.: this remark 
indicates the incidental way in which * 
the last clause was uttered. Socrates 
has no thought that he is introducing 
a philosophical discussion. Inasimilar 
fashion in 60b Socrates’s casual move- 
ment is mentioned and there gives rise 
to the beginning of the conversation. 

- 13. +6 ph elvar: in apposition with 
rovro. For the articular infinitive as 
representative of the indicative, see 
SCG. 328. 

16. Sir0dkdw: a Pythagorean phi- 
losopher, who was a native of Croton 


or Tarentum. He appears to have lived 
at Thebes many years. The first pub- 
lication of the Pythagorean doctrines 
is attributed to him. — wvyyeyovéres : 
cf. cvvovclas, Ap. 20a. 

20. pvOoroyeiv: cf. Ap. 39 e where 
Socrates isabout to talk with his friends, 
—those who voted for his acquittal. 

21. droSyplas: cf. Ap. 40 e.— éxet: 


ef. 117 ¢. 


22. HAlov Svopav: cf. 116 e. In 
89 c Socrates will defend his point éws 
ért Pas éoriv. The civil day began and 
ended at sunset. The condemned man 
was allowed to live until the very close 
of the day. 


158 HAATONOS ®AIAON 


6le 
VI. “ Kara ri 51) ody tore ov hace Oeuitov eivar adrov Eav- 
N > , 5 , ¥ \ ¥ Y \ 
TOV aTOKTELWWUVAL, © LMKpates; NON yap eywye, OTEp vUVvdy 
‘\ ¥ \ / ¥ Y > e A lal 
ov npov, kat Piioddov nkovoa, OTE Tap Hply diyTATO, 
caes - 
““°ANXG mpo- 62 
Lec? \ » (toe , 
Taxa yap ay Kal aKovrats, 


¥ \ XS ow aA c > 5 / a A 
non dé Kal adrAwy TiV@V, Ws ov S€oL TOUTO ToLELY: 
\ \ + REY 4. > ‘\ , > \ bs) / 99 
d€ TEpl avTaY obdevos TOTOTE OVOEY AKHKOG. 
Pupetr Ban xpH, Epn: 


perror Gayparrev OoOu PAVELT Ate él TOUTO povoy TOV ah\wv 


»¥ 4 
lows 


dmavtwy amdovv éotw Kal ovdémore Tuyyaver TO avO pane, 
7 \ > ¥ 9 \ @ , x , x 
woTep Kal TaANa, Eat OTE Kat ois BedtLov dv TeHVavaL H 


10 


15 


chy | ots d€ BéATLov TeAvavar, Oavpacroy tows cor paiverat, 
uF 


, A > , ee > \ c \ > A 
OUTOLS TOLS avOpaérous H”) OOLOV QUTOVS EAUTOVS EU TFOLELY, 


add’ addrov Set repiypevery evepyernv... 


Kal O KeBys npea. 


¥ b) “ “A “ \ 
emuyedacas, ““Itrw Zevs, edn, TH avtov hovy eimav. “ Kat 


yap av dd€eaev,” edn 6 Lwxparys, “ 
> lA > > ¥ > ¥ \ 4 
ov mEVvTOL GAN Lows y EXEL TLV OVOP. 
: /, ‘ > ~ / £ . ¥y “~ > \ 
Tos eyouevos TEpt avT@v oyos, ws Ev TUL hpovpa EeapeEV 


VI. Apparent Digression on Sui- 
cide. If death is not a good, then the 
philosopher will not care to die ; but if 
it is a good, why is he not freeto secure 
it for himself? Why does Socrates say 
that aman should not take his own life ? 
We belong to the gods, and are their 
creatures. And just as we should be 
angry if one of our slaves killed himself, 


without consulting our wishes, so the 


gods might be angry if we should take 
our own lives, when they might have 
some work for us to do, —and if we 
should not wait for them to send death 
to us. 

1. airév éavrév: the two words 
form a single reflexive. ‘Cf. adrovs 
éavtovs 62 a, aird éavrd 62, airds ye 
avrod 62 d. 

2. Sep: as to that question of yours. 


6 “ev OvV ev aTroppn- 
be PRY 


7. ‘*Few rules are absolute, and 
very likely at some times (&o7vv 6re) and 


for some persons (€o7vv ofs) death may 


be better than life.’’ 

8. dardvrev: partitive genitive with 
Mévor. ; 

13. irrw Zets: Cebes was a Theban, 
and the Boeotian dialect did not change 
flé-rw to icrw, as in Attic, but to rirtw 
or trrw. In strictness, as a Theban, 
Cebes would have said irrw Aeds, but 
our Mss. make him mix dialects. 

14. yap: yes. — otrw ye: when 
looked at in this way, — contrasted 
with ravry 1. 26. 

15. éxa Adyov: cf. Ap. 31 b. 

16. ds xrd.: 


explains 6 deyduevos 
hoyos. — év bpovpa: cf. piis omnibus 


Y > 4 ¥ 
OUTW Y €ivaL adoyov b 


~ 


retinendus animus est in cus- _ 


todia corporis nec iniussu eius 


20 


25 


Vo 159 


PLATO’S PHAEDO 
62d : 
ot dvOpwrrot Kai ov det 57) Eavrov ex Tavrys Ave ovd’ azro- 
Si pdoKew; peyas TE Tis [LOL paiverau Kal Ov pdouos duvet ° 
ov pEvTOL dNNG TSE ye pot SoKEl, @ KeBns; ev reyer Iau, TO 
Deovds civat Hua@v Tovs ETwEAoUpEVOUS Kal HUas TOs avOpa- 
mous €v TOV KTyNpmaTwY Tots Deots civar® Gol ov SoKel 
‘ pyow 0 Rens: y & os, 


‘Kal ov av TOV avTov meio EL TL QvUTO €aUTO QTTOKTEL- 


Y ¥ ? oA 
peers: e Epouye, preOwy, 
vvo', hy Onurvarrds oov ort Bovhe avTo TeOvavat, ane 
maivous av avT@, Kal et Twa €xoLS riety, TLLWpOLO aV ;” 


“Tlavy 1 a Edy. al TT po- 


“"Iows Tolvur aerey ouUK ahoyor, 


c 


TEPOvV QUTOV QTOKTELVUVAL det, mpw ow apayreny TWA Beds 


emimepay, WOTEP Kal THY VUY HULY Tapovcar. "hy 
VII. “°AXN’ etkds,” ebn Oo KéBys, “rovrd ye daiverar. 
3 , Oo” aN \ ‘\ pir ap A - 86 EN 2A é- 
O MEVTOL VUvOH EhEyeEs, TO TOUS Pilowodous padiws av EGE 
> 4 ‘ ¥ la) 4% > x a 
New atroOvyjokeEv, EoLKEV TOUTO, @ LHKPATES, ATOT, EL TEP O 
on 2ré IAG ¥ ‘\ 0 , > 4 \ 3 r oe 
vuvon €A€youev evAoyws Exel, TO Veov T Eval TOV EmiEedov 
XN \ \ 
age a lt old 


Bow aicrety TOUS Ppoviporarous €K TavTys TNS Ocpareias 


e€ “A \ lanl , = 
HePOw nprenD, cate Neas ekeivou crapara eivae. 


amovras, év a ETLOTATOUO LY avT@v olmrep apiorot elo TOV 
OVT@V ETLOTATAL Deol, OUK - EXEL hoyovs ov yap 77 OU QUTOS 


Y avrov olerar apewov emipehnoerbar eevOepos yevopevos: 


” 


a quo ille est vobis datus ex 
hominum vita migrandum est 
Cicero, de Rep. vi. 8. 

23. av: repeated after yaderaivors. 
Cf. Ap.40d.— xrnparov: distinguished 
from xpyudrwr. 

26. ratty: opposed to ovrw 1. 14. 
— py TpdTepov x7d.: i.e. should wait 
until God should send for him. 

' VII. This seems reasonable, but 
why should a lover of truth desire to die, 
and not prefer to remain here in the care 
of the gods, his good masters? And is 


not Socrates unreasonable in his willing- 
ness to leave this present life? Socrates 
must defend himself against this charge. 

2. ro... dro0vyoKev: in apposition 
with the relative 6. Cf. the construc- 
tion of 7d dedv eivac two lines below. 

3? ouxev Grdémw : equivalent to gouxev 
&rorov eiva. Cf. Ap. 31 b. 

6. 7d ph Gyavakrtetv: subject of éxe 
byor. 

-8. Oeot: for construction, cf. rods 

Alodrov 61 b. 

9. overar: 


sc. 6 gpovpdraros, — 


10 


15 


20 


25 


160 








; ” Eee 62 4 
adW’ avonros péev avOpwros Tay’ av oinfein radra, | pevKTéov 
ey pes A ; FE, Cee ae na”, ” > 5 a eee 
eivar ard TOU Sea7OToOV, | Kal ovK av NoyiloiTo OTL OV Et amd 
n°? A , %\\> ¢ ae / § \ 
ye Tov ayalod dhevyew, aN’ O TL paddioTa Tapapevew, O10 
> s Ey , pay. la oS 2 a EN 2% 
dhoyiotws av hevyo., 0 O€ vouv Exwv emiOvuot Tov av ae 
> “ “ S 
elval Tapa TH avTov Bedtion. Kaito. oUTws, ® LwHKpares, 
> , > 2S). oe ‘\ oy 7 \ \ \ 
TouUvavTiov Eivar ELKOS H O VUVO) Ed€yeTO* TOUS meV yap Ppo- 
“A » . 
vimous ayavaktety atoPvycKovtas mpéme, Tos 5 adpovas 


4 > > 4, > ec , e An , , “8 nan 
XaLpelv. QkKOVOQS OVUY O LwKparys oF YHVat TE pot € ofe TY) 


tov KéBytos mpaypareia, kal émuBdepas eis nuas “* Aci Tou,” 
¥ cow , “4 ‘\ > ~ \ > , 0 / 
ein, ““o KéByns Aoyous twas avepevva, kat ov Ttavu evléws 
> / / 4 »¥ ¥ bP] 
eféhe. meiPerOar O TL av Tis ElTy. 
P99 tc s a / § A ‘ Ta hé 
env, edn, “@ LoKpares, vov ye pou Soke TL Kal avT@ he 
yew KeéBns- ti yap dv BovdAdpevor avdpes codot ws adnOas 
deomdras apetvous avtav hevyouev Kal padiws ataddatrowTo 
> a 4 “ , > \ / Nv / 4 Y 
avTav ; Kal wou oxet KéBys eis oe Teivew Tov Adyov, OTL OVTH 
e / 4 \ e “A > , \ ¥ > 4 
padios pépes Kal nuas amodeimwv Kal dpyovtas ayabous, 
WS avTOS Omodoyets, Deods.”” “Aikata,”’ edn, “ héyere. oipwor 
yap vas héyew OTL XpH pe TpOs TadTa amooyjoacbat 
ec b) 8 NE: “TT , \ : ee ¢c > / 
WOTEp Ev OLKAOTY PLO. avu pev ovv, edn O Yuppias. 
VIII. “bé€pe 3%,” 7 8 ds, “weipadd mBaverepov mpods 


change from indefinite plural to the 
singular. 

10. deveréov efvar: explains raira. 

14. otras: cf. otrw 62 b. 

15. 7: than, after the comparative 
idea in rodvaytiov. 

21. ridéyew: cf. ovdev Nye, Ap. 80d. 

22. us dAnOds : construe with cogol. 

23. padlws: cf. 1. 2. a 

24. els oé: i.e. Cebes notonly makes 
his point, but makes it against Socrates. 

26. Ocovds: in apposition with dp- 
xovras. — Slka.a ; predicate. 

Here closes the prologue, which 
serves simply as a background for the 
scene of the dialogue, a setting for the 


argument. The companions of Socra- 
tes have gathered simply as friends, 
and for no philosophical discussion, 


63 


Kat 6 Suppias “*AAAG -. 


b 


but by degrees they have come to the~ 


consideration of the relation of the 
true lover of truth to death. 
VIII. Introductory to the first 


, topic, — why a philosopher should meet 


death with joy. Socrates has strong 
hopes that the dead have existence, and 
that the good have a happy existence. He 
expectsto come to acompany of goodmen,. 
and certainly to come to good gods. 

1. m@averepov: a humorous allu- 
sion to Socrates’s failure to convince 
the court. 





ele 


PLATO'S PHAEDO 


OL A < 
> Ter 
1144 


9 
Das areteyjoarte 7 ™pos Tovs Sucaords. eyo VEPs 
epn, “@ Seppe te kal KéBys, el per #1) Spy ngew Tp@- 
TOV ev rapa Qeovs addovs copovs TE Kal dyabous, € ETELTO. 
Kal Tap avOparrous rerehevrnxdtas dpeivous TOV evbdde, 
Holkovv av ovK dyavakTov TO Oavdtw: viv 9 ed tote OTL 
> > b] / > 4 > 
map avopas T edmilw adpigerOar ayafovs: Kal TovTo per ¢ 
ovK av Tavu Sucyvpioaipny, OTe mevTor Tapa Deods Sea7md- 
, > ‘ y > »* Y ¥ , ¥ A 
tas mavu ayabovs [n€ew], ed tore O71, eb Tép TL adO TOY 
‘a yY la) 
TovovTwv, Sucyupicaipyny av Kal Tovto. wate dua Tadra 
> € , > A > > ¥ rg > > “s A 
OVX OMOLWS sd sore aA evedmris elute Eval TL TOLS TETE- 
Aeurynkoot ae: OOTEp ye: Kal madau héyerat, Trond O.|LELVOV 
Tots ayabots 7 Tots KaKotss” 


. . . - ° ° . * e 


~ 11 
LXIII. “TS pev odv tradra ducxvpicacbar ovTws eye, d 





e a , 4 , an » 4 , y , 

ws eyo SuednjdvOa, ov mpérer vouv ExovtT avdpi: OTL pevToL 
la la) + lal 

‘NTavT €oTW } ToLavT aTTa TeEpt Tas WuyYas HUaY Kal Tas 

> la b] / 5 4 , a. 1¢ \ / > A 

olkynoes, ereitep ADavatov y 7 Wuyi) paiverar ova, TovTO 


3. mp@rov pév: as ofteri, the form 
of the sentence is changed later. 

6. mSixovv av: I should be wrong. 
SCG. 429.— adyavaxrav: cf. Crito 43 ¢. 
— viv 8€: contrasted with ef uév in 1.38 
above. ; 

7. wap avSpas: cf. Ap. 41 a.— rod- 
ro pév: i.e. aplierOac xrrX. To this, pév- 
To is adversative. 

9. el wep xrr.: cf. 59 a. 

11. dpotws: sc. as I otherwise should. 

In the first division of the argu- 
ment, Socrates shows that pure, abso- 
lute truth cannot-be attained while the 
soul is hampered by the body. The 
lover of truth, then, is ever eager to 
free his soul from the fetters of the 
body. But this argument assumes the 
immortality of the soul, and the latter 


must be proved. — After his argument, 
Socrates gives briefly his view of the 
universe, — including Inferno, Purga- 
torio, and Paradiso. 

LXIII. Socrates would not insist 
on the exactness of the lines of his ‘pic- 
ture of the life of the soul after death, 
but believes that something like it is true. 
The immortality of the soul has been 
shown, and a good man may be of good 
cheer as regards the future. Here Soc- 
rates reverts to the situation at 68 b. 

1. tadra: subject of ovrws Zxew. — 
Td Sucyxvplracbar: subject of mpére. 
Cf. 63 ¢. 

2. érixrd.: this clause is resumed 
by rTodro. 

4. G0a4varov: neuter predicate, in 
spite of the gender of the subject. 


5 


10 


15 


20 


162 TIAATOQNOS ®AIAQN 


1144 
\ , a \ » A > , Y 
KQL TPETFELY [LOL SOKEL KQL a€évov KLVOUVEDC aL OLOMEV®@ OUTWS 


¥ \ \ € 4 5 \ ‘\ ‘\ “A 9 
eye’ KadOs yap 0 KivOuvvos: Kal xpyN Ta TOLAaUTA wWoTTEP 
> a) c ~ 8 ‘\ o7 ¥ \ aN 4 ‘\ vO 
ETAOELY EAVT@, OLO ON Eywye Kal TadaL pyKUYwW TOV pvOoOr. 
> \ 4 87, 4 0 “~ \ \ ~ ¢ La) “ 
ahha TovTwv Oy Eevexa Yappetv xpyn TEepl TH EavTov Wuxyyn 
¥ 4 > “ 4 \ \ + aS) ‘ \ \ ‘\ 
avopa oats €v TH Biw Tas pev addras YOovas TAS TEpL TO 
COpa kal TOUS KdopMoUS Elace Yaipev, Ws addoTpious T OVTAS 
\ , ff , e , p) , fa \ Se hae, 
Kat T€ov Garepov nynoapevos atrepyaleo Ua, Tas O€ EPL TO 
, -) 5) 4 \ / \ ‘\ bd iA 
pavOave EoTovoacé TE Kal KoTpHTAS THY WuxynV OvVK adXo- 
Tpiw GAA TO avTHS KdTLo, Twppootry TE Kal SiKaLoTVYH 
ae 5 , ‘ a: A / \ LX: fa] pe 7 / \ 
Kat avopela Kal ehevfepia Kat adyOeia, ovTw TEpiever THY 
> 4 , € 4 e c 4 ~ 
eis “Ado ropeiav, ws TOopEevadpevos OTaV 7) Eimappevn Kady. 
bets pev ovr,” ebyn, “@ Yuupia te Kal KéByns Kat of addon, 
> DO ¥ / 4 4 0 + | de la! no 
els avis Ev TUL ypoVvm EKaoTOS TOpevaETOeE: EE OE VUY NOY 
X A af x > \ , ¢ e "4 ins 5 £ ’ of 
Kael, hain av avynp TpayLKOS, N ElwappEevyn, Kal OYEOOY TL 
y / \ \ 4 PS) A \ on, , 
poo. wpa Tpatéobar mpds TO ovtpdv: SoKet yap on BEATLOV 
elvar Novodpevov Tety TO Pdppakov Kal py TPaypwaTa Tats 


: A 4 \ 4 9? 
yuvarEt Tapéyew vexpov dove. 


la) la > > »¥ 
LXIV. ravra 57 eimdvtos avrov, 6 Kpitav, “ Kiev,” edn, 
ceo3> , / de , a 3 © ae , x \ A 
@ YwKpates: Ti dé TovTOLS } Ewol EmiaTeANELS H TEPL TOY 


5. olowévw: has the main idea,— Book iv: codla, dvdpela, dikavocvvn, 


‘¢it is worth while to believe, even at 
some risk.’’ 

7. érdSev: sc. to charm away the 
childish fear of death which remains 
in the soul. 

9. wept rd cSpa: equivalent to Tod 
owmparos. Cf. rept 7d wavOdvew, below. 

10. rots kécpous: sc. Tod cdparos. 

11. Odrepov:. euphemistic for xa- 
kév. 

14. ddnbela: This corresponds to 
what became the fourth cardinal virtue, 
—oogia. The four, as they were gener- 
ally accepted later, seem to have been 
enunciated first in Plato’s Republic, 


cwppoctvn. — ovr: refers to Kooujoas, 
above. 

15. ds ropevodpevos: ready to go. 

18. tpayixds: Socrates is still in a 
playful mood. 

20. Aovedpevov: the chief matter is 
expressed by the participle, ‘‘to bathe 
before I drink the drug.” 

21. Aoveww: explanatory infinitive ; 
cf. Crito 45 ¢. , 

LXIV. What last instructions will 


‘Socrates give to his friends? Whatcan 


they do to please him? Nothing new. 
Just what he is always saying, — that if 
they care for themselves, they will please 


11 


10 


15 


20 


PLATO’S PHAEDO 1638 


1154 
/ x ‘ + 4 + A ¢e A 3 
Tmaidwv H mept addov Tov, 6 TL AY DoL ToLODYTES mets EV 


nw aad *”> 
Xapite paduota trovotpev ;”’ “"Arep aet héyw,” edn, “a Kpi- 
TWV* OVOEV KALVOTEPOV* OTL VLOV AUVTO@V ETLLEAOVMLEVOL UMELS, 
Kal €m“ol Kal TOS EMols Kal uly avTOLS EV YapLTL TOLHCETE 
Y > x A PN \ al e , 3X S ¢e A \ 
aTT GV TOLNTE, KAY Ln VOY OmohoynaonTEe: E€av O VUa@Y peEV 
<r 3 A \ . 277 Y > » \ \ 
avTav apeAnTe, Kal pr) OédnrTe, @OTEP KAT LXYVN KaTa Ta 
an > > , \ \ 5] na» A , ~ O- 3A 
vov T elpnmEeva Kal Ta Ev TH EUTTpOTHEV KpoVvw CHV, Ovd Eav 
dr ee: m , 3 la , \ 4) i) \ » , 
Tokha Opmodoynonte Ev TH TapovTL Kal oPddpa, ovdEev Eo 
, 19 = xe a \ , fa fa Oe Pa 
TOLYOETE. Tavra pev towvv tpodupnbyoopela, edn, 
(a4 Y A A , 5 , , pe be) cc? ¥ be) 
ovTw Tove’ VaTTwpev O€ OE TWA TPOTOY ; Ozws av, 
edn,“ Bovhynobe, eav 7ép ye \aBnré pe Kal py Expvyw vas.” 
NN , S Y e “ \ \ e la ) , > < > 
yehacas 0 aa NOVY) Kal TPOS Nuas aTroBAebas eizev, “Ov 
‘0 SY » 5 , e 5] , > ea e , e 
Tel0w, @ avopes, Kpitwva, ws eyo elt oUTOS O LwKparys, O 
vuvi duadeyopmevos, Kal OLATATTWY EKACTOV TOV heyonevav, 
’ > » , 7 A 5 a » 3\ 7 Y , 
GAA OLETAL WE EKELVOY Eivat, OV OeTaL OALyOV VOTEPOV VEKPOV, 
re “ 8 , A Aa Y S ] \ aN te) Xr , 
Kal Epwra On, THS we GanTy. OTL O ey@ TahaL TOAVY oyov 
e A , “~ 
TETOINMAL, WS, ETELOAY Tiw TO PApMAaKOV, OUKETL UpLy Tapa- 


d 


la) > > > / > \ > , 5 / 0 ; 
fEeva, GAN olynoopMaL aTLWY Els PaKapwy OH TLVAsS EvdALMO- 


him even if they make no promises now. 
— How shall they bury Socrates? They 
cannot bury Socrates, and they may do 
what they like with his body. 

5. tpav xrr.: cf. Ap. 29 e, 36 c. 

6. éyots: masculine, cf. rep) raldwy, 
above. 

11. radra pév «rd. : simply marks 
the transition. Cf. Crito 44 d.— mpodv- 
pnoyncopeba: cf. 62a. 

12. Odrrwpev: deliberative sub- 
junctive. Crito means to ask Socrates’s 
preference for cremation or inhuma- 
tion. Cf. Cum enim de immortali- 
tate animorum disputavisset et 
iam moriendi tempus urgeret, 
rogatus a Critone quem ad mo- 


dum sepeliri vellet, ‘*‘Multam 
vero’’ ingquit ‘‘operam, amici, 
frustra consumpsi. Critoni 
enim nostro non persuasi me 
hine avolaturum neque mei 
quicquam relicturum. Verum 
tamen, Crito, si me adsequi po- 
tueris aut sicubi nanctus eris, 
ut tibi videbitur, sepelito. 
Sed, mihi crede, nemo me ves- 
trum, cum hinc excessero, con- 
sequetur.’’ Cicero, Tusc. i. 103. 

15. otros: contrasted with éxetvor, 
below. 

18. Oarry: the mood of direct 
quotation is retained. — éru xrX.: re- 
sumed by raira. 


164 


25 


30 


TIAATONOS ®AIAON : 

1154 
vias, Tadta [pou] Sox ait@ ar\ws eye, tapapv0ovpevos 
dpa pev vas, ara 8 euavtov. eyyujoacbe oty pe mpos 

, 9 or ® > / > , a aA a \ \ 
Kpirava,” edn, “ tHv évartiav éeyyinv 4} Hv obTos Tpds TOUS 
SukacTas HYyVaTO. OUTOS MEV yap Hh PAV TapapevEery: Duels 
S Hh pny py wapapeverv eyyujoacbe, éradav amobdva, 
adda oiyyoeoOar amdvra, wa Kpitwyv paov dépyn, kat py 


nw nw XN x nw 
OpOv mov TO TOLA 7) KAOMEVOY 7) KATOPUTTOMEVOY AyavaKTH 


héyn ev TT TaPy ws 


KATOPUTTEL. EV yap 


CoN > a ¢ \ , de 
brép ewod ws Sewa TaacyxovTos, pynde 
x v4 , x b) la x 
n mpotiferat Ywkpatn H Expepa 7 
~~ 5 » A , 
ich,’ 4 8 6s, “@ apiore Kpitwv, 7d pu) Kad@s héyew ov 
, > > Af “A / > \ \ / > a 
fOvov Els avTo TOUTO TANpMEAES, GANA KAL KAKOV TL EMTrOLEL 
A A > \ “A \ \ , ot ie a 
Tats Wuyxats. adda Oappety Te ypy Kal davar Tovwoy capa 
/ \ , Y bd » / > ‘\ / 
Oanrev, kal Oarrew ovrws OTs av cot pirov 7 Kal padioTa 
A * ) 
NYN vopysov elvar.” 
“a 3 > ‘ > a) \ ~ apd > ¥ ld c 
LXV. TavT ely EKELVOS MEV AVLOTATO ELS OLKNMA TL WS 
Aovadpevos, Kal 6 Kpitwy eirero avT@, Has O° exédeve TreEpt- 
every. TrEpie“evomev ovv TPOS Has avTOvs Siareyomevot 
lal an = \ =~ 
TEpt TOV ElpNUEeVwWY Kal GVaTKOTOUITES, TOTE O av TEpL TIS 


21. raira: i.e. all the preceding 
argument. 

24. nyyvaro: the tense implies that 
the offer was not accepted. This can- 
not refer to the offer of surety for the 
payment of a fine (cf. rapapevetv), but 
suggests that Crito may have desired 
to relieve Socrates from the month’s 
imprisonment, by giving bonds for his 
appearance to meet his sentence. 

27. rd cpa: in strong contrast 
with éuod. 

31. eis atrdé rotro: i.e. as being 
false. — wAnppedés: predicate. 

34. vépipov: here, again, an indi- 
cation of Socrates’s care to obey both 
written and unwritten laws, 


LXV. Socrates leaves his friends in 
order to bathe, and then to converse 
with his family. When he returns to 
his friends, the day is far spent, and he 
says little more. The attendant of the 
Eleven comes to bid him farewell, sure 
that Socrates will not be angry with 
him for bringing the word of death. 
Socrates tells Crito to have the drug 
brought. Others may have delayed 
drinking the hemlock as long as a 
gleam of day lasted, but he has noth- 
ing to gain by drinking the drug a little 
later. 

2. ws Aovodpevos: saying that he 
was going to bathe. —repipéverw; cf. 
59 d, 


116 


PLATO’S PHAEDO 165 


116d 
cumpopas buhidvres; 3 6on HL yeyovuta ein, aTEXPOS ae 
pevor womrep Tatpos oTepynOertes Side dphavot Tov ereura 

4 > ‘\ » ie. : 4 % > /, Q > 20 Ch x du 
Biov. émed & éXovcaTo Kai nvéxOyn Tap avrov Ta TaLdia, b 
— d¥0 yap avT@ vets opiKpol Hoar, eis dé pweyas, — Kal at 

> A a > , > / “A 4 4 
oiketan yuvatkes adikovto, évavtiov Tov Kpitwros diadeyOeis 


on 


\ 3 4 4 I] , \ \ “A \ \ 

10 TE Kal EmioTEthas atta €BovdeETO, Tas MEV yuUValKas Kal TA 
/ > , US ames 2 AN a » EM A 

Taidia amevar exedevoev, avTos 8 HKE Tap Has. 

non eyyvs HArtov Svapav: ypdvov yap Toddy diérpupev evdov. 


eMav 8 éxabelero Nehovupevos, Kai ov Toda peta TavTa Sie 


Se 
KQUL 1)V 


Ex On, kal HKev 6 TOV Evdeka UryNpeTys Kal OTAS Tap’ avTOr, 
ee (44 
Epy; 
= ala fa OTL [LOL Kahenawoves Kal KATAp@VTaL, E7EL- 
dav avTots sp deen Tivewy TO a ae sha ee i 
TOV apyorron. | ge S 27" Kal aA\AwsS Sy €v TOUT@ TO li 


va » 
15 °OQ, Ywxpares,’ ov KaTayvdocowat ou OmTEep addwy ¢ 


Xpove yevvarrarov Kal TpadTatov Kal apiorov avopa o OVTa | \ 
20 TOV TwmoTE Sedpo adikouevav, Kal Sy Kal vov Ed old oTU— 
> Pee. , , \ \ Sif > \ 
“OUK €“o0l yaleTaLvEs, yryvaoKELS yap TOUS atTiovs, adda 


vov, oia0a yap a 7Oov ayyédwv, yaipé Te Kal 


ree 
EKELVOLS. 


pce 


ae aA en , A ee ry 9 beta 2 8 , 
TELP® WS pagTa Pepe TA avayKata.’ Kal apa Saxptoas d 
Kal 0 LwKparyns avaBdébas pods 


A \ A a bP] 
 Valpe, KAL NMELS TAUTA TOLHO OLED. 
’ Uf] 


/ > 4 
peTaotpepomevos amet. 

, N > ¥ 
25 avTov, “Kat ov,” én, 


A id A e la “ce > ~ >> » re 3 4 »¥ A \ 

Kal aa mpos nas, “* Os acretos, edn, “0 avbpwros: Kat 
A 4 

Tapa TAaVTA Lol TOY YpdvoV T poo jet Kat dueheyero €VLOTE 


6. oppavol: predicate. The sub- 18. dpxévrev: i.e. the Eleven. Cf. 


ject of the infinitive is subject also of 
T EPle Le VOMEV. 

7. madia: cf. Ap. 34d. 

9. yuvaixes: among these, of course, 
Xanthippe is included. She returns to 
the prison in the afternoon, though 
she was conducted home in the morn- 
ing (60 a). — Of Socrates’s other living 
kin, nothing is known. 

15. karayvécopar: cf. Ap. 25 a, 


Ap. 39e, and 44 a.—év Trott xri.: 
i.e. while Socrates was in prison. 

20. trav ddixopévev : partitive geni- 
tive, — ‘‘ of all whom I ever knew.’’ 

22. éxetvors: the jailer assumes that 
Socrates will be angry with some one, 
but believes that he will hold the right 
persons responsible for his death. — 
dyyéAXwv: expresses purpose, Cf. 7el- 
Qwv Ap. 30 a, 


30 


35 


40 


166 TMAATONOS ®ATAON 


116d 

\ 9 b) 5 A Xo \ a c , > 5 4 
Kal iv avdp@v A@aTOS, Kal VUV WS yEevValws ME ATOOAKPVEL. 
> > »¥ PS) / Ss / 0 4 Q > ~ >) / XN 
adW aye 54, & Kpitov, reOdpeba adt@, Kat eveyKatw Ts TO 
, > 4 > de / 4 e. Q ) \ 
pdppakor, ei TéTpiTTaL* El O€ pH, TPUpaTw Oo avOpwros.” Kat 

> Ss 4 

6 Kpirwr, “AN oipa,” ey, “eywye, @ LAKpares, er nvov 

2 g2"5 a» .) oa 5 5 , \ ¢ ok 35 
elvar emt Tots Opeow Kat ovTw deduKEVaL. Kal awa eyw olda 
Kal adddous avy ope Tivovtas, émedav TapayyedOn adrots, 
SemvyoavTds TE Kal TMLOVTaS EV pada, Kal TUyyevoLevous 
y évious av av TUXwow émiOvpovrtes. ahha pnder eretyou: 
¥ \ > a coe , a aa i eae » » ce S 
eT yap eyxwpel. Kal 0 LwKparys, “ Eikotws ye, edn, “@ 
Kpirav, éxetvoi Te TavTa ToLvovaw, ovs od éyets, OlovTaL yap 
Kepdavely TadTa ToLnoavTes, Kal eywye TavTa [eiKdTws| ov 

> A 4 

ToLyow* ovoeey yap oiwar Kepdavely dhiyov voTEpoy TL@V 


adhdo ye ) yédlora dddAjoew Tap EwavT@, yuydpevos TOD 


(nv kat heddpevos ovdevds ert EvdvTos. ahd’ Ot,” Edy, “mov 
\ \ + , 99 
Kal n addws Tote. 
~ Soe , ° , ¥ a \ , 
LXVIf Kat 6 Kpitwv dxovoas evevoe TO TaLdi tANCIoV 
¢ al ‘N c “A > \ \ \ 4 4 
éoTot, Kal 6 mats e€ehOdv Kai avyvov ypdvoy diatpibas 
& ¥ \ / 4 \ , b , 
nkev aywv Tov péANovTa Siddvar TO Pdpwakov, ev KUALKL 


31. yAvov: the day was not gone, 
while the sun’s light could be seen. 
Cf. 6le. : 

38. radraroufjoavres: by doing this. 

40. wap’ haute: in my own judg- 
ment. Cf. the proverb ph toO ppdvimos 
mapa ceavt@, Prov. iii. 7, cf. Rom. 
xii. 16. 

41. heSdpevos x7d.: seems to be 
an allusion to Hesiod’s advice to use 
the wine freely both when the jar was 
first opened, and when it was nearly 
exhausted, but to be sparing of it the 
rest of the time.—¢mvot: cf. Crito 
44b. SCG. 408. 

LXVI. The drug is brought. Soc- 
rates asks if he may pour a libation to 
a god, but learns that only so much has 


been prepared as it is well for him to 
drink. He prays, however, that his de- 
parture may be for his happiness. His 
Friends cannot restrain their tears when 
he drinks the drug, but he rebukes their 
lamentations, and expresses his desire 
to die in peace. 

1. ro mardi: doubtless Crito’s per- 
sonal attendant. Cf. 60 a. 

3. Tov péAAovTa xTr.: ie. a spe- 
cialist, who had charge of the execu- 
tion. —Td ddppakov: this is nowhere 
specified by Plato, but was. kdve.or, 
or the seeds of the poison hemlock, 


which, as is seen, were prepared by 


grinding or pounding in a druggist’s 
mortar. As a means of execution of 
a sentence of death, this seems to have 


PLATO’S PHAEDO 167 


117d . 
, , > \ \ 4 4, \ »¥ 
d€épovta teTpiyupevov: idov dS€ 6 LwKparns Tov avOpwror, 
5 “Kiev,” edn, “a BédAtiote, oD yap TovTwY. emLaTHPwY, TI 
Xp% Tovety ;” 
¥ , b] A / , ¥ A 
av aouv Bdpos év Tots oKéheot yevntat, eneita KataKeto Oar b= 


“Ovdev aro,” edn, “7 mudvTa Trepievar, Ews 
\ 4 Da. , 9) \ 4 »” \ , ~ 
Kal ovTwS avTO ToLnGEL.” Kal aya wpeEe THY KU\LKA TO 
, \ a \ \ 4 y  paaek.d U4 
Lwxpara: Kat Os AaBov Kat para trAews, @ Eyexpares, 
2»QO\ 4 »Q\ / ¥ A , ¥ la 
10 ovdev Tpécas ovde SiadOeipas ovTe TOV KpwmaTos ovTE TOU 
4 > > ¢ > 7 % ¢c / Ys XN 
mpowatrov, aX’ womep cialer Tavpydov vroBdépas mpos TOV 
»¥ (a4 , , 39> ¥ (a4 ahs, & vO ~ , % 
avOpwrrov, Ti heyes,’ Eby, “ wept TOVdE TOU TaMaTOS TPOS 


> 6 A 93° a 
Tooovrov, ey, 


X > A 4 A x ee 

TO amoomeioat Twi; EeCeoTLV, H OV; 

cc s , , 4 >7/ 0 4 > A 93 

@ LoKpates, TPiBopev, OTov olouela peETpLovy Eivat TEL. 

> ¥ A wn 

15 “Mav0dva,” 7 Sos: “ahN’ evyeoOai yé Tov Tots Geots eLeoTi ¢ 
TE Kal YPH, THY peToikyow THY EvOEVSE EKEivE EVTVYN yeve 
A) \ % 2 \ A / \ 4 , 9 XN 
cOar: a dy) Kal eyo evyopat TE Kal yévoiTo TavTy.’ Kal 

lal ad A \ 
dp eimav TavTa emir dopmevos Kal pada evyEepas Kal EvKOAWS 
5 , w € “~ ¢ \ Y \ > ~ a 67 > 

e€émiev. Kal NUOV Ol TOAXOL Téws MEV ETLELKOS OLOL TE HOY 
20 kaTéyew TO py Sakpveiv, ws Se eiSopev TivovTa TE Kai TETA- 

4 > / > as a , ‘\ > nw > \ 3 4 . \ 
KOT, OUKETL, GAN Euov ye Bia Kal AVTOU ADTAKTL EYwMpEL TA 
5 , SA b] , x22 > / > \ or 

aKpua, woTE eyKadupapevos améKhaov EwavTov: ov yap oy 
> nS oe > \ \ > “A 4 7 > ‘\ ¢ 4 
€xelvov ye, AXAA THY euavTOV TUYNY, olov avdpds ETaipov d 
3 , ~ € \ , ~ ld > “ > ‘\ 
eoTepnpevos einv. 6 dé Kpirwy ere mpdtepos mov, €meid7) 


been used at Athens first in the time 
of the Thirty. According to Lysias 
xii. 17, rivev kovewov was the ordinary 
mwapayye\ua under their rule. Plato 
once (Lysis 219 e) mentions this as a 
poison for which wine was an anti- 
dote. According to modern authori- 
ties, the effects of this poison are much 
more violent than would seem from 
Plato’s story. 

7. cov: construe with oxédeou.. — 
kataketoOar: construe with yp7. 

8. airs: nominative, itself. 


10. xpaparos: genitive with ovdév 
only as obj. of Suapbelpas, not as obj. of 
Tpéoas. 

13. rocotrov: i.e. only so much. 

17. yévoiro ratty: so may it be. 

20. rd ph Saxptew: the negative 
repeats that contained in caréyev. 

21. ey0d ye kal adrod: genitive with 
Bia. 
22. éyxaduipdpevos: sc. with a fold 
of his mantle. Cf. l. 438. 

23. ofov: an idea of thinking is 
implied. H. 1001. 


168 TAATQNO® SAIAOQN 


117d 
ddxpva, e€aveotn. “AmokdAddwpos 


> er > > , \ 
25 OvxX OLOS T qv KATEN ELV Ta 


5 nw 


dé Kal ev TO EuTpoobev ypdvw ovdev éeraveTo Sakpvwv, Kal 
8%) kat Tore avaBpvynodpevos [KAdwv kai] dyavaxrov ovdéva 
ovTwa ov KaTékhace TOY TapoVTwY, THY ye avTOU LwKpa- 
Tous. exeivos dé, “Ota,” ey, “ moretre, © Oavpdo.! eyo 
30 pevTOL OVY NKLOTA TOUTOU EVEKA TAS yuVatkas améreptba, va 
pn TovavTa mANmEAOLEV* Kal yap aKyKoa, OTL Ev evpyuta 
xp TédevTav. aN’ Hnovyiav TE ayeTe Kal KapTepElTe.’ | Kal 
Heels AKovaavTes HoXUVVONpEV TE Kal eTeoYoOmEV TOV SaKpUELV. 
6 dé TepiehOav, érevdy ot BaptverOar ebn Ta oKEAn, KaTE- 
85 k\ivn umTios: ovTw yap éxédevey 6 avOpwros Kal apa 
epamtTopmevos avtov [ovtos 6 Sods 7d dapyakor| Siadurav 
‘x povov érerkoTrE Tos TOOas Kal TA OKEAN, KaTELTA THdOpa 
TETAS AUTOD TOV 1760a NpETO, Eb alaOdvoito: 6 8 ovK edn: 
Kal wera TOUTO avOis Tas KYypas: Kal erarLoV OVTwS Huy 
40 €medeikvuTo, OTL WyoUTd TE Kal THYVITO.|) Kal adTds HITETO 
Kal elev OTL, ETELOaY TPOS TH Kapdia yevnTaL avT@, TOTE 
oiyxynoeTat. On ovv ayEddy TL aUTOD HY Ta TEpt TO ATpOV 
Wuxomeva, Kat exxarupdmevos, evexekdduTTo yap, elev, 6 
67 Tedevtatov epbeyEaro, “OQ Kpirwr,” edn, “7o@ >AocKdy- 
45 mum ddethowev adextpvova: adda amddoTE Kal jt) apeEAH- 


ante. “Adda TavTa,”’ ey, “eorat,’ 6 Kpirwy: “add’ dpa, 


28. trav mwapévtev: partitive with 41. yévnrat: the subject is implied 
ovdéva. in Woyxorro KTH. 
29. ota: cf. ofoy 61 c. 43. 6 xrd.: and this was the last 
30. rotrov évexa: explained by the ete. 
iva clause. - 44. *AckAnmoé: a cock was an 


31. edhypla xrr.: a Pythagorean 
doctrine. 

33. rod Saxpvev : ablative genitive. 

35. tmrios: predicate. To this, 
ourw refers. 

40. wnyviro: optative. The mode- 
sign « is absorbed by the v. 


superstition 


offering of thanksgiving to the god of 
health, for recovery from illness. This 
expression is no clinging to an old 
in Socrates’s last mo- 
ments, but is his figurative way of 
saying that now he is freed from all 
the ills of the body. 


50 


d 
PLATO’S PHAEDO° 169 
118a 
A y+ , >? la) 3 tee > la) QA ¥ > he 
el TL AANO eyes.” TadTa eEposevov avTov ovdey eri aTreKpi- 
> pet 4 4 \ 3 / \ c » 

vaTo, aN’ ddtyov ypovoy Siahitav exiwyAOyn Te Kal 6 avOpo- 

> / S28 Wi) Ce ee » 20 \ \ 
mos e€exddupev avTov, Kal OS Ta Oupmata eoTnoEV: iday Se 
6 Kpitrav ovvéhaBe 76 ordpa Kal TOs 6POadpods. 

LXVII. "Héde 7» redevtry, @ “Exyexpares, Tov Eraipov uty 
a > 5 , CERES Aire a ee ae , @ 3 , 
EVEVETO, AVOPOS, WS NMELs HPaipev Av, TOV TOTE WY ETrELPAOY- 

eee! \ » bd , ‘\ 5 4, 
pev adpiorov Kat [addd\ws| Ppovimerdrov kal duxavordrov. 


47. el te GAAO A€yers: whether you 3. dddkos: in general. — In this 
have anything else to say. praise, the narrator gives the impres- 


LXVII. 2. rév réte: of his time. sion of studied moderation. This is 
The expression is suited to the time consistent with Plato’s practice of pre- 
of composition of the dialogue. Cf. senting his portrait of Socrates without 
dcdpo 58 db. comment or criticism, / is 


ee 
ae 


\ 


10 


IAATONOS YTMIUOZION 


(ALCIBIADES PRAISES SOCRATES) 


XXXII. “Zwxpdryn.d eyo éerawelv, @ avdpes, ovTws emt 


, ety ee @ \ > ¥ 27 et, \ 
XELPNTD, du ELKOVWLV. OUTOS EV OVV LOWS OLYIYO ETAL ETL TA 


yedoudtepa, extar 5 4 eikov Tov adnOovs Evexa, ov TOU 


, \ \ Ae , > 5 A A 
yeroiov. dnt yap 57 dpoudtatov avrov elvar Tots aLANVOIS 


, A 5] A ¢ , , “hl 
TOUTOLS TOLS EV TOLS Eppoydudelors Kalnpevors, oVaTWas b 


3 “4 € \ 4 x > \ ¥ a 
epyalovrar ot Synpovpyot avpuyyas 7) avdovs eyovTas, oF 


Sixdde SuorcxPevres aivovtra evdo8er aydhwata €yovtes 


A \ X > 3 , ae A , an , 
Peay. Kal pypt ad €ovKéevar adtov TO caTipw TO Mapova. 


77 Q > , 5) 5 e A > , Gs , 
OTL HEV OVV TO sl €LOOS OMOLOS €l TOUVUTOLS, W LoKpares, 


ovd avTos av Tov audiaByntyoats: ws dé Kal TaAXa Eorkas, 


\ ‘a ¥ e \ S x A 2X \ {ee 
feTa TOUTO aKove. vBpLtoTHs El N OV; Eav yap pH Opodo- 


At a feast held at the house of 


- Agatho, the tragic poet, to celebrate 


the victory which he had just won in 
the Lenaean festival of 416 8.c., several 
have spoken in praise of Love, and then 
Alcibiades, who is now in his greatest 
glory, just before the Sicilian Expedi- 
tion, praises Socrates. 

XXXII. Socrates is like one of the 
ugly images of a seated satyr, which, 
when opened, proves to contain a beau- 
tiful shrine and the figure of a god. 

1. ottws: explained by 0 elkdvwr. 

5. rovrois: indicates the familiarity 
of such images. —KaOnpévois: these 
figures generally represented Silenus 


-in a sitting posture, playing the pipe. 
. 170 


6. atAots: object of Zxovras. 

7.” Sto.x Bévres: sc. as by the two 
wings of a double door. Cf. 222 a. 

9. eiS0s: in the Symposium of 
Xenophon, Socrates is represented as 
humorously urging the advantages of 
his broad, turned-up nose, his project- 
ing eyes, and his thick lips, and finally 
as saying: éxeivo 8 ovdév rexuhpiov 
hoylife: ws éyé cov KadNiwy eiul, dre Kat 
Naides Lirnvods éeyol 
duoorépovs Tikrovow % aol; (Symp. 
v. 7), —the Naiad nymphs, goddesses, 


Beat ovcat Tovs 


_ bear Silens, and these are more like to 


Socrates than to Critobulus. 
11. tBpiorhs: a reference to his 
teasing irony. —q ot: are you not ? 


20 


25 


380 


PLATO’S SYMPOSIUM 171 
215e ; 

YNS; Paptupas tapefopar. 
Javpaciérepos exeivov: 6 pev ye du dpydver éxyde Tovs 


ad’ ovkK avdnTys; Tord ye 


> i] , wo 9 XA al , 5 , ra at x 
avOparous TH ATO TOV OTOmaTOS OUVaMEL, KAL ETL VUVL OS av 
Ta exeivou avdy (a yap Odvutros nude, Mapovov héyw, Tov 

, \ 5 oert cs 2? 2 93 \ py \ »\ A 
didaEavTos), — Ta OUV EKELVOU EQaY T ayalos avdynTns avdry 
Lg 4 5 , , , Q A X\ 5 a A 
éav Te havdrAy avdytpis, pova KaréxeoOau Trovet Kal Ondot 

\ A “A \ A / \ \ a > 
Tovs Tov Ye@y TE Kal TeAET@V SEopevous, dua TO Geta eivar. 

\ 5 5 , wn , , Y + >] 4 
ov 8 éxeivov To~ovTov povov diadépers, OTL avev dpyavev 
Wudots Adyous TAVTOV TOUTO TOLELS. MES “youV OTav pév TOV 
LAX > , \ , A , 2 Q nw @.F LAX 
ahhov adkovapev héyovTos Kat mavu ayalov pyropos addous 
Adyous, ovdev pede, Ws Eros eizely, ovdevi- emeday 5é cov 
> , xX nA lal , »¥ , : *” , A 
TLS AKOUN 1 TMV TwV hoyowv adAov A€yovTos, KQV Tavu dav- 
X fs +e he 37 \ > , 2 bas | \ 37 € él- 
os 9 O héywr, Edy TE yur) aKovn Eady T avnp Eeay TE pet 
pak.ov, exmemynypevor eopev Kal katexoucla. /* 

“ éya your, @ avopes, el 7) EweANov KopLoy dd€ew weve, 
elmov duocas av vty, ola 57) TétoVvOa adTos VTO THY TOUTOU 
hoyov Kat TATXO €TL KL Vvuvi. OTAaV yap AKOVW, TOAY LOL 

ww x wn 4 Y du oa A PS) , 
ppaddov TOV KopuBavTLovTwv N TE Kapoia TOG Kal OaKpva 
5 A e A “~ , “ , ec Las \ A + 
EKXELTAL UTO TWY oywv T@V TOUVTOV. OPW d€ Kat aAdAous 

4 > A 4 , 3 5 4 3 
TapTo\\ovs TavTa TAT XOVTAS. Ilepuxd€ovus GAKOV@V Kal 
¥ > A © , > \ e , , va 
ad\dov ayabav pytopwv ed pev yyovpnv eye, TovovToY 


12. pdprupas mapéfopar: technical 
language, as if Alcibiades were con- 
ducting a case in court. Cf. Ap. 3lc. 
—éGdAad: or; cf. Ap. 37 ¢. 

13. éxelvov: i.e. Marsyas, who had 
vied with Apollo (Xen. An. i. 2. 8). 

14. ry Gd xh. : i.e. just like Soc- 
rates. 

15. ra éxelvov: sc. uéd7 Or adAjpara. 

16. ovv: resumptive. 

20. rots Adyous: repeats dvev 
épydvwv.— Tadvrov Totro: i.e. karéxer Oar 
KTX. 


22. Adyous: object of AéyorTos. 

23. GAAov Aé€yovros: sc. 
When another repeats them. 

26. xop.Sq: Alcibiades does not 
claim to be quite sober at this moment, 
but elsewhere ascribes his present frank- 
ness to the wine which he has drunk. 

27. elmov xrd.: ‘*I would take my 
oath.’ — wérovOa: cf. Ap. 17 a. 

29. xopuBavridvrev: limits 7 capdla 
unexpressed. Cf. Crito 54 d. 

32. ev Aéyeww: supply adréy or abrovs 
as subject. 


avrous. 


35 


40 


45 


50 


Pan, 
Ral 
. ae 


172 * TIAATONOS SYMIIOSION 


215e 
S ovdév eracyxov, ovd’ éreDopdBynrd pov % Wuyi ovd’ Hya- 
y c > A , > + is, ‘\ \. nw 
VaKTEL WS aVdpaTOdwoas Siakewevouv: GAN Ud ToUTOUE TOD 
Y YY 
Mapovov tohddkis 52 ovTw SdvereOynv, WoTe por SdEar py 
Buwror eivar Exot ws Exw. Kal TadTa, o LHKpares, ovK epets 
c > 5 ~ \ ¥» ~ 4 ee: | ~ 7 > b] , 
ws ovk adn9n. Kat ere ye voy TUVOLO EwauTa, OTL et EOEAoupe 
iY x x 
TApeXeLy TH TA, OVK AV KapTEepHoay, GAAA TavTAa av Ta- 
> / , c A Y “a 3 \ x 
TKO. avayKaler yap pe Omodoyety, OTL TOAAOD evdens OV 
BN ¥ 5 “~ \ > ~ \ + a } / , , 
QUTOS ETL E“avTOU pev GmEAO, TAO "AOnVaiwy mpdtTw. Bia 
5 ~ 5 
oly WoTEP aTd TOV LepHvev EmMLTXdpEVOS TA GTA oLYomaL 
pevyov, va py avTov KaOypwevos Tapa To’Tw KaTaynpdow. 
mérovla S€ Tpds TovTOV pdovov avOpatwr, 6 ovK av TLS OLOLTO 
év €wol €vetvat,— TO aloxvverOar dvtworvv: éya dé TovTOV 
povov aicxvvopa. ovvoida yap euavT@ avtidéyew ev ov 
, ¢ > A A ao : 4 b ‘ x" 9 , 
Suvapeva, ws ov Set Tovety & OUTOS KEhevel, EreLdav 8 aréOw, 
NITHMEVO THS TYULNS THS Vd TOV TOAdOY. SpazeTevw od 
avrov Kal pevyw, Kal drav ida, aicxvvouat TA Wpooynpeva. 
\ “4 \ e , x ¥ : A, \ » > > , 
Kat moAAaKis pev HO€ws av ouue adTov py ovTa ev avOpa- 
> ae A , a Na 9 \ A x 
Tous €l 0 av TovTO yévouTo, eb oda OTL TOAD petlov av 
4 A 
axOoiunr, wore ovK EXw 6 TL XpHTwpat TOUTH TO avOpaTo. 
XXXII. “kat v7d peév 8) Tov add\nudrwv Kai éyd Kal 
» \ “ / ¢ \ ~ “~ , 
ahdou wodXol TovadTa merdvOacw vd TOvdE TOU GaTUpoU: 
¥ 2.8 ate , ¢€ y aoe ee \ 5 ios, Satay, GES 
adda 8 euod dxovocate ws dpmows T éaTly ois eyo Heaca 


47. ins: 
idea in riujs, which is equivalent to 


36. Biwrdv: cf. Crito 47 e.—tyovtt: 
equivalent to diaxeuévov, above. Cf. 


Ap. 22 e. 

37. er ye viv: i.e. though Alcibia- 
des was no longer young, but perhaps 
the most influential man in Athens. 

40. guavrot dped@: cf. Ap. 29 de. 

44. +d alcytverOar: in apposition 
with 4. 

46. Svvapévw: supplementary par- 
ticiple. Cf. Ap. 34 b. 


Tydcba. Cf. rhv ddow duiv Ap. 30d. 
48. rd Gpodoynpéva: for the con- 
struction, cf. Ap. 34 b. — Alcibiades is 
obliged to confess himself convinced 
that he ought to lead a very different 


. life from that which he leads. 


XXXIII. Socrates cares nothing for 
beauty nor for wealth. 
3. é:0t dkotoare: let mx tell you. 


b 


because of the verbal 


10 


= 
or 


20 


PLATO’S SYMPOSIUM 173 


220 a 
> 4 VN , c , ¥ > N y 9 
avTov, kal THY Svvapiv ws Oavpaciay Exe. EV yap loTE OTL 
> \ e ‘a “ , > \ > \ , 5 / 
ovdels Uuav ToUTOY yryvdoKe.: adda eyad Synrdow, Ereirep d 
mpsaunv. opare yap oT. LwKpaTys €pwriKds SudKeiTar TOV 
a ‘ \ 
KaA@VY Kal GEL TEPL TOVTOUS EoTLY Kal ExTémANKTAL, WS TO 
TXHAa avTov. TOUTO ov ainvades; THddpa ye. TOUTO yap 
ae ¥ , yY © , , 
ovtos e€wlev mepiBeBrynTtaL, woTEp O yeyAuppévos oinvds: 
» 8 de > A] \ , ¥ @ , Hag 5 / 
evdoler d€ avorybets Toons oleo Oe yewer, @ aVOpEsS TUpTOTAL, 
, ¥ Y ¥> » s > , > A 
cwhpocvvyns; woTE OTL OvT EL TLS KaAdOS EoTL pEAEL AUT@ 
2Q7 > \ A A 4 2Q> XK e > / 
ovoev, AAA KaTadpovel TomovTOY Oaov ovd ay Els oinBein, 
»> »¥ , HS e os \ \ ¥ A e oN 
OUT €l TLS TAOVGLOS, OUT cL aAANY TLVa TLLHY EXWY TOV UTO € 
TAHPovs pakapilouevwy: yyetrar S€ TavTa TavTa Ta KTY- 
0 \ ¥ Ree +. Oe ::} gy dé en > 
pata ovdevds afta Kal nuas ovder eivat, iva héyw vpItv, ELpw- 
4 A \ 4 7 \ / % \ > 7 
vevopmevos O€ Kal Tailwy mavtTa TOV Biov Tpos Tovs avOpamous 
A , \ > a ee. / > > 
duatehet. omovddcavtos S€ av’Tov Kal avoryPertos ovK oda 
¥ ee? C'S \ 3 , 3 OS es, rier 
El TIS EWPakeEY TA EVTOS AydApata: aAN eyo Hd TOT Eidor, 
S ) \ » y al \ A iy \ , A 
Kajol edokev ovtw Oeia Kat ypc elvat kal TayKadra Kat Oav- 2 
A ee , > ¥ Y , , ” 
PaoTa, WOTE TOLNTEOY Eivat EUBpaxy O TL KEAEVOL LwKpAaTyS. 
. . . . . 7 . . . . 2 
XXXV. “Kal pera tadta otparcia Hpiy eis Ioreidaray e 
€yEVETO KOW?) Kal DUVETLTOUMEY EKEL. TP@TOV fev ovV EV 
~ / > / > ~ ~ > \ \ “A » 
TOUS TOVvOLS OV pLovoy Euov TEpLnV, ada Kal TAY addwv 
4 , c P23; cd “A > , e \ 
anrdvrwv. omoT avaykacbeipev atodndpbévtes tov, ota d1 2 


4. Sivape: 
av: predicate. 

6. xaddv: construed with épwrixds. 

7. ds 7d oxfipa: to judge by his 
bearing. 

12. karadpovet: T&v kadar, i.e. Tod 
KdAdous. 

15. ovS€év: cf. 220 a, Ap. 30 b.— 
iva Aéyw bptv: parenthetical. 

16. eipwvevdpevos: mainly by pre- 
tense of ignorance in order to mislead 
the interlocutor. Cf. Ap. 38 a. For 


proleptic. — Savpact- 


the contrast with orovddcartos, cf. Ap. 
24 ¢. 

17. orovddcavros: inceptive. | 

XXXV. Alcibiades tells of Socra- 
tes’s endurance and self-control when 
on service in the army in Thrace. 

2. cvvertrotpev: thetwo werenotof 
the same deme or phyle, so the messes 
must have been formed unofficially. 

4. amrodrnpbévtes: cf. Phaedo 58 c. 
—ota 84: sc. ylyverar, as is wont to 
happen. 


5 


10 


15 


174 TAATQNOS SYMILTOSION 


220 a 
a % / > a) > x > id ¥ ‘\ ‘\ 
emt oTparteias, aouTety, ovdev Hoav ol ado Tpds TO KapTeE- 
A x Pee A > , , 5 , ar > > , 
pew ev T ad Tats evwyxtats povos atohavew olds T Hv TA 
> » N , 5 > 4 c , > "4 / 
T adda, Kat tivew ovK EHéwr, OrdTe avayxacbein, TavTas 
expare, Kal 6 mdvrwy Oavpaorotatov, LwKparn peOvovTa 
ovdels TawmoTe EWpakev aVOpweTaV. TovTOU ev OdV pLoL SOKE 
Kat avtixa 0 eheyyos eveobar: pds 8 ad Tas Tod YELLavos 
KapTepyoes, — Sewol yap avToh yewaoves, — Oavpdora 
> 4 , SD: i 4 oe , Y a 
elpyalero Ta T adda, Kai TOT OVTOS Tayov oiov SeLvoTaToU, 
‘\ / x 5 3 / ¥ xX ¥ Pg > 7 
Kal TavT@V 7 OVvK e€LovTwV Evdober, 7 Et Tis eELoL, NudiET Pe 
‘\ beh al: , a Bape. , 
vov Te Oavpacra 57 doa Kal brodedenevwr Kal everuypevov 
\ , > 4 \ > / & > 3 Vs 
Tovs mddas eis Tikovs Kal apvaKidas, ovTos 8 év TovToLS 
> , ¥ e 4 \ le) e? \ / > 7 
e€jer Exwv iwatiov fev ToLvovTov olovirep Kal mpdTEepor eia@bet 
lal > , \ \ La! [s ee > 4 
popety, avuTddnros dé dua TOV KpvoTdddov paov émopeEveTo 
x e »¥ e , ¢ \ “A e 4 b Pees, 
7} Ot aAXot Vrodedewevor. ot S€ OTpaTL@TaL UTEBdETOV avTOV 


c la A 
ws KaTappovovrta opav. 


5. ovSév: predicate. Cf. 216 e. 

7. tar GAXa Kal: and in particu- 
lar.—mtvew xrd.: i.e., though Socra- 
tes did not care for wine, he could 
drink more than any one else, without 
being affected by it. 

9. rovrov: i.e. of Socrates’s clear 
head, untroubled by wine. Alcibiades 
foresaw that much wine was likely to 
be drunk this night. — At the close of 
this Symposium, at daybreak, most 
of the rest are asleep, or go home to 
bed, but Socrates goes to the Lyceum 
(gymnasium), and spends the day ac- 
cording to his wont. 

11. kaprepfoets: plural with refer- 
ence to repeated instances. — Seivol 
Xetpaves: according to Thucydides 
(ii. 70), the Athenian generals at last 
gave favorable terms of capitulation, 
in part, because of their men’s suffer- 
ing from the winter. 


12. otov xrd.: equivalent to ror 
ovTov olos davdraros. Cf. Oavuacra boa, 
below, equivalent to @avyuacrév éoriv 
8ca, and the use of ws with a super- 
lative. 

15. otros 8é: 
preceded. 

17. dvumdSntos: cf. Xen. Mem. 
i..6. 2: : 
18. broSeSepévor: who had shoes. 

19. karadbpovotvra: Socrates’s in- 
difference to cold seemed a reflection 
on his comrades’ effeminacy. 

XXXVI. Of Socrates's power of 
concentration of thought, and his 
bravery in battle as shown at Potidaea 
and in the retreat from Delium. Such 
a man had never been before. Brasi- 
das might be compared with Achilles, 
and Pericles with Nestor and Antenor. 
But no such comparison could be found 
for Socrates. 


as if &\X\o pév had 


b 


10 


15 


PLATO’S SYMPOSIUM 175 


220 e 
XXXVI. “kai tadra pev dy) Tava: 
‘otov 8 ad 760° epeEe Kal eThyn KapTEpds av7p’ 
5 A Yet A ¥ > la) , A 
€kel WoTE €ml OTpaTias, afiov aKoVTaL. GuYVOHoas yap 
b] , 4 , e / A ‘ b) on > > 4 
avtoO. ewhev Tu eioTHKEL OKOTMV, Kal ETELOH) OV TPOVYapEL 
> ra 5) ae IAAC io” , € C Oo t no iy “5 
avT@, ovK avier adda eloTyKer CnT@v. Kal Non HY peony 
, \ Y 0 > 0 4 \ Q  éj tAX ¥ 
Bpia, kat avOpwiro. noPavovto, Kat Gavpalovtes addos ard 
» Y cay , 3 e a] A , 4 >. 
eheyov ore ‘XwKparyns €€ éEwlivov. ppovtilwy ti earner. 
TeNevT@VTES O€ TIVES TOV VewY, ETELON ExTrepa HY, SeTVYOAr- 
Tes, kat yap Oépos Tore y Hv, xapevria eEeveyKapevor apa 
\ b] A , A yO 4 S b] 4 3 FX > \ 
pev ev TH Wye. Kalyvoor, apa EpvAaTToV avTOV El Kat 
A re e rie e > e 7 , Y - / xq 
THv vita €oTHEo. 6 O EloTHKEL MeypL Ews EyeveTO Kal HALOS 
GVETXEV* ETELTA WYET ATLMY TPOTEVEdMEVOS TH Hig. 


q 


“ei d€ Bovdeobe Ev Tals pdyais: TovTO yap 57 Sikatdy — 


> > lal > la) 4 A e , > 3 K 0 b] . \ 
Y auT@ aTOOOvVaL: OTE yap n payn nV, e€ NS €Mol Kal 
3 A »¥ e , b | \ » 5 \ ¥ 
TAPLOTELA eoomway ot oTpaTnyol, OvOELS GAAXOS EME ETWOEV 
> , x @ , 5 3 , > a) > \ 
avOpatav 4H ovTos, TeTpwpevov ovK EOédAwY arohiTeElv, aa 
, \ ‘U9 \ >, NS“ 3 , . i \ , > , 
CUVOLET WOE KAL TA OTA Kal AUTOV EME. Kal €yW MEV, Ww Yor 
Kpares, Kat TOT €xédevov Wot Siddvat TAPLOTELA TOUS OTPATY- 
, A wn , , ¥ , ¥Y 3 b A Y , 
yous, KAL TOUTO YE [LOL OUTE pepper ovT EPELS OTL Wevdoma 


1. ratra «xrd.: formula of transi-  tiliousin his observance of the ordinary 


tion. Cf. Crito 44d, Phaedo 115 c. 

2. Quoted with slight change from 
Homer, 5 271, where Menelaus at 
Sparta caps Helen’s story of Odysseus. 
—olov...érdy: ‘‘the doings and suf- 
ferings.”” Cf. Phaedo117 d. 

4. mpodxaper: sc. 7d oKorely. 

7. hpovrifev: cf. ppovrisris Ap.18 b. 

8. reheuradvres: cf. redevTav Ap. 
22 ¢. 

12. +O HAlw: cf. Ap. 264, where 
Meletus charges Socrates with lack of 
respect for thesun. Socrates was punc- 


forms of worship and reverence. 

13. ci 8 BotdAeo Oe: the sentence is 
not completed. The speaker has in 
mind something like ofos jv év rats 
paxas épa@. 

14. droSo0tvar: Alcibiades would 
give Socrates his due. — paxy: sc. 
at Potidaea, 432 n.c. See on Ap. 28 e. 

17. éyo pév: opposed to ddAda... 
avrés. 

19. rotré ye: Socrates might blame 
Alcibiades for much else, but not for 
this. 


e 


176 TIAATOQNOS SYMITOSION 


220 e 


20 dda yap TaV OTpaTHyaV pos TO Epov aFiwua amroBderov- 


25 


30 


85 


\ 4 > \ / > “ - 
twv kai Bovropéevar enoi dSiddvar Tapioreta, adTos mpoOv- 
poTepos eyévov Tav oTparnyav eue haBelvy H GavTov. Et 
, 95 ¥ »¥ > , , 7 35 > XN 
Toivuv, @ avopes, afiov nv Oedoacbar YwKpatyn, oT azo 
4 “A > 4 ‘\ , A \ 

AnXiov duyn avexope TO oTpaTdmedov: ETvXoY yap Tapa- 
Y > > 
yevopmevos immov exwv, ovtos 8 omha. avexaper ovv éoKeda- 

, ¥ val b) , @ a -'@ A 4 \ 
opevov non Tov avOpaTwr ovTos T apa Kal Adyns: Kal 
3 \ / \ io \ > \ , / > > a“ 
eyo TEepitvyyave, Kal Loov evOvs TapaKkedevoual T avToL 
A] a \ aN b4 > > X , EY 3 DO or 

appeiv, Kat eXeyov oT ovK amodeibw atta. évtadla dy 
\ , 3 , 4 wv 3 / + ee ‘\ 
Kal KadA\ov Ceacdunv Lwxparn 7H év Ioredaia: adros yap 
I > , 3 \ XN Di 2.3. (OF a? la \ 9 
HrTtov év ddBw H dia 7d ed Urmov eivat: TpwTOV pev OGOV 
tal , oe te > ¥ »¥ > 286 S 
mepinv Adyntos TM Euppwv eivar: eEmeitTa Emory: EOOKEL, @ 
> , \ ‘\ \ A \ b A , 
Apiorodaves, TO dv 87) TovTO, Kal exer SiamopeverOau 
womep Kal evOdde, ‘BpevOvdpevos Kai tadbayo tapaBah- 
Lov, Hpé-a TapackoTa@y Kal Tovs didiovs Kal Tovs Toe 
, on x ‘ \ 4 , Y ¥ Y 
pious, Sndos Wy TavTl Kal Tavy Toppwber, OTL Et TLS arpeTaL 
TovTov Tov avopds, pda eppwpevws apvvetra. 1d Kal 
> lal 5 , \ ® | 2-22 A \ , ny 
adopahas ame Kal ovTOS Kal 6 Eralpos: oEddv yap TL TOY 


22. 4 cavtév: rather than your- 
self. airéds might have been used, but 
the accusative points the contrast. 

24. dd Andtov: sc. in 424 B.c. 
Plato refers to this event in Laches 
181 b, and to the battle of Potidaea at 
the beginning of his Charmides. 

25. trrov éxwv: at Potidaea, Alci- 
biades was a hoplite; cf. dra above. 
—dvexope.: the singular shows that 
Laches is mentioned as an after- 
thought. Cf. drei 1. 37, below. 

27. mepirvyxdvw: historical pres- 
ent. 

30. édf trov : obviously a mounted 
man was more secure on a retreat. 

31. TG Eudpwv elvar: dative of re- 


spect. The case of gu¢pwv makes clear 
the subject of eiva. 

32. rd cov 8H TotTo: 
34 d. 

33. BpevOudpevos x7\.: reference to 
bre BpevOder 7 év Taio. ddots, kal Tw- 


cf, Am 


pOarue® mapaBddres, | kavurddnros KTH. 
Clouds 362, where Aristophanes de- 
scribes Socrates’s manner on the 
streets of Athens. His bearing was 


the same in the midst of danger. The 


allusion to Aristophanes is not at all 
in the tone of one who believed that 
the comedy of the Clouds really had 
much influence in causing prejudice 
against Socrates. —mapaBaAAwv: ex- 
plained by rapacxordy. 


221 


40 


45 


50 


PLATO’S SYMPOSIUM 177 
221 6 
ouTw SiaKepevwy ev TO TOAEUW OVO GMTOVT AL, aha TOUS 


spalaptoer pevyovras SuBKOVC LY. 
»¥ 4 b] , 
“modha pev ovv av Tis Kal adda Exor LwKparn érraverar 
\ 4 > \ “A \ ~ > , Mh, Ieee 
kal Oavpdova: adda TOV pev a\rAwY emiTNSEvLaTwY TAY’ AV 
‘ ‘ IAX la) ¥ \ de 8 N > a , 
TiS Kal mept aAdov ToLavTa Evol, TO O€ pNdert avOpadTav 
Ln ~w ~ aw aw » ww 
OMOLOV Elval, MHTE TOV TadQLWY PYTE TOV VUV OVTWY, TOUTO 
¥ \ 4 e \ 3 \ I] 4 > 
a€vov tavTos Yavparos. otos yap “Axiddevs ey€vero, are 
, ” \ , \ » \ @ > 
Kacey av Tis Kal Bpaciday Kat addovs, Kal otos ad Iepi- 
A \ , 2 Me / > \ \ \ 4 ‘\ 
KAns, Kal Néoropa kal “AvTyvopa, eiot 5€ Kai erepou: Kal 
\ ¥ \ ee eg ’ , @ 5) © N 
ToUs aAouvs KaTa TavT ay Tis ameiKalor: oios 6 ovToGL 
4 \ > , Y vA > es, \ e of 
yéyovey THY atoTiay avOpwros, Kal avTos Kat ot Adyou 
A xX YY “~ » ~ nw Y¥ aw 
aUvTOU, OVD eyyds av EvpoL Tis CNT@V, OVTE THY VUV OUTE TOV 
lal b ] \ ¥ > e 3 \ , b] , > a, 
TANQLWV, EL py apa El ols eyw éeyw azrerKalor TLS avTOV, 
A A ‘\ 
avOpadrav péev pndevi, Tots d€ aiAnvots Kal waTUpo.s, avTOV 
Kal ToUs Adyous. 
‘ > \ la) 
XXXVII. “kat yap ovv kal TovTo €v Tols TpeToLs Tape- 
\ a) A A 
Aurrov, OTL Kat OL Adyou avTOV Gpo.dTaToi Elow Tots TLANVOLS 
A , > \ 3 lA “A , > , 
Tots Siovyomevors. el yap eOédou Tis TOV YwKparovs aKoveu 
: a x A A “A A 
oywv, havetey av yedotor TO TPA@TOV: ToLvavTa Kal dvouaTa 
* ad la) 
Kal pywata e€wlev TrepraptréxovTat, catvpov Tia VBpioTov 
, »” A / , \ ? ‘\ | 
Sopdv. ovovs yap KavOyXious éeyer Kal yadkéas Tivas Kal 
, \ 4 \ : Deu, ‘\ A + ‘\ ine 
oKuToTomous Kat Bupoodébas, kai del Sua Tov avToY Ta avTa 
43. 7d... elvar: resumed in roiro, considerate man might laugh at them. 
subject of dfidv éort.—Sporov: mascu- But of all sayings these are most 
line. divine, and contain the most images 


45. awexdoeev xTrX.: by a slight of virtue, and reach to all springs of 
shift, instead of rowodros nv krd. Simi- human action. 


larly, below, after odroct. 1. rotro: refers to the following 
46. kal érepor: sc. who might be clause, 

compared with Pericles. 3. Stovyopévors: that come open. 
47. darekdfor: sc. &ddors. 4. ovépara xcrd.: cf. Ap. 17 b. 
XXXVII. Socrates’s sayings them- 5. meptapméxovrar: the Ady are 

selves, too, are like these figures of satyrs. personified, — like the véuo. in the 


They are in unusual form, and anin- Crito, 51c¢. Cf. 2164. 


10 


15 


178 IIAATQNOS SYMITOZION 
221e 
, , 7 oo» Wie tee ¥ tee 
daiverar héyewv, WoT amELpos Kal avdntos avOpwros Tas av 
sa , , , > 290 \ s \ 
Tov hoywv Katayehaceev. Stovyouévous 8 iday dy Tis Kal 
a) nw ~ YY 
évros avT@av yuvyvomevos mpaTov pev vod exovtas evdov 
lal \ A 
povous evpyoe TaV Néywv, ereta Devorarovs Kal TetoTa 
A A ‘\ ‘N A 
dyd\waT apeTns €v avTots ExovTas Kal emt mAEtoTOY TELVvor- 
Tas, waddov 6 emt wav Ooov TpoaHKEL OKOTELY TH WEdOVTL 
A > A 
Kaho kayab@ ererOan. 
‘cc Cee ee 4 ng 8 a 3 \ /, 3 A 99 
TavT €oTiv, @ avdopes, a eyo LwKpaty ETava. 
10. votv éxovras: predicate. 12. él wdctorov: i.e. the real bear- 
11. Baordrovs: in the Clitophon, ing of Socrates’s discussions was not 
407 a, Socrates with his admonitions limited to dvo. and yadxeis. Cf. Mem. i. 


for virtue is compared to émi unxavis 1.16, Laches 187 e, Introd. §§ 9 and 26. 
TpayiKys Oeds. 15. éraiva: refers to 215 a. 


222 


10 


FENO@®ONTOS 
ATIOMNIMONETMATA 


1.1.3 


Lil 


, ¥ 
TlodAdKis €Oavpaca tio mote Ndéyous “APnvaiovs eracav 


ol ypaapevor LwKparnv ws aos ein Oavdrov TH TOE. 17 
pev yap ypadhy Kat avrov Toudde Tis Hv: “*AdiKet SwKpa- 
TNS OVS pev H TOALS Vopilea Deods ov vopilwr, Erepa Sé Kawa 
Saipovia ciopepwv: adiKet dé Kal Tovs véous diadbeipav.” 
IIp@rov pev ovv, ws ovK evdmiley ovs H mods vopile 
Beovs, Toim ToT éypyoavTo Texuynpio; Ovav Te yap have- 
pos Hv TodAdKis peév otKoL, TOANAKLS 6 emt TOY KOWOY TIS 
Tohews Bopav, Kal pavTiKn xpopevos ovK adavyns jv: 
SuereOpvAnTO yap ws dain Swxpdryns rd Sayidrmov éavto 
onpaivev’ —olev 87 Kal pddiord por Soxovow avrov 
aitiacacOar Kawa Saipovia eiodepev. 6 8 ovdev KawwdoTre 


A +” a 
pov elaépepe TOV addwv, OoOL pavTLKHY VomilovTEs Olwvots 


I. 1. How could the court have been 
persuaded that Socrates was deserving 
of death? He worshiped the gods of 
Athens, and introduced no new divini- 
ties. All his actions were pious and 
reverent. (Xenophon, himself, of course, 
was in Asia Minor at the time of Soc- 
rates’s trial, and did not hear the 
arguments. ) 

1. *AOnvatovs: equivalent to dixa- 
ords. Cf. Ap. 17. 

2. ry wéAe: dative of interest. 

3. h pev ypadq: contrasted with 


the arguments in its support. — Cf. 
Ap. 24b. 

6. mpdrov pév: correlative to the 
charge of corrupting the youth, in the 
second chapter. 

7. @swv: supplementary participle 
with davepos 7p. 

8. otko.: every house was expected 
to have a family altar in the court. 

10. dsxrd. : subject of dcereOpvAnTO. 
— Saundviov: cf. Ap. 31d. 

13. rdv dddov: than the others, i.e. 
than the rest do. 


179 


3 


15 


20 


25 


30 


35 


180 EBENO®ONTOS AMOMNHMONEYMATA 


Tiitoe 
A A , A , \ A , ® , 
TE XpOvTar Kal Pypats Kal cvpPodois Kal Ovaiais: ovToL TE 
yap vrokapBdvovaw ov Tovs oprilas odde Tovs amavTavTas 
> 4 \ 4 A 4 > A \ A 
eloevat TA TuLpEepovTa TOLS pLavTevopevors, ALAA TOUS Jeovs 
A Y : 
Sua TOvTwY av’TAa oHpaivery, KaKEelvos 5 ovTws evomler. 
> > e \ A » eu a > , \ A 
Gd’ ot pev mrA€EtoTOL haow vro TE TOV dpviDwY Kal TOV 
amavtavtTwv anotpererOai Te Kal mpotpémer Oar: YwKparns 
> 9 ] , Y aN ‘\ 5 , \ ¥ 
o womep eyliyvwoKev, ovTws Edeye: TO SOatpmovioy yap Edy 
onpaive. Kat Toddolts TOV GUVOYTMY TpoNnyopEvE TA [eV 
A A ce wn 
TOLety, TA OE pL7) TOLELY, WS TOV Satpoviov TmpoonpaivorTos : 
Kal Tots pev meopnevors aiT@ ouvedepe, Tots d€ py Tet 
x 
Jopévors pereuede. Kalror Tis ovK av: Omohoyyoeley avToY 
Bovr\eobar pyr’ HriOov pyr adalova haiverOar Tots ovvov- 
5] , > x > , “ > 4, ¢ c XV al 
ow; €d0Kxe 0 dv aupoTepa TaUTA, El TpOayopEevwr ws vd Heod 
, 5 , 5] , 8 nv > 4 > x 
davvomeva Wevoomevos epaivero. nAov ov OTL OUK av TPpO- 
, > A b] , > 4, A \ , x » 
Ehgyev, €l yn ETioTEvEV adynfedoeav. tadta dé Tis av ahh 
motevoaey 7 Jew; muotedvwv dé Oeois Tas ovK eivar Deods 
> / a 2 \ 5 4  Y 4 > A 5 , 
evopicev; adda pv erroler Kal TAOE MpOs TOUS ETLTNOELOUS * 
Ta pev yap avayKkata cuveBovdeEve Kal Tpatrey ws vopiCorev 
¥ >_>, wx “~ \ \ “ LO , yy > 4 
apioT av mpaxOnvar, TeEpl d€ TOY ddHAwY OTws aToBHaoLTO 
pavTevoopevous Teme €l ToLnTéa. Kal Tos péAdovTAs 
¥ \ , “oe > la A ¥ A 
OlKous TE Kal TOAELS KAADS OLKHTELY PaVTLKHS EN TPOTEL- 
x 
oOa.: TexToviKdy pev yap H yadKeuTLKOY 7 yewpyixov [7 
avOporwv apyikov| 4 TeV TowovTav epywr ée€eraoTiKOV 
n oyuoruKov n OLKOVOMLKOV 1 oTpatnyiKov yevéer bar, TAaVTA 
Ta ToLatTa pabypata Kai avOpemrov youn aipera evourler 


18. dacwv: contrasted with drodap- 
Bavovovv. 

26. édxe. Gv: contrary to fact in 
past time. — apodrepa ratra: i.e. 7X/- 
Gos and ddafdév. For the gender, cf. 
Symp. 220 d. 

28. ddnPetoev: should prove to 
speak the truth. —ratra: accusative 


of specification, in these matters. 

31. yap: need not be translated. 

32. aSqArwv xrd.: uncertain as to 
their issue. 

33. pavrevoopévous: e.g. so Socra- 
tes sent Xenophon to Delphi; Xen. 
An, iii. 1. 5.—et wounréa: whether 
they should be done. 


4 


6 


40 


45 


50 


55 


60 


XENOPHON’S MEMORABILIA 181 
I,1.10 
> \ \ 4 a b) , ¥ \ \ ¢ A 
evar’ Ta O€ peyiota Tov ev TovTOLS Eby TOUS Deovs EavTOts 
, K 44 2QO\ A > A by] , » 
Katadeirer Oa, av ovdev SHAov Elvar Tots avOpdrrois. ovTE 
yap T@ Kad@s ayporv huTevoapev@ SHAov OaTLS KaPTaCETAL, 
~ “~ ~ ae 
OUTE TO Kadas oikiav oikodounaapevw SHAoV daTLS EvoLKT- 
GEL, OUTE TO OTpaTHyLKa SHdov cL GuUdhepar oTpaTHyELD, 
» wn n~ “~ > , “a , 
ovTe TM TodiTLK@ OHAOV El TUUPeper THS TOAEWS TPOTTA- 
A ¥ “A 7; , Y > 0) , dno €L PS) . 
TELV, OUTE T® KanY yHuarTL, W evppaivntat, Onrov Ld 
» A A 
TavTyY avidoetal, ovTe TH SuvaTovs ev TH TOE KNSETTAS 
lal : A ‘ 
AaBovre SHrov ei Sia TOVTOVS GTEPHOETAL THS TOAEWS. TOUS 
dé p.ndev TOV ToLovTwv oiomevous Eivar Saipoviov, AAG TAVTA 
A > , , a » fa Se \ 
Ts avOpwrivns yvouns, Sapovav edn: Sapovay de Kat 
ro A = \ la) 
TOUS pavTevomevous a Tots avOpadrrois EdwKay oi Aeot pafovor 
, e ¥ 3 , / > , e 
duakpiverv, — olov El TLs ETEPWTON TOTEPOV ETLOTAMEVOV NVLO- 
aA Q an A A RK eg P) , 
xetv emt Cevyos haBetv Kpeitrov H py éTLTTapEVOY, 1) TOTE- 
A A ~ A ‘A x 
pov émuoTapevov KuBepvav emt THY vady KpeitTov haPeELv.7) 
\ A. oA x /, 
py emirTapevov, —7 a. e€eoTiv apLouynoavTas ) mEeTPHTAr- 
Tas 7) OTHTaVTas ElOevaL: TOVs Ta TOLAUTA Tapa TwV Dear 
, WG Beg A“ € a » \ A a \ 
tuvOavopevous abeuiora Tovety wyeito: edn dé Sdetv, a pev 
Q /, A “5 e , A , a de \ onXr 
paldvras tovety edwKay ot Deol, pavOavev, a d€ wy Onda 
tos avOpwmots é€ori, re_pacbar dia pavTiKyns Tapa TaV Fev 
muvOaverOar: Tovs Deovs yap ots dv Gow thew onpaive. 
e ‘KYM N oN! B > N eS. A oan oh 
: Qa pyv EKELVOS YE GEL pEeV HY EV TW Pavepw* Tpal TE 
‘ > ¥ ‘\ 
yap els Tovs TEpiTaToUS Kal TA yupvdaowa Hei Kal TANOovVaNS 
5 A A 5 \ A > 
ayopas €Ket havepds Hv, Kal TO NowToY adel THS Humepas Hv 
bd , / , \ » \ c ‘\ 
omov mheioTos pédAdow cuveterOar: Kal EXeye pEV WS TO 


40. SfAov elvar: infinitive of in- 49. yvépuns: predicate genitive of 
direct discourse, in a subordinate possession. —Sapovav: Socrates did 
clause. not disdain to play upon words. 

46. el dvidoeras: the English idiom 50. pabotor: by learning. Cf. dapi- 
introduces a negative, whether or not.  Ouhoavras, by counting, below. 

Cf. Ap. 29 a. 60. del pév xrd. : i.e. he was always 


47. orepioerat: for the future in the public eye, yet no one ever, etc. » 


middle as passive, cf. Crito 54 a. (1. 65). 


65 


70 


75 


80 


85 


182 EENO®ONTOS AILOMNHMONEYMATA 


. LTO 
mov, Tors 5é€ Bovropevors eEHv akoverv. ovdels Sé TwTOTE 


, 2Q\ > \ Oe Dee 4 ¥ , > 
Lwxparous ovdev aaeBEs OVdE avdc.oy ovTE TpPaTTOVTOS Eldev 
\ ‘ a a 
oute MéyovTos HKovaEV. OVSE yap TEPLTHS TOV TaVTAV hiGEwS 
a A »” e X a 8 r / A y e , 
Hrep TOV adrwv ot TrEetaToL OveA€eyeTO, TKOTOV OWS 0 Kahov- 
A “A \ 
pevos UT TOV GoditTwY KdopmoS EpU Kal Tic avdyKaLs 
9 ; , a 3 , > \ \ \ , 
exaoTa yiyveTat TOV OVpaviwyv, a\Aa Kal Tovs PpovTilovTas 
fal \ A 
Ta TOLADTA pwpaivorTas amredeikvUEV. Kal TpPOToV pev avTaV 
a ap 
ETKOTEL TOTEPA TOTE VOmioavTEs ikavas Ndyn TAVOpaTLVa ELOe 
A nw 
vat EpyovTar €7l TO TEPL TOV ToOLOVTwY hporTiley, H TA MeV 


avOparea tmapevtes, TA Saudia S5€ TKoTovVTES, WyoUVTAL 


A , / b] , > > \ ‘\ 5 lal 
Ta Tpoojkovta mpartev. EOavpwale 8 ci wy havepov avtots 
éotiw Ott TavTa ov Suvardv éotw avOparois evdpely. mel 
kal TovS méytoTov PpovovvTas eT TH TEpl TovTwY eye ov 
tata do€alew addydows, AAA Tots patvopevois Gpotws Sua- 
ketoOat mpos adAyAous. TOV TE yap paLvoLever TOvS MeV 
6vd€ Ta Seva Sedi€vat, Tovs SE Kal TA 47) HoBEpa hoBeto Oar: 

\ a \ Oo > »” X 5 A > \ > nN 4 x 
kal Tots pev ovd €v oy@ SoKely aloyporv civar éeyew 7 
A e la A \ ’Q> 5 ld > > , > 
Touety OTLovY, Tots dé ovd e€iTnTéov cis avOpdmous Ecivat 

“a XN ‘\ x 77)? ¢ ‘ »¥ ‘\ yy 3° 9 an 
SoKely: Kal Tovs pev ovl’ iepov ovTe Bapov ovt addro Tov 
Deiwv ovdev Tiav, Tovs Sé Kal AiMous Kai EVa Ta TUXOVTA Kal 
Pav, 

Onpia o€BecOar: Trav TE TEPL THS TOV TaVTwY dioeEws MEPL 
pVOVT@V Tots meV SoKELY EV pOVOY TO Ov Elvat, Tots 8 aTrELpA 
XN A \ A \ hee! , A A > sO ¥ 
TO TANOOsS: Kal TOls pev det TavTa KiWEetoOaL, Tots 5’ ovVdEV av 


66. rav ravrev: the universe. 83. fbAa Ta TUXdvTA: i.e. probably 


68. codiorav: without unpleasant 
connotation. 

69. dpovritovras: cf. Ap. 18 b. 

70. mparov pév: cf. 1.89.—adrév: cf. 


Ap.l7a. Itreferstorods ppovrifovrasktX. ~ 


74. el: with é@aduage, instead of 
Cf. 1. 105, iv. 8. 6. 

78. Tav patvopévey : partitive geni- 

tive. Parallel to ray uepynvdvrwr 1. 84. 


6ru. 


fetiches, of which the worship in 
Greece was more common than would 
be inferred from the higher literature. 

85. év povov: the doctrine of the 
Eleatics (Monists). —r6 év: that which 
is, the universe. — Gmrepa: the doctrine 


- of the Atomists. 


86. otdSev xrrX.: the doctrine of 


Zeno. 


1] 


1% 


1: 


90 


95 


100 


105 


110 


XENOPHON’S MEMORABILIA 183 


‘1.18 


A ¥ A A \ 4 ? 4 aS / 

mote KWNOHVvaL’ Kal TOLs pev TaVTAa ylyverOai TE Kal amdd- 
A y¥>KHK is \ \ ¥ 3 A 

AvoOat, Tots 8 ovT adv yevérOar Tore ovdev ovT arrodeto ban. 

5) , \ \ se \ (oO ao ae ee € TRE , 

eokore O€ Tept avTov Kal TAdE: “" Ap, womep ot TA avOpa- 

AQ? 4 x , a 

mea pavOdvortes yyouvtar TOVO’, 6 TL av pabwour, EavTots 

\ lal ~ 4 x 4 7 Y \ e 

Te Kal TOV GdAwY OTM av BovhwvTaL ToL ELV, OUTW Kal ot 

Ta Oeta Cyrovvtes vopilovow, éradayv yroow ais avadyKats 

Y \ 

eKaoTa ylyveTat, Tonoey, oTav BovrAwrTat, Kal avewous Kal 

4 \ 4 > Oe A x + , lal , K 

voata Kal Wpas Kal oTov av addov S€wvTaL TOY TOLOVTWY, H 

a \ Oe 1O- > / > va Ne 5) A a 

TOLOUTO pev ovdEV OVO EdmriCovaty, apKEt O avTOLs yYovaL 
na an y / 9) \ \ > 

BOvov TOV TOLOVTwWY EKaTTA YiyvETaL; TEPL EY OY TOY 


15 


16 


TAUTA TT pay WATEVO[LEVOV TOLAUTA eheyer * auTos O€ Tept TOV 


> 4 Ho , “~ / > , Ye 4 , 
avOpwreiwv det duedeyeTo, oKoT@V Ti evoEBEs, Ti aaeBEs, Ti 
4 / > / / A / 19 / , 
Kadov, TL alaypov, TL OLKaLOV, TL AdLKOV, TL Twppodvrn, 
Or 3 4 ’ > , / / / / , , , 
Ti pavia, Ti avopela, Ti Serdia, Ti modus, Ti TodLTLKOS, Ti 
> \ > , / > ‘\ > Q 4 ‘\ \ ~ 
apx7 avOpatwv, Ti apyiKos avOpoTwv, Kal TEept TOV 

¥ a \ \ 207 ‘ A \ 5 N = 
ahd\wv, a& Tovs pev elddtas HyetTo Kahovs Kayalovs elvat, 
\ - ae 3 a) b) , x , A 
Tovs O ayvoovvtas avdpamodades av dikaiws Kexhno Oar. 
7 ‘ > \ ‘\ > 4 : ER 4 Oe 
Oca pev otv pn fhavepos nv oTws eyltyywoKer, ovdEV 
Oavpacroy Urep TovTwY TEpi avTod Tapayvavar Tovs SiKa- 
oTds: ooa O€ martes HOEoav, ov OavpacTov ei py TOUTwY 
> / ‘ , , \ \ \ 
éveDupnOyoav; Bovrtevoas yap more Kat Tov BovdevTiKOv 
bd > / b] ORE \ \ /, , : bd 
OpKov Omoaas, EV @ HV KaTa ToVS Vvomouvs BovdevoeLy, E7TI- 
oTdTyns €v TO Ojp@ yevopuevos, éemiuuncavTos Tov Shou 
‘\ ‘\ a : b) / \ “A , ‘\ > XN 
Tapa TOVS vomovs | evvéa oTpaTnyovs | pia Wydw TOVs ade 
, Se 2 a>) b) lal , > > / 
@pacvddov Kat “Epaowidnv amoxtetvar mavtas, ovk 7OEdAr- 
> 7 > 4 \ > ~ A , A 
cev erulyndpioa, dpyilouevov pev advt@ Tov Sypov, ToAA@Y 
de \ 8 A > >» , > \ ~ M4 > / 
€ Kal Ovvatov amethovvTwy: adda TeEplt mElovos ETOLNT ATO 
> i x / 6 “ 5 “4 \ \ OL XN Xr , 
evopKely 0 Xapioaclat TH ONWw Tapa TO OlikaLov Kal duda- 


87. wdvra xrd.: the doctrine of 105. tép: differs little from 7epl. 
Heraclitus. 107. Bovdctoas: cf. Ap. 32 ff. 
96. wept péev «7d. : transitional. 108. dSpxov: cognate accusative. 


102. a: object of edéras. —év@: cf. Ap. 17 a. 


17 


18 


184 BENO®ONTOS AITOMNHMONEYMATA 


- ky -s 18 
115 £ac0ar Tovs amevdodvTas. Kal yap émipedetoOar Deods Evo- 1 
> 4 > a / e AA ‘\ / es 
pilev avOpdrwv, ovx ov TpdoTroy ot TOAAOL Vopilovaw: ovTOL 
\ ‘\ ¥ ‘\ ‘\ \ \ io 4 ‘ 5° 5 iO , 
pev yap otovras Tous Beovs Ta pev Eld€var, TA O OvUK ELOEVaL’ 

4 3s a la \ 0 ‘\ iO o 4, / 
Lwxparns 8 yyetro mavta pev Oeovs eid€var, Ta TE Leyomueva 
kal mpatropeva Kal TA ovyn Bovdrevdpeva, tavtaxov de 

120 Tapetvar Kal onpaivey Tots avOparos TEpt TOV avOpwrTeiwr 
TAVTOV. | 
Oavpdlw ovv omws Tote éereicOncav “APnvator LwKparny 2 
\ @ ‘\ \ “a ‘ > \ \ i) , A 
mept Geovs py Twdppovev, Tov aoeBes pev ovdev TOTE TEpL 
. A ¥ 3 > , »~ / nw \ & 
tovs Oeovs ovr eimdvta ovTe mpd€arta, Tovatvta Se Kal 
125 Aéyovta Kal mpatrovra [rept Deady], ota Tis dv Kat héywv 
Kal TpdaTTwv €in TE Kat vomiloito evaeBEoTaTos. 
. * ° . . . * * . * 9 
“°AXN’,” ebn ye 6 KaTHyopos, “ LwKpare ourrnTa yevo- i 
pevw Kpurias te Kat “AdkiBuddns mreioTa Kaka THY Tow 
eroinodatynyv. Kpuitias perv yap Tov év TH O\iyapyia TavTwY 
kNemtiotatés Te Kat BuadtaTos Kal hoviKatatos €y€veTo, 


oO 


> , \ 5 a 3 La / 4, ° 4 
AdkiBuddns Sé ad tav év TH Snmoxpatia tavTwv aKkpaTée- 
, Ac-8 4 \ (4 9? > \ > > , 
oratos Te Kal UBpiotdératos Kal Biaudtaros.” eyo d, ei wey 1 
Ti KaKOV Exeivw THY TOW ETOLNT ATHY, OVK aTOLOyHO OPAL 
Tv S€ Tpds LwKpatynv cvvovoiay avtow ws éyevero Sunyy- 
> lA \ \ \ \ ¥ 4 , 
copa. éyeverOnv pev yap 57 TO avdpe TovTw dice dido- 1 
, / > Ve 4, , SOs | “A 
\0 Tysoratw mavtav “AOnvaiwv, BovAopéva Te wavTa du’ éEavT@v 


119. Cf. Psalm cxxxix. 

122. At the conclusion of the pas- 
sage, the author returns to his first 
thought. 

I, 2. 12-18. Critias and Alcibiades 
were companions of Socrates, it is true. 
These, however, came to him not be- 


cause they really desired to live as he - 


lived, but because they thought that he 
would make them able to speak and to 
ut. By his words and example, he 


kept them temperate while they re- 
mained with him, but after they had 
left him they forgot his lessons of life. 

2. rhv wédw: object of Kaxd érou- 
carn. 

3. odAvyapxia, 5. Snpoxparia: cf. 
the like contrast in Ap. 32 c¢. 

7. el érounoarnv: a logical condi- 
tion. 

9. éyevérOnv pév: correlative with 
qoecay 5é, below. 


XENOPHON’S MEMORABILIA 185 


I. 2.18 : 
, \ , > / U4 ¥ \ 
mpdatrecOa, Kal TavTwY dvomactoTaTw yevéerAar noeray dé 


Lwxparny am edaxioTov mev Kpynpatwv avrapkéatata Cavra, 
ToV ndovav € TaTaV eyKpaTéaTaTov OvTa, TOLS dé dSiadeyo- 
MEVOLS QUT@ TATL yYpa@meEvov ev TOLs Adyots OTws BovdouTo. 
Tavta © dépavTe Kal OvTE olw Tpoeipnabor, TéTEpdv Tis adTa 
dn Tov Biov Tov Lwxparovs éemiOupynoarvTe Kat THS Twppoav- 
vyns nv exelvos eiyev, dpeEacOar THS Gptrtas avTov, 7 vopi- 
carte, ei dutdnoairyy exeivo, yevéeo Oar av ikavwrdtw héyew 
TE Kal TpaTTEW; eyo pev yap yovpat, Jeod SiddvTos avroty 
x ~ sd X\ / 7 “A , ©. 2 x 0 / 
7 Cnv odov Tov Biov womep CovtTa Lwxparny edpwv, H TEOva- 
vat, ed€oOar dv paddov atta teOvava. SHrw 8 éeyeverOnv 
e€ av émpakdrnv: ws yap TaxioTa KpeEitrove TOV OVyyvyvo- 
pevov nynodoOnv elvar, ed0ds amomndyocavte Ywxparovs 
€mpatrernv TA TONTIKA, MYTEP EVeKA LwKpdTous wpEexXOrrnv. 
"lows ov €ltrou Tis av Tpds TavTa, OTL EypHY TOV YwKpa- 
THY py TpoTEpov TA ToduTLKA SiOdoKELY TOS TUVdYTAS 7 
cwdpoveiy: éya d€ mpds ToUTO meV OvVK aVTLéyw: TaVTAS 
dé Tovs SiddoKovTas 6p@ avrovs SexvivTas TE Tots pavOd- 
VOUT, TEP AVTOL TOLOvaLY a SLOdoKOVOL, Kal TO Ady TpO- 
/ 78 de \ 4, 5 , a a 
BiBalovras. otda d€ kal Lwkparny deKvivTa Tols DvVOvELW 
¢ ‘\ \ > \ dl \ ye , \ 
EavTov Kahov kayabor ovra Kal duaheyopevoyv KdAMOTA TEpt 
3 A ea » > , 5 \ : , 
apeTns Kal TOV ad\wv avOpwtivwr. oida dé KaKeivw Twhpo- 
VOUVTE EDTE LwKpaTEL TUVHATHV, ov hoBovpevw p17 Cyp.otvTo 
x , €, 3% ? b) > > , Pics , > 
N TaloLWTO VTO LwKpaTovs, add’ olowéevw TOTE KPaTLOTOV EivaL 
TOUTO TpaTTEL. 


12. &taxlorwv: see Introd. § 17, 
Ap. 31¢. 

13. 4Sovav: equivalent to ériduuidv. 

16. $q: deliberative subjunctive. 
—énibupjoavre: causal. 

19. §86vros: conditional. 


21. av: construe with édéo dau. 

30. kal Lwxpdrnv: Socrates, too, 
—as well as other good teachers. 

32. kdxelvw: they too, —as well as 
other scholars, — obey their teachers. 

33. hoBovpévw: causal. 


15 


17 


or 


10 


15 


20 


186 EBENO®ONTOS ATOMNHMONEYMATA 


; z 6. 1 

"A€tov 8 avrov Kai d mpds ‘“Avtiupavta Tov coduioTHy Sie 

héxOn py Tapadurety. 6 yap “Avtipav more Bovddmevos 

TOUS GvvovoltacgTas avTov Tapehéobar tpocehOav TH YoKpa- 
: 4 7 A ¥ 43 “ce , ea \ 

Te. TapovTwY avT@v, eheEe Tade> “°O YoHKpares, Eey@ pev 

@pnv Tors piiocododvTas evdayroverTepous ypHvar yiyve- 

‘\ l4 A b] 4 ~ ? > 

cba: od dé pou Soxets Tavavtia THs hiiocodias amohehav- 
, A aA 4A ¢ »Q> xX ® -~ eniee 4 

Kévat: Cys yovv ovtws ws ovd av eis Sovdos bard Seomdry 

OLaLT@mEVOS PELVELE* OITA TE OLTH Kal TOTA Tives TA Havdrd- 

~) +f , > / > / A > \ \ r 

TATA, KAL lmaTLoy Hudiewat ov povov davrov ada TO avTO 

Oépous TE Kal Yeu@vos, avuTddnTds TE Kal axitwy SvaTeNets. 

\ \ , 4 > 4 a \ , > / 

Kal pnVv xpynpata ye ov Lap Bavets, a Kal KTwpEevous Eevppai- 

VEL Kal KEKTNMEVOUS EAevOEpLaTEpov TE Kal HOLoV Trove Cnv. Et 


> Y \ as » ¥ e / \ Os 
oUV, WOTEP Kal TOV AAwY Epywy oi SiddoKador TOs pabyTas 


A 4 
BULNTaS EavT@Y aTOdELKYVOVOLY, OUTW Kal OD TOUS TUVOVTAS 
PS) 0 “4 / 8 ? 8 8 / r + 99 ~ 
abyoes, vou.le Kakodaimovias dudaoKados Eival. Kat 
€ , \ a > ‘cc A eH, a 
0 LwKparyns mpos Tavta eime* “Aokets por, @ Avtipar, 
e / 9 > a A y 4 \ a 
vTeknpevat LE OUTWS avLapas Chy woTeE TETELT LAL OE [LAAOV 
> A x he 4 x A 4 > , bd > > , 
amolavewy av eheoOa 4 (nv oomep eyo. iu odv émuokabe- 
/ a ¥ mn 2 la) , / Y A 

pela Ti yaderov noOnoa Tov éuov Biov. mdrepov, OTL Tots 
pev KapBavovow apyvpiov avaykatoy éotw atepyaler ou 

wn a x 
Tovto €f @ av picbdv AdBwow, Ewot Sé pr) apBavovte 

> a>. ae , baer \ , x \ ? , 
ovK avaykn diarhéyerOar @ dv py BovrAwopar; 7H THY SlaTav 


I. 6. 1-10. Philosophers ought to 


be happier than other men, but Anti- 
phon thinks that Socrates is one of the 
most miserable of men. So Socrates 
shows that his wants are supplied. To 
need nothing is to be like the gods; to 
need as little as possible is to be near 
them. 

1. atrot: cf. Ap. 17 4. 

3. cuvovotacras: cf. Ap. 20 a. 

7. Grodcdavkévar: ironical. — ds: 
construe with drat dpevos. 


10. dvurdSnros: cf. Symp. 220 db. 
— SareAcits: wv might have been 
added. 

13 f. kal trav GAdwv, kal od: cf. Kal 
mparrev i. 1. 6. 

15. kaxoSaipovias: contrast with 
1. 5. 

£6; CE1. 2.-16, 

19. Biov: cf. airy i. 1. 12. —Sr: 
because. 

20. rots pév xd. : the név-clause is 
subordinate. Cf. Ap. 28 e. 


4 


25 


380 


40 


a 
on 


XENOPHON’S MEMORABILIA 187 


I.6.9 
/ € & \ € \ 3 af 3 “ x “A 
pov dhaviriles, ws TTOv pev Vyrewa EoOiovTos Euov 7 Tov, 
e xn 
nttov © iaxvv TapéxovTa; 4 ws yaherdrepa topicacbat 
Ta ea SuaiTHpata TOV CoV dia TO OTAVLMTEpa TE Kal TOAL- 
, > ae '€ ear VC ied \ , ” a 
TehéeoTEpa elvat; H Ws HOolw Gol a ov TapacKevaly ovTa 7 
> EEO RS RR > > + ad c \ y > / Y » 
€uol d €ya; ovK ola ore 6 pev HdvoTa eobiov yKLoTa orbov 
A bY, V4 A P 
delrar, 6 dé NOvoTa Tivey HKLOTA TOU py TapdVTOS emLOupEl 
lal la \ c / Ss Meth e / , 
ToTOU; Taye pv imatia ola O ort ot peTaBahAdpevor Wyous 
\ 4 4 , ¥ € / e la 
Kat Oddzrovs evexa petaBaddovrar, Kal vTodypmata UTodour- 
Tat oTws py Oia TA AVTOUVTA TOvS Tddas KwV@VTAL TrOpED- 
exAar- dn ovv tote noOov eye H dia Woyxos paddov Tov 
A PS) / x 8 \ 0 X. / “4 ‘\ “A x 
evoov pévovta, H Ova Oadzros payopmevov TH TEPL TKLAS, 7H 
\ \ > a ‘\ / > / 4 x 4 
dua TO adyely Tovs 17ddas ov BadiLovta Omov dv BovrAwpat; 
> > > ¢ c 4 > 4, “~ , / 
ovk oic@ ort ot dvoa acbevéotato TO TGpaTe MEAETHOAVTES 
TOV LOXUPOTATwY auEelnoaVTwWY KpEiTTOUS TE YyiyvovTaL TpPdS 
a x Ls »" en aN 4 338 de » 
a av pereTnyowot Kal paov atta dé€povow; Eye O€ apa 
OUK OLE, TH THpaT del TA OVVTVYKXAVOVTA MEAETOVTA KApTE- 
petv, TavTa paov pépew cov py pedeTa@vTos; Tov dé pr) Aov- 
4 \ 2. -& \ 7 + MA > , 
Neve yaorpt yd vave Kat hayveia ole TL AAO alTL@TEpoV 
> x ‘\ 4 ¥ , e 7 a > / 3 7 »” 
Elvat 7 TO ETEpa EXELY TOUTWY HOw, a OV mdvoV ev XpEla OVTA 
> 7 > ‘\ A ie , > ia Piece. \ 
evppaiver, adda kal EXTidas Tapéyovta adehyoew acl; Kal 
Env TovTS y oiaOa, oT ot perv oidpwevor pndev ev TpaTreELy 
ovk evppaivovTat, ot 5 yyovpevor KaA@S TPOKwpELY EauTOLS 7) 
i x / Dd Se. x 4 > 4 
yeopytav 7 vavkAnpiav 7 add Oo TL ay TYyKXaVvwoL Epyalopne 
€ 5 
VOL WS EV TPATTOVTES EvppaivorTaL. oOlEL OUY ATO TAYTWY TOU- 
4 AS ‘\ Gy 4 > \ ~ .& / - a A 
TWY TOTAVTHY NOoVHY civat CONV aT TOU EauvToY O Hyeitobau 
7 "s \ , > / “~ 3 \ 4 
Bedtio yiyverBa kat hidrous dpeivovs kracba; eyo Toivur 


23. as: on the ground that. 

24. xaderdrepa: predicate. 
is in mind. 

32 ff. As in Symp. 220 b. 

34. mé8as: accusative of specifica- 
tion. 


bvra 


35. tO cdpat.: in body. —mede- 
thoavtes: by practice. 

42. mwapéxovra: causal. 

48. dpetvous: predicate,— not only 
is Socrates himself becoming better, 
but his friends also are improving. 


6 


50 


55 


10 


188 EENO®ONTOS AITOMNHMONEYMATA 


1.6.9 © 


eav dé 57 dirtovs 7 modkw adhe 


al lal / 
SuaTeA@ TavTa vopilwv. 


hety Sén, woTépw 4 Treiwy oXoAH TovTaY ETeetoIaL, TO 


ws ey® viv, } TO ws oD pakapiles, SvatTopev@; oTpa- 
~ » 
tevoito S€ TdTEpos av paov, 6 pr Suvdmevos avev Toute 
Lovs duairyns Cnv, 7H @ TA Ov apKoin; eKmo\vopKybein de 
ovs Suairns (hv, @ TO Tapoy apKoin; exmoopKnOein 
motepos av Oarrov, 6 TOV xaheTwTdTwr evpEiy Sedpevos, 7H 6 
A . > 
TOs PaOTOLS EVTUYXaVELY ApKOVYTWS KP@mEVOS; EOLKAS, @ 
>A a \ >) , > 4 \ \ X aN 
VILpOV, THY EVOaLpmoviay olomevw TpUdny Kal TohvTEELaY 
> We aS \ , \ \ N A A > \ 
eva: eyo d€ vopilw Td pev pndevds SetoOau Oetov eivar, Td 
ao Gee ee , r) , A 7 ae \ A , 
& ws €ayiotwy éyyutatw Tov Oeiov, kat 7d pev Oetov Kpa- 
TisTov, TO O eyyuTatw Tov Oeiov éyyuTdtw Tov Kpatiorov.” 


. . . . . o Lib. 4 


héEw SE Kal & ‘Eppoyévous rod ‘Inmovixov nKovea mept 
epn yap, non Medytov yeypappéevov avrov Thy 


4 > NAN > 4 > A 4 “A x ‘\ ~ 
ypapynv, avros akovwr avTov mavta pahdrov 7 mepl TIS 


QUTOU. 


, 4 4 > ~ c ‘\ . ~ 9 > $ 
dikns Suadeyouevov héyew av’T@ ws ypt) OKOTELY 6 TL aTTO- 
4 X\ \ ‘ \ A > A ree 4 > \ A 
hoynoerat, TOV dé TO ev TpaTov eizrety: “OV yap SoK@ oor 

na A id bi] > \ \ tone. ¥ 9 
TovTo peheTov diaBeBiwoxévar;’’ Emel dé avTov ypeToO OTS, 


> A ares 9 sO dl A , x 
ELTTELY AVTOV OTL ovoev aXXo TOLWYV duayeyevyntau 1) dtacKo- 


“A \ 4, / ‘\ ‘\ ¥ 4 \ \ , \ 
TOV pev TA TE SikaLa Kal TA AdiKa, TpaTTwY Sé Ta Sikava Kal 

A > , > / 4 , , 4 
TOV Gdikwy aTEXomEvos, NvTEp vomilor Kaddiotny ped€THY 
> , > OEM de , > a 144 > ee S , 
amoXoyias €ivat. avTos 0€ Tahu etre: “Ovy opas, & Yo- 

Lid e..9 ld ‘ ‘ \ ¥ \ 

Kpates, oTt ot AOyvynor Sixactat modhovs péev yon pydev 


55. pdorous xrX.: easiest to obtain. 

58. rod Oelov: genitive with adverb 
of place. 

IV. 8. 4-9. Not long before Socra- 
tes’s trial, Hermogenes asks him why he 
is not preparing his defense. Socrates 
replies, in the first place, he has been pre- 
paring his defense, his whole lifelong, 
by a just life, and in the second place 
his inward monitor has checked him 


when he has begun the preparation of a 
formal defense. Doubtless it is better 
Sor him to die before he loses his powers 
of thought and his memory. 

3. ypadhv: cognate accuastive. — 
avrés: construe with the subject of 
Aéyerv, Which is the same as the subject 


of 267. 


9. mpdrrev . . . darexdpevos: ob- 
serve the ‘chiasmus.’ 


8 
4 


XENOPHON’S MEMORABILIA 189 
Iv.8.9 ; 
la) -, > / 
adukovvtas héoyw mapaxOevTes arréxTevav, Toddovs dé adu- 
Kovuvtas améAvoay;” “AAA vy Tov Alia,” ddvar adrov, “a 
‘Eppoyeves, non pov EmtxerpovvTos PpovTioa: THS Tpds TOvS 
duxaoTas amodoyias HvavTidOn TO Satpdvov.” Kal avros 
ue “@avpacta héyes:” Tov dé, “ Oavpalers,” pavat, 
‘el to Oe@ Soxei : yPehz ov elvar eye rehevtay Tov Biov 
“f atx ole ae MEXpl ev TOVdE TOV ypdvou eya ovdevt 
avOpadtrav vdeiunv av ovte Bédrov ov ydvov Ewod BeBioxeé- 
val; apiora pev yap owas (nv Tovs aprora emiyrehopevous TOV 
e , M Y \ \ 4 > , 
ws Bedtiotous yiyver Oat, noiota 5é TOUS padioTa aicHavope- 
vous ort Bedtiovs yiyvovTar. a éyad péxpt TovdE TOV ypdvou 
> /, 3 ~ / \ “A + > 7 
noGavouny ewavt@ ovpBaivovta, Kat Tots addous avOpo- 
Tos evTUyXaVvav Kal Tpds Tovs adovs Tapabewpav enav- 
Tov OUTw SiaTeTEAEKA TEPL E“aVTOD yryyooKwr: Kal ov povoy 
> tA > % ‘\ \ ae \ , 4 ¥ \ 3 A 
éyo, aXAa Kal ol Ewolt dio ovTws EyovTEs TEP Euwov SiaTeE- 
Aovowv, od dua TO direty end, Kal yap ot [rods] addous 
n. y a 64 \ ‘ € A / > \ 
dirovvTes OVTWS av Elyov TpPOS TOUS EavT@Y didous, adrha 
/ \ > \ SA ¥ bd \ / , 4 
Sidtep Kal avrolt av olovtar euol ouvdrtes BéAticTou yiyve- 
3. &S , , , ¥ > A ¥ 
cA. ei d€ Bidcopat TrEiw ypdvov, ows advayKalov éoTaL 
TA TOV yHpws emiTeetoOar, Kal Opay TE Kal akoVELY HTTOV, 
kat duavoeicbar xelpov, Kal dvopabéorepov amoBaivew Kal 
em\noMoveoTEepov, Kal. ay mpdtepov Bedtioy Hv, TovTwY 
, iA @ bl] ‘ \ A , \ > , \ 
xXElpw ylyverGar: adda py TavTa ye pw alcfavopév@ pev 
7-7’ x ¥ € e: > 4 \ la) > > , 
aBiwros av ein 0 Bios, atofavdpevoy Sé Tas OvK avayKy 
al / \ > 4, ~ > \ \ ¥ b i 4 > 
xElpdv Te Kat andéarepov (nv; adda pry et y adikws azo- 
Pavovpat, Tots pev adikws eue aToKTElvaow aicypor ay Ely 
“ > \ \ 4 > XX a) ee ‘\ 4 i la) 
TOUTO €mol O€ Ti aioypoy Td Erepous uy) SUVaTOaL wept Ewov 
Ta Sikata PATE yrovar pHTE ToLnoaL;” 
15. qvavridby: cf. Ap. 31d, 40a. 33. ov: masculine. 
22. a: equivalent to cal radra. 34, ph alcPavopéva: i.e. if he were 


31. ra tod yhpws: explained by so dull as not to perceive this. 
the following infinitives. 38. rotro: i.e. Socrates’s death. 


t 





doe alee a | 










i 





APPENDIX 


MANUSCRIPTS | 


Aut the extant Mss. that contain any considerable portion of Plato’s 
works follow an arrangement of them into nine successive tetralogies or 
groups of four members each. Since this arrangement seems to be original 
with Thrasyllus (or if not original with him adopted by him from a scholar 
only slightly earlier, perhaps Tyrannio, Cicero’s friend), and since Thrasyl- 
lus was instructor to the emperor Tiberius, it follows that the archetype of 
no Ms. now known to exist (except the papyri) can much antedate the 
Christian era. The following table exhibits Thrasyllus’s tetralogies, and 
also names the best Ms. in which each tetralogy is preserved : 





























I | Euthyphro Apology Crito Phaedo Clarkianus (B) 

II | Cratylus Theaetetus Sophist Statesman ‘1 = 
III | Parmenides Philebus Symposium | Phaedrus > * 
IV | Alcibiades I Alcibiades II | Hipparchus | Anterastae “ie * 
V | Theages Charmides Laches Lysis em fe 
VI | Euthydemus — | Protagoras Gorgias Meno Ks sp 
VII | Hippias maior | Hippias minor | Io Menexenus | Venetus T 
VIII | Clitophon Republic Timaeus _| Critias Parisinus <A 
IX | Minos Laws Epinomis Letters - - 


























Schanz constructs the pedigree of the existing Mss. of Plato, and traces 
them all to an archetype or parent Ms. which consisted of two volumes: 
‘Vol. I contained the first seven tetralogies; Vol. II contained the last two 
tetralogies, together with a number of works attributed with more or less 
confidence to Plato. The copies made of Vol. I were of two kinds, 
(1) incomplete, omitting the seventh tetralogy, and (2) complete. The 
codex Clarkianus, the capital authority for the first six tetralogies, repre- 
sents an incomplete copy of Vol. I of the archetype. The complete copy of 

191 


192 APPENDIX 


' Vol. I is represented by the less trustworthy codex Venetus T, the best 
authority for the seventh tetralogy. 

I. Copex CLARKIANUS, referred to by the single letter B because the 
Ms. is called also Bodleianus. It is now in the Bodleian Library at Oxford, 
and is “the fairest specimen of Grecian calligraphy which has descended 
to modern times.” It was beautifully written on parchment, in the year 
895 a.p., bya skillful scribe, one Joannes, for the use of Arethas, who after- 
wards became archbishop of Caesarea. Edward Daniel Clarke found this 
Ms. in October, 1801, in the library of a monastery on the island of Pat- 
mos. See M. Schanz, Novae Commentationes Platonicae, pp. 105-118; and 
Clarke, Travels in Various Countries of Europe, Asia, and Africa, ii. 2. 348 ff. 
An admirable facsimile of this Ms. was published in two volumes at Leyden 
by Sijthoff, in 1898, 1899. 

Il. Copex Venerus T, Bekker’s t. This Ms. is now in St. Mark’s 
Library in Venice, and is chiefly valuable where the Clarkianus fails, i.e. 
for the seventh tetralogy. For a detailed account of it, see Schanz, Ueber 
den Platocodex der Marcus-Bibliothek in Venedig, 1877, and the preface to 
Vol. IX of the same scholar’s critical edition of Plato’s works. The date 
of the significant parts of this Ms. falls in the twelfth century. 

‘III. Parrsinus A, No. 1807 (formerly 94 and 2087). This Ms. is now 
in the National Library at Paris; it was probably written early in the tenth 
century after Christ. It comprises the eighth and ninth tetralogies of 
Thrasyllus, together with seven spurious dialogues. The Clitophon, with 
which it begins, is numbered twenty-nine. See Schanz, Studien zur Ge- 
schichte des Platonischen Textes, and the general introduction to his critical 
edition of Plato’s works. 


IMPORTANT EDITIONS OF PLATO’S COMPLETE WORKS 


The first printed edition of Plato’s works was published by Aldus at 
Venice, in 1513, with the aid of Marcus Musurus, formerly of Crete, per- 
haps the most scholarly of the Greeks of his age, and one of the most 
‘valuable associates of Aldus in the Aldine Academy. 

An edition of Plato’s works, with the commentary of Proclus, was pub-’ 
lished at. Basle in 1534, by Valder, with the aid of Simon Grynaeus. 

In 1578, Henricus Stephanus (Henri Estienné, or Henry Stephens), 
aided by, Joannes Serranus (Jean de Serre), published at Paris a magnifi- 
cent edition in three folio volumes, dedicated respectively to Queen Eliza- 
beth, King James VI of Scotland, and the Consuls of the republic of Berne. 


APPENDIX | 193 


The pages were subdivided in five parts by letters ([a], b, c, d, e), and the pag- 
ing and lettering of this edition are used in the margins of most modern 
editions, as the most convenient and definite basis of reference. The first 
real advance upon the text of Stephanus was in 

Piatonis DIALoGi ex recensione Imm. Bekker. Berolini, 1816-1823. 
(10 vols.) This edition was based on the collation of many Mss. 

The most important complete edition with commentary is 

PLATONIS OpERA OMNIA recensuit, prolegomenis et commentariis illustra- 
vit Stallbaum. 10 vols. (Gothae) Lipsiae, 1827 +. The commentary ap- 
pears in a greatly improved form in the later editions of several of the 
volumes. | 

A convenient text edition is 

PLATONIS DIALOGI secundum Thrasylli tetralogias dispositi, ex recogni- 
tione C. F. Hermann. 6 vols. Lipsiae, 1851 +. 

The most important (but still incomplete) critical edition is 

PLATONIS OPERA quae feruntur omnia ad codices denuo collatos edidit M. 
Schanz. Lipsiae, 1875 +. 

The latest complete edition of the text, with brief critical apparatus, is 

PLATONIS OPERA recognovit, brevique adnotatione critica instruxit Ioannes 
Burnet. 5 vols. Oxonii, 1899 +. 


IMPORTANT EDITIONS OF THE APOLOGY AND CRITO - 


The ApoLtoGy or PLATO, with a revised text and English notes, and a 
digest of Platonic idioms. By James Riddell. Oxford, 1867. 

PLATONIS APOLOGIA SocRATIS ET CriITO ET PHAEDO, editio quinta 
aliquanto auctior et emendatior quam curavit Wohlrab. Lipsiae, (1827,) 1877. 
(This is Vol. I, Sect. I, II, of Stallbaum’s complete Plato, mentioned above, 
now published by Teubner.) 

PLatons VERTEIDIGUNGSREDE DES SOCRATES UND Kriron, erkldrt 
von Christian Cron. Achte Auflage. Leipzig, 1882. (This edition was the 
basis of Professor Dyer’s, and is the first part of an edition of the selected 
works of Plato, edited for the use of German gymnasia by Cron and 
Deuschle.) 


CHANGES FROM PROFESSOR DYER’S TEXT 


Partly on the authority of inscriptions, and partly as the result of 
further study of the Mss. and of the ancient grammarians, the spelling of 
the text has been revised. In the following list the first form of each pair 


194 APPENDIX 


has replaced the other: dOpdos, dOpdos, — aroxreivums, aroKxtivvup, — azro- 
teioat, arrotioo,— éav mep, edvrep, — el rep, elrep, —eis adOis, eicadOis, — 
eimBepnev, cidOe.mev, — exreiow, ExTiaw, —exTeioey, ExTioew, — exTEeioat, ExTioat, 
— édewov, eAcewvov, — eEner, eEjev, — yidapovca, edvdawovica, — Kadpevor, 
Kaidmevov, — kAdw and compounds, KAaiw, — kwpwdoroids, Kwuwo.oTroLds, — 
vuvdy, viv 4, — dpovos, duotos, — 6 T1, 671, — IlapaAos, Ilépados, — Ioretdata, 
Tloridara, — rpwairara, wpwiairara,— oy, and its compounds, for &vy, as 
ovvydn for Evvy dev, — del, viee, — ids etc., vids, — Ode, Ode. 

The final ¢ of a conjunction has often been elided. In a critical edition per- 
haps elision should be carried much farther, and crasis might be marked more 
systematically. We do not suppose that Plato sometimes said 6 dvjp and a 
few lines later avjp,— and wrote.ra aérd and rabrd in neighboring sentences. 

The reviser hopes that the use of quotation marks will prove a reason- 
able convenience to the learner. In a few passages the punctuation has 
been changed, in order to make the grammatical construction more distinct, 
in accordance with English and American rules of punctuation. Several 
paragraphs have been divided, for the sake of making the rhetorical 
divisions clearer. 

The text of the present edition differs from that of Professor Dyer’s edi- 
tion also in the following readings: 17 b otv for yoty. 174 wAew omitted. 
18 b ovdev GAnOes inserted. 22 bad inserted. 23 e cvvrerapevws for Evyrera- 
yeevws. 27¢e [ov] omitted. 30 b roujoavtos for roujcovros. 32a dv inserted. 
35 b quads for duds. 374 dro inserted. 46b vdv rp@rov for pdvoy viv. 48b 
[ro] omitted. 

In addition to the foregoing, note the following 


DEVIATIONS FROM THE TEXT OF GERMAN EDITORS 


In general: dvyv¢ypnoa, avevpypnoa,— ynigduny, evédpnv, — mpwatrepov, 
mpwiaitepov, — Padwvdys, Pardwvidys. 

APoLoGy AND Crito —Cron-Uhle (1895) 

17 b line 12 éywy’ od kara rovrovs dvar: Eywye— ov kata Tovrovs — elvat. 
—19¢13 MeAjrov: MeAyjrov.— 20e 18 pyd’ av: pyde dv.— 22 bd 21 eyvov 
otv ad: éyvwv otv.— 2249 ware pe: Gor’ ue. —22e 11 ottw: odrws.— 28.8 
9 rovro A€yev: TodT dd A€éyew. — 23 e 18 Kal maAGL Kal Vov: Kal mdAaL Kal. — 
23 e 21 Kal rOv wodutiKGv: [Kal Tv roduTiKdv].— 24e 10 obra, & Swxpares, 
— oi dixacrat: obro, & Swxpares, of Sixacral.— 26 a23 5: ob.—26e 30 enol 
pev yap: éuot yap.—27e 31 [radra]: radra.— 30 b 62 zoujoavros: romjoor- 
Tos. — 30e 19 [id rov eod]: tad rod Geod.— 31 b 36 pevror Te: ey TL.— 


APPENDIX 195 


31d 6 [hovy]: om.—31d 12 [mada]: waAat.— 32a 4 ay’ Gv: aya Kav.— 
32 b 8 *Avruoyis: [’Avtioyis].— 32 ¢ 12 [kai évartia éyndicapnv]: Kal évayria 
enpirdpnv.— 33 a 11 émiOvuet: érPvpot.— 33a 17 [Kat tiuwpeicbor]: Kal 
Tiuwpeia Oar. — 86 ¢ 10 [iwy]: iwy.—387b12 euavTd. ti: euavTd, Ti.— 38 b 
14 viv d&— ov: viv dé od. — 39 ¢ 7 oiduevor: oidpevor pev.— 40 a 9 7 Tod dat- 
poviov: [9 Tod damoviov].—40c¢ 5 rod Torov Tov: [Tov Tdrov Tov ].— 41 b 35 
tis aitOv: tis dy aitav.— 41 b 36 8 av: dav.— 41 ¢ 43 dAnOn: aAnOH eorw. 
— 42a 22 rryv 7: TAH ei. | 

44») 15 "Arorov: ws arorov.—45b18 ovro: ad rou.—45b19 Sypias: 





Suuias.— 46 a 26 ef 8€ r: ei § &rr.— 46 b 4 od viv rparov: od pdvov viv.— 
47a 31 ras 8 ov; ti pis: tas 8 ov; [ovde ravTwv, AAA TOV MEV, TOV 8 ov; ] 
ri bys. — 49.07 [yépovres]: yépovres.— 51 a 25 &orau: e&€orou.— 51¢ 19 mel 
cecOa: meiPerOar.— 52b11 [ore wn ara cis “IoOudv]: 6 te py amag eis 
"Io Opuov.— 58 e 27 ovTws aicypas: ovTw yAioxpus. 


PHaEpo — Wohlrab (1895) 


57a 7 Preuciwv: PrAwciwv.— 59640 ré y 6: ye 6.—59d9 [Hepa]: 
nyepa.— 59 e 17 exeAevev: éxeAevoev.— 60 b 31 uy “OéAew: py COerAcv.— 60-4 
5 6 ri wore: ort woré.— 60 e 13 ei woAAdKis: ei Apa ToAAAKIs. — 61 b 26 zroin- 
para, miOdopevov: rounuata Kal meouevov.— 61 ¢ 7 ri dé: te da’.— 61 4 17 oa- 
pas: capés.— 61 e 21 [ris exe]: THs éxe?.— 61 e 1 by odv: ody dn.— 62 ¢ 27 
mpiv Gv: mpiv.— 62d 10 [devxreov . . . deardrov]: hevkréov . . . deordrov. 
—68a21 yé po: y euol.— 6309 [nkeav]: A€ev.— 115 ¢ 15 otros 6: ovros. 
—115 4 21 ratra [yor] doxd: ratra wor dox®.— 116 b 9 évavriov: éxeivars évay- 
tiov.— 116e 38 [eixérws]: eikérws.—117a41 mod: meifov.— 1174 27 
[kAdwy Kal]: KAalwy kal.—117e 34 KarexAivyn: KatexAOn. —117 e 36 [ovros 
. +» Pappakoy]: ovtos .. . ddppaxov.— 118 a 3 [dAAws]: aAAws. 


Symposium — Hug (1884) 


215 e 30 bd Tav Adywv Tv TovToU: [iad THV Adywv TovTOV].— 216 a 36 & 
Swoxpares: Boxpares. — 216 d 7 €xrérAnxtar, ws: éxrérAnktar, [Kal av ayvoel 
mayvta Kal ovoey oldev,] @s.— 216 e 15 iva A€yw tpiv: A€yw tyiv.— 219 e 2 ev: 
<év).— 220 a 4 dvayxacbedipev: dvayxacbeinuev. — 220 ¢ 3 orparias: otpa- 
Teas. — 221 b 37 Eraipos: érepos.— 222 a 9 by: ad. 


MemoraBi.iA — Breitenbach-Miicke (1889) 


1. 6. 10 SetoOar: d€erPar.— 4. 8. 9 rodro: enol: rovro- [ei yap TO adixeiy 
aioxpov éott, THs ovK aicypov Kal Td adikws STLOdY qrovetv;] ol. 


BEAY oa 2. 
S/Fur 
: % 





VOCABULARY 


&-Biwros adj. (Bios): not to be lived, 
not worth living 

dBpivopar: plume myself 

a&yabds adj.: good 

a&yaAdpa,-aros n.: (delight), image 

—dyavakréw, fut. dyavaxriow, aor. Hya- 
vaxTynoa: am vexed, am irritated, am 
troubled, am angry, grieve 

Gyardw, ful. dyarjow: love, 
come 

ayyeAla f.: message, tidings 

dyy&Aw, aor. yye\a: report, an- 
nounce 

ayyeXos m.: messenger, reporter 

dyiarepos comp. adj.: more holy 

&-yvoéw (yvyvwoxw): am ignorant, do 
not know 

ayopa f. (d-yelpw): (place of assembly), 
market-place ’ 

d&ypiws adv.: (wildly), harshly, roughly 

G&ypoukdTepos comp. adj. (dypds): (of the 
field), too boorish, too rude 

d&ypdés m. (acre): field 

dyp-urvia f. (Urvos): wakefulness 

ayo, aor. nyayov: lead, bring, fetch. 
dye, as interjection, come! SCG. 411; 
GMT. 251 

d&yav, -Svos m. (agony): contest, trial, 
suit, court 

d&yovifopat: contend, contest, struggle 

*ASelpavros m.: Adimantus, brother of 
Plato. 34a 

a&beAbds m.: brother 

a-5eas adv. (5éos): fearlessly 

&-5nAos adj.: hidden, obscure, con- 
cealed, dark 


wel- 


197 


G-§:4-hbapros adj. (POelpw): uncor- 
rupted, not ruined 

&-Sixéw, fut. ddicjow, pf. pass. Hdiknuat, 
verbal déiu«nréov (dlkn): .am unjust 
(ddcxés efuc), am guilty, am wrong, 
do evil, act unjustly 

G-S{kynpa,-aTos n.: unjust act, wrong 
deed 

é-Suxla f.: injustice, wrong 

&-8Sikos adj.: unjust, unrighteous 

&-Sikws adv.: unjustly, unfairly 

&-Stvaros adj.: impossible 

del adv.: always, ever, in every case, 
at each time, at any time, for the 
time being (25 c) . 

Gepo-Baréw (dp, Balyw): walk the air, 
tread the air 

&-ndéo-repov comp. adv.: with less pleas- 
ure 

&-nd%s, -és adj. (75s): unpleasant, un- 
interesting 

&-HOns, -es adj. (00s): unwonted, un- 
usual 

G-Odvaros adj.: immortal, undying, 
would never die 

&-Véuioeros (Themis): what is not al- 
lowed by the gods, Latin nefas 

a-Beos ad). (atheist): god-less, without 
gods ' 

"AdAvate adv.: to Athens 

? A@nvaios adj.: Athenian,man of Athens 

*A0Avyot adv.: at Athens 

aOpéw: look, observe, regard 

dOpsos adj.: together, all at once 

Aiaxés m.: Aeacus, king of Aegina, 
and grandfather of Achilles and 


198 


Telamonian Ajax. He was made a 
judge in Hades after his death. 
41a; Gorgias 523e 

Alavré-5wpos m.: Aeantodérus. 34a 

Alas,-avros m.: Ajax, the mightiest 
of the Achaean warriors before 
Troy, after Achilles; but by an un- 
just judgment the arms of Achilles, 
on the. latter’s death, were given to 
Odysseus. In his disappointment, 
Ajax went mad and killed himself. 
41b 

Altytvy f.: Aegina, a large island, a 
dozen miles from the port of Ath- 
ens. 59¢ 

“Aadys, -ov m.: Hades. év‘Acdou, in (the 
realm of) Hades. 29b 

alviypa, -aros n. (enigma): what is 
darkly indicated, a riddle 

aivirropat: hint at, utter in a riddle 

aiperds verbal adj. (aipéw): to be gained 

aipéw, ful. aipjow, aor. mid. eldbunr, pf. 
nenkev, verbal aiperés: take, secure 
(my) conviction, overcome, compel ; 
mid. choose, elect 

alcOdvopar, aor. nobbunv, pf. noOnuar: 
perceive, feel 

alrOnots, -ews f. (an-aesthesia, aes- 
thetic): perception, sensation 

Alc xitvys, -ov m.: Aeschines, a young 
companion of Socrates. 33e, 59b. 
(Not the orator, the rival and antag- 
onist of Demosthenes.) 

aloxtwv, -ovos comp. adj.: more shame- 
ful 

aloyxpés adj.: disgraceful, shameful 

aloyxpas adv.: shamefully 

—aloxtvopar, aor. pass. joxbvOnv (al- 


oxvvn): am ashamed; with acc. am ° 


abashed before, respect 

Alecwros m.: Aesop, the writer of fa- 
bles, a Lydian contemporary of Croe- 
sus. 60c¢ 


al ae 


YOCABULARY 


alréw, aor. 7rnova: ask, claim, demand 

airia f.: responsibility, blame, charge 

airidopat, aor. inf. airiicacda: accuse, 
charge 

atrtov n.: cause 

airos adj.: responsible, to blame 

aitimtepos comp. adj.: rather the cause 

axon f. (dxovw): hearing, hearsay. é& 
axojs, what (1) have heard 

a-kokac la f.: wantonness, license 

a-KéAacros adj. (ko\dfw): wanton 

dxorovbéw, fut. dxodhovdjow: follow 

Gkovoos adj. (dkwv): unwilling, invol- 
untary 

dkotw, fut. dxovcoua, aor. qKovca, pf. 
axykoa (acoustics): hear, listen, am 
told. kaxds dxovw, hear ill, i.e. am 
reproached, as passive of xax@s \éyw 

G-Kparértatos sup. adj. (kpdros): most 
unrestrained 

akpipécrara sup. adv.: most exactly, 
most accurately 

&kpodopar, ful. dxpodcoua:: hear, lis- 
ten 

akpoaras, -od m.: hearer, listener. oi 

_ dxpoaral, the audience 


&-Kopos adj. : of no effect, null and void 


Gov, -ovros-adj. (éxv): unwilling, un- 
willingly 

ddalov, -dvos m.: braggart, boaster 

a&dyeivds adj.: painful, grievous 

édyéw: suffer pain, ache 

GAexTpvov, -dvos m.: cock. 118 a 

GAnbea f.: truth. 77 ddynGelg, in truth 

GAnPedw, fut. ddndedow : speak the truth 

&AnOas, -és adj.: true. 7d ddnOés, the 
truth 

&AnVaHs adv.: truly. ws ddnOds, in truth 

ddXlockopat, aor. éddwy, pf. ééddkwka: am 
taken, am caught, am convicted 

"AAKtBidbns, -ov m.: Alcibiades, son of 
Clinias, born about 450 s.c., —the 
most brilliant of the young men of 


VOCABULARY 


Athens in Socrates’s time ; but an 
unprincipled leader. Symp. 215; 
Xen. Mem. i. 2. 12 
GAAG conj.: but. After a condition, 
sometimes it may be translated at 
any rate, at least. dAN.7, except, 
20d, after a negative, seems to be 
due to a combination of ovdév adda 
and ovdév &dXo 7. | 
GAAHAwV, GAAHAots, GAAHAOvs recip. 
pron. (4\Xos): each other 
GAAo tt H: Originally, is anything else 
true than ; it became a mere sign of a 
question implying the answer ‘‘ yes,”’ 
like the Latin nonne,— doubtless ; 
You do, do you not? 
G@AAo-8 adv.: elsewhere 
adAotos adj.: of a different kind, differ- 
ent. Cf. ofos, rowiros. Having a com- 
parative idea, it may be followed by 7. 
&AXows repos comp. adj.: rather of a dif- 
ferent kind “i 
GAXos, -n, -ovindef. pron. (alius): other 
_(cf. repos) 
aAAooe adv.: elsewhither, elsewhere 
GAASTpLos adj.: of another, alien, for- 
eign to (my) nature 
GAAws adv.: otherwise; otherwise than 
well, foolishly, vainly. &\dws Te kal, 
(both otherwise and), especially 
G-Adytoros adj.: inconsiderate, unrea- 
soning 
&-Loylorws adv.: inconsiderately 
&-Aoyos adj.: unreasonable 
&-AoyaTaros sup. adj.: most unreason- 
able 
dpa adv.: atthesametime. rplBwv dua, 
as he rubbed (it) 
&-p.a0éo-repos comp. adj.: moreignorant, 
less learned 
G-pabys, -és adj. (uav@dvw): ignorant, 
unlearned 
é-pa0(a f.: ignorance, folly 


199 


 aGpdprnpa, -aros n.: mistake, error, 


fault 

d&pe(Bopar: change 

Gpelvwv, -ovos comp. adj.: better. Cf. 
ayadds. 

d-péAea f.: lack of care, neglect 

G-wedéw, Aor. HuédAnoa, pf. HuéAnka: neg- 
lect, am careless, do not practice 

G-pAXavov n. (unxavy}): immeasurable 
degree, infinity 

dpdvopar, fut. duivoduar: avenge (my-) 
self, defend (my)self 

&upl prep.: about, around. oi dud 
“Avurov, Anytus and his associates 

Gpdi-yvoéw (know): am in doubt 

dpor-evvdpu, pf. pass. hupleruar: clothe; 
pf. pass. am clad 

"Apolarodts, -ews f.: Amphipolis, an 
Athenian colony in Macedonia, on 
the Strymon. The Athenians under 
Cleon sought vainly to recover it 
from the Spartan Brasidas in 
422 B.c. 28e ’ 

dpdio-Byréw, aor. juperByTyCG : dis- 
pute 

apddtepos adj. (ambo, audi): both. 
kat duddrepa, in either case 

av: for édv, ef dv, if, with subjunctive 

av modal adv.: with potential optative ; 
in the conclusion of a condition con- 
trary to fact; and with a past tense 
of the indicative, marking repetition 
of the action, as 22b 

ava-Balvw, aor. avéBnv, pf. dvaBéBnxa: 
come up (upon the tribune) 

dva-BiBato aor. mid. dveBiBacdunr (Bal- 
vw): bring up, cause to come up 

dva-Bidokopat (Bios): bring to life 
again 

dva-Brérw, aor. dvéBe~a: look up 

ava-Bptxdopar, aor. dveBpixnodunv: 
howl, bawl, cry out 

dva-yiyvooke, aor. dvéyrwy: read 


200 


dvaykdto, dor. pass. hvayKdoOnv: com- 
pel, require, constrain 

dvaykatos adj.: necessary, inevitable 

avayxn f.: necessity, necessary, bind- 
ing law 

—dva-{yréw, pf. dvefnrnxa: search out 

dv-arpéw, aor. dvethov: (take up), de- 
clare (of an oracle); mid. take up (for 
burial) 

dv-atoxuvréw: have the shamelessness 

av-atox vvTla f.: shamelessness, effront- 
ery 

dv-aurxuvrétaros (alcxivn) sup. adj.:’ 
most shameless, most impudent 

dv-crxtvrws adv.: shamelessly 

ava-Ka8ifopar: sit up 

d&va-AapBdve, aor. dvé\aBov: take up 

av-GAloxw: expend 

dv-Grwos, -ews f.: spending 

Gva-pipvyoKe, dor. dvéuvnoa, Pass. dve- 
pvynoOny: recall, remind, mid. re- 
member | 

av-avipla f. (dvjp): unmanliness 

*Avatayépas, -ov m.: Anaxagoras, a 
philosopher born at Clazomenae, 
near Smyrna, about 500 s.c.; died 

- at Lampeacus about 428 s.c. Introd. 
§5 8. 

dved£vos aig tabi : t 

é&va-telOw : persuade * 

dvé-mnpos adj.: maimed, crippled, help- 
less 

dva-mriprAnpt, aor. dvérdnoa: 
implicate 

dva-cKoréw: consider anew 

ava-tpétrw, pf. pass. dvarérpaupac: OVer- 
turn, subvert, ruin 

dva-hépw, fut. dvolow: refer 


A; 


infect, 


dva-xwpéw, verbal dvaxwpnréov: draw 
back, withdraw, retreat 
avSparroSH5ns, -es (ef50s) adj.: slavish 


avbpatroswdas adv.: 
ishly 


like a slave, slay- 


"Avrivep,-opos m.: 


VOCABULARY 


d&vdpela f. (4vjp): manliness, bravery 

a&vSpetos adj.: manly 

dv-éheyxtos adj. (édéyxw): unrefuted, 
irrefutable 

dv-ehevBepos adj.: 
of a free man 

av-éXmirros adj. (édris): unlooked-for, 
unexpected 

&vewos m.: wind 

av-ef-éracros adj.: without examina- 
tion, without inquiry 

dv-epevvaw : search out, seek 

d.v-épopar : question, ask, inquire 

d&v-epwTradw: question, ask again 

avev improper prep.: without 

dv-evhypéw, aor. dvnupjunoa: break the 
silence, cry aloud 

av-éxw, aor. advésxov: hold up, mid. 
suffer, endure, with gen. and suppl. 
participle. dws dvécxev, the sun. 
rose 

advip, gen. avipés, m.: man (Latin vir) 

avip: by crasis for 6 dvip 

avOpameos adj.: belonging tomen. 8ca 
TravOpwrea, humanly speaking 

a&vOpamivos adj.: human, of a man, at- 
tainable by man : 

avOpwros m. or f.: man (Latin homo) 

G&vidopat, Fut. = sea grieve, have 
grief 4° 

a&viapds adv. : siaecably > 

av-(np.: give up, relax (one’s efforts) 

av-lorapar: rise, stand up 

d-véynTos adj.: thoughtless, witless 

av-olyvip., imps. dvewysunv, aor. pass. 
dvewxOnv: open 

a&v-dovos adj.: unholy 

dvr-a8iKéo, aor. dvrndiknoa: do an un- 
just act in return, retaliate 

dvr-améAADpe: destroy in return 

dvr-etrrov aor.: replied, answered — 

Antenor, the wis- 

est counselor of the Trojans. 221¢ 


illiberal, unworthy 


an 9 


VOCABULARY 


avr prep. with gen.: 
place of 

dvri-Bodnors, -ews f.: entreaty 

dvri-ypagy f.: written se oa Si indict- 
ment 

avri-Spaw: do in return, retaliate 

dvri-Kakoupyéw, Wor. dvrexaxovpynoa : do 
harm in return 

dvtt-Aéyw: reply, speak back, say in 
return, gainsay 

"Avriox (s, -iS0s f.: Antiochis, the Athe- 
nian ‘‘tribe’’ of which Socrates was 
amember. 32b } 

dvr.-rapa-BadAw: place over against, 
compare 

dvri-rapa-rlOnpt, aor. partic. dvrurapa- 
Geis: place alongside, compare with 

avri-rovgw : do in return 

*Avricbévns, -ovs m.: Antisthenes, 
founder of the school of Cynics. 
59 b 

dvtl-rexvos m. (réxvn): Competitor, ri- 
val 

Gvri-ripdopar, fut. dvririujooua.: pro- 
pose as penalty on (my) part, — 
with gen. 

avri-romre: strike back, beat in ree 

"Avtipdav, -Gvros m.: Antiphon, a soph- 
ist. 833e; Xen. Mem.i.6. (Not to be 
confounded with the orator of the 
same name.) 

dvr-wopoola f. (duvum): charge under 
oath, affidavit 

dv-v1r6-SyTos adj. (déw): anahod, with- 
out shoes, barefoot 

“Avurtos, -ov m.: Anytus, one of the 
accusers of Socralae: 18b. Introd. 
~ § 36 

aga f. (sc. tiun): worth, deserts. xara 

' Thy agiav, according to (my) deserts 

Gos adj.: worthy of, deserving of, 
deserved, fitting, worth while. 4é- 
ov déyov, worth mentioning. dgoy 


instead of, in 


201 


dxodoa:, worth hearing. dévds edu, I 
deserve : 

G£i6-x pews, -wv, nom. pl. d&idxpew, Adj.: 
responsible, worthy of credit, trust- 
worthy 

dév6w, dor. nélwoa (&éos): think fair, con- 
sider reasonable, count worthy of, 
suppose true, claim, ask asreasonable 

déiwpa, -aros n.: dignity, distinction 

dtiws adv.: worthily, in a manner 
worthy 

dmr-ayyéAAw, aor. dr7nyyeda: report 

&m-ayopetw : forbid, warn off 

am-ayo: lead off (to prison, by sum- 
mary process), take away, conduct. 
— draywyh was allowed only when a 
man was taken in the act of crime. 

a-alpw, fut. drap@: remove from, de- 
part from 

ar-adrayy f.: relief, way of escape 

ar-adAdrre, fut. pass. dradddéouat, pf. 
dmi\r\ayuat, aor. dmrnddaynv: free 
from, release from; mid. take my 
leave, depart 

dr-av-arrxuvTéw, Wor. dravyoxuvTyoa : 
have the shamelessness for 

arr-avTaw (dvra): meet 

a&mragé adv.: once 

ands, Grace, &rav adj. (ras): all 

&ratdw, dor. pass. nrarHOnv (ararn): 
deceive, trick 


ar-av0adifowar: am self-willed 


G-revbéw, aor. jrelOyoa: am disobe- 
dient, do not obey 
dr-exdlw, aor. dryxaca: liken, com- 


pare 

dtretkéw : threaten 

Gr-eut: gO away, will go away, depart 

G-tmevpos adj. (répas): boundless, un- 
limited Fe 

&-weipos adj. (metpa): inexperienced, 

- unacquainted with, ignorant. 
pos ypauudrwr, unlettered 


dtrei- 


202 


a-eXatvw: drive off, drive away 

Gmr-epyatopar (€pyov): work, effect, ac 
complish ; 

Gar-épxopar, aor. drjOov: go away, 
depart 


—dn-exPdvopat: am hated, make myself 


hated 
am-éx Gera f.: enmity, hatred 


—tir-€x Bonar (2x Gos): am hated 


dmr-éxopat: abstain from 

Gar-nrAAdxGar: pf. pass. inf. of dmad- 
AaTTW 

d-murréw, aor. iricrnca: disobey, do 
not believe 

&-mirros adj.: incredible, not to be be- 
lieved | 

d-tAots adj.: simple, invariable, abso- 
lute 

amé prep. with gen. (ab): from 

dro-Balve, fut. droBjcoua:: come off, 
become, result, prove 

aro-BadAw, aor. dréBadov: cast away, 
lose 

Gtro-BXérrw, aor. aréBreya: look off, 
glance off, regard 

d1ro-Saxpvw : weep, grieve for 

dtro-Selkvtpr and aro-Sexviw, aor. daé- 
deéa: demonstrate, prove, show, 
make 

&1ro-Sypéw, aor. dredjunoa, pf. droded7- 
wnka: am absent, am abroad; de- 
part, journey 

Gro-Sypla f.: departure, absence (from 
Athens) 

d1ro-SiSpdokw: run away, flee 

&1r0-5lSmp., aor. imv. dwddore: pay, ren- 
der 

dro-Ovycrkw, ful. drofavoduar, aor. dré- 
Gavov: die, am put to death 

atr-ouxla.f.: colony, settlement 

Gro-Kapve, aor. dméxayov: am weary, 
hesitate 

dro-Khaiw (kA\dw): bewail 


VOCABULARY 


a1ro-Kptvopat, Wor. drexpivdunv : answer, 
reply 

Gro-KkptTTw, aor. mid. dmexpupdunyv 
(apocrypha): conceal, hide, put in 
the shade 

Gro-ktelvw and G&tro-krelvips, fut. dao- 
KTev®, aor. adwéxreva, pf. awéxrova: 
slay, kill, put to death 

dro-LapBavew, aor. drédaBov, aor. pass. 
drednponv: take off, cut off, shut 
off, carry away 

Gtro-Aatw, pf. drodé\avxa: enjoy, re- 
ceive good from 

Gtro-Aeltrw, ful. drodelw, aor. drédurov: 
leave at one side, abandon, forsake 

*AmroANS6-Swpos m.: Apolloddrus, of 
Phalerum, an enthusiastic follower 
of Socrates. 34a, 59a,117d 

Gr-6AATp, fut. mid. dmododua, aor. 
admwrera, mid. drwrdunr, pf. drdrwra: 
destroy, lose; mid. go out of exist- 
ence; aor. mid. perished; pf. have 
perished, am ruined 

"ArédXov, -wvos m.: Apollo. 60d 


—Gro-hoyéopar, fut. drodoyjooua, aor. 


dmrehoynodunv, verbal dmodoynréov): 
make (my) defense, defend (my)self, 
reply | 

a&rodoyla (Aéyw): defense, reply. (Never 
used in the sense of the English apol- 
ogy, which acknowledges an act, and 
regretsit. dirodoyla denies the charge.) 

&ro-Avw: release; mid. loose from 
(my)self, free (my)self from 

G&ro-repdopar: test, try, make experi- 
ment 

dro-réurw, dor. dréreupva: send away, 
dismiss 

aro-1ndaw, aor. drerjdnoa: leap away, 
hurry off 

é-ropéw: am at a loss, do not know 
doubt 

G-ropla f.: lack, want 


4‘ 


VOCABULARY 


dré-ppyntos adj. (elpnxa): not to be 
spoken, secret, — perhaps referring 
to esoteric Orphic doctrines 

d-ropétatos sup. adj.: most difficult 
to meet (or to manage), most per- 
plexing 

dtro-orrévdw, aor. dméoreoa: pour a li- 
bation (c70vd7) 

atro-rivw, aor. dmréreica: Pay 

Gtro-rpérw, dor. drérpeva: turn away 
from, dissuade from 

dtro-haive, ful. dropav®: show, make 
clear 

a&rro-hevyo, fut. dmopevéouat, aor. drépu- 
yov, pf. dwomépevya: escape, am ac- 
quitted, — with direct object 

d&rro-ydlfopar, aor. drepngicduny (W7j- 
gos): vote free, acquit, vote for (my) 
acquittal 

Gro, fut. dyoua, pf. pass. jupac: 
fasten ; mid. feel of, touch, lay hold of 

apa inferential conj.: so, then, accord- 
ingly, as it seems, perchance 

apa: introduces a question.: Cf. h. 

a&pyvpiov n.: silver, money 

a&péoxw: please, gratify 

aperf f.: virtue, excellence, first duty 

&prOpéw, aor. AplOunoa: count 

d&prbuds m.: number 

dpirteiov n. (dpirros): prize of bravery 

*Aplotimmos m.: Aristippus, founder of 
the Cyrenaic school of philosophy, 
born about 435 B.c. 59¢ 

Gapioros sup. adj.: best. 
BéXrue Tos, 

"Apirrodavns, -ovs m.: Aristophanes, 
the chief comic poet of Greece; born 
about 444 B.c., and died about 
385 B.c. Socrates and his teaching 
were ridiculed in the Clouds of Aris- 
tophanes, presented in 423 B.c. 

Aplorav,-wvos m.: Aristo, Plato’s fa- 
ther. 34a 


Cf. d-yabbs, 


"“AckAntmids m.: 


203 


a&pxet impers.: it is sufficient 

apkotvtws adv.: contentedly 

apvakis, -(S0s f. (dpves): lamb-skin 

apovpa, Homeric gen. adpotpns: plowed 
land, land, earth 

apri adv.: just now, just 

apx7q f.: beginning, principle, premise. 
Thy apxnv, at all. é& dpxfs, from the 
beginning 

&pxq f.: office, government, rule, au 
thority 

a&pxikds adj.: skilled in ruling 

Gpxopar, aor. npidunv: begin. dpxéd 
pevos, at the beginning; cf. redev. 
TOV 

apxo, aor. Fpéa: lead, command, rule, 
hold office. 6 d&pxywv, the commander; 
oi dpxovres, the rulers, magistrates 

é-céBera f.: impiety 

&-oeBys, -és adj.: impious 

a-oGevéotratos sup. adj.: weakest 

d-cbevéw (cOévos): am weak, am ill 

d-citéw (ciros): am without food, fas. 

Asclepius (Aescula- 
pius), the god of healing. 118 a 

déomdtopat: salute, have affection, es 
teem 

é-oraxri adv.: not in drops, in streams 

adoretos adj. (dorv): civil, courteous, 
polite 

é&otds m. (dorv): man of the city, towns. 
man, citizen 

d-opdrea f. (cpddrw): safety, security 

d-rdadéorepos comp. adj.: safer 

G-cadrds adv.: safely 

&-oxX hpov, -ovos adj.: unseemly 

d-cxorla f. (cxod7): lack of leisure, 
occupation. doxoAlav ae am busy, 
am occupied 

d-ratia f. (rdéis): disorder, misrule 

are adjunct of a causal participle : since. 
dre diddéripo Svres, Since they are am- 
bitious 


204 

arexvas adv.: absolutely, completely, 
downright. dreyva@s Eévws Exw, am 
an entire stranger. (To be clearly 
distinguished from dréxvws, ‘* un- 
scientifically.’’) 

G-ripate (riuy): slight, treat without 
honor, dishonor, have lack of respect 

G-Tipdw, aor. Atiuwoa: deprive of civil 
rights 

d-romia f.: strangeness, absurdity 

G-Totros adj. (ré7os): (out of place), ec- 
centric, extraordinary, singular 


arra: = Tivd, n. pl. of ris, some one 

aérra: = driva, n. pl. of doris 

avd adv.: again, in turn,.on the other 
hand 

av0adsécrepov comp. adv.: more self- 
willed 


av0adifonar (airds, para | am self- 
willed. avéadigduevos, out of self-will 

avOis adv.: again, later, hereafter. eds 
avis, at a later time 

avAéw: play on the flute 

avAnpa, -aros n.: flute-playing 

avAnras, -od m.: flute-player 

avAyntikds adj.: belonging to flute- 


players 

avtAnTpls, -(S0s f.: female flute-player, 
flute-girl 

avAés m.: flute 

avpiov adv.: to-morrow. eis avpiov, on 


the morrow; cf. els ads 
avt-apkéotata sup. adv. (ards, dpxet): 
most independently, most content- 


edly 
atrixa adv.: straightway, forthwith, at 
once 
atrdé6. adv.: there 


avtois: for éavrois, reflexive pron., them- 
selves 

atré-paros adj. (automaton): of (his) 
own motion, (his) own impulse, by 
chance 


VOCABULARY 


avrés, -4, -6: self, himself. In the 
oblique cases, when standing by itself, 


as a personal pronoun, him, her. 6 
avrés, ravTév, the same 


~adro-cxedrdlo (cxedia): form (my) own 


idea, judge off-hand, judge baie 

avrod adv.: here 

avré-dbwpos adj. (Latin fur): (as a very 
thief), caught in the act. én’ avro- 
pwpy, in the very act, manifestly 

ad-alperis, -ews f.: taking away, con- 
fiscation 

a-pavis, -és adj. (palyw): unseen 

&-h0ovia f. (pAdvos): plenty, abundance 

ad-inpr, fut. dpjow, aor. partic. apels: let 
go, dismiss, abandon, throw away 

a&d-txvéopar, fut. adlioua, aor. adixd- 
nv, pf. apiyuac: come, arrive © 

ap-lorapar: stand aloof, stand off, 
keep away 

&dp-oordopar, dor. dpwowodunv (8or0s): 
clear (my)self of a seruple 

&-dpwv, -ov adj.: senseless, foolish 


. &xO8pqu (4x Gos): am burdened, grieve; 


am angry, am offended 
&x Gos, -eos n.: burden 
"Axdreds, -Ews m.: Achilles. 
cf. 28¢ 
4-x (rwv, -ov adj. (cotton): without tunic 


221c¢; 


Badife (Balvw): walk, go 

Babds, -cta,-0 adj.: deep. é8pApos gail, 
early dawn 

BapBapikds adj. (barbaric): outside of 
Greece 

Bdpos, -eos n.: heaviness 

am heavy, am a burden 

heavy, 


Baptvopar : 
Bapis, -cta, -b adj. (gravis): 
grievous 
Baptraros sup. adj.: 
most weighty 
Baptrepos comp. adj.: 
burdensome 


most grievous, 


too heavy, too 


VOCABULARY 


Bactdeds, -éws m.: ie thi 
BeBardw, fut. BeBausow: confirm, estab- 
lish 


BéX\rioros sup. adj.: best 

BeArtwv, -ovos (comp. of ayabbs,— cf. Bov- 
ouwar): better 

Bia adv.: by force, in spite of 

BrdLopar (Sia): use force (to), constrain, 
overpower i 

Bratoraros sup. adj.: most violent 

BiBAtov n. (Bible): book 

Blos m.: life 

Bide, fut. Budcomat, pf. BeBlwxa: live 

Biwrds verbal adj. (Bios): to be lived, 
(life) worth living 

PraBepss adj.: harmful, injurious 

PrAdrre, ful. Brayw, aor. €Braya, aor. 
pass. é8\48nv: injure, harm, hurt 

BrAérrw, aor. ZBreYa: look, see 

Bode, fut. Bojnrouar: cry aloud, shout, 
raise a shout 

BonSém: aid, come to the defense of, 
defend, — with dat. 

BopBéw: ring, hum, buzz 

BovAevpa, -arosn.: consideration, argu- 
ment, decision 

BovAeuris, -oF m. (Sovd7j): member of 
the senate, senator 

BovAeutikds adj.: senatorial 

BovAetw, aor. éBovrevoa, pf. mid. Be- 
Bov\evwac: am senator, act as sena- 
tor; aor. was chosen to the senate; 
mid. deliberate, plan; aor. mid. de- 
cide ee ee: 

BovdAf, f.: deliberation, consideration, 
argument 

BotvAopat: wish, desire, choose. 
Aéuevos, Whoever desires 

Bpadis, -eta, -b adj.: slow 

Bpadirepos comp. adj.: slower 

Bpaicidas, -ov m.: Brasidas, the chief 
Spartan general in the first part of 
the Peloponnesian War; he fell in 


6 Bov- 


205 


the defense of Amphipolis, in 422 B.c. 
221¢ 

Bpaxts, -eta, -b adj. (brevis): brief. 
év Bpaxe?, in short 

BpevOvopar: have proud mien, hold 
(my) head high 

Bupoo-Séns, -ov m.: tanner 

Bopds m. (Balvw): altar 


te: aor. @ynua: marry 

yapos m.: marriage 

yap eae part. (yé, dpa): for. Not ab 
ways to be translated at the beginning 
of a narrative. It may indicate sur- 
prise, and be equivalent to why ! 

yaorhp, gen. yaorpés f. (gastric): belly, 
appetite 

yadda, aor. éyé\aca: laugh 

yéAouos, adj. (yédws): laughable, ridicu- 
lous 


yeAoudtepos comp. adj.: more laughable, 
too ridiculous 
yeAolws adv.: laughably 


yépo: am filled, teem 

yevvatos adj. (yévos): noble, well-bred, 
splendid 

yevvardtaros sup. adj.: noblest 

yevvalws adv.: nobly, generously, 
bravely 

yevvdw, aor. éyévynea: beget, give birth, 
bear, give life 

yevyynris, -o8 m.: parent, father 

yévos, -eos n. (genus): .race, stock, 
blood 

yépwv, -ovros m.: old man; as adj. old 

yewpyia f. (v4, Zeyov, George): farm- 
ing 

yewpytkds adj. as n. (Georgic): skilled 
in farming, farmer 

yi f.: earth 

Yiipas, gen. yihpws, n.: old age 

—ylyvopar, aor. éyevdunr, Gy. yéyova (yé- 

vos): am born, become, come, am 


206 


established, am formed, am made, 
take place, turn out; pf. am, have 
arisen 
—yryvacke, ful. yrwoouat, aor. @yvwr, pf. 

éyywxa (know): know, judge; fut., 
aor., and pf. come to know, learn, 
find out 

yAlxopat: stick, cling, long for 

yAtoo, pf. pass. yéyAuypmar: carve 

yuynolws adv. (yévos): genuinely, nobly, 
honestly 

yvoun f.: judgment 

Topylas, -ov m.: Gorgias, a noted rheto- 
rician from Leontini in Sicily; born 
about 4908.c. and died about 380 B.c. 
The founder of the school of epideic- 
tic oratory. 19¢e. Introd. § 12. 

yodv (yé-ofv): now, at least, at any 
rate 

ypappa, -aros 2. (dead 
letters, literature 

ypaot,: writing, formal charge, indict- 
ment 

yeadw, aor. mid. éypaydunr, pf. mid. 
vyéypayuac: write; mid. present in 
writing, present, indict 

yupvafopar, verbal yuuvacréoy (yupurds): 
engage in gymnastic exercises, prac- 
tice 

yupvao.ov n.: gymnasium 

yupvacri«y f.: gymnastics, bodily ex- 
ercises, in body 

yuvh, gen. yuvakés f. (queen): Woman 


letter; pl. 


Sawovdw : am insane, mad 

Satpdviov as n.: divine influence, divin- 
ity 

Satpdvios adj. (Saluwy): belonging to the 
gods, under the influence of the 
divinity, divine, superhuman, most 
excellent. dauédme, my dear sir 

Salpwv, -ovos m. (demon): divine being, 
divinity, god. Already this seems to 


VOCABULARY 


be generally used of a lower order of 
divinities 

Sdxpv, -vos n. (lacrima): tear 

Saxpvw, aor. éidxptoa: weep 

SéS1a pf. as pres.: fear 

Set: impersonal of déw, need, lack 

Se(Sw, aor. deca (Séos): fear 

Se(kvdpr: show, make clear 

SeaAla f. (déos): cowardice 

Se.vds adj. (déos): terrible, to be loaned 
dreadful, shameful, clever. decvds dé- 
ye, a clever speaker, a skilled ora- 
tor. ovdév devdv, no fear 

Servéraros sup. adj.: most dreadful 

Se.vdtepos comp. adj.: more to be feared 

Sevmvéw, aor. édelrvnoa: dine, sup 

Setrrvov n.: dinner 

Ska numeral (decem): ten 

Aedoot m. pl.: Delphi, the seat of the 
Pythian oracle. 20e 


Séopar, fut. dejoouas, aor. édeHOnv (de): 


want, need, desire, ask, beg, implore 

Serpds m. (déw, bind): fetter, bonds, 
imprisonment 

Seopwrhpiov n.: prison 

Seomdtys, -ov m. (despot): master, lord 

Setpo adv.: hither; used in familiar 
tone as an imv. come here! 

Séxopar, aor. édefdunv: receive, accept, 
take, choose 

Séw (de7): need, lack. zoddod déw, I am 
far from. -roAdod det, far from it. 
un Setv, he ought not - 

Séw, pf. pass. dédeuac: bind, put in 
prison ; pf. pass. am in prison 

87 part.: so, now, apparently, mani- 
festly, really 

Ajdtov n.: Delium, sanctuary of De- | 
lian Apollo, on the Attic coast, near 
the Boeotian frontier. Scene of a 
battle in 424 B.c., in which the Athe- 
nians were defeated by the Boeotians. 
28e 


VOCABULARY 


Ajfados f.: Delos, birthplace of Apollo. 
43c, 58b 

SHAos adj.: clear, open, manifest. 657- 
hov bri, evidently 

SynAdw, ful. ntwow: show, make clear 

Snp-nyopla f.: addressing the people, 
public speech 

Snproupyds m. (SHuos, epyov): worker 
for the people, craftsman 

Anps6-S0Kxos m.: Demodocus. 33 e 

Sypo-kparéopar: am ruled by the peo- 
ple, am under a democracy 

Snpo-kparla f. (kpdros): democracy 

Sijpos m.: people, Assembly 

Sypooiga adv.: in public, by public 
process 

Synpootevw: work as a public servant, 
am in public life 

Sypdotos adj. (Sjuos): of the people. 
7a Snudo.a, the work of the state 

Synporys, -ov m.: fellow-demesman, of 
the same deme 

Sypodys, -es adj. (Sjuos): popular, in 
the ordinary sense 

Sq-3ov: doubtless, methinks, I am 
sure, of course 

Sfra part.: certainly, of course. ri 
djTa expresses surprise, what is this ? 

Sua prep.: with gen. through, across ; 
by means of, using. 6a rod Biouv, 
through (my) life. 6.4 raxéwv, quick- 
ly. With acc. because of, on account 
of, thanks to 

—Bia-BadrdrAw, pf. pass. diaBéSrynuar: ac- 

cuse (informally), create prejudice. 
Cf, 5:dBodos. 

Sia-Bidw, pf. SdiaBeBlwxa : 
life, live (my) whole life 

SiaBorH f. (duaBddrrw): hurt, prejudice, 
slander. 7% diafodry 7 éun, the preju- 
dice against me 

Sia-ylyvopar, aor. dieyevdunr : 
through, live through 


pass (my) 


come 


(207 


Si-dyw, ful. didiw: spend (my) time, 
lead (my life) 

Sia-OptrAéw, plpf. pass. derebptdyro: 
noise abroad, report commonly 

Stara f. (diet): manner of life 

Stairdopar, impf. duyraro: sojourn, live 

Siairnpa, -atos n.: food 

Sid-ketpar: am disposed, am affected. 
(Perfect passive of dcarlOnu.) 

S.a-KkeAedonar :- Shout encouragement 

S.a-kivSdvevw: meet the danger, am in 
danger 

Sta-kptvw: discern, determine 

Sta-kwA¥w: prevent, hinder 

Sia-Aéyopar, pf. dueiheyuar, aor. duedé- 
xOnv: converse, talk 

Sia-Aelw, aor. diékurov: leave a gap. 
diadurwy xpdvoyv, after an interval of 
time 

St-adAdrre, aor. di7AdAa~a: reconcile 

[8td-Aoyos m.: dialogue] 

810-p000-doyéw, aor. StendOodynoa : talk 
familiarly, chat, converse 

Sta-vodopar, aor. devonOnv (voids): rea- 
son, think, consider, plan 

Sidvoia f.: thought, plan, intent 

Sia-retpdopat: test, make trial, prove 

S.a-ropevonar: goon (my) way, march 
along 

S.a-cKoméw: consider carefully, exam- 
ine 

Sta-radrrw: arrange in order, guide 

Sia-reAéw, pf. duarerédexa (Tédos): con- 
tinue (to the end) 

S.a-rlOnpr, ful. Siadjow, aor. pass. der é- 
Onv: dispose. Cf. didkemac. 

SiarpiBy f.: pastime, pursuit 

S.a-TptBw, aor. dérpuva : pass (my) time, 
spend, converse 

S.a-depdvtws adv.: differing from, more 
than, particularly, specially 

S.a-dépw: differ from, surpass, excel, 
am superior 


208 


Sta-hetyw, ful. diadevtoua, pf. diamé- 
gevya: flee, escape, am acquitted 
_Sra-pbelpw, fut. Siapbep&, aor. diépOerpa, 
pf. SépOapxa, pass. diépOapyar, fut. 
SiapOapjoouac: corrupt, destroy, 
ruin; change 

Sia-pbopeds, -éws m.: 
stroyer 

SibdcKados m.: teacher, master 

Si8doKe, ful. KddEw, aor. édl5aka : teach, 
instruct 

SiSopt, ful. ddow, aor. pl. E5ocav, pf. 
pass. dé50ua: (do): offer, give, pre- 
sent 

St-ctSov, inf. dudezv, aor.: saw through 

Sl-epe: go through 

Su-E-eupt, aor. dueEFAOov: go through in 
detail, set forth, narrate, recount 

Si-epxopar, pf. duehprAvda: go through, 
set forth in detail, discuss 

Si-epwrdw: question in detail 

Si-nyéopar, fut. Sinyjooua, aor. dinyn- 
odunv: narrate, tell (the) story 

Si-npepedw (7u¢pa): pass the day 

Si0dpapBos m.: dithyramb, a kind of 
choral lyric poem 

Si-trxtplfopar, aor. Sucxdpicdunv (loxv- 
pos): insist, affirm confidently 

Sikdto, ful. dicdow, aor. édixaca, aor. 
pass. édixdoOnv: judge, decide 

Sikatos, -a, -ov (dixy): just, right, right- 
eous, fair, reasonable. Slxaids elu, it 
is just that I, I ought (cf. the Hiber- 
nian idiom, ‘‘ You had a right to do 
it’’). 7d dfkaov, justice 

-Stkartortvy f.: justice 

Sikatétaros sup. adj.: most just 

Sikardrepos comp. adj.: more just 

Sikalws adv.: justly, with good reason 

SukGvikds adj.: (pertaining to the 
courts), such as one hears in courts, 
wearisome 

Stkacrhpiov n.: court of justice 


corrupter, de- 


VOCABULARY 


Sikacrys, -08 m. (dixdtw): judge 

dixy f.: suit at law, case, charge, judg- 
ment, justice 

8.6 conj. (57 8): wherefore 

St-olyw, aor. pass. partic. Six Oévres : 
open 

§t-o1kéw (ofkos): administer, manage 

St-6AATpu, aor. duddeoa: ruin, utterly 
destroy ar: 

St-dpvipr, aor. Suwuoocduny: assert under 
oath, swear to 

Su-6-mep conj.: just because 

Sis adv.: twice 

Surrés adj. (60): twofold, of two kinds, 
of two classes 

Sipbépa f. (diphtheria): hide, animal’s 
skin, leather cloak (such as peasants 
wore) 

8.x4-5¢ adv.: in two parts, asunder 

Siakw: pursue, follow 

Soxéw, fut. 56Ew, aor. Zd0éa, pf. pass. 5é- 
doyuae (dda, dogma): think, think 
good; seem, seem true, am thought, 
am reputed. @d0¢¢ wo, I came to 
think. dedoyuévoy, agreed, generally 
believed es: 

Soxipdtw, aor. pass. édoxiyudoOnv: prove, 
examine; receive to citizenship 

Sofa f. (doxology, orthodox): reputa- 
tion, glory, honor, opinion. apa 
dégav (paradox), contrary to (my) 
real opinion 

Sofa{w : opine, hold (an opinion) 

Sopa f. (Selpw, flay): skin, hide 

Sdous, -ews f. (dose): gift 

SovAedw: am a slave, serve 

SotAo0s m.: slave 

Spapa, -aros n.: drama, theatrical play, 
spectacle — 


- Spameredo: run away from (as a slave 


might) 
Spaxpq f.: drachma. An Athenian sil- 
ver coin, worth about seventeen cents 


VOCABULARY 


Spade (dramz’: do 

Spis, gen. Spuds, f.: oak 

Sivapar: atm able, can 

Sivapts, -ews f.: power, might, strength 

Suvardés adj.: strong, powerful, effec- 
tual, effective 

Sto, gen. dvotv, numeral (duo): two 

Sve-paléorepos comp. adj. (uavOdvw): 
slower to learn 

Siopar pl. f.: settings, setting 

Sue-rux (a f. (rvx7): misfortune 

Suc-xeprs, -és adj.: disagreeable, trou- 

_ blesome, hindrance 

Sw, pf. dédixa: sink, set (of the sun) 


€a imv. of édw as interjection: ah!, let 
it pass 

éGdwv aor. of ddloxouat: was captured, 
was overtaken 

tdv = el dv: if, with subjunctive 

édv re. . . dv Te: whether... or 

éavtod, éavtd, éautov reflex. pron.: him- 
self 

éauvtav, éavtois reflex. pron. : themselves 

éaw, fut. édow, aor. elaca: permit, allow, 
disregard, dismiss. ovx édw, forbid 

éBSopurKovra (ér7d): seventy 

éyyvdopar, aor. 7yyvacdunv: am surety, 
offer bonds 

éyytn f.: surety, bail 

éyyunris, -o} m.: surety, bondsman 

éyyts adv.: near, with genitive 

éyytrara or éyyutdrw sup. adv.: near- 
est, next 

éyyvtépw comp. adv.: nearer 

éyelpw, aor. nyepa: rouse, wake 

éy-kadéw: blame, censure, find fault, 
complain, accuse 

éy-kadinrw, aor. mid. évexakupadunr, pf. 
éyxexdd\uupar: cover up, conceal; 
mid. cover my face 


209 


éy-Kparéoratos sup. adj.: with greatest 
self-control in 

éy-xwpet impers.: it is possible, sc. to 
delay ; there is still time 

éyopar: by crasis for éya oluat 

Serréov: verbal adj. of écbiw, eat 

€éXw, aor. 70é\noa: Wish, desire, am 
willing, consent; am ready 

Cito, pf. pass. Oona (€00s): accus- 
tom, use 

el: if. ef dé wu, if not, otherwise. ef rép 
ye, at least if. ef re... et te cond. 
part., whether... or. ef ydp may 
introduce a wish 

elSos, -eos n.: form, shape, appearance 

elev interj.: very well 

elxa{w, aor. jxaca: liken, compare 

elxq adv.: at random, in chance order 

elxds, -dTos n.: probable, reasonable. 
ws 7d eixds, in all probability 

elxdtws adv.: with good reason, natu- 
rally . 

elxav, -dvos f. (icon): image, illustra- 
tion, comparison, semblance 

cipappévyn f. pf. partic. (Motpa): fated, 
Fate 


—elul, impf. 4, inf. etvar, fut. rou: am, 


exist. 7@ dyrt, in truth. éer: raira, 
this is true. ov« éorw Srws ov, it is 
not possible that not, surely 

elu, imv. 1, inf. iévar, partic. idv: go, 
come, will go. is used as an inter- 
jection, Come! 

elrrov aor.: said, spoke 


—eipyxa pf. of oyu: have said, have 


spoken 
elpynpéva pf. partic. of dnul: said 
elpwvevopar (irony): jest, dissemble 
els: into, as regards. e/s duds, into your 
court, before you 
els, pla, €v-numeral: one 


éy-kAnpa,-aros n.: charge, accusation, _«lo-dyw: lead in, introduce, bring in 


complaint 


(to court), bring to trial 


210 


elo-eyst: Come in, enter 

elo-yyéopar: introduce, propose 

eio-7]\8ov: came in, was brought into 
court. (Used as passive of elcdyw.) 

elc-od0s f.: entrance, bringing in 

eloryKe plpf. of icrnu: stood 

elo-hépw: bring in, introduce | 

etra adv.: then, and then 

—elw8a pf., plpf. eieOn (€ ,: am wont, 

accustomed. elw@ws, accustomed 

éx, €, prep.: out of, from, as a result 
of. éx maléwyv, from childhood, while 
children ; é« véov, from youth up. é« 
rovrwyv, from this, in the light of this 

éxaoros adj.: each, every one 

éxdorote adv.: at each time, on each 
occasion 

éxdrepos adj.: each of two 

éx-BaAAw, aor. é£é8adov: cast out, re- 
ject, throw overboard 

&k-yovos m.: offspring, child 

éxet adv.: there, yonder 

éxetOev adv.: thence, from there 

éxetvos, -y, -o pron.: that, yon 

éxelvws adv.: in that way 

éxeice adv.: thither, there 

éx-Kadtmrw, aor. éexdduya: uncover; 
mid. uncover (my) face 

éx-kAémtw, aor. ¢ééxdeva: 
steal out 

éxxAnoia f.: ecclesia, popular Assem- 
bly (of Athens) 

éxkAnoacris, -od m.: ecclesiast, mem- 
ber of the Assembly 


steal away, 


&k-Aéyw, aor. mid. é&eheEduny: select, 
pick out 

éx-tradevw, aor. sepa educate, 
train up 


éx-artvw, aor. é&émriov: drink off, quaff 

éx-tAATTe, aor. éérAnta, pf. pass. éxré- 
whyyuar: amaze, dismay; distract by 
fear; pass. am beside (my)self, am 
dazed ; 


7 


| 


Par 


VOCABULARY 


éx-tro\ topkéw, GOP. Pass. eb) TOM OPKAONP 
take by siege 

éx-tlvw, ful. éxrelow, aor. eberainieh pay 
(the fine) in full 

éxrés adv.: outside, out 

éx-Tpépw, aor. cEéOpeva, pass. ékerpadyv: 
bring up, rear 

éx-tptBw, aor. é&érpuva: rub 

"Extwp, -opos m.: Hector, the mightiest 
defender of Troy. 28c¢ 

éx-hépw, aor. mid. éénveyxdunv: 
out, carry forth 

éx-evyw, aor. c&épvyor: 

&x-xéo, pf. pass. éxxéxupac: 
cast out 

dv, -dvros adj.: willing, willingly, 
intentionally. With this, eivac is 
used loosely, so that éxav etvac does 
not differ materially from éxav. GMT. 
780 

éXLartwv, -ov comp. adj.: 
consequence 

éLdxuoros sup. adj.: least 

éXeyXos m.: proof, test, account 

éhéyxo, fut. édéyéw, aor. nreyéa: test, 
examine, prove, refute 

éheéw, aor. pass. éde4Onv (Kyrie elei- 
son): pity, have mercy 

éXervds adj.: pitiful, of pity 

€Xeos m.: pity 

éXevdepia f.: liberty, freedom 

éhevbeprdorepov comp. adv.: more freely 

éedepos adj.: free 

“EdAnvis, -lS0s f. adj.: 
lenic 

édm(f{w: hope 

éXmis, -(80s f.: hope 

épavrod, guauT®, éuaurdv reflexive pron. : 
myself 


carry 


escape, flee 
pour out, 


less, of less 


of Greece, Hel- 


—&u-Bpaxy adv. (brief): in short 


éppeX@s.adv.: (in tune), suitably, rea- 
sonably. -Nearly synonymous with 
690s. Its opposite is rAnumedds. 






















ép-pévo, fut. é ue 
main in, abide by 
épu.6s, -1), -dv POSsess. Pi 
mine, of me. 7 éu7 
udice against me 
ép-miparAdnpe, pf. éumemdjKa 
éu-mvéw: breathe, have breatll 
ép-1rodav adv. (ovs): in the way 
drance 
éu-rrovéw: work in, do in, cause 
tu-rpocbev adv.: before, former. 
rots €umpooev, in the former part of 
my speech 


ép-dpwv, -ov adj. (¢pyjv): possessed of . 


his senses, with presence of mind, 
intelligent 

év prep. with dative: in, among, in the 
midst of. év rots (among these) may 
strengthen a superlative, as év rots Ba- 
ptrara, with greatest sadness. 43 c. 
Cf. déxiuos Suowa TO uddiora Hat. vii. 
118. 

éy-avria and év-avriov adv.: against, op- 
posite, contrary, in the presence of. 


rovvayrlov, just the opposite. évayrla ‘ 


Aéyerv, contradict 

év-avtlos adj.: opposite, contrary 

évavrTidw, aor. pass. as mid. hvavTidOny, 
pf. Avavrlwuac: Oppose 

év-apyfs, -€és adj.: clear, distinct, plain 

év-Sens, -és (Séw): needy, in lack, defi- 
cient 

a aor. évedeéduny: point out, 

indicate, show; indict, impeach. — 
évdecéis was a form of indictment, usu- 
ally laying information against One 
who discharged functions or exer- 
cised rights for which he was legally 
disqualified. 

évSexa numeral: eleven. of “Evéexa, 
‘*the Eleven,’’ had charze of the pris- 
ons of Athens, and the punishment 
of criminals. — Introd. § 57. 


/ABULARY 


évS0-Gev adv.: from within, within 

ndov adv.:. within, in the inner room, 
at home _ 

-eupie : -am in 

% improper prep.: 

ae 

pf: pass. évethvypat : 


‘on account of, 
wrap, 
. évéfouae: am held in, am 
OQ 4 : ; ‘ " os 
¥e adv.: hetice, from this 
Seu, Oebs - = am 













év§ 
‘der, 
éviauTds wt 
Evtou (Zoruy oly. 
évilore adv.: 1 
ee 
“ve, cons 
év-ourtdw, fut. évouro 
habit 
ev-oKeviiLouat (orev): d savas up in, ar-— 
ray (my)self in % 
évratda adv.: there, here, at this point 
évrav0ot adv.: here, hither 
év-relvo, aor. év-ére.va.; stretch in, put 
into verse . 
évredbev adv.: thence, dike this, as a 
result of this pir 
évrés adv.: inside, within . 
év-rpéropar: regard, respect, am 
abashed before, — with gen. 
wpe argh aor. évérvxov, pf. évrertxn- 
: happen upon, fall in with, meet 


cout (60u0s): pon- 
der in soul ' 
’ énavroy, yearly 
i) adj.: some” 
attimes ~~ 
notice, ob- . 


: lead 






nv: take out 


~ eal 


212 


e-apaprave, aor. é&juaprov: err, make 


a mistake 
é€-av-lornpt, aor. étavéorny: cause to © 
rise; aor. arose and went out ite 


~tt-arrardw, ful. éfararjow, aor. pass. | 
| étnrarHonv, verbal étararnréov (amd 
Tn): deceive, beguile + 

€£-eu, verbal é&irnréov: come Ot 
€-eypu: see terre. Ps 
é-ehaivea, fut. eX, aor. 
out (of the ap bag 





fute, convict Pied 
— €-epydfopar (Zpyor) : wou k. k ou 
plish, perform . 
€&-€pxopar, aor. ec 
forth. eEehOay, ex 
t-erri, partic. €tbv, impers. : 
mitted, it 
ols tier 
was p 


e-eréfe, fut. eerdo 


’ t, ae 


it is per- 
ted, it is possible. 
y. ¢&6v, though it’ 


erdow, aor. éhraca : @X- 
amine, probe, scrutinize 
éféracts, -ews f.: a aaa! Anyesti- 
gation 
éteracrixés: Skilled im examining 
é-evplokw, aor. en p07 find out, dis- 
cover 
é€-urnréov: vey val of Feu 
é-dv: acc. ob8., it being permitted. Cf. 
efeori. / 
\ &-ovela f. (€ferr.): liberty, permission 
€£w-Gev adv.: without, outside 
€o.xa pf.: seem, am like, am likely 
éoptt f.: festival, feast 
émr-dSw (deldw, ode): repeat as a charm 
ér-aivéw, aor. éryveca: praise, com- 
mend me | 
émr-aivos m.: prais 
ér-aiw: undel 
érr-aKodovléw : 
érr-iv-eut: COI 







pe 


€, approval 


*"Exrvyévys, -ovs m.: 











VOCABULAR 


Me . 
eyelp ®, mapyerpa.: TOUSE, waken 
or trad nj.: since, because ; 
nen B is 
ne 2n, am in haste 
My dy :. when 
I-: Since; when 

jome (on), approach. 6 éudy, 
ee 


> 




























; Ls 
Sav — 


% conj.: then, next, secondly. 6 

revra Bios, the rest of (my) life 

epwtdw: ask, inquire | 

r-éxo, ful. émisxjow, aor. éréoxor: 
check, cease from, restrain, wait; 
mid. hold to (one’s lips), stop (one’s 
ears) 

él prep.: (1) withgen., at. ért r&v rpa- 
mefav, at the money-changers’ ta- 
bles. émt orparefas, on a campaign. 
€~ tmmov, on horseback. (2) With 
acc., to, for, before, against. éml d:- 
Kaorhpiov, before a court of justice. 
ér’ ard rotro, for this very purpose. 
ért ra yedoubrepa, to raise a laugh. 
(3) With dat., at, over, after. él Ay- 
Nw, at Delium. émi rovros, after 
these things, on these terms. ét 7é- 
ow, at what price? él rodry, on this 
condition, for this purpose, over this. 
7 ért rovrw, the thing after this, 7.e. 
the next question. Of end, émi d.a- 
Born TH un, to create a prejudice 
against me 

émt-BrXér@, aor. éréBdeVa : 
look at 

ém-yeAdw, aor. éreyédaca: laugh at 

Epigenes. 383 e, 
59b. Son of Antiphon of Cephisia 

ém-Selkvipr, aor. érédeéa: display, set 
forth, make clear 

ért-Sypcw (Sfuos): am in town, stay at 

~ home 

ém-euxéoraros sup. adj.: 
able, best 


glance at, 


most reason- 










j.: reasonable 
: reasonably, consider- 


aor. érefiunoa: desire 

: desire, longing 

@: urge on, incite 

»S€@ (comedy): ridicule, make 


jopar, aor. éredabbuny (AjOn): 


r ovéorepos comp. adj. (A#On): 
forgetful 
vowor: free, release, save 
Kéopar and éri-péAopar, fut. émiue- 
ua, aor. érewednOnv: care for 
think of, have in mind ~° 
é 0; commit perjury, forswear 
. “(my)selt, break (my) oath 
- Smt-réwrrw, aor. érémeuwa: send to 
éri-cKkotréw, aor. émecxevduny: exam- 
ine, consider 
_ériorapar, impf. qrisrdunv: know, un- 
derstand, have skill in, am familiar 
with 
émi-oratréw: stand over, am master 
émorarnys m. (torn): Overseer, master; 
presiding officer (of the Assembly) 
émi-oréhdw, aor. érécreda (epistle): di- 
rect, charge 
émuorhpyn f.: knowledge, science 
émirThpwv, -ovos adj.: acquainted with, 
skilled in, with gen. 
€mr-o-X GHEVOS : aor. partic. of éréxw 
émi-ratrrw: enjoin, command, order 
émt-rehéopar (Tédos): perform 
émurqderos m.: connection, friend 
émitndés adv.: expressly, on purpose 
émurndevpa, -aTros n.: pursuit, occupa- 
tion 
émurndeva, aor. partic. érirndevoas : pur- 
sue, follow, practice 











VOCABULARY 


—émi-TvyXave, dor. 


€mros, -€0g n.: Word. ws : 


—€épydfopar, fut. Cg py aor. Nar bet ¥ 


Eppo-yAudetov n. (“Epuijs): 


ért-rlOnpr, aor. éréOnv, mid. érebéunv: 
place u et upo 

émi-Tpérw: permit, allow, commit 

éméruxov (TUxXn): 
chance upon, occur to 

émri-pbovatepos comp. adj.: arousing too 
much envy 

émi-xeipéw, fut. ércxeipjow, aor. érexel- 
pnoa, verbal érixeipnréov (xeip): at- 
tempt, undertake, endeavor, try 

émi-xwpratw (x@pa): visit, goto ° 

émt-x@ptos adj.: of the place. of émiya- 
pwr, the townspeople 

émi-Wydife, aor. gs a 
question to vote 

éropar (sequor): follow 


érr-ovelSto-ros adj. of two dhe Ma ; 
dos): reproached, ect grace- ; 


Y 


put the 








ful 


speak, as one may'§ 
qualifying a strong stat 
érra numeral (septem): 


env, pf. elpyaouwat (Epyov): work, do, 
make 

épyov (work): work, deed, act, fact 

ép$w, Hic aor. pete: do 

épevvdw: search out, inquire after 

épynpos adj.: deserted, desolate, sepa- 
rated from. dixn épjun, a suit which 
goes by default, undefended 

épi-Bwros adj.: fertile 

‘Eppoyévns m.: Hermogenes. 59D; 
Xen. Mem. iv. 8. 4. Son of Hip- fe 
ponicus, and brother of the rich Cal- ~- 
lias 

statuary’s 
shop, where images of Hermes and 
other gods were made and sold 

Epopar, imps. npduny, fut. épjoouac: ask, 
inquire 


éppwpévws adv.: stoutly, vigorously 





éppac bar pf. pass. inf. of parvum: to be 
strong, ‘‘take care of (him)self.’? A 
familiar word (€ppwoo) on parting 

epxopar, aor. #APov: come, go 

tod fut.: 1 will say,— followed by two 
accs., one of the person, the other of 
the thing said 

épwrdw: ask, inquire of 

épwrikas adv.: amorously 

érBiw, verbal éderréov (edo): eat 

toxeSacpéva : scattered, pf. pass, of oxe- 
Sd vvupe 

éorrépa f. (vesper):,evening 

tore rel. adv.: as long as 

eeeeen: pf. pass. of crépw, crown 

ert h} OL : would stand, Fut. pf. of tornuc 






ond. erepos pév,... &re- 

Rly #, one, ... another 

tru ls: Benides. still, further, in addi- 
tion, again 

érousos adj. (with Homeric accent, éror- 

' wos): ready, prepared, in readiness 

ros, -eos n. (Vetus): year 

ed adv.: well. e& Aéyes, you say what 
I am glad to hear; good news! «7 
movetv, benefit 

ev-aplOunros adj. (dp.0uds): easily num- 
bered, few in number mere 

ev-Saipovérrepos comp. adj.: 
more fortunate 

ev-Saipovla f.: happiness, good for- 
tune, joy 

e0-Saipovife, aor. nidamouca: 
happy. Cf. waxapitw. 

e0-Saipev, -ovos adj.: of happy divin- 
ity, happy, fortunate 

ev-Soxipéw: am held in high esteem, 
am honored | 


happier, 


esteem 


VOCABULARY , \ | 

















eb-Soxipatatros sup. adj.:- p mony re- 
nowned ‘\ | 
ev-eL5njs, -és Ad).: fine-looking, co dey 


ev-€XeyxTos: easy to be tested, easil 
proved i 

ev-eAmis, -t50s adj.: filled with good 
hope, hopeful oie 


ev-epyeo (a f.: benefit, good deed — ‘ 
ev-epyetéw, pf. pass. evepyérnmat : bene- 
fit. evepyérnrai 7., he has receiy ed 
something (from me), I have cape 
something for him : 
ev-epyérns, -ov m. (Zpyor) : benefac 


well-doer te Pe 

Kinvos, -ov: Euenus (of owl 20 ) b. : 
60d. Asophist and poet of nog 
distinction sl 

evOéws or ebOts adv.: 
once ee 

Hi«deldys, -ov m.: Euclid (of Mogarey 
59c. (Not the great mathematician. ) 

ev-KdA@s adv.: with good temper, 
blithely 

~eb-AaBéopar (AauBdvw) : 
guard, am cautious 

ed-Adyws adv.: reasonably. 
éxet, it is reasonable 

ev-pevas adv.: graciously, kindly 

ev-vopéopar (vduos): have good laws 

ev-opkéw: keep (my) oath K 

“edplokew, fut. evtpjow, aor. nipov (eu- 
reka!): find 

ev-oeBéoraros sup. adj.: most pious 

ev-oeBéw : act piously 

ev-ceByjs, -és adj.: pious 

ev-reAqs, -és adj.: cheap, easily bought 

ev-Tux hs, -és adj.: fortunate, happy 

ev-hypla f.: silence, peace 

ev-hpatvw (Ppjv): cheer 

ev-xepas adv.: easily 

edxopar, aor. niédunv: pray, VOW 

ev-wyxéopat: feast 

ev-wx la f.: feast 


straights 


am on my 


evA\byws 






awropat: touch, feel of 
: in order, one after an- 


ép-(npt: permit, allow 
é-lornpr, aor. érésrnv: set before ; 
aor. took (my) stand before 


éh’ wre (ds) a8 conj.: on condition that 


éx@pés m.: (personal) enemy 

expr (xen Hv, xphv, with an inorganic 
augment prefixed): it were fitting 
exo, fut. tw, aor. érxov, pf. oxnxa: 

* have, possess, hold, am able. éxe 
with adv. = eiui with pred. adj.; as 
éxet ovrws, so it is, is in this position. 
worep txw exev, to be as I am. 
Inceptive (aor.) @rxe, received, and 
(pf.) €oxnxa, have received. ovk éxw, 
do not know 

tw0ev adv.: at dawn, early in the morn- 
ing, from the dawn 

ewOtvds m. adj.: early morning 

éws, éw f.: dawn, morning 

éws conj.: until, as long as 


{aw, inf. cHv: live 

fedyos, -eos 2.: (Span), four-horse char- 
iot 

{npidw: punish : 

{ytéw, aor. éfjrnoa: seek into, investi- 
gate, search out 

{aTyo1s, -ews f.: search, inquiry, inves- 
tigation 

{gov n. (zodlogy): living creature, ani- 
mal 


: either, or. Or sometimes introduces 
a question, as 26 b, 36b 

yi: than, after a comparative 

7H: mere sign of a question, at its head 
7H: impf. of eiul, am, or of jul, say © 

7 By particles: in very truth, indeed 
7 rel. adv. (ds): in what way 

qa: impf. of cium, go 


a 


VOCABULARY 


to- 


nBaw, aor. 78noa (Hebe): am in young 
manhood, aor. came to young man- 
hood 

Hyéopar, fut. Wyjcouar, aor. Hynoduny: 
consider, believe, think c 

Hdéws adv. (750s): sweetly, gladly, pleas- 
antly. 7déws dy diadexGelnv, I should 
like to talk 

75y adv.: already, before now, now, at 
once 

76 plpf. as impf. (oida): knew 

ndioros sup. adj.: sweetest, most de- 
lightful, with greatest pleasure 

Hdtwv, -ov comp. adj.: pleasanter 

jdopar, aor. noOnv: am pleased 

ndovy f.: pleasure, enjoyment 

HSvs, -eta, -0 adj.: pleasant 

Hkiora adv.: least of all 

nko, fut. new: have come, am come, 
come, return 

*"Hikcios adj.: Elean, of Elis (in western 
Peloponnesus) 

mABros adj.: simple, silly 

Auta f.: age, time of life 

NAKLoTYS, -ov m.: contemporary, of 
the same age 

HAvos m.: sun 

Hpap, -aros n. (juépa): day. Homeric 
word. 44b 

qpepa f.: day 

hperepos adj. (jets): Our 

ful, impf. hv (of. ait): say 

hpleos m.: demigod 

hpl-oves m.: (half-ass), mule 

nuedi-erpivos: clad. See dudiévyuue. 

nvexOnv: aor. pass. of dépw, bring 

nvikxa rel. vdv.: when, at what time 

Hvi-oxé@ (@xw): (hold the reins), drive 

“Hpa f.: Heia (Juno) 

npépa adv.: quietly 

Hpws, -wos m. (hero): demigod 

“HoioSes m.: Hesiod, author of the 
Theogony and Works and Days. 41a 


-~Z16 VOCABULARY 


Rorvxq adv.: quietly 

hovxla f.: peace, 2enie hovxlav dyw, 
keep ghict 

H-To..... H: either... or 

qTpov n.: abdomen, groin 

ATTdopat, pf. nrTnuac: am inferior to, 

am overcome by 

ytrov comp. adv.: less, to a smaller de- 
gree 

TTwVv,-ov comp. adj.: weaker, worse, less 

7x4 f. (echo): sound, noise 


O4Arros, -eos n.: Warmth 

Odvaros m.: death. epi Pavdrov, in a 
case of life or death 

arte: bury Bs 

Bappadréos adj. (@dpcos, dare): confident; 
in good cheer, cheerful 

Bappéw (dare): am of good cheer, have 
no fear 

Odrepa or Oarepov (7d érepov) n.: One OF 
other, either; the other (than well), 
i.e. harm 

Oarrov comp. adv.: more swiftly, sooner 

Garrwv, -ovos adj. comp. of raxvs: swift, 
quick 

Satpa,-aros n.: wonder, admiration 

~Bavpato, aor. ébavpaca (Padua, Oéa): 

wonder, marvel, am surprised 

Bavpdoros adj.: wonderful, strange 

Bavpactws adv.: strangely 

Bavpacretepos adj.: more wonderful 

Savpacrés adj.: strange, admirable, 
marvelous good 

Bavpacrétraros sup. adj.: strangest 

Oc&iyns,-ovs m.: Theages. 3 e 

Oedopar, aor. Cleacdunv: observe, see 

Betos adj. (Gebs): of the gods, divine 

Gerdraros sup. adj.: most divine 

Oéuts, -tros f.: divine right, according 
to divine law, Latin fas 

Geuitds adj.: according to divine will, 
holy 


@c6-5oros m.: Theodotus. 38e 

Ocoforisns,-ov m.: Theozotides. 33 e 

Oed-pavtis, -ews m.: seer, inspired 
prophet 

Geds m. or f.: god, goddess, i. 

Gepamela f.: care 

Bépos, -ovs n. (thermometer): summer 

@é€ris, -\S0s f.: Thetis, goddess of the 
sea; wife of Peleus and mother of 
Achilles. 28¢ 

@erraria f.: Thessaly. 45¢ 

Q@ém: run 

ewpia f. (Gedoua:): sacred embassy. 
él Oewpia, to a festival 

OnPate adv.: to Thebes 

OnBaios adj.: Theban, of Thebes 

O@nplov: wild beast 

Onceds, -éws m.: Theseus, mythical 
king of Athens. 58a 

(OvyoKw), pf. TéOvaa and réOvnxa: die; 
pf. am dead, inf. death, being dead. 
6 TeOvews, the dead man 

@6d0s f.: Rotunda, the seat of govern- 
ment of the Thirty Tyrants at Athens 

~—SopuBéw, aor. eboptBnoa, pf. pass. Tebo- 

pUBnua (OspvBos): make a turmoil, 
clamor, raise a disturbance; pass. 
am thrown into confusion 

Opépopar: fut. mid. of rpédw, bring up 

Opynvéw: sing a dirge, wail 


_ Bvp-wpds m.: door-keeper, porter | 


Ovola f.: sacrifice 

Qtw: sacrifice 

Qwrevw: fawn upon (asa slave): cajole, 
flatter 


larpés m.: physician 

liq fem. dat. as adv.: in private, pri- 
vately 

Wtwredw: work as a private man 

Wrdrys, -ov (idiot): private man, ordi-~ 
nary man 

iepdv n.: temple, sanctuary 


VOCABULARY 


ixavés adj.: sufficient, adequate 
ixavas ady.: sufficiently, fully, satis- 
factorily 
ixavoratos sup. adj.: most able 
ixerela f. (ixérns): supplication, en- 
treaty 
ixvéopar, aor. ixdunv: come to, reach 
Trews, nom. pl. tkew adj.: gracious(ly), 
cheerful (ly) 
tparvov n.: garment, cloak, pl. raiment 
tva adv.: where 
tva final conj.: in order that. tva ri (sc. 
yévnra), Why, wherefore ? GMT. 331 
“‘Innlas,-ov: Hippias, a noted Sophist 
of Elis. 19e. Introd. § 12 
immuxds adj. as n. (tos): belonging to 
horses, horse man 
“Immé-vixos, -ov: Hipponicus, a rich 
Athenian. 20a 
Umrmos m.: horse 
Qetiow : 8 pl. of ot6a, know 
"IoOpds f.: Isthmus, sc. of Corinth, 
where the Isthmian Games were held. 
52b 
Yoros adj.: equal. ¢& fcov, on an equal- 
_ity, on equal terms 
torynpet, 1 aor. éornoa, 2 aor. torny, pf. 
éornxa, fut. pf. éorjiw (sto): set, 
stand; weigh; 2 aer. and pf. system 
intrans. stand, stop. 
éornoev, his eyes were set 
loxtpés adj.: strong, powerful 
loxtpétaros sup. adj.: strongest 
loy¥s,-tos f.: strength, power 
lox: am strong, have force 
tows adv.: (equally), possibly, perhaps, 
very likely 
tréov: verbal adj. of etu, go 
trrw: Boeotian form of tarw, imv. of 
olda, know, am witness 
tre: imv. of elu, go 
txvos, -eos n.: step, trace, pl. track, 
path 


217 


Kayo: by crasis for cal éyé 

Ka0-dirropat: lay hold of, reproach 

KkaSapedm: am pure, am clean 

Ka0-efopoar: sit down 

Ka0-evdw sleep, slumber 

KaQ-fjpat: sit, sit idle; am established, 
am appointed 

xa0-tnpe, aor. kadfxa: let down 

kaQ-(ornpt: establish, set, appoint, 
bring 

Ka0-op.0-Aoyéw: grant, concede, allow 

kal conj.: and, even, also, too. kal 6% 
kai, and in particular, and what is 
more. xal... «al, both... and. 
After a word of likeness, cai may be 
translated as: 8uo.ws kal, such as 

Katvés adj.: new, strange 

KatvéTepos comp. adj.: very new 

kal-mep conj.: even. Esp. with conces- 
sive participles, — xalrep dbvres Kal ov- 
To, although these-too are 

Kkatpés m.: favorable time, fit time, 
season. év xaip@, opportunely 

kal-rot part.: and yet 

kakia f.: evil, wickedness, vice, cow- 
ardice 

kaxo-Satpovla f.: ill-fortune 

Kkakés adj.: bad, evil, wicked; coward 

Kakoupyéw (€pyov): harm, injure 


ds Ta Supatra ~—Kadéw, aor. éxddeoa, pf. pass. KéexAynpar: 


call 
KadAXlas,-ov: Callias, a rich Athenian. 
20a 


_ kaAAL-erréw, pf. pass. kexahdrér nua (Kdd- 


dos, @ros): express beautifully, adorn 
artistically 

KGAXtov comp. adv.: better 

KdA\ALoros sup. adj.: most honorable 

KadAdvopat (kédXos): pride myself 

KadA-womlfopar (ay): put on airs, act 
proudly 

Kaddés adj.: beautifu,, excellent, hon- 
orable, noble. xad5y, a fine thing 


218 
KaAds adv.: well, excellently. Kadés 
Aéyers, Quite right! 
kavOfqALos adj.: pack (asses), sumpter. 
221e 
kapdia f. (cor): heart 
Kaproopar, ful. kaprwoouar (kaprés, har- 
vest): reap 
Kaptepéw, aor. éxaprépnoa: am strong, 
endure 
Kaptrépycts, -ews f.: endurance 
Kaptepds adj.: strong, mighty 
kara prep.: withgen., against. car’ éuav- 
rod, against myself. With acc., ac- 
cording to. xara rovrovs, after their 
pattern. xara rdv dedy, according to 
the oracle of the god. xar dpxds, 
at the beginning. «kara OecerraXi- 
av, through Thessaly, in Thessaly. 
Kad’ cov, as far as 
Kara-yéXaoros adj.: laughed at, alaugh- 
ing-stock, ridiculous 
KaTa-yedkdw, aor. kateyéXaca (yédu3): 
laugh at; deride 
- Kard-yehws, -wros m.: mockery, crown- 
ing absurdity 
KaTa-ynpaokw, Gor. KaTeyjpaca: grow 
old, go down to old age 
kata-yryvooke, ful. karayvecouwat: Con- 
demn, think to (one’s) disadvantage 
kara-Sap0dve, aor. karédapOov: sleep 
.kara-Séonar, aor. katedenOnv: beg, be- 
seech, supplicate, overpersuade 
Kard-5ydos adj.: manifest, evident 
kata-Ketpat: lie down, recline 
KaTa-kAdw, aor. katéxhaca: break down 
KaTa-KAtvw, dor. pass. kaTexAlyny: re- 
cline, lie down 
Kara-AapBave, ful. karadjyoua: take, 
come upon, seize, find 
Kara-Aelrrw, aor. karé\urov: leave be- 
hind ; mid. reserve 
KaTa-\vw, Wor. pass. karedvOnv: (loose), 
overthrow 


VOCABULARY 


KkaTa-voéw, aor. karevdnoa: observe, per- 
ceive 
KaT-apdopar: curse 
—KaTa-oKeddvvpt, Wor. kareckédaca: scat- 
ter abroad, spread 
Kata-povéw: despise, contemn 
kara-xapifonar: give as a favor 
Kara-Wydifopar, ful. Kxarayndiotua, 
aor. Karey ngicdunv: vote against, vote 
for (my) condemnation 
kat-épx op.at, Wor. kaTHAOov: come down, 
return from exile 
kat-éxw: hold down, check, restrain, 
possess 
—katynyopéw, ful. karnyopjow, aor. Karn- 
yopnoa, pf. karnyopnka, Pass. KaTn- 
yopn a. (karyyopos): accuse, make 
charges, with genitive. axarnybpour, . 
the charges which they brought 
karnyopla f.: accusation, charge 
KaTHYyopos (ayopd): accuser 
2 kat-opttTw: sink in the earth, bury 
Kaw (kalw, caustic): burn 
KéBys, -ytos m.: Cebes (of Thebes). 
45 b, 59¢ | 
Keios adj.: Cean, of (the island) Ceos. 
19e 
Kededw, aor. éxédevoa: bid, order, com- 
mand 
kév (enclitic): epic modal adv. equiv. to 
Attic dv 
Kepdaive, fut. kepdavG: gain — 
KépS0s, -eos n.: gain, profit; advantage 
Kyndeorys, -08 m.: connection by mar- 
riage 
Kkydopar: care for 
KnAéw: charm, bewitch, beguile 
Ky dicredts, -€ws m.: Cephisian, of the 
deme Cephisia (at the head-waters of 
the river Cephisus). 38 e 
Kivdtveto, fut. Kivdtvedow, aor. éxivdd- 
vevoa: am in danger, meet danger, 
run a risk; may, very likely am 


ov 


VOCABULARY 


klvStvos m.: danger,risk,chance, hazard 

Kivéw, “or. pass. as mid. éxivyOnv: move, 
stir 

Knrafopévios adj.: of Clazomenae (in 
Asia Minor, not far from Smyrna). 

- 26d 

kaw: wail, mourn, lament 

KnrcopBporos m.: Cleombrotus. 59 c¢ 

kAerriotatos sup, adj. (kNérrns): Most 
thievish 

KAtvy f.: couch, bed 

kvypy f.: lower leg 

kowy fem. dat. as adv.: in common 
with, together 

Kotvés adj.: common, public. 16 xowdr, 
the community 

Kolvwvew : am a partner (Kko.wwrds), am 
in agreement, agree 

KéAaots, -ews f.: chastisement, punish- 
ment 

koAovw: lop off, trim off, cut off, suppress 

Kop.dq fem. dat. as adv.: very, abso- 
lutely, exactly 

Kopnl{o, pf. xexduixa: bring, provide 

Kémrropat: beat (my)self, beat (my) 
breast, mourn 

kopuBavtidw (Corybantes): am _ pos- 
sessed, have the spirit of a Cory- 
bant. The Corybantes were priests 
of Phrygian Cybele, whose orgiastic 
rites were accompanied by dances 
and deafening music. 

Kopudh f-: crest, head 

Kopwvls, -(S0s f. adj.: curved, beaked 

Koopéw, aor. éxdcunoa, pf. pass. cexdoun- 
pat (kdouos): Order, arrange carefully, 
adorn. 






f. (xepdvvyc): mixing, com- 
, union 


ee 


219 


Kpatréw (xpdros): am strong, surpass, 
outdo 

Kpatirros sup. adj. (kpdtos): best 

kpeittwv, -ov comp. adj. (xpdros): 
stronger, better 

Kpjrn f.: Crete. 52¢€ 

Kptvw, aor. éxpiva: judge, try, decide 

Kplots, -ews f. (crisis): decision, judg- 
ment 

Kpurlas, -ov m.: Critias, son of Callaes- 
chrus, of an old and prominent Athe- 
nian family, — chief leader of the 
Thirty. He fell in battle against the 
democracy in 404.B.c. Xen. Mem. i. 
2.12 

Kopuré-Bovdos: Critobiilus. 33 ¢, 59b 

Kpitev,-wvos: Crito, an old friend of 
Socrates. 33d 

Kpovw, aor. éxpovoa: strike, smite, slap 

Kptoraddos m. (crystal): ice 


KTdopar, pf. Kéxrnwar: acquire, pf. pos- 


Sess 
KTijpa, -aTos 72.: possession 
Krioirros m.: Ctesippus. 59b 
KTijots, -ews f.: acquisition, possession 
kuPepvdw (guberno): steer, command 
a ship 
KvALE, -Kos f.: cup, drinking-cup 
KUptos adj.: authoritative, supreme, 
enforced. of Ktpio., those who have 
charge 
Kvev, gen. kuvds, m. (canis): dog 
kwA¥w: prevent, hinder 
Kwwdla f. (54): comedy 
KkopaSomoids adj. as noun: comic poet 


Aayveta f.: wantonness, lust 

Aaxedaipwv, -ovos f.: Lacedaemon. 
52e 

apBavw, aor. 2\aBov: take, receive, 
attain, securé, catch 

AavOdve, aor. edd bouer, pf. dna: es- 


} ~ > cape (my) notice, elude 





pow 





iF 


220 


Aarpela f. (idolatry): service 

Aaxns, -ntos m.: Laches, one of the 
commanders of the first expedition 
sent by Athens to Sicily, 427 B.c. 
221a 

—Kéyo, aor. elrov or édege, pf. elpnxa 

(verbum), aor. pass. édéxOnv: say, 
speak, tell, mean. puéya Aéyw, utter 
a proud word. ovdév Aéyw, talk non- 
sense 

Aeltrw, aor. €durov, verbal Neurréov: leave, 
forsake, abandon 

Aééts, -ews f. (Aéyw): speaking, manner 
of speech 

Acovrivos adj.: Leontine, of Leontini 
(in Sicily, on the east coast, north of 
Syracuse) 

AevKds adj.: white 


Aéwv,-wvtos m.: Leon (of Salamis), an: 


upright and well-known citizen, put 


to death by the Thirty Tyrants. 32c. 


Alav adv.: exceedingly, very 

AiGos, -ov m. (lithography): stone 

Aoy(fopar: calculate, reckon, consider 

Aoytotikds: skilled in calculation 

Adyos m. (Aéyw): Word, statement, dis- 
cussion, argument, talk, saying, 
story, speech, matter; doctrine, prin- 
ciple, cause, reason. ddbyous roeic Oat, 
speak, talk 

Aovdopéw: revile, abuse, rail at 

Aourés adj. (Aelrw): remaining, rest of 

Aoutpév n.: bath 

Aovw, fut. mid. dovcouar, aor. Edoveduny, 
pf. dédovpar: wash, bathe 

Adxwv,-wvos m.: Lyco, one of the ac- 
cusers of Socrates. 28 e; Introd. §36 

ADréw: pain, grieve, trouble 

AVry f.: pain, grief 

AUrnpds adj.: painful 

Aitcavias,-ov m.: Lysanias. 38 e 

Aot-reAet impers.: it is well, it is of 
advantage, it is profitable 


paprupéw, ful. uaprupjcw: 


‘ 


VOCABULARY 


vw, pf. pass. é\vuar: loose, release 


AwBdopar, ful. AwBjoowa: ruin 
A@oros adj.: best 


pa asseverative particle, with acc., im~ 
plying a negation: (no) by. mwa Ala, 
no, by Zeus 

pabnpa, -aros n.: instruction, teaching, 
lesson, matter of learning 

pabyois, -ews f. (uavOdvw) : 
teaching 

pabyrhs, -oF m.: pupil, scholar 

patvopa: (mania): am mad 

paKap, -os adj.: blessed, happy 

pakapif{w, aor. éuaxdpica (udKap): es- 
teem blessed, count happy 

pakdptos adj.: blessed, happy 

para adv.: very 

padtora superl. adv.: especially, most 
of all, certainly. uddora pév, if pos- 
sible. mnvixa uddiora; about what 
time ? 

paAAov comp. adv.: rather. mavrds ua)- 
dor, by all means, absolutely, aboveall 

pavOdve, aor. €uafov: learn, am taught, 
get an idea, understand | 

pavia /. (mania): madness 

pavrela f.: oracle, response of the god 


learning, 


-pavretov n.: oracle, oracular response + 


pavrevopar, ful. wavrevcouat, aor. guav- — 
revoduny (udvris): consult the oracle, 
inquire of the oracle, predict, does, ‘4 
an oracle _— 

pavricy /. (strictly, adj. sc. ‘pwrh-or BS ,* 
xn): prophetic power, prophecy, iy 
divination . 

Mapovas m.: Marsyas. 
follower of Bacchus, who 
flute vied with Apollo’s lyre, 
flayed by him. 215b. of a 
i,2.8 






testify - 
; 


VOCABULARY 


papTus, -upos ™. (martyr): witness 

parnv adv.: in vain, idly 

paxyn f.: fight, battle 

paxopar, fut. uaxoduac: fight, contend, 
battle 

Méyapa-5e adv.: to Megara, a town on 
the coast, about half way between 
Athens and Corinth (strictly, Mé- 
yapa is here acc., with the suffix de, 
towards) 

Meyaps-0ev adv.: from Megara 

péyas, peydAn, péya (much): great, 
much, deep. pméya déyev, utter a 
proud word 

péyeBos, -eos 2.: greatness, size, bulk 

péytoros superl. adj.: greatest 

peOdw (mead, a-methyst): am drunk 

pelLwv, -ov comp. adj.: greater 

pepaxov n.: lad, youth, boy, stripling 

pére, partic. uédov, aor. éuédnoer, pf. we- 
pédnkev, impers.: it is a care, with 
gen. . wv ovdév rovrm éuédnoev, for 
which he had no care. pédor yé cou, 
you being interested in the matter 

pererao, aor. ers: practice, exer- 
cise’ : 

pedérn f.: practice, study 

Mé&nros m.: Melétus, the chief accuser 
of Socrates. 19c¢; Introd. § 36 

 pé\A@: am about to, will, shall, — used 
in forming a periphrastic future 

péXos, -eos 2. (melody): tune 

péepvynpar, pf. of mmrijoxw > remember 

pépdhopar, fut. uéuyoua:: blame, find 

- fault 

‘Mevéfevos m.: Menexenus. 59b 

pevrav: for uévrou dv 

pév-rou adversative adv.: however, but, 
in truth 

péve, aor. éueva: remain, am unchanged 

pepi.vaw: have anxious thought 

pépos, -eos n.: part, portion. 7d odv pé- 
pos, So far as you are concerned . 


221 


peonpBpla /. (juépa): mid-day, noon 

pera prep.: with gen., with, together 
with. per dpyfs, inanger. With acc., 
after. ped’ “Exropa, after Hector, i.e. 
after slaying Hector. 7d pera rodro, 
the next thing, next (cf. 76 émi rotrw) 

pera-BdrAAw: change 

pera-Born f.: change 

peta-SiSapr, aor. partic. ueraddvres: give 
a share 

pera-AapBave, aor. uerédaBov: partake, 
receive 

pet-aAAatTw, dor. uwerHANa~a: Change, 
alter 

pera-pérer impers.: like Latin poeni- 
tet. mor merauérea, I regret 

peratd adv.: in the midst, between. dé- 
yovra peratd, while speaking. GMT. 
858 

pero-réprropan, “Or. uerereuvdunv: send 
for, summon 

pera-mimrw: (change in falling), fall 
differently, am cast in the other 
(urn) 

peTa-orTpéhopar: turn about 

pér-ee: am among. Impers. wérecri 
po, I have a part 

peréwpos (uerd, dyp, meteor) adj.: in 
mid air, above the earth 

pet-orxéw: change (my) home, remove, 
reside in a foreign city 

per-olknos, -ews f. (oixos): change of 
habitation, transmigration 

perpéw, aor. éuérpnoa: measure 

pérpros adj.: moderate, well, fair 

petplas adv. (uérpov): reasonably, fair- 
ly. perplws éxe, it is fair and right 

perpidrara sup. adv.: most reasonably 

péxpe prep.: until, up to 

pr negative particle: not. Ina ques- 
tion this implies a negative answer 
(Latin num). ph Sri, not to speak 
of, not to say 


pyd-apas adv.: in no way, by no means 
py-5é conj.: but not, neither, nor, not 
even 
pnd-els, pnSepla, pndév num. adj.: noone 
pykére adv.: no longer 
pykvve: lengthen, lengthen out, pro- 
long sate fe 
pnviw, aor. éujvtca: inform, lodge in- 
formation, (A technical legal term.) 
PATHP, -Tpdés f. (mater): mother 
PnXavdopnar: contrive, devise 
pnxav7/. (machine, mechanic): device, 
contrivance, way 
piaporaros sup. adj.: (defiled with 
blood), most vile, abominable 
pikpds adj.: small, little 
pipéw (mime): imitate 
pipyrhs, -od m.: imitator 
pupvyoke, pf. uduynuae : 
member 
Mtvas, -wos m.: Minos, son of Zeus and 
Europa, king of Crete; judge in Ha- 
des after his death. ie 41a; 568; 
Gorgias, 523 e 
—probdopar, aor. éuicOwoduny : 
prods m.: pay, wages 
mina (100 drachmae, 


recall, 


yf. re- 


hire 


pva, gen. uvas: 
about $17) 

poyts adv.: with difficulty, after a strug- 
gle, reluctantly, barely 

potpa f.: fate, portion. év pelfou polp¢ 
ejul, have larger place, am in higher 
esteem. Oela uotpa, divine will; bless- 
ing of the gods 

pdovos adj. (monotone): only, alone 

poppo-Avrropar: frighten with hobgob- 
lins, scare 

péoxos m.: calf 

Moveatos m.: Musaeus, a mythical 
Greek bard. 4la 


povoiky f. (sc. réxvn) (Modca): music, 


mental discipline, in mind 
poxOnpia /.: wickedness 


“yots, gen. vod, dat. v@, m.: 


VOCABULARY 


poxOnpds adj.: evil, bad, base 

pv00-Aoyéw: talk familiarly, talk 

p00-Aoyikds adj.: gifted in story-telling 

pi00s m.: myth, story, fable, tale 

pdpuos adj. (myriad): countless, untold, 
boundless 

pio, -wos m.: gadfly, spur 

popaive (sophomore ?): am foolish 


vav-kAnpla f.: shipping 

vav-paxla f.: naval battle, sea-fight 

vais, gen. vews, Homeric dat. pl. vnvot 
(navis): ship 

vexpds m.: dead body, corpse 

véos adj. (NOVUS): new, young. of véot, 
the youths, young men. éx véov, from 
youth 

vedTns, -yTos f.: youth, youthful bra- 
vado 

Néorwp, -opos m.: Nestor, the oldest, 
wisest, and most eloquent of the 
Greeks before Troy. 221¢ 

vevw, aor. évevoa: nod 

vemtepos comp. adj.: younger 

vj: particle of asseveration, with the ac- 
cusative, by 

vikaw, pf. vevixnxer: 
victory 

Nixé-orparos m.: Nicostratus. 33 e 

voé#: mean, think, indicate. 
what is the meaning 


conquer, win a 


Tl voet, 


vo8os adj. : illegitimate, of un@epet 
entage 
vopitw, aor. évduica (vdjos): comialii 
think, believe in * 
vopipos adj.: lawful, established 
vopos m.: law 


vor HSns, -es adj. (vdcos): diseased, un- 
wholesome 

vov-Geréw (70yuc): admonish, warn 

‘mind, - 

thought, reasei 


vip f.: nymph 


VOCABULARY 


viv, vivd4, or vivl: now. 74 viv, nowa- 
days. Sometimes opposed to a hypo- 
thetical case rather than to time past 
or future 

vot, gen. vuxrdés, f. (nOX): night 

vuera{w: am sleepy 

vabérrepos comp. adj.: rather lazy, 
too sluggish 


ElavOlrrn f.: Xanthippe, wife of Soc- 
rates. 60a; Introd. § 16 

tévos m.: stranger, foreigner, alien, 
from out of town, guest-friend, friend 

tévws adv.: as a stranger 

EvAov n.: wood 

tiv: see ody 


6, h, 76 article: the. 7d 5é, but on 
‘the other hand, but the truth is. 
Ta pév. .. Ta 56, Some things... 
others 

65¢, nS, T65e dem. pron.: this, this here. 
As an adv. of place, Il\drwvr de, 
Plato here. 77de, in this way 

oS¥popar: mourn, moan, grieve 

Odvoceds, -€ws m.: Odysseus (Ulysses). 
4lec 

6-Oev rel. adv.: whence. Cf. rddev. 

ot rel. adv.: whither 

ota: as, adv. acc. of olos 

ola, imv. tore, inf. cidévar, plpf. as 
impf. 75 (wit): know 

otka-Se (ofxos): homeward, to (my) 
home, home 

olxeios adj. (ofkos): of (my) house, of 
(my) family, (my) own. ol oiketo., 
(my) relations, kinsfolk 

olxéw (ofxos): live, dwell; administer 

olknpa n.: room, chamber 

olkyots, -ews f.: dwelling 

olkia f.: house 

otko-Sopéopar, aor. @xodounoduny (tim- 
ber): build a house 


2238 


otko-Gev adv. (oikos): from (my) house, 
from home 

otkor loc. adv.: at home 

oiko-vonia 7. (economy): management 
of (my) household affairs 


olko-vopiKds adj.: skilled in managing 


a house 

olkros m.: lamentation, grief 

otopar (or otpar), ful. oljoouar, aor. @7- 
Onv: think, suppose 

otos rel. pron.: of what sort (= qua- 
lis), correlative to rotos such. oféy 
éoriv, its nature. ofds re, able; ofdv 
te, possible. ofov 67, as for example. 


+ 


ofa 64, as may happen. In an excla- - 


mation, ola moire, what are you 
doing ! 

otxopar, fut. olyjooua: go off, go, de- 
part. olxouar pevywr, flee away 

olwvds m.: bird, bird of omen 

oAvy-apxla f. (4px): oligarchy 

oAlyos, -n, -ov: small, little. ddlyou (sc. 
det) almost. év édlyw (Sc. xpévw), in a 
little time, soon 

OAty-wpéw, Gor. Wrvydpyoa: make light 
of, think little of 

6dAos adj.: whole, entire. 
8Arnv, all day long 

*Odvupriaow (adv., old locative pl.): at 
Olympia, in the Olympian games 

”Odvptros m.: Olympus, the most noted 
flute-player of antiquity. Very an- 
cient melodies were ascribed to him. 
215¢ , 

“Opnpos m.: Homer. 41 4 

épiréw, aor. wuidnoa (homily): associ- 
ate with 

SptAnrhs, -08 m.: associate 

épirla f. (homily): society, association 

Spvdpu, Gor. oyooa, pf. dudyoxa: Swear, 
take an oath 

Spovos adj.: of like kind, alike 

SpovsTaros sup. adj.: most like 


Thy Hucpav 


ON I a _—™ 
7 a el 


224 


Spolws adv.: in like manner, just as 
~épo-Aoyéw, aor. wuoddynoa, pf. wpuodd- 

ynka, pass. wuoddynua, aor. pass. 
wuoroynOnv (Adyos): agree to, prom- 
ise, acknowledge, confess. Ta duodo- 
youueva, the premises 

épo-Aoyia f.: agreement, compact 

6pod adv.: together 

dpws conj.: yet, however, nevertheless 

évap n.: dream 

dveditw, fut. dvedid: rebuke, reproach 

ovivyps, ful. dviocouat, aor. eynoa: bene- 
fit, oblige. ws wvyncas, how you 
obliged me! Thank you 

, Svopa,-aros n. (NOMen): name, word 

ovopato: name, call 

dvopacrrTétaros sup. adj.: 
nowned 

évos m.: ass. 27¢€ 

dfts, -eta, -b adj. (oxide): keen 

Sry rel. adv.: where, in what way, as 

SrAa n. pl.: arms, esp. shield; heavy 
arms 

61d0ev rel. adv.: from which 

dro rel. adv.: whither, to what place 

ordre rel. adv.: when 

émétepos rel. adj.: which of (us) two 

61rod rel. adv.: where 

Straws rel. adv.: how, in what way, in 
order that. ov« %c6’ dws ov, it is not 
possible that it would not, i.e. surely 

6trwo-Tt-otv: (how-so-ever), in any way 
soever, in the least, at all. G. 432.1; 
H. 285 

opaw, impf. éwpwv, fut. SYoua, aor. ei- 
dov, pf. édpaxa: see, behold 

Spyavov n. (Zpyov, organ): instrument 

opyf f.: anger, wrath, spirit 

opylfopar, aor. wpyloOnv (dpy}): am 
angry 

opéyw, aor. wpeta, aor. pass. as mid. 
wpéxOnv: extend, offer; mid. reach 
after, desire 3 


most re- 


ae Bs 


VOCABULARY 


0p0d6s adj.: straight, right 

opbdrns, -nTos f.: rightness, right 

SpOpos m. (Spvum): dawn 

op0ds adv.: rightly 

Sépkos m.: Oath 

éppdew, aor. wpunoa: set out for, under- 
take 

Spvis, -tWos m.: bird 

Spos, -eos n.: mountain 

ophavia f.: orphanhood 

dphavds m. (orbus): orphan 

’Opdeis, -€ws m.: Orpheus, the most 
famous mythical bard of antiquity, 
who was able by his song to charm 
wild beasts and trees. 4la 

opxforpa /. (orchestra): dancing-place. 
264 

Os, 4, 6 rel. pron.: who, which, what. 
In 4 & 8s, said he, and in kal és, and 
he, és has its early demonstrative 
force. — drep @eyor, what I said, i.e. 
as I said 

Sotos adj.: holy 

doimtepos comp. adj.: more holy 

6aos rel. pron.: as much as (= quan- 
tus), pl.as many as, all who. dew, by 
as muchas. écov, how far, how much - 

do-tep, H-mep, S-ep: see ds and rép 

éorte rel. pron.: inéd¢ Ste, on condition 
that, with the infinitive. 29¢ 

do-Tis, H Tis, O Tt, gen. drov, indef. rel.: 
whoever, whatever, who, what 

60-tTix-otv «Tr. indef. rel. as indef. 
pron.: any one soever 

ote rel. adv.: when 

oré indef. adv.: at some time. 6ré yér, 
at one time ; 

Stu conj.: that, because. Sometimes 
this is used to introduce a direct quo- — 
tation, when it simply serves as quo- 
tation-marks (as 23b). re ph = el 
uy, 520. Bre uddiora (QUAM MaXx- 
ime), as much as possible. Cf. ws. 


VOCABULARY 


éri-odv indef. rel. as indef. pron.: any- 
thing whatsoever. Cf. drwariodv. 

brov, Stw: gen. and dat. of ocrts, who- 
ever 

ov adv.: where 

ovye: for 6 éya 

ov8-apdce adv. : 

ov-apod adv.: nowhere 

0v§-apas adv.: in no way, by no means, 
under no circumstances 

ov-5¢ conj.: but not, neither, nor, not 
even 

ov-els, otdepnla, odSév num. adj.: no 
one, nothing. ovdels doris ov, equiv. 
to mas, every one 

ovSé-rrote adv.: never 

ovSe-1rH-rrotre adv.: never ‘in the world 

0v5-érepos adj.: neither of two 

ovv conj.: so, now, then, therefore, at 
any rate. 3 ody, however that may be 

votpdvios adj. (ovpavds): belonging to the 
heavens, heavenly 

ots, gen. wrés, n. (otology): ear 

otota f. (dv): (existence), property 

ovTos, avy, ToDTO dem. pron.: this, that. 
Tatra (23 b) may be used adverbially as 
in Homer, therefore. ravrn, in this 
respect. xal’radra and xal rotro, and 
that too (Latin idque). The Greek 
sometimes uses the demonstrative pron. 
as an adv., as ddXo otra, Others are 
here. This is the general demonstra- 
tive, which may be used either of what 
is near or of what is remote, if this is 
only thought of as at hand. 

‘| ofre(s) (or ovtwct, deictic) dem. adv.: 
thus, so. @ye odrwal, the case is like 
this 

odelAw, GOr. dpedov: OWE. Wdedov, they 
ought (implying ‘‘I wish they 
could ’’) 

Shedos n.: advantage, aid, use, good. 
drov Te bpedos, Who is worth anything 


to no place 








225 


opParpds m.: eye 

odrtrKkdve, fut. dpdjow, aor. wpdory, 
pf. ©pdnxa: lose a fine, am fined, 
am mulcted, am sentenced to, in- 
cur . 

dxAos m.: throng, crowd » 

ope adv.: late 

dys, -ews f. (SYouar): vision, appear- 
ance, form 

dov n.: sauce, relish 


: all-beautiful 
altogether well 


may-Kados adj. 
may-Kadws adv. : 


mayos m.: frost, freezing 
aw&Qos, -eos n.: suffering, affection, ex- 
perience 


TIavavuedts, -€éws m.: Paeanian. The 
deme of Paeania (that of the orator 
Demosthenes) lay on the eastern 
slope of Mt. Hymettus. 59b 

mavsela f.: education, training 

maisevw, ful. radedow, aor. éraldevoa, 
pass. éradevOnv, fut. pass. radevco- 
pat (rats): teach, educate, train 
maria f.: child’s play, play 

matdtov n. (rats): child, little child 

mra.do-rptBns, -ov m.: (rubber), gymnas- 
tic trainer 

mal{w (rats): play, jest 

mais, gen. madés, m. or f.: child, off- 
spring; servant. é« maldwy or é« ma- 
56s, from childhood, from boyhood. 
Cf. éx véov. 

maiw: strike, flog 

maha. adv. (palae-ontology): for- 
merly, long ago. mddac Oavudsw, I 
long have wondered 

madads adj.: ancient, old, man of old 

TIadapdns,-eosm.: Palamedes. Myth- 
ical inventor of the alphabet, arith- 
metic, and many other devices. 
Unjustly slain by the Achaeans be- 
fore Troy. 41b 


* 


226 

wad adv.: again 

wdp-mroAus, pl. mdaumrod\dko, adj.: pl. 
very many 

ravrd-ract adv. (ras): absolutely 

mavraxod adv.: everywhere 

mavrws adv. (rds): by all means, surely, 
certainly, in fact 

mwavv adv. (rav): entirely, completely, 
very, earnestly, greatly, certainly. ov 
wavu, not very 

mapa prep.: with gen., from, by the side 
of, by. With dat., with, in the judg- 
ment of. map juiv, in our town. 
With acc., along, during; by the side 
of, to the side of, in comparison with, 
contrary to. mapa rods vduous, con- 
trary tothe laws. mapa 7d dixaov, con- 
trary to justice. mapa rods Eévous, to 
the home of the friends. 
xpovov, during the time. zap’ dXlyor, 
by a small majority 

mapa-Batvw: transgress, break 

mapa-BddAw : cast to one side. rwHAah- 
we mapaBdd\d\wv, glancing one side 

Tap-ayyeAdw, LO". rapHyyeAa, LOT. pass. 
mapnyyédOnv: pass the word along 
(as in a line of soldiers), give the 
word, direct 

mapa-ylyvopat, aor. mapeyevounv: come 
along, am present 

mapa-yiyveokw: judge wrongly. 

Tap-ayw, aor. pass. maphxOnv: lead 
aside, lead astray 

mapa-Serypa, -aros n. (paradigm): ex- 
ample 

tmapa-Qewpéw (theory): observe in com- 
parison 

Tap-aipéw, Or. mapeAdunv: mid. draw 
away (to one’s self) 

wap-attéw, aor. mid. rapyTrnodunv: beg, 
entreat 

mapa-Ka0-npat: sit by, sit beside 

mapa-keAcevouar: urge, exhort 


Tapa Tov 


VOCABULARY 


mapa-kéAevorts, -ews f.: exhortation. - érl 
TH vmerépa mapakeretoe, that I may 
urge you (to your duty) 
mapa-kpovw: strike one side (a figure 
from the palestra), turn aside, de- 
ceive 
~qapa-AapBave: receive, take in charge 
mwapa-Aelrrw, aor. wapédirov: pass by, 
pass over 
TIap-déAtos m.: Paralius. (He was treas- 
urer of temple funds in 390 B.c., ac- 
cording to an inscription.) 33e 
mapa-péve, ful. mapayevO, aor. mapé- 
meva: remain by (my) side, remain. 
(with) 
Tapa-pu0éouar: comfort, encourage 
mTapa-vopnos adj.: lawless, unlawful 
Tapa-vépws adv.: contrary to the law 
mwapa-trav adv. (rds): absolutely, en- 
tirely. With r6, like ré viv, rd rpa- 
Tov 
mapa-tAnolws adv.: in like manner, in 
much the same way 
mapa-ockevatw: prepare 
mapa-cKotrew : Observe - 
mapa-xwpéw : make. way, yield the floor 
map-ept: am present. of mapdyres, the 
bystanders, those who (are) present. 
év r@ mapbyr., at present, now 
—ardp-eup.t, or. rapAdGov: pass alongyen- 
ter. mapedOwy Blos, past life 
map-éxw, fut. rapéfouar, aor. mid. mrape- 
oxounv: present, furnish, produce,~ ~ 
offer, cause 
mwap-tewar: entreat, request earnestly. 
Equiv. to mraparéopar 
map-tnt, aor. partic. rapels: allow to 
pass, neglect 
TIdpwos adj.: Parian, from (the island) 
- Paros. 20a “ 
wap-irrym, pf. partic. rapecrws: set 
beside, present; pf. intrans. stand 
beside, am present 


(/ 


VOCABULARY 227 


mwas, waca, wav adj.: all, every, the 


whole 


ZA —nacxw, fut. reicouar, aor. érabov, pf. 


némov0a (rdos): suffer, am affected, 
have experience, experience 


mathp,-Tpés m. (pater): father 
matpis, -(S0s f. (patria): fatherland 
TIarpoxdos m.: Patroclus, friend of 


Achilles, slain by Hector. 28¢ 


rave, fut. ratow, aor. mid. éravedunr: 


stop, cease 


—melOw, aor. @reca, mid. éridunv, pf. 


-- 


pass. rérecpuar, fut. melooua, aor. 
éreicOnv, verbal weoréov: persuade, 
convince; mid. and pass. am per- 
suaded, obey, believe, take (my) ad- 
vice. zeloas, with (your) consent or 
approval 


meipaopnar, ful. meipaicouat, aor. éreipa- 


Oyv: attempt, try, endeavor; have 
experience of, know 


méparos adj. (mévre): fifth. méumros ab- 


Tos, with four others 


mé.mrw : send 
mévys, -nTOS m.: poor man * 
arévOos, -eos 2. (1d0os): Sorrow, mourn- 


ing 


mevia f. (penuria): poverty, need 
mévre ((uinque): five 
mép_(mépc): enclitic strengthening suffix. 


el rep expresses a doubt 


wept prep.: with gen., about, around, 


concerning, in regard to. With dat., 
in regard to. With acc., in regard 
to. 7d mepi oé, nearly equiv. to rd aod. 
mept Tovs véous, for the youth. When 
it follows its noun or pronoun, it has 
the accent upon the first syllable. epi 
mhelcrov, of highest importance. epi 
mondov, of great importance 


Tept-apr-éxopnat: clothe, throw about 


(as a garment) 


mept-arrw: wrap about, cloak 


tepl-ratos m. (Peripatetic) : 


mept-BorAAw, pf. pass. mepiBéBAnpua: 


clothe; pass. am clad, cloaked 


mept-yiyvowar, pf. mepvyéyova: surpass, 


excel, am superior 


mep(-eust (e/ul): surpass, excel 
mepl-ept, partic. mepudy (elu): go 


around, go about, walk around 


—arept-epyatopar (Zpyorv): am a busybody, 


meddle with what does not concern 
(me) 


Tept-Epxop.ar, Aor. reprAdOov: go around, 


walk about 


TlepuxA‘js, -€ovs m.: Pericles, the great- 


est statesman of Athens, who ap- 
peared in public life first (so far as 
is known) as the choregus for the 
Persians of Aeschylus in 472 B.c., 
and died in 4298B.c. 215€e 


Tept-péve, ful. repievO, Aor. mepiéverva,: | 


wait, tarry, wait about, await 
(walk- 
about), colonnade 


mept-TlOnur, aor. partic. mepiéwevos: put 


about, wrap around 


mepitTotepos comp. adj. (epi): more 


than, unusual 


mepi-Tvyxdvw: fall in with, happen to 


meet 


mept-hépw : bear about, carry about 
mwétpa, Homeric gen. rérpns, f. (Peter): 


rock, stone 


ay enclitic: in any way 

awhyvupar: grow stiff 

mda: leap, bound 

awyvika adv.: when, at what time? (Cf. 


wre.) 


melo, aor. érleca: press 
mBaves adj. (relOw): persuasive, plau- 


sible 


miQavas adv.: persuasively, plausibly 
mibavarepov comp. adv.: more persua- 


sively 


aitos m.: felt 


228 


atvw, aor. ériv, pf. rérwxa, verbal ro- 
réov (potio): drink 

murrevw (reldw), aor. éricrevoa: believe, 
trust, have confidence, rely on; aor. 
put confidence 

wavy f. (planet); wandering, going to 
and fro 

wAdrrw (plastic): mold, make up 

TIAdtewv, -wvos m.: Plato. 34a, 38b, 
59b. Introd. §§ 28 f. 

mrEtoros sup. of rots: most, greatest 

arelwv (or mAéwv), -ovos, nom. pl. rei- 
ous (comp. of modvs): More, More nu- 
merous. accomplish 
something, gain anything 

mARVos, -eos n. (plébs): multitude, 
mass, people, populace, democracy 

wAPw: am full 

adnppércca f. (uédos): false note, mis- 
take 

amAnppeAéw: strike a false note, err 

wAnppEAns, -és adj.: mistaken, unrea- 
sonable. mAnupedés, a false note, mis- 
take, error 

wAhv conj. and prep.: except, but. rdhyv 
ei, equiv. to ei uy, unless 

mrAnoiaw, fut. rynodow: approach 

tmAnoiov adv.: near, with gen. 

motov n. (r\éw): boat, ship 

ardoveoros adj.: rich, wealthy 

mAove1mTatos sup. adj.: richest, most 
wealthy . 

moSaés adj.: of what land ? 

ad0ev adv.: whence, from what source ? 

mot adv.: whither, to what? 

aot encl. adv.: somewhither, some- 
where 

movéw, fut. rojow, aor. érolnaoa, pf. me- 
mwolnxa, verbal moinréos: make, act, 
do, compose. oéw xaxés, injure. 
mréov Ti trofoar, accomplish some- 
thing, gain anything. epi mdelorouv 
moetcba:, count of highest impor- 


whéov to.ety, 


VOCABULARY 


tance. a rerojxacr, the poems which 
they have composed. ootma rods 
Aéyous, make my talk, speak. zrowd- 
pat raidas, beget children, have a fam- 
ily. 8 éro(noas, you did well, I am 
glad that you. e@ rovetv, benefit 

molnpa,-aTos 2. (row): poem 

molyots, -ews f. (poesy): poetry 

mountéos: verbal adj. of mow, do 

TOUNTHS, -00 m. (7oéw): (maker), poet 

motos adj.: of what kind ? 

qmoAewéw : am at war, contend 

aTON ELLOS si public enemy, aide 

méAeos m.: war, battle 

adAts, -ews fe city, state 

moAtreia f.: state, constitution 

qwoXtirevonar, fut. rodirevcouar: 
citizen 

moAtrns, -ov (ré\s): man of the city, 
citizen, fellow-citizen 

moXitiKds adj. (roXirns): political,"of a 
citizen. As noun, statesman, public 
man. 7a moditiKd, the work of the 
city, affairs of state 

moNAd adv.: often. ra moddd, for the 
most part 

modAdxts adv.: often, frequently, again 
and again, at many times; perchance, 
possibly 

mokAaxod adv.: 

aTroAd adv. : 


live as 


far, by far 


qmoAv-Trpaypovew : aM a basyheees inter- 


fere, meddle 

moAvs, TOAAH, TOAD ad). : 
dant, great, large, long, many. oi 
monXXol, 
masses. moA\@, (by) much. 74a mo\- 
Ad or ws 7d rondv, for the most part, 
generally 

moAv-TédXera f.: expense 

modv-TeXéorepos comp. adj.: 
pensive 

moXv-Tedhs, -és adj. (rédos): expensive 


more ex- 


much, abun-- 


the many, the most, the | 


in many places, often ; 


VOCABULARY 


arovéw: labor, toil 

tmovypla f.: evil, wickedness, sin 

movnpds adj.: bad, evil 

movnpdtepos comp. adj.: worse 

aévos m.: labor, toil, task 

tropela f. (répos): journey, going 

Tmropevopar, fut. ropevcoua.: journey, £0, 
walk 

tmopi{w, aor. mid. éropurduny : provide, 
procure 

téppw adv.: advanced, far on 

wéppw-Oev adv.: at a distance, from 
afar 

mocos interrog. adj.: how much, how 
great? pl. how many? Cf. dc0s, ro- 
govros. mécov, for how much? 

moré encl. adv.: at one time, once. ri 
more, Whatever, what in the world ? 

TIore(Sava /.: Potidaea, on the isthmus 
of Pallene, on the shore of Thrace. 
28%, 219 e a 

métepa and métepov adv.: whether? 
(Not always does it need to be trans- 
lated.) 

“aérepos adj.: which of (the) two? ~ 

morpos m.: fate, destiny, death 

moTév n. (potio, miyw): drink 

aod adv.: where ? 

mov. encl.-adv.: somewhere, anywhere, 
somehow, I presume 


Hi movs, gen. odds m. (pes): foot 


 apaypa, -aros n. (rpdrrw): doing, af- 

_ fair, interest, work, business, thing, 
trouble, case 

mpayparela f.: activity, insistence 

mTpaypatevonar, pf. pass. wempayyudrev- 
Mac: occupy (my)self, busy (my)self 
about, labor ; pf. pass. perfected, pol- 
ished 

mpagis, -ews f.: action, matter, affair 

TpGdTaTos sup. adj.: most gentle, meek- 
est ah 

MpadTepos comp. adj.: more gentle 


229 


‘aparre, fut. mpdtw, aor. érpata, pf. 
pass. wétpayuar, Agr. émpdxOnyv, ver- 
bal mpaxréov: act, do, make, attend 
to, fare; mid. exact. xpihuara mpdr- 
Touat, Charge for services. ed rpdrrw, 
fare well, am happy. 7a ’A@nvalwy 
mpatrw, do the work of the Athe- 
nians, am in public life 

mpaws adv.: meekly, mildly 


=mpérw: fit, suit. mpére impers., it is 


fitting 
mpeoBevw: rank first, revere 
apex Bitepos comp. adj.: older, elder 
apex Burns, -ov m. (priscus): old man 


 arplapar: buy, purchase 


mptv adv.: before 

ap6 prep. with gen.: before, in prefer- 
eNCe tO : 

ampo-ayopesw: declare beforehand, give 
notice 

apo-aipéopar : choose deliberately, pre- 
fer 

mpo-B.Balw (Balyw): lead forward 

mpo-yovos m.: ancestor, forbear, fore- 
father 

apo-d(Sape, aor. inf. rpododvar: give up, 
abandon, desert 

TIpé8uxos m.: Prodicus, a noted rheto- 
rician and sophist from Ceos. 19 e. 
Introd. § 12 

wpo-Otpéopar, fut. mpodvurjocoua : 
eager, am pleased, strive 

apo-Otpla f.: zeal, good will, eager- 
ness 

awpo-OUpdtepos comp. adj.: more eager, 
more zealous 

mpotka adv.: freely, without charge, 
without expense 

awpo-kptvw: judge superior, prefer 

_mpo-Aéyw, pf. pass. mpoelpnuar: say be- 
forehand, foretell 

mpo-pnSéopar: have forethought for, 
have regard for, with gen. 


am 


230 


mpo-oiptov 2.: (prooemium), hymn 

apos prep.: with gen., before. mpds rav 
Gedy, in the name of the gods. mpéds 
Ais, in the name of Zeus. With dat., 
in addition to. mpds rovros, in addi- 
tion to this. With acc., to, towards, 
before, with reference to, as regards, 
in view of, in relation to, in compari- 

_ son with 

nmpoo-Séonar: need in addition 

mpoo-Soxdw, aor. mpocedéixnoa (dbka): 
expect, await 

mpdo-eyr: Come to, go to 

rpoo-épxopwar, wor. mporfAGov: come to, 
approach, meet 

mpoo-ep® fut.: will address 

Mpoo-evxopar, Wor. mpornvéduny: pray 
to, worship 

~ mpoo-éxw: hold towards, direct 

~ mpoo-hkw: come to. Impers. rpoojKe, 
it is fitting. mpoojxwy, fitting, appro- 
priate. of rpoorjxorvres, the kinsmen, 
relatives 

tpo-onpalve: show beforehand 

awpdoGe(v) adv.: before, former 

~mpoo-Ka0-({w: sit by, settle down upon 

mpoo-kear: lie next, am attached (as 
pf. pass. of rpocridnu, place upon, 
attach, give to) 

~-mpdo-orda, inf. mpocedévac: know in 
addition. x xdpiww mpocedévar, give 
thanks in addition 

mpoo-trovéopar: claim, pretend 

mpo-oTatéw (ioryu): am leader, lead 

Tpoe-TaTTw, aor. tpocérata, pf. pass. 
mpoorérayuat: enjoin upon, direct 

mpoo-TlOnur, pf. mpoorébexa: place up- 
on, give 

rpdo-hyut, fut. rpocep@: address 

™mpoo-xpdopat, pf. mporxéxpnuac: use in 
addition, use 

mTpéc-wrov n.: countenance, feature; 
(theatrical mask), person 


VOCABULARY 


mpotepatos adj.: on the day before 

mpdotepov comp. adv.: sooner, formerly 

™mpdotepos comp. adj.: before . 

awpo-rlOnur: lay before, propose; mid. 
lay out, of the mpdéGeo.s of the dead 
body before burial. 115e 

mpo-Tpérew : turn forward, urge on 

™po-TpoTa-Syv adv. (rpérw): headlong 

mpd-xeipos adj. (xelp): ready, at hand 

™po-xwpéw: advance, go forward. mpov- 
xX wpe. adrg@, he succeeded 

Tpvpva f.: stern 

mputTaveiov n.: prytanéum, the hall at 
Athens in which guests of the city 
dined. 36d 

mputavevw: have the prytany. 32b 

TpUTAVis, -ews M.: prytanis - 

™pw or mpwt adv. (mpd): early in the 
morning 

mpwalrara sup. adv.: earliest 

mpwalrepov comp. adv.: earlier 

mpwnv adv.: the other day, day before 
yesterday 

mpotovsup.adv.: forthe first time, firstly 

mpatos sup. adj. (mpo-aros?): first, 
earliest 

TIv0ia f.: Pythian priestess. 21a 

mukvos adj.: close, frequent, constant 

tmuvOdvopnar, aor. érvOdunv: inquire, 
learn by inquiry, learn <5 

tm@dos m. (foal): colt 

TOpa,-atos n. (potio): draught 

mwo-trore adv.: ever yet 

was adv.: in what way, how? How is 
it that, why? més yap ov, certainly, 
of course 

mas encl. adv.: in any way, in some 
way, substantially 


*‘Paddpavbus, -vos m.: Rhadamanthys, 
brother of king Minos of Crete, and 
one of the judges in the lower world. 
41a; cf. = 322; Gorgias 523 e 


GSliws adv. : 













G-0Tpdraros sup. adj. (Pvuds): 
’ laziest 
“Paov comp. adv.: more easily 
PGoros sup. adj.: easiest 
bfpo, -aros n. (elpnxa): phrase, ¢ 
sion 
i: réov verbal of dnul: it must be 
" Phitap, -opos (elpyxa): speaker, r 
cian, orator. oi pjropes, the 
- . men i 
) Povvipe, pf. pass. Zppwuc: makes 
strengthen. éppdca, to be si 
" ‘to take care of himself,’’—& 
ing, like the Latin valeo 


Zadaptvios adj.: Salaminian, of Salam is 


Zadapls, -tvos f.: Salamis, an island 
near the harbor of Athens. 32¢ 
awdrvupos m.: Satyrus, satyr. 215b 
cavTo, cavTév reflex. pron.: thyself 
cabécrara sup. adv. (capjs): most 
clearly ~ . a 
wadhécrepov comp. adv.: more clearly 
- sadys, -és adj.: clear, distinct, definite 
_ gapas adv.: clearly, distinctly, openly 
ovéBopar: revere, worship 
~ Lepfives f. pl.: Sirens, who beguiled 
_.- Mariners to their destruction. 2164; 
ef. Homer pu 167 ff. 
oshfvn f.: moon 
wepnvorepos comp. adj. (c¢éBoua): more 
august, more reverend 


onpatve, aor. éojunva (cfua): show, 
indicate 
onpetov n.: sign, token 


ctya: am silent, am still 
otyf f.: silence. ovy¥, in silence 
LtAnves m.: Silénus, foster-father and 


companion of Dionysus. 215 a, 
2164 













Y © 231 


vaddns, -es adj.: Silen-like 

s,-ov m.: Simmias. 45 b, 59¢ 

p eS m.: Sisyphus. 41¢; cf. Homer 

D3; 593 

paw (otra): am fed, eat 

is, -ews : feeding, dining 

: food 

vipu, pf. pass. éoxédacuat: scatter 

,-€0s n. (iso-sceles): leg 

4, -aTos n.: consideration, specu- 

n 

ov: verbal of cxoréw 

: costume, attire, contrived ap- 

b] 

,-ews f.: consideration, question 

: shade 

axéw: fight with shadows, “fight 

mm the dark,’’ ‘‘ beat the air”? 

TkoTew, aor. éoxeWdunv, pf. eoxeupar, 
verbal cxerréov: consider, examine, 
look at 

TKUTO-TSpos Mm. (Téuvw): Shoemaker 

opikpds adj. (uxpds): small, little 

ods, oh, ov possessive pron. (tuus): 
thine 


- Yobwov n.: Sunium, thesouthern prom- 


ontory of Attica, 43d 

cola f.: wisdom | 

codirrhs, -o8 m. (copds): sophist, Pie 
losopher, rhetorician 

wodds adj.: wise 

copdraros sup. adj.: wisest 

coperepos comp. adj.: wiser 

oravierepos comp. adj.: more rare 

omevSo, aor. Zorevoa (Studium): has- 
ten, strive for 

orovddtw, aor. éorovdaca: am in ear- 
nest, am serious, am eager for 

orovdq adv.: in earnest, seriously, in a 
serious matter 

ordots, -ews f. (iornm): faction, party 

orépopar, pf. pass. éorépnucs, fut. crepy- 
gouat, Hor. éorepnonv: am deprived, lose 


232 


orédw, aor. toreva, pf. pass. &o. 
crown 
ordpa,-aros n.: mouth, lips 
orparela f.: military expeditior 
paign 
orparevonor, fut. crparevcouat: § 
the army 
oTpat-nyew: am general 
otpat-nyla f. (strategy): genera 
command of an army 
orpat-nyikds adj. (strategic): skil 
generalship 
orTpat-nyds m.: general, comman 
orparia f.: army, expedition 
oTparioTys, -ov m.: soldier 
oTparé-medov n.: camp, army 
ovy-ylyvopar, aor. cvveyevounv, pf 
yéyova: come to be with, associ 
with, have intercourse with 
ovy-yryvéockw: have sympathy with, 
am indulgent to 
ovy-KaprTe, dor. cvvécaua : 
ovy-Kepavvtp., pf. cvyKéxpaua : 
combine, unite 
TVvy-XKwpéw, Aor. cuvexdpynoa: concede, 
yield 
cUKo-davrys, -ov m.: (sycophant), ma- 
licious accuser. (Never used like 
modern ‘‘sycophant.’’) 
. ovA-AapBave, aor. cvvédkaBov: take to- 
gether, close 
ovd-éyw, aor. pass. cuvehéynv: collect 
cup-Balvw, pf. cvuBéBnxa: befall, hap- 
pen. 7a éuol cupBeBnxdra, my expe- 
rience 
ovp-BddAopar: bring,together, gantrib- 
ats Oe fe. st 
otp-Bodov n. (8dAX\w, Symbol): (chance) | 
meeting 
ovp-Bovredw, aor. cvveBotd\evca: give ad- 
vice, counsel, advise 
ovp-ras, a obpray : 
' gether : 


bend 
mix, 


























all to- 










py, aor. cuvépvyov: flee wit 
Hto exile with, am banished wi 
boa f.: misfortune 
, aor. curvqwa, pf. pass. curt 
fasten together 

-cwtw, aor. cvviiérwoe: 
g 
Tradavrwpéw: continue the to 
e(the rest of parents) 

t impers.: it seems good 


aid i 


ut. cvvécouac: am with, ass 
fith, have to do with. ol cuvdv- 
) associates 
ovv-eri-cKotréw, Or. cuvererkeduny : 
consider with (me), examine with 
(me) 
cvv-70ns, -es adj.: accustomed, familiar 
ovv-O4Kn f. (rlOnus): Covenant, agree- 
ment, contract 
cvv-voéw, aor. cuvevdnoa: havea thought, 
aor. partic. taking up a thought 
-ctv-oda pf. as pres.; plpf. as impf., 
cuvyén: am conscious, know very 
well, — with dat. after guv- 
cvv-ovela f. (sive): association 
cuv-ovtiarTys, -od m.: associate as 
ouv-Teraypévos adv. (rdérTw): in array, 
with definite agreement 
ouv-Terapévos adv. (relvw): vehemently > 
ovv-TlOnpr, aor. inf. cvvOetvar, aor. mid. 
cuvebéunv: put together, compose ; iS 
mid. covenant, agree together ; 
wvv-TvyX ave : “happen 
coeshiante SF. (8uvupe): conspinney sluliz -. 
ov..wplsy-lSos f.: pair of horses é. 
cipryt. -yos f. (syrinx): shepherd’s 
pipe : 
ove-citéw: eat together, am messmate 


* 


“I VOCABULARY 


cuxvds adj.: much. svxvoi xpévov, in a 


long time 

XArrvos adj.: Sphettian, of the deme 
Sphettos (of the tribe Acamantis). 
33 e 

oddpa adv.: earnestly, seriously, ex- 
ceedingly 

oodpéds adj.: earnest, enthusiastic, im- 
petuous 

ohodpas adv.: violently, vehemently 

chav gen. of refl. pron.: themselves 

oxedév adv. (€xw): nearly, almost, 
about 

ox ipa, -aros (€xw, scheme) n.: appear- 
ance, bearing. (Cf. habitus.) 

cXorAd{w: am at leisure — 

oxo /f. (school): leisure. cxorqv dyw, 
have leisure. Cf. jovxiar dyw. 

owleo, aor. trwoa, fut. pass, cwOjocouat, 
aor. éowOnv: save, keep in safety; 
aor. pass, returned in safety 

Lexparys, -ovs m.: Socrates. (The best 
Mss. of Xenophon treat this as of the 
first declension.) Introd. §§ 13 f. 

oHpa,-aros n.: body ~ 

cw-hpovéw (sHwppwrv, —os, ppjv): am of 
sound mind, am sensible 

ow-ppoovvy /.: temperance, self-control 


TrarnOq: for Ta adnOF 

radda: for Ta &dda 

rav: for rol dv. 29a 

rav in w rdv (érys?): my friend, my 
good man 

Takis, -ews f. (rTdtTw): post, station 

TapatrTo, pf. pass. Terdpayyac: trouble, 
confuse, disturb 

Tapioreta: for Ta dpicreia, the meed of 
bravery 

ratte, aor. trata, pf. pass. rérayyuat, 
aor. érdxOnv (tactics): station, place, 
set, appoint 

tavpydév adv.: like a bull 


233 


ravry adv. (otros): in this respect, thus, 
so, in this point 

ravréov: for rd a’ré, the same 

raoy f.: burial, funeral / 

Taxa adv.: perhaps, pcssibly 

Taxiora sup. adv.: most quickly 

TaXxvs, TaXeta, TAX adj.: swift. did Ta- 
xéwv, quickly 

rel(vw: tend, extend, direct 

Trexpatpw: infer, gather 

TeKEAPLOV N.: Sign, indication, bit of 
circumstantial evidence 

TekToviKos adj. (réxrwyv): skilled in car- 
pentry 

TeAapov, -Ovos m.: Telamon. 41 b 

TederH f.: initiation, mystic rite 

TeXevtatos adj.: last 

TeXeuTaw, aor. éredeUrnoa, pf. TeTedev- 
Tyka: end, die. redAevT dy, at last 

tehevth f. (rédos): end, completion, 
death 


—wehéw, pf. rerédexa (rédos): pay 


Tepiplwv, -wvos m.: Terpsio. 59¢ 
réttapes NUM. (quattuor): four 
réxvy f. (technical): art 
réws adv.: till then. Cf. éws, 

Ti5e adv. of 85e: thus, in the following 
way . 

TyAtKkdode adj.: at (your) age 

THALKODTos adj.: at (my) age 

THpepov. adv. (juépa): to-day 

Tyvikade: at this hour 

TlOnpr, aor. mid. ééunv: place, set, 
count; cast (of a vote) 

Tipdw, aor. ériunoa, fut. mid. riujoouat, 
aor. értunodpmy (riuH): honor, esteem, 
fix a penalty ; mid. propose as a pen- 
alty, with gen. of price 

Tiph f.: honor 

Tiunpa,-aros n.: assessment, award, 
judgment 

Tipidrepos comp. adj. (riyu4): more pre- 
cious 


234 
{ 

ripwpéw, ful. riuwpiow, aor. mid. ériuw- 
pnodunv: avenge, gain satisfaction ; 
punish 

tipwpia f.: prnishment, vengeance 

tis, gen. Tivds or Tov, dat. rg, n. pl. acc. 
drra, (encl.) indef. pron.: some one, 
a certain, one, many a one, some. 
n Tt ovdéy, little or nothing 

rls, rl, gen. rivos, interrog. pron.: who? 
what? 

TiTpooKke, pf. pass. rérpwyat, ful. pass. 
TpwOhcowa: Wound 

(rAd), aor. rAnv (7rdd\un): dare 

rol: =ool, in a Homeric quotation. 
28c. Generally a weak ethical dative, 
you know, doubtless, you see 

rol-vuv inferential particle: well then, 
well, often used in a transition 

Tro.dade dem. pron.: such as this, like 
this 

TOLOVTOS, TOLAITH, ToLodTo dem. pron. 
(roios): such, of this kind. J¢ may 
refer to what follows (as 47 a). 

Trolpdaw, dor. éré\unoa: dare, have the 
heart 

Tovpyn f.: daring, assurance, effrontery 

Té1r0g 7. (topography): place, region 

Tocéade, Toonde, Toodvde: sO much, so 
great; pl. so many 

TOTOUTOS, TOTAUTH, TOTOUTO (Tdc0s): SO 
great, so heavy, so much; pl. so 
many. els rocotrov, to such a pitch 

rote adv.: then 

roré adv.: at one time. roré 5 ad, but 
again 

Tov encl.: gen. of ris 

Trovvavriov: for 7rd évayriov, the opposite 

Trotvona: for 7d dvoua, the name 

tTpayiKkds adj.: tragic 

tpaywdla (rpdyos, ~d%) f.: tragedy 

Tpa-mela f. (trapeze; rérrapes, mous): ta- 
ble, bank, money changer’s 

tpeis numeral (tres): three 


VOCABULARY 


tpérw, 2 aor. érpardunv (rpéros): turn 

Tpéhw, ful. Opéyw, fut. pass. Opépovra, pf. 
pass. TéOpaupac: bring up, nurture 

Tpéw, Wor. €rpeca: tremble 

Tpiakovra num.: thirty. of Tpidxovra, 
‘‘The Thirty Tyrants,’? who ruled 
Athens from June, 404, to February, 
403 B.c. 

tptBw, aor. érpuja, pf. pass. rérpimpar: 
rub, prepare by rubbing 

Tpi-rrddepos m.: Triptolemus, a myth- 
ical hero of Eleusis. He was a favor- 
ite of Demeter, and received from 
her.a winged chariot, with which he 
drove over the earth, making known 
the blessing of agriculture. 4la 

tplratos adj. (rpets): third 

TpLx7q adv.: in three ways 

Tpola f.: Troy, the Troad. 41b 

Tpdtros mM. (rTpérw): Manner, way. ravrl 
tporw, by all means. oy rpérov, in 
what way, as 

Tpodeds, -éws m. (rp¢pw): foster father, 
who brought (him) up 

tpopt/. (tpépw): food, support, nurture 

tpvpy f.: luxury 

Tpwiynodpevos: ful. pass. partic. of titpé- 


oKW 


—tuyxave, fut. revtoua, aor. rvxov (Tv- 


xn): chance, happen. With suppl. 
participle, which often has the greater 
importance; tvyxdve dv, happens to 
be, is. 7a ruxévra, chance, common. 
With gen., happen upon, receive 

tinrrw: strike, smite 

turds adj.: blind 

Tixy f.: fortune. rixy dyaby, God’s 
will be done, as God pleases, ‘*‘ all for 
the best.’’ This phrase is set at the 
head of many Attic inscriptions, like 
Geol, ‘*In God’s name,”’ **God save 
the State.’’ 

roencl.: = til, dat. of ris 


VOCABULARY 


UPpts, -ews f.: insolence 

bBpiorrhs, -oF m.: insolent 

bBpiorréraros sup. adj.: most insolent 

tytetvds adj.: healthful, wholesome 

USwp, gen. vdaros (wet): water. Pl. 
rain 

vids,-od: see tds, son 

Gpeis, Dpav pers. pron.: you 

Gpérepos adj.: your, of you. 7d duére- 
pov, your work 

tds, -08 nom. dual vei, pl. vets, gen. pl. 
béwy m. (vids): son 

tr-axotw, aor. irjKovca: give ear to, 
listen, i.e. answer, open the door 

tr-dpxw: am in readiness 

br-exdOw (efkw, weaken): yield 

tr-elkw, verbal brexréov: yield, as a 
younger to an older person 

trép prep. (super): with gen., on be- 
half of, on the part of, in regard to 

tr-épxopat: creep before, fawn upon, 
cringe to 

tr-éxw: bear, suffer, am subject to 

tn-npeola f.: service 

br-npérns, -ov m.: servant, attendant 

br-to x véopar, aor. irecxdunv: promise 

imvos m. (Somnus): sleep 

tré prep. (sub): with gen., under, by, 
because of 

bo-Brérw, fut. troBrQpoua, aor. ire 
Pd\eva: look from under the brows, 
look with suspicion, look askance 

brro-S€xopar: receive 

trro-Séw, pf. pass. wrodédeuac: bind 
under, bind on; pf. pass. am shod 

br6-Sypa,-aros n.: sandal 

tro-AapBdve, aor. iré\aBov, pf. wrel- 
Anga: interpose, suppose ; aor. came 
to believe 

vro-Aoylfopar: take into account, cal- 
culate, consider 

tro-pévw, aor. tréueva: endure, sub- 
mit to 


235 


tro-cTé\Aw, aor. mid. trecreddunr: 
hold back, withhold, dissemble 

imrios adj. (7d): supine, upon (my) 
back 

terarov sup. adv.: for the last time 

toerepatos adj.: later,following. rq tore- 
paig, on the next day, on the day 
after 

torepov comp. adv.: later 

torepos comp. adj.: later : 

to-nyéopar: lead the way, lead on 

to-inpr, aor: opt. mid. dpelunv: yield, 
concede 


Paldwv, -wvos m.: Phaedo. 57a. He 
was a well-to-do young citizen of 
Elis,— but was brought to Athens 
as a prisoner of war, and sold as a 
slave. Socrates took interest in him 
and secured his freedom, and he be- 
came a devoted follower of Socrates. 

PardaHvbys, -ov m.: Phaedondes. 59¢ 


—haive, fut. pass. pavodua, aor. épdvnv: 


show ; pass. appear, am found, seem. 
ov dalvera, plainly not 

davepds adj.: manifest, seen, open 

odppakxov n. (pharmacy): drug, — eu- 
phemistic for poison 

ddockw (Pyul): assert, say, declare, 
claim 

davritw: disparage 

addos adj.: worthless, mean, insignifi- 
cant 

davAstaros sup. adj.: meanest 

davArdtepos comp. adj.: of less impor- 
tance 

delSopar, fut. peloouar: spare 

dépw, fut. ofow, aor. nveyka, Or. Pass. 
nvéxOnv: bear, bring 

dhevya, fut. pevéiouat, 2 aor. €puyor, verbal 
peuxtéov (puy7): (1) flee, avoid, shun; 
(2) am charged, am defendant in a 
suit at court, — (treated as a passive 


236 


verb, am accused, with iré and gen. 
of agent); go into exile, am ban- 
ished 

ojpn f. (fama): report, saying (esp. 
chance saying) 

—oypl, inf. pdvar, fut. pjow and épd, aor. 
elrov, pf. elpnka, pass. elpnuat, verbal 
pnréov: say, assert. ov pyu, deny, 
say no 

P0éyyouar, aor. épbeyiduny: utter a 
sound 

$6ty f.: Phthia, home of Achilles in 
Thessaly. 44b 

P8ovéw, aor. épOdvnoa: envy, grudge, 
begrudge 

0dvos m.: envy, grudge, malice 

piréw: love 

dir.os adj.: friendly 

Pid46-AGos m.: Philolius,adistinguished 
Pythagorean philosopher. 61d. In- 
trod. § 6 

A6-troAts adj.: city-lover, patriotic 

ros adj.: dear, pleasing, friendly; as 
noun, friend 
tAr0-codéw (codds): love wisdom, seek 

truth 

prro-copla f. (philosophy): search for 
truth 

Ad6-cohos m.: lover of truth 

A6-Tipos adj.: lover of honor, ambi- 
tious 

io-Tipétaros sup. adj.: most ambi- 
tious 

rd0-ptxla f.: love of life 

Prerdoror m. pl.: Phliasians, people of 
a small country west of Corinth. 
57a 

Avapéw: babble, talk nonsense 

pdrvapla f.: babbling, nonsense 

HoPéopar, fut. poBjcoua, aor. epoBHOnv: 
fear, am afraid of, dread 

oPepds sup. adj.: fearful, to be feared 

@sBos m.- fear 


VOCABULARY 


dorado: frequent, come often 

povikotraros adj.: most bloodthirsty 

évos m.: slaughter, slaying, death 

dopéw: wear. Frequentative of ¢épw 

optikds adj. (pépw, Péptos, burden): 

. (burdensome), vulgar, commonplace 

dpdtw, aor. ¥ppaca: point out, tell, de- 
clare 

dpovéw (dpyjv): think. puéya Ppovd, am 
proud 

bpdvycts, -ews f.: intelligence, wisdom, 
prudence 

dpévisos adj.: intelligent, reasonable, 
wise 

dpovipws adv.: wisely, sensibly. ¢povi- 
bws Exe, to be wise 

dpoviperaros sup. adj.: wisest, most 
intelligent ; 

dpovtitw, aor. édpdvrica, verbal ppovri- 
oréov: think of, consider 

povtir ris, -o8 m. (Ppovrifw): thinker, 
speculator, student of. (Followed by 
an acc., as if it were pporrifwr.) 

dpovpa f.: guard, prison 

vy /.: flight, retreat; exile, banish- 
ment 

birak, -axos m.: guard, keeper 

ovAdrrw: guard, watch; mid. guard 
(my)self against 


‘PtAH f.: phyle, tribe, — one of the ten 


chief political divisions of the Athe- 
nians 

dics, -ews f.: nature, natural endow- 
ment 

dutetw, aor. édtrevoa: plant, beget. 6 
gurevoas, (your) father 

gio, aor. épur, pf. répuxa (cf. Latin 
fui): spring, come into existence, 
am born; pf.am, am by nature — 

dov7 /f. (-phone): voice, dialect, speech 


Xatpehdv,-rosm.: Chaerephon, a friend 
of Socrates. 20¢ 


xalpw: take pleasure, rejoice, delight, 
fare well. édw xalpeyv, suffer it to say 
‘‘farewell,’’ think no more of it 

XaActraive, ful. xaheravG: am angry 

Xarerds adj.: difficult, hard, sad, griev- 
ous, fierce 

Xareroraros sup. adj.: hardest, fierc- 
est, hardest to bear 

XaAerarepos comp. adj.: 
harder to bear, worse 

XaAkeds, -Ews m. (xadkds): blacksmith 

XaAKeutikés adj.: skilled in smith’s 
work 

Xap-edviov n. (xaual, edvj): ground-bed, 
_i.e. blankets, for sleeping on the 
ground 

Xaptevrifopar (xdpis): jest, sport 

xaplLopar, fut. xapiodua, aor. éxapird- 
unv: gratify, oblige 

Xapts, -tros /.: gratitude, favor, thanks. 
év xdpiri, aS a favor, to please 

Xetpov, -Svos m. (hiems): cold, storm, 
winter 

Xetpo-réx vos, -ov m.: artisan, craftsman 

xelpwv, -ovos (comp. of kaxds): worse 

xtrror pl. adj.: one thousand 

Xpdopar, dor. éxpynodunv: use. pbdvy 
xpwpevor, through envy, under the 

; indnonge ofenvy. xp@uar éuavr@, do 


more difficult, 














i): it is necessary, needful, 

one must, one ought 

o§ n.: thing; pl. property, 
pawat xpnudTwy, propose a 


m.: making of money 

: it were fitting. yphr ad- 
they ought, etc. 

: response of an oracle, ora- 
», aor. éxpnougdnoa: deliver 
foretell the future 


VOCABULARY 


237 


XpnTpP-wS6s m. (deldw): oracle-singer, 
fortune-teller, prophet 

XeneTds adj. (xpdouar): good, excel- 
lent 

Xpdvos m.: time 

Xpioeos adj.: golden 

XpGpa, -atros (chrome): color 

XMAds adj.: lame 

Xepéw: proceed, flow 

xpls adv.: apart from, not to speak of 


Wevd%s, -és adj.: false 
—apevdepar, aor. pass. épyetcOnr: lie, speak 

falsely, deceive 

etdos, -eos n.: falsehood 

Wydlfopar (YAdos): vote, cast (my) 
vote 

Wihos, -ov f.: (pebble), vote 

Widds adj.: bare, simple 

Woyos m.: blame 

Wix7 f.: soul 

Wtxopar: become cold 

Wixos, -eos n.: cold, cool 


a@yabé: for b dyabé. 244 

ade adv. of 85e: thus, in this way 

wpa f. (hour): season, time 

as adv.: as, how, that, since. In ws 
addnOas, it is the adv. of the article,— 
in truth. ws with the participle indi- 
cates the action as thought or said ; 
ws éhéyéwv, with the expectation that 
Ishould prove; ws diuadbelpovra, with 
the statement that Icorrupt. ws with 
the superl., like Latin quam, ws Bed- 
tlorn, as good as possible; ws Taxi TAL, 

~ as quickly as possible 

ao-ep adv.: as, just as, like 

aore conj.: with inf., so that; therefore 

ara: pl. of obs, ear 

aderéw, fut. dpediow, pf. opédAnxka: ben- 
efit, help, profit, am of advantage 





GREEK INDEX 


The Indexes have been prepared by Miss Elizabeth Seymour and aim to present 
the main points elucidated by the editor in the Introduction and Notes; on some of 
these points further information may be found in the Vocabulary. 

Light figures refer to pages of this edition, heavy figures to sections of the 


Introduction. 


& equivalent to cal radra, 189 

dyaves Tysntol and aripnror, 56 

&Suxéw in the New Testament, 133 

"AOnvator instead of ducacral, 37, 179 

alcxtvopat, construction after, 55, 172 

a&kove as passive of Aéyerv, 145 

GAG with imperative, 108, 120, 128 

éAAG yap in transition, 73 

av, with future, 144; with past indica- 
tive, 42, 55, 161, 180; with optative, 
74; repeated, 39, 82, 110, 112, 159 

a&vaBalvw, 83 

a&vaxptots, 52 

avadépw of shifting responsibility, 50 

avriypadh, 71 

dvroporla, 52 

a&vumddyntos, 186 

a&rodoyeioGar, construction following, 
61 

apa, 111 

dperf, 79 

apxfq, 134 

apxov, 51 

aripla, 57, 81 


yap explanatory, 80, 82 
yé, 126 
yvab cavtdév, 3, 52 


yeah, 50 
yupvacriuxh, 136 ff. 


Saipdsviov of Socrates, 22, 38, 83, 113, 
179 

Satpev, 71 

Sé repeated, 87 

Sé-clause subordinate, 64 

Stapv0oroyéopar, 108 

Sikacrhs, 48 

Sixy, 50 

Sikn épqpyn, 53, 42 

Sip0épa as a disguise, 144 f. 

Stwporia, 52 

Soxipatw, 139 


éa, 148 

el yap wedov, 119 

el kal and kal ei, 84 

etvar, idiomatic use of, 57 
elpwveta of Socrates, 24, 178 
elodyw, 63, 96 

elraywyeds, 53 

eloaywyy Tis Sixys, 53 
eloépxopar as passive of elodyw, 78 
éx for év, 69, 86 

éxet, 6, 91 

éxkAno.acrys, 64 


239 


240 

‘€vSexa, of, 57, 101, 165 

év rots, 116, 140 

émirrarns, 85 

émorhpyn and ddnbys Sdga, 1 
ed Lav, 129 

éd’ wre with infinitive, 78 
éx@ as elpt, 39, 172 

éx and éryxov, 44, 49 


mAtos, Socrates’s reverence for, 68, 175 
Hyp-iGeor, 74 


Oarepa, 140 

Qeds, 71 

Qeds, 6, as used by Socrates, 148 
Bewpla, 141 


larpdés, 126 
tva with past indicative, 119 


kal repeated, 57 

kal $7 kal, 127 

kal el and ei kal, 84 
Kadds kayabds, 48 

kara in composition, 96 
KAépudpa, 54 

KAynTfpes, 52 

Kowvov, To, 135 
KopuBavriavres, of, 147 
KTfpa, distinguished from xpjua, 159 
Kiva, vy Tov, 54 

Kwvetov, 166 f. 


paprupes, 88 

pA with future, 52 

pév, affinity to unv, 117, 129 

pév-clause subordinate in thought, 66, 
75, 78, 92, 98, 137, 186 

p47 and subjunctive for less vivid state- 
ment, 106, 120, 122, 130 

4 in questions, 63, 120 

pn od after negative idea, 116 

pydev Gyav, 52 


GREEK INDEX 


poppe, 124 
povoikh, 136 f. 


vaupaxla, H, 86 
viv not temporal, 40, 48, 107, 119 


olos with infinitive, 124 

otos with superlative, 57 + 

bp8pos, 115 

opxforpa, 69 

ért introducing a direct quotation, 53 
6 Te pabdv, 98 

od in oaths, 96 

od for ph, 68 

ov pq With future, 118 

ov hypl, 64 

ovv resumptive, 37, 94, 105, 171 
opdickdvev, construction with, 106 


masorpiBns, 126 

Tap éuavTo, 166 

mapeotiv évravdot, 90 

waoXw, passive in meaning, 37 

ael(Ow, 138 

amept and accusative equivalent to geni- 
tive, 162 ° 

mAPos equivalent to djuos, 51 

qmoAutikés, 60 

tmokvtpaypovia, 83 

aplv with optative, 99 

apés with accusative, 53 

amputavetov, 100 

mputavets, 85 


copia, 4 and n. 

copiorhs, 182 

codés of poets, 55 

codds avqp meaning Sophist, 41 

cuveivar, 47 

cwvvjyopo., 54 

cuvévtes, ot, of Socrates, 24, 47; cf. ~ 
cuvovetacrhs, 186 


ox fpa as disguise, 145 


GREEK INDEX 


capa, 164 
cwdporivy, 52 


reOvavar, 80, 105, 113 

Texpnprov, 61, 63 

wi, adverbial use of, 123, 143 

wl A€éyerv, 125 

Tiysdopat, construction with, 141 

76 to indicate quotation, 95 

ro 5é, 101 

TO>.. mpaypa, 144 

rovro adverbial with mpdrrev, 121 

Tpatefar, 39 

tpidKxovra, ol, 17, 19, 36, 38, 51, 88, 
167; Vocab. s.v. . 


trép, equivalent to wepl, 108, 183 
tré in composition, 144 
td with passive idea, 104, 172 


241 


ddppakov, Td, 149, 166 

devyw as passive, 46 and Vocab. s.v. 

irdcohos, 4 and note 

ovyq (of 4038 B.c.), 51 

mvAn mpvtavevovora, 85 

diois, 55, 56 

govy (or Saipdviov) of Socrates, 22, 
38, 83, 113, 179 


Apo, 55 


®s with future participle, 162, 164; 
Vocab. s.v. 

és with genitive absolute, 134 

@s érros elaretv, 37 





ENGLISH INDEX 


Abstract nouns in plural, 60, 124, 174 

Academy of Plato, 34 

Accent of eiui, 108 

Accusative, cognate, 48, 51, 70,71, 107, 
148, 183,188; specification, 154, 180, 
187 

Achilles, 74 

Adimantus, 92 

Adverbial use of participle, 56, 175 

Aeschines, 91 

Agatho, 170 

Alcibiades, 18, 15, 23, 26, 38, 75, 
100, 170, 176 

Aldus, 192 

Amphipolis, 15, 76 

Anacoluthon and change of construc- 
tion, 47, 58, 54, 74, 78, 102, 128, 
137, 141 

Anaxagoras of Clazomenae, 5, 68 
Anaximander of Miletus, 5 

~ Anaximenes of Miletus, 5 

Anytus, 36, 38, 41 

Aorist, imperative, 38, 166 ; subjunctive 
as future perfect, 119 

Apollodorus, 92, 152 

Apology, date, 27 ; an accurate report, 
27; summary and analysis, 39, 42-44 

Archetype of Plato manuscripts, 191 

Archons, 51 

Arginusae, battle of, 85 

Aristippus, 153 

Aristophanes, 41, 43, 45, 17 

Article, use of, 44, 58, 73, 74, 102, 138 


243 


Asclepius, 168 

Asia Minor as home of early philos- 
ophy, 5 

Astronomy, 9, 45 

Asyndeton, 112 

Atheism, charged against philoso- 
phers, 10 

Athenian court, 48-57 

Athenian religion, 20 

Atomists, 182 

Attraction and assimilation of case, 
39, 101, 111, 121, 134 

Attraction of construction, 130 

Attraction and assimilation of gender, 
40, 61, 77, 110, 130 


Banks, etc., as lounging-places, 39 
Bekker, Imm., 193 

Boat, sent to Delos, 150 
Bodleianus, Codex, 192 

Boeotian dialect, 158 

Books in Plato’s day, 34 

Burnet, J., edition of Plato, 193 


Callias, 47 

Campaigns of Socrates, 141 
Cardinal virtues, 162 

Cebes, 121 

Chaerephon, 50 

Changes in text, 194 

Charges against Socrates, 37, 38, 62 
Chiasmus, 87, 127, 188 

Children of Socrates, 165 


244 


Cicero, translation by, 110 

Cock for Asclepius, 168 

Codex Clarkianus, 192 

Codex Parisinus A, 192 

Codex Venetus T, 192 

Colloquialism, 46 

Compression of phrase, 50 , 

Condition, logical, 184 

Contrast, 38, 184, 186 

Coérdination of phrases, 41 

Corybantes, 147 

Court, 48-57 

Crasis, preventing hiatus, 37 

Critias, 17; connection with Socrates, 
26, 38, 88 

Crito (the dialogue): summary and 
analysis, 45-47 

Critobulus, 91 

Cron, Christian, edition of Apology 
and Crito, 193 


Date of composition of Apology, 27 

Dative, causal, 94 ; depending on verbal 
idea, 59, 79, 81; ethical, 98, 103 

Death a good, 113, 114 . 

Delium, battle at, 15, 76, 176 

Democritus of Abdera, 8 

Demodocus, 92 

Demosthenes, 43 

Diogenes, 13 

Dorian institutions, 142 

Dramatization, 45, 49, 52 


Early Greek philosophy, home of, 5 
Editions of Plato, 192 

Eleatic school of Philosophy, 7, 182 
Eleven, the, 57, 101, 165 

Elision and crasis, 194 

Ellipsis, 77 

Empedocles of Agrigentum, 8 
Epicurus, 13 

Epigenes, 91 

Equity in Athenian court, 54 


ENGLISH INDEX 


Euenos of Paros, 12, 48 

Evidence at trial, 54, 92 

Evil for evil, 132 f. 

Execution, time of, after trial, 151 
Exile, 57, 145 


Fable by Socrates, 155 

Fetiches, 182 

Fines, 57, 104 

Flight open to Socrates, 122 

Foreigners in court, 40 ; 

Future, following déw, 101; middle as 
passive, 140, 181 

Future life, 110, 111, 114 

Generals, the ten at Arginusae, 85 

Genitive, ablatival, 151; absolute, 95; 
with adverb, 188; characterization, 
70; charge, 66; local, 105; parti- 
tive, 47, 66, 89, 95, 165, 182; pos- 
session, 181; temporal, 117, 149 

Good for evil, 47, 133 


Hemlock, 166 f. 

Heraclitus of Ephesus, 5, 183 

Hermann, C. F., edition of Plato, 
193 

Hippias of Elis, 12 

Hippocrates, 12 

Hymn by Socrates, 155 

Hyperbaton, 96, 98 


Ignorance cause of sin, 1, 66 

Imperative, aorist, 38, 166 

Imperfect, 112, 126, 127, 149, 164 

Imprisonment, 102 

Inductive method of Socrates, 70, 126 

Infinitive, articular, 157 ; explanatory, 
162; with verbal, 131, 139 

Injustice worse than death, 72 

Ionian school of philosophy, 5 

Irony, 102, 138, 145, 186; of Socrates, 
24, 173 


ENGLISH INDEX 


Judgment after death, 146 


Laws personified, 135 

Listeners to the Phaedo, 151 

Loyalty of Socrates shown in the 
Crito, 147 

Lyco, 36 

Lysias, 39 


Magistrate’s duty in court, 54 

Manuscripts of Plato, 191 

Marsyas, 171 

Megara, government in, 144 

Meletus, 36, 66 

Monists, 7, 9, 182 

Monotheism of Socrates, 21 

Mood, change in successive phrases, 
109 

Musurus, Marcus, 192 


Negative repeated after negative idea, 
86, 167 

Neuter adjective to ss aa abstrac- 
tion, 88 

Nicostratus, 91 


Oath of the judges, 96 


Oaths of Socrates, 54 . 
Object, one, with several verbs, 112, 
128, 138 


Optative, to express indefinite fre- 
_ quency, 153 
Oracle, 52, 180 


Pan-Hellenic festivals, 100 

Parmenides, 7 

Participles, causal, 185, 187; closely 
related to main verb, 90; condi- 
tional, 185; imperfect, 112, 118; 
with main idea, 108, 112, 162; as 
nouns, 93; supplementary, 52, 56, 
82, 172, 179 : 

Penalties for crimes, 57, 97 


245 


Pericles, 15, 95 

Peroration of Socrates’s speech, 93 

Personification, 135, 142, 177 

Phaedo (the dialogue) written for 
others besides Athenians, 150 

Philolaus, 157 

Philosopher, as a term, 4 

Phlius, 149 

Pity aroused in court, 54, 93 

Plato, his description of Socrates com- 
pared with Xenophon’s, 26; con- 
nection with Socrates, 30, 31; 
family, 28, 29, 92; later life, 32; 
mention of himself, 153; teachings, 
33, 34 

Pluperfect, forms of, 84 

Plural, 124, 174 

Position of words, 97, 128, 128 

Potidaea, 15, 75 

Pragmatism of Socrates, 9, 25 

Predicate, 173, 174, 178, 187 

Present tense, 143, 176 

Pre-Socratic philosophers, 2-12 

Proclus, 192 

Prodicus of Ceos, 12 

Prolepsis, 54, 76, 181, 141, 155, 178 

Prophecies before death, 107 

Protagoras of Abdera, 12 

Protasis, complex, 90 

Prytaneum and guests in, 100 

Public service, Socrates’s views regard- 
ing, 83 

Purpose, expressed by future and rela- 
tive, 102 

Pythagoras of Samos, 6 

Pythagoreans and Pythagoreanism, 6, 
168 


Quotations, idiom used in, 94 
Recent charges against Socrates, 62 


Religion of Athens, 20 
Repetition of words, 75, 119, 148 


246 


Rhetoric, teaching of, 42 

Rhetoricians, 11 

Riddell, James, edition of the Apology, 
193 


Schanz, M., edition of Plato, 191, 193 

Senate of Athens, 85 

Serranus, Joannes, 193 

Servants, 154, 166 

Seven Sages, 3 

Silenus, 13, 170 

Silver Rule of Plato, 47 

Sin from ignorance, 1, 66 

Socrates, appearance and habits, 13, 
99, 170; attitude toward future life, 
110, 111, Dorian institutions, 142, 
laws and customs, 164, myths, 21, 
natural science, 9, the oligarchy, 
19, oracles, 180, religious rites, 
175; Daemonion, 22, 38, 83, 113, 
179; dialectic, 24; discussions, 
aims of, 25, method, 79, 81, teach- 
ings, 89; endurance, 174; family, 
14, 16, 165; humor, courtesy, and 
tact, 24; irony, 24, 173; military 
service, 15, 75, 76; piety, 20, 44, 
52; place in history of philosophy, 
1-2; poverty, 17, 59; pragmatism, 
9; public service, 18, 83, 99, as 
senator, 18, 86, 183; subjects of 
conversation, 9, 25, 46, 178; teach- 
ing not for money, 47; trade, 14; 
trial and death, 35-41 

Solon, 3 

Sophist, 11, 41, 42 

Sparta, political situation, 142, 144 

Stallbaum, edition of Plato, 193 

Stephanus, Henricus, edition of Plato, 
193 


ENGLISH INDEX 


Subjunctive of deliberation, 101, 163, 
185 

Sun, as object of reverence, 68, 175 

Sunset, the end of the civil day, 157 

Supposition contrary to fact, 87, 88 


Ten generals at Arginusae, condemna- 
tion of, 85, 86 

Tetralogies of Thrasyllus, 191 

Thales of Miletus, 5 

Theages, 92 

Thebes, government in, 143 f. 

Theseus, 150 

Thirty Tyrants, the, 17, 19, 36, 38, 
51, 88, 167; Vocab. s.v. tpidxovra 

Thrasyllus, 191 

Thrasymachus of Chalcedon, 12 

Transition, 78, 163, 175, 183 

Truth, the body a hindrance in search 
for, 161 

7 

Verbal adjectives, 103 

Visions after midnight, 117 

Votes against Socrates, 97, 98 

Voting, 55 


Wage-earners, prejudice against, 12, 
34 

Witnesses in court, 54 

Worship in family, 179 


Xanthippe, 16, 165 

Xenophanes of Colophon, 7 

Xenophon, 38, 152, 179; his descrip- 
tion of Socrates compared with 
Plato’s, 26 


Zeno, 7, 182 


ANNOUNCEMENTS 











THE SCHOLIA ON THE AVES OF 
ARISTOPHANES 


Collected and edited by JoHN WILLIAMS WHITE, Harvard University 





8vo, cloth, cxii + 378 pages, $4.00 





THE volume presents the Old Greek Commentary on the Aves, 
collected and edited from six important manuscripts. The ma- 
terial, in detail, comprises a literal transcript of the Commentary 
found in Codex Venetus 474 of the eleventh century and 
beneath this a collation of the five other manuscripts (Codex 
Venetus 475, Codex Ravennas, Codex Laurentianus XX XI 15, 
Codex Estensis III D 8, Codex Ambrosianus L 39 sup.) and of 
the Princeps (Aldus, 1498). On the opposite page, facing the tran- 
script and collation, are given the restored text and critical notes. 

The Introduction (pp. ix—ciii) constitutes a brief history of 
annotation, with special reference to comedy, and treats of the 
following topics: Alexandria as the literary center of the new 
Hellenism ; the founding and growth of the great Library ; the 
need of a commentary on the comedies of Aristophanes and its 
inception ; Lycophron, Callimachus, Eratosthenes, Aristophanes 
of Byzantium, Callistratus, Aristarchus, and other Alexandrian 
scholars; literary criticism, textual criticism, and exegesis ; Didy- 
mus, the first variorum editor of Aristophanes; noted Alexan- 
drian scholars of the time of the Empire; Symmachus, the 
second variorum editor; the final redaction of the Aristophanic 
~scholia; study of Aristophanes in the ninth and succeeding 
centuries ; the oldest existing representatives of the archetype ; 
Tzetzes, Thomas Magister, Triclinius; later manuscripts; the 
first printed edition, published by Aldus in Venice in 1498; a 
detailed description and analysis of ten manuscripts containing 
scholia on the Aves and of the Princeps. 

Three indexes are provided: I, Index of Greek . words; 
II, Subject Index; III, Index of authors. 








71 


GINN AND COMPANY Pus tisueErs 








XENOPHON’S ANABASIS 


FIRST FOUR BOOKS 


Revised by WiLL1am W. Goopw1n, late Professor of Greek Literature 
and Professor JouN WILLIAMS White. With the Illustrated 
Vocabulary of Professors WHITE and MorGAN 


12mo, half leather, with map and illustrations, 
lii+274 pages, $1.80 


TEXT EDITION. 12mo, paper, 155 pages, 50 cents 


EVERAL important features give this edition of the “ Anab- 

asis ” unique value to both teacher and student. Large Porson 
type is used for the text, topical headings carry the thought from 
page to page, and the Introduction discusses adequately Persia and 
the Persians, Cyrus the Younger, and military matters. The Vocabu- 
lary is easily superior to that accompanying any other English or 
American edition. It combines the utility of a classical dictionary 
with that of a special yet full vocabulary. The book gives all the 
information relating to history and antiquities needed by the student. 





ANABASIS DICTIONARY 


An Illustrated Dictionary to Xenophon’s ** Anabasis,’’ with Groups of Words 
Etymologically Related 


By Professor Joun WiLL1ams Wuite and Morris H. Morcan, late Professor 
of Classical Philology in Harvard University 


8vo, cloth, 290 pages, illustrated, $1.75. Also bound with Goodwin and 
White’s ‘‘ Anabasis,’’ $1.80 
HIS Dictionary is not a compilation from other vocabularies, 
but is made on the basis of a new Collection and Examination 
of all the words in the “« Anabasis ” itself. The articles on geography, 
biography, and especially on public and private antiquities are fuller 
than is usual in such a work. 








78 


GINN AND COMPANY Pus tisHers 


“eye 1p sa) 569 








GREEK TEXTBOOKS 





Allen : Medea of Euripides (i Revised by Moore) ... See eee 
College Series of Greek Authors (see circulars for details) 
Flagg: Seven against Thebes of A%schylus . . ar 
Goodwin: Greek Grammar (Revised and d Enlarged Edition) . a ni dae 
Goodwin: Greek Reader. . . . 1.80 
Goodwin: Syntax of the Moods and T enses of the Greek Verb Plevecieien 
and Enlarged) . . ‘ ere 

Goodwin and White: New Anabasift pat: ihadtrated Vcedaalacy. eterna fe :. 
Greek (and Latin) School Classics Series (see circulars for details) 

Bae OO VI eT se as ok BBE. On 1 ag 

Gieasemeeeeee to the Anabasis . sca. Sen I. ee 586 

Minchmeeesoadyescy, Book XII 2. bo oe ee ke 8 

Rae OOk Vow. ok |. we a we esas ek e ag6 

ET EE MICISN nt. | sy} appa helene) imate os 3, Oe 
Eig yiey 2 Aer AUTIPIGeS ine he. fo Le fois ep eae 3s RS 
Higley: Exenmes in Greek Composition’ .: 6 5. 4) 4) ah ee RS 
Hogue +simmemumar Verbs of Attic Prose... 6 ini) a oe ele so BO 
TeRiy: Ite OO AOMET oe ee em cs etd ea we eo, ol ag 
Reispeeceer STIS ke ek re in vee bt WE sw EGO 
Menascerwmeent aye of (Capps) og ees a a ee se BO 
Microw: tsmemmns Of Gaeek Syntax re ee ge ew, ERS 
Nicolsqn:-1eeue ot Aristophanes: 0 6 5 oh ee sR OD 
Parsons: Cebes’ Tablet . . . epee Rae tS aR a | (sg hte eee 
Perrin and Seymour: School Odyasey 

Books I-IV, with Vocabulary . . iat Rae EE Sel me) « Pe 

Books I-IV, IX-XI]J, with Vocabulary rs Cae ee ae 
Seymour : School Iliad feaeiaed Edition) 

Deoeeeers. with: Vocabulary 5... 3 6 Gr ape 6 hw ee Se! SL or bo 

Booksammeaywith Vocabulary <5 oslo eu 8 ee Ge ey, ay Fe See 2 
Seymour mereeved Qdes of Pindar’. .. f°. 35) 4 se ses. os TBO 
Sidgwitt asrece Prose Composition. 6. ene ys) els + a eee ERO 
Tarbell: Philippics of Demosthenes. . . set hehe) (Re 


Tyler: Selections from Greek Lyric Poets Vitevised Edivon).. eS ae 
Wie vemesners Greek Book fs kee ee es wo, BG 








WeRsCneEEEGK TOON o. o! ets! sae fa ee ee ey Tees @ wane oe OO 
White: First Lessons in Greek . RPO > ae eh ter ee eee Re: 
White: G2dipus Tyrannus of Bophables APRs rad: aoe nk a ya large «ws cola ea 
White: The Scholia on the Aves of Aristophanes . . . . . . . « + 4.00 
White and Morgan: Anabasis Dictionary . . . . . «1. 1 se e 6 195 
72 


GINN AND COMPANY PuBtisuHeErs 








COLLEGE SERIES OF 
GREEK AUTHORS 





Prepared under the supervision of JOHN WILLIAMS WHITE, THOMAS D, 


SEYMOUR, and CHARLES BURTON GULICK 





Books edited for college classes, with scholarly introductions, commentaries, | 


notes at the foot of each page, and vocabularies 








Aéschines against Ctesiphon (Richardson) ‘ $1.80 
AEschylus: Prometheus Bound (Wecklein and Allen) 1.80 
Aristophanes: Clouds (Humphreys) oe 1.80 
Euripides: Bacchantes (Beckwith) . 1.60 
Euripides: Hippolytus (Harry) 1.80 
Euripides: Iphigenia among the Tousteus (Flagg) 1.80 
Greek Dialects, Introduction to the Study of ( aaa 2.75 
Homer: Iliad, Books I-III (Seymour) : 1.80 
Homer: Iliad, Books IV-VI (Seymour) : 1.80 
Homer: Iliad, Books XIX-XXIV (Clapp) . 2.20 
Homer: Odyssey, Books I-IV (Perrin)* . 1.80 
Homer: Odyssey, Books V—-VIII (Perrin) . : 1.80 
Homer, Introduction to Language and Verstigt (Seymour) : 1.00 
Lucian: Selected Writings (Allinson) . Bei ately, le va 1.80 
Lysias: Eight Orations (Morgan) ; 1.80 
Menander: Four Plays (Capps) . 3-00 
Pausanias: Attica (Carroll) F 2.00 
Plato: Apology of Socrates, and Crito (Dyer and Seymour) : 1.90 
Plato: Gorgias (Lodge) . : 2.00 
Plato: Protagoras (Towle) . his 1.60 
Septuagint, Selections (Conybeare ert Sock) 2.00 
Sophocles: Antigone (D’Ooge) . 1.80 
Thucydides: Book I (Morris) 2.00 
Thucydides: Book III (Smith) 2.00 
Thucydides: Book V (Fowler) 1.80 
Thucydides: Book VI (Smith) 1.90 
Thucydides: Book VII (Smith) . . 1.80 
Xenophon: Hellenica, Books I-IV (Manatt) 2.00 
Xenophon: Hellenica, Books V-VII (Bennett) 1.80 
Xenophon: Memorabilia (Smith) b 1.80 
Text editions of any of the above volumes, 60 cents each 
73 


GINN AND COMPANY PvuBLIsHErRs 














— 


RETURN CIRCULATION DEPARTMENT ~ = sy 
TOmep 202 Main Library a Bie 

LOAN PERIOD 1 {2 
~~ HOME USE 
4 be 

















ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS 

1-month loans may be renewed by calling 642-3405 

6-month loans may be recharged by bringing books to Circulation Desk 
Renewals and recharges may be made 4 days prior to due date 


DUE AS STAMPED BELOW 
REC. Cl, AVG 2 4 $75 


















































UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, BERKELEY 
FORM NO. DD6, 60m, 11/78 BERKELEY, CA 94720 


®s 





























i 


oe i lofei 
Tito Aecbet a 
~y 





